As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2011
 
Registration No. ______________
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Maryland
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
6712
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
To be applied for
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
(860) 676-4600
(Address and telephone of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
(860) 676-4600
(Address and telephone number of registrant’s agent for service)
 
Copies to:
William W. Bouton III, Esq.
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
20 Church Street
Hartford, CT 06103
(860) 725-6200
 
Adam J. Gwaltney, Esq.
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
50 Kennedy Plaza, Suite 1500
Providence, RI 02903
(404) 274-2000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   o
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
       
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer  þ
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
1

 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
     
Proposed Maximum
   
Proposed Maximum
   
Amount of
 
Title of Each Class of
Amount
 
Offering
   
Aggregate
   
Registration
 
Securities to be Registered
to be Registered
 
Price per Share
   
Offering Price(1)
   
Fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
15,817,150 shares (2)
  $ 10.00     $ 137,540,000     $ 15,968.40  
(1) 
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) 
Includes 608,400 shares to be issued to The Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., a private foundation.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 
2

 

PROSPECTUS
 
GRAPHIC
(Proposed Holding Company for Farmington Bank)
Up to 13,225,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 15,208,750 shares)
$10.00 per Share
 
This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., (“FCB”).  FCB is a Maryland corporation that was recently formed in connection with the conversion of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company, or the MHC, from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The MHC currently owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank. The MHC will cease to exist as a result of the conversion, and FCB will own all of the common stock of Farmington Bank. We expect that the common stock of FCB will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FBNK”  All shares offered for sale are being offered at a price of $10.00 per share.
 
FCB is offering for sale up to 13,225,000 shares of its common stock on a best efforts basis, which will include shares of FCB common stock to be issued to an employee stock ownership plan established by FCB equal to 8.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering. We will also issue an additional number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering to a charitable foundation to be established by Farmington Bank.  We must sell a minimum of 9,775,000 shares in order to complete the offering, and we will terminate the offering if we do not sell the minimum number of shares. We may sell up to 15,208,750 shares in the event of a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or economic conditions without resoliciting subscribers.
 
We are offering shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.  Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut, then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a “syndicated community offering” through a syndicate of selected dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
The minimum number of shares you may order is 25 shares.  The maximum purchase that an individual may make through a single deposit account is 40,000 shares, and no individual acting alone, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date.  Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.  If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank.  All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock, but is not obligated to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered for sale. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. There is currently no public market for the common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.
 
 
3

 
 
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per Share
 
   
Minimum
   
Midpoint
   
Maximum
   
Adjusted Maximum
 
                                 
Number of shares:
    9,775,000       11,500,000       13,225,000       15,208,750  
Gross offering proceeds:
  $ 97,750,000     $ 115,000,000     $ 132,250,000     $ 152,087,500  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses:
  $ 1,580,500     $ 1,580,500     $ 1,580,500     $ 1,580,500  
Selling agent fees and expenses (1) :
  $ 1,021,422     $ 1,179,570     $ 1,337,718     $ 1,519,588  
Estimated net proceeds:
  $ 95,148,078     $ 112,239,930     $ 129,331,782     $ 148,987,412  
Estimated net proceeds per share:
  $ 9.73     $ 9.76     $ 9.78     $ 9.80  
 
(1)
Includes: (i) a management fee payable by us to Keefe, Bruyette &Woods, Inc. and costs of underwriting counsel totaling $150,000; and (ii) fees payable by us to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in connection with the subscription and community offerings equal to 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan and other tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans).  See “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” and “THE CONVERSION AND THE OFFERING – Plan of Distribution”.
 
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT BANK DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, NOR ARE THEY OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, A BANK.
 
THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL. PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE SECTION ENTITLED “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE ___ OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
NEITHER THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF BANKING, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at (877) ____-______.
The date of this prospectus is _________ __, 2011

 
4

 
 
[MAP TO BE INSERTED HERE]
 
 
5

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
 
7
 
26
 
35
 
38
 
39
 
41
 
42
 
42
 
44
 
45
 
51
 
53
 
82
 
82
 
119
 
128
 
129
 
134
 
143
 
149
THE CONVERSION AND THE OFFERING   150
 
172
 
176
 
177
 
182
 
182
 
183
 
183
  F-1
 
II-1
 
II-7
 
II-7
 
II-8
 
 
6

 
 
SUMMARY
 
The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the related offering and the business of FCB and Farmington Bank. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information and before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the section entitled “ RISK FACTORS .
 
Our Organization
 
Farmington Bank began business as Farmington Savings Bank in 1851.  In March 2006, Farmington Bank reorganized into the single-tier mutual holding company structure. As part of the reorganization, Farmington Bank formed the MHC, a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company. Farmington Bank became a Connecticut-chartered capital stock savings bank and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC.  Upon the completion of the conversion and stock offering, Farmington Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of FCB. The directors of Farmington Bank will also serve as the directors of FCB.  Certain of the officers of Farmington Bank will also serve as officers of FCB without additional compensation.
 
The Companies
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
FCB has been organized as a Maryland chartered stock holding company and will own 100% of the common stock of Farmington Bank after the completion of the conversion. FCB has not engaged in any business to date. After the conversion, FCB will replace the MHC as the owner of all of the stock of Farmington Bank.  The executive office of FCB is located at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut, and its telephone number is (860) 676-4600.
 
Farmington Bank
 
Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and 4 limited service offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut.   Farmington Bank provides a diverse range of commercial and consumer services to businesses, individuals and governments across Central Connecticut. Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC.  Farmington Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Farmington Bank is currently the wholly owned subsidiary of the MHC. On a consolidated basis, as of September 30, 2010, the MHC and Farmington Bank had approximately $1.5 billion in assets, $1.2 billion in deposits and capital accounts of approximately $97.9 million.
 
Our main office is located at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut, and our telephone number is (860) 676-4600. Our website address is www.farmingtonbankct.com. Information on our website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.
 
Our Business
 
We provide a full range of banking services to businesses, individuals and governments in Central Connecticut.  Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England.  This management team was brought on commencing in 2008, highlighted by the addition of John J. Patrick Jr.  in March 2008 as our President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Patrick was also named Chairman of our board of directors in July 2008.  Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now part of TD Bank.  Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, our Chief Risk Officer, and David Blitz, our Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have extensive experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions.
 
 
7

 
 
The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services.  Under the supervision of our new management team, we have made significant changes to our business structure including:
 
  ●
strengthening our risk management and compliance procedures;
 
  ●
implementing an expansion strategy, including the opening of three new branches since 2008;
 
  ●
adding cash management services, government banking and small business banking;
 
  ●
doubling the number of our commercial lenders and recruiting other experienced personnel to strengthen our finance department;
 
  ●
implementing a secondary market lending program; and
 
  ●
enhancing technology to support our risk management program.
 
We also continue to offer a full range of residential mortgage loan services.  We intend to continue to invest in people, technology and the business of serving our customers as we pursue our strategic initiatives.
 
For the period of December 30, 2009 through September 30, 2010, we experienced asset growth of $257.2 million or 20.5%. We employed 260 full-time equivalent employees as of September 30, 2010. See “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK” for a more detailed discussion of our business.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank for businesses, individuals and governments.  Our branch franchise extends throughout Hartford County with lending throughout the State of Connecticut. The key elements of our operating strategy include:
 
  ●
maintaining a   strong capital position in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our banking regulators to support our current operations and future growth;
 
  ●
increasing our focus on commercial lending and continuing to expand commercial banking operations;
 
  ●
continuing to focus on consumer and residential lending;
 
 
8

 
 
  ●
maintaining asset quality and prudent lending standards;
 
  ●
expanding our existing products and services and developing new products and services to meet the changing needs of consumers and businesses in our market area;
 
  ●
continuing expansion through de novo branching with a current goal of adding two to three de novo branches each year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable;
 
  ●
taking advantage of acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our strategic growth plans; and
 
  ●
continuing our efforts to control non-interest expenses.
 
See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Our Business Strategy” for a more detailed discussion of our business strategy.
 
Our Market Area
 
We operate in a primarily suburban market area that has a stable population and household base. All of our current offices are in Hartford County, Connecticut. Our primary market area is Central Connecticut. Our main office is in Farmington, Connecticut and is approximately ten miles from the City of Hartford, Connecticut. Hartford County has a mix of industry groups and employment sectors including insurance, health services, finance, manufacturing, not-for-profit, education, government and technology. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations. Our lending area is broader than our deposit market area and includes, in addition to Hartford County, other areas of Connecticut.  In certain circumstances, we will make loans outside the State of Connecticut.
 
Changes in Corporate Structure
 
Currently, the MHC is a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company with no stockholders. The MHC owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank.
 
The mutual-to-stock conversion involves a series of transactions by which we will convert the MHC from a mutual form of organization to a public stock holding company form of organization. In the public stock holding company structure, Farmington Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a Maryland corporation known as First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., or “FCB,” and all of the outstanding common stock of FCB will be owned by the public, including our employee stock ownership plan, and by a charitable foundation established by Farmington Bank.
 
After the conversion, our ownership structure will be as follows:
 
 
9

 
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
Our normal business operations will continue without interruption during the conversion. The same corporators who adopted the plan of conversion and who continue to be corporators of the MHC at the time of the conversion will serve as members of an advisory board of FCB and Farmington Bank after the conversion. The executive officers of FCB and Farmington Bank will be the persons who are currently executive officers of the MHC and Farmington Bank. Please see “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING” for a more detailed discussion of the terms of the offering.
 
 
10

 
 
Reasons for the Conversion and the Stock Offering
 
The reasons for the conversion and our decision to conduct the offering are to:
 
  ●
provide us with additional capital to support our organic strategic growth plans;
 
  ●
maintain a strong capital position exceeding regulatory guidelines;
 
  ●
achieve enhanced profitability by growing our assets and otherwise positioning us to successfully compete in a competitive financial services marketplace;
 
  ●
increase our franchise and stockholder value;
 
  ●
expand products and services to meet the needs of our customers;
 
  ●
allow us to continue to retain and attract talented and experienced employees through stock based compensation; and
 
  ●
increase our philanthropic endeavors to the communities we serve through the formation and funding of a new charitable foundation.
 
Terms of the Offering
 
We are first offering shares of our common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County in Connecticut, then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
We are offering for sale between 9,775,000 and 13,225,000 shares of common stock on a best efforts basis.  All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share.  All investors will pay the same purchase price per share.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  The amount of capital being raised is based on an independent appraisal of FCB. In the event of a greater demand for shares of our common stock or a change in financial or market conditions, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, we may sell up to 15,208,750 shares without giving you further notice or providing you with the opportunity to change or cancel your order.
 
The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares.  In the event the offering is extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.  If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
 
11

 
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing advisor and sales agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock.  However, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.
 
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
 
The following table summarizes how we intend to use the proceeds of the offering, based on the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming that all of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
Minimum
9,775,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Midpoint
11,500,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Maximum
13,225,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Adjusted Maximum
15,208,750
Shares at
$10.00
per share
 
                         
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 97,750     $ 115,000     $ 132,250     $ 152,088  
Less: offering expenses
    2,602       2,760       2,918       3,100  
Net offering proceeds
    95,148       112,240       129,332       148,988  
                                 
Distribution of net proceeds:
                               
   Proceeds contributed to Farmington Bank
  $ 47,574     $ 56,120     $ 64,666     $ 74,494  
   Loan to employee stock ownership plan
    8,133       9,568       11,003       12,654  
  Proceeds retained by  FCB
  $ 39,441     $ 46,552     $ 53,663     $ 61,840  
 
Initially, we intend to invest the proceeds retained in the offering by FCB in short-term liquid investments, such as U.S. treasury and government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities and cash and cash equivalents, deposit the funds in Farmington Bank, or repay certain short-term borrowings.  FCB may also use the funds, subject to any regulatory restrictions, to:
 
contribute additional capital to Farmington Bank;
 
fund strategic growth opportunities, including the acquisition of other banking institutions or other financial services related businesses (although there are no plans for any such acquisitions at this time);
 
pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
fund stock based compensation plans and other general corporate purposes;
 
repurchase shares of its common stock; and
 
other general corporate purposes.
 
The proceeds contributed to Farmington Bank by FCB will be used by Farmington Bank to support its general business operations. The proceeds will be utilized by Farmington Bank to grow its balance sheet through loan origination, deposit generation and enhancing existing products and services along with supporting the development of new products and services.  In addition, in the future the funds are expected to be used by Farmington Bank to finance de novo branching. Farmington Bank expects to continue to extend its branch network at a rate of approximately two to three new branches per year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable.
 
 
12

 
 
Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.
 
How We Determined the Offering Range
 
The amount of common stock we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of FCB, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of December 14, 2010, the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock of FCB, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, was $119,600,000.  This pro forma market value is the midpoint of a valuation range established by regulation with a minimum of $101,660,000 and a maximum of $137,540,000.  Based on this valuation and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, will range from 10,166,000 to 13,754,000 with a midpoint of 11,960,000, and the number of shares of our common stock that will be sold in the stock offering will range from 9,775,000 shares to 13,225,000 shares with a midpoint of 11,500,000 shares.
 
If a greater demand for shares of our common stock or a change in financial or market conditions warrant, the offering range may be increased by 15.0%, which would result in an adjusted maximum pro forma market value, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, of $158,171,000, total shares outstanding of 15,817,100 and total shares sold in the stock offering of 15,208,750.  If the appraised value changes to either below $101,660,000 or above $158,171,000, we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.
 
The appraisal was based in part on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of our common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly-traded companies utilized by RP Financial in its appraisal that RP Financial considers comparable to FCB, as listed below.
 
Ticker
 
Financial Institution
 
Exchange
 
Primary Market
 
Total
Assets (in
millions)
 
                     
ABBC
 
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
 
NASDAQ
 
Jenkintown, PA
  $ 1,258  
BFED
 
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
 
NASDAQ
 
East Syracuse, NY
    1,059  
BRKL
 
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Brookline, MA
    2,660  
CBNJ
 
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Cape May, NJ
    1,054  
DNBK
 
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Danvers, MA
    2,631  
ESSA
 
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Stroudsburg, PA
    1,072  
CSHC
 
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Ocean City, NJ
    838  
OCFC
 
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Toms River, NJ
    2,225  
UBNK
 
United Financial Bancorp of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
W. Springfield, MA
    1,545  
WFD
 
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Westfield, MA
    1,253  
 
In selecting the comparable group companies, RP Financial limited the group to financial institutions located in New England and the Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States whose common stock is traded on a national securities exchange. The group was further limited by asset size, tangible capital ratio and earnings factors.
 
 
13

 
 
In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial considered the information in this prospectus, including our financial statements.  RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:
 
our historical, present and projected operating results and financial condition;
the economic, demographic and competition characteristics of our market area;
a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other similarly-situated, publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies;
the effect of the capital raised in this offering on our net worth and earnings potential; and
the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general economic conditions in the market for such securities.
 
Three measures that investors often use to analyze an issuer’s stock are the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s reported book value, the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s tangible book value  and the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s annual net income. According to RP Financial, while appraisers (as well as investors) use all of these ratios to evaluate an issuer’s stock, the price-to-book-value ratio has historically been the most frequently used method due to the volatility of earnings in the thrift industry in the mid-to-late 2000’s and, more recently, due to decreasing interest rates and increased expenses related to credit quality. Tangible book value is total equity less intangible assets. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuer’s assets and liabilities. Core earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as net income before extraordinary items, less the after-tax portion of income from the sale of investment securities or loans and nonrecurring items. RP Financial considered these ratios, among other factors, in preparing its appraisal.
 
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for us and the peer group companies, utilized by RP Financial in its appraisal. These ratios are based on estimated core earnings for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010 and book value as of September 30, 2010. The September 30, 2010 data was utilized as it is the latest financial information presented to investors in this offering circular.
 
       
   
Price-to-Core Earnings Multiple (1)
   
Price-to-Book Value Ratio
   
Price-to-Tangible Book Value Ratio
 
       
FCB (on a pro forma basis)
                 
Minimum
    23.01 x     55.80 %     55.80 %
Midpoint
    27.97 x     60.61 %     60.61 %
Maximum
    33.26 x     64.72 %     64.72 %
Adjusted Maximum
    39.81 x     68.78 %     68.78 %
                         
Peer group companies as of December 14, 2010
                       
Average
    18.92 x     102.72 %     107.63 %
Median
    17.00 x     106.58 %     108.77 %
 
(1)
Based on trailing twelve months net income through September 30, 2010, adjusted by RP Financial to reflect estimated recurring “core” income.
 
Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a 75.8% premium on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 37.0% on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 39.9% on a price-to-tangible book basis.  This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.
 
 
14

 
 
Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a 95.6% premium on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 39.3% on a price-to-book basis and a 40.5% discount on a price-to-tangible book basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis. For more information, see “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA”.
 
Our board of directors determined that the offering range was reasonable and appropriate after considering the different elements of the appraisal, the methodology utilized by RP Financial and the conclusions set forth in the appraisal report. The board of directors considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering, but did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. Rather, in approving the appraisal, the board of directors concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the approaches to establishing our valuation, and the number of shares to be sold, in comparison to the peer group institutions. The estimated appraised value took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering and the stock contribution to the charitable foundation.
 
In addition, we intend to issue shares of common stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. The shares issued will be equal to 4.00% of the total of the shares sold in the offering, representing 3.85% of all shares issued and outstanding after the offering. The contribution of common stock to the charitable foundation will have the effect of reducing our pro forma valuation. See “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” beginning on page [___] of this prospectus.
 
The appraisal is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our common stock. The independent appraisal does not indicate market value.  You should not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  Because of differences in important factors such as operating characteristics, location, financial performance, asset size, capital structure and business prospects between us and other fully converted institutions, you should not rely on these comparative valuation ratios as an indication as to whether or not our common stock is an appropriate investment for you.
 
After-Market Performance Information
 
The appraisal prepared by RP Financial includes examples of after-market stock price performance for standard mutual-to-stock conversion offerings ( i.e. , excluding “second step” conversions by publicly traded mutual holding companies) completed during the three-month period ended December 14, 2010).  The following table presents stock price appreciation information for all standard mutual-to-stock conversions completed between January 1, 2010 and December 14, 2010.  These companies did not constitute the group of ten comparable public companies utilized in RP Financial’s valuation analysis.

 
15

 

Standard Conversion Offerings
Completed Closing Dates between January 1, 2010 and December 14, 2010
 
 
                 
Price Performance from Initial Trading Date
 
Transaction
 
Exchange
 
Closing Date
 
Offering Size
   
1 day
   
1 week
   
1 month
   
14-Dec-10
 
           
($ in Millions)
                         
                                       
SP Bancorp, Inc. (SPBC)
 
NASDAQ
 
11/01/10
  $ 17.3       -6.0 %     -6.6 %     -8.0 %     -10.1 %
Standard Financial Corp. (STND)
 
NASDAQ
 
10/07/10
  $ 33.6       19.0 %     18.9 %     29.5 %     33.1 %
Madison Bancorp, Inc. (MDSN)
 
OTC
 
10/07/10
  $ 6.1       25.0 %     25.0 %     25.0 %     7.5 %
Century Next Financial Corp. (CTUY)
 
OTC
 
10/01/10
  $ 10.6       25.0 %     15.0 %     10.0 %     12.0 %
Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)
 
NASDAQ
 
07/07/10
  $ 66.1       4.0 %     6.9 %     4.2 %     28.5 %
Fairmount Bancorp, Inc. (FMTB)
 
OTC
 
06/03/10
  $ 4.4       10.0 %     20.0 %     10.0 %     26.0 %
Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc. (HARI)
 
OTC
 
04/09/10
  $ 7.9       0.0 %     0.0 %     -1.0 %     -44.0 %
OAB Financial Services, Inc. (OBAF)
 
NASDAQ
 
01/22/10
  $ 46.3       3.9 %     1.1 %     3.0 %     26.5 %
OmniAmerican Bancorp, Inc. (OABC)
 
NASDAQ
 
01/21/10
  $ 119.0       18.5 %     13.2 %     9.9 %     29.4 %
Versailles Financial Corp. (VERF)
 
OTC
 
01/13/10
  $ 4.3       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Athens Bancshares, Inc. (AFCB)
 
NASDQ
 
01/07/10
  $ 26.8       16.0 %     13.9 %     10.6 %     13.6 %
                                                 
Average
          $ 31.1       10.5 %     9.8 %     8.5 %     11.1 %
Median
          $ 17.3       10.0 %     13.2 %     9.9 %     13.6 %
NASDAQ Average
          $ 51.5       9.2 %     7.9 %     8.2 %     20.2 %
NASDAQ Median
          $ 40.0       10.0 %     10.1 %     7.1 %     27.5 %

Stock price performance is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to: general market and economic conditions; the interest rate environment; the amount of proceeds a company raises in its offering; and numerous factors relating to the specific company, including the experience and ability of management, historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of assets and market area. Accordingly, the after-market performance of other companies that have undertaken a mutual holding company conversion may not be similar to that of FCB. In addition, the pricing ratios for those other stock offerings were in some cases different from the pricing ratios for FCB’s common stock and the market conditions in which those offerings were completed were, in some cases, different from current market conditions. Any or all of these differences may cause our stock to perform differently from these other offerings. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page     .

This table is not intended to be indicative of how our stock may perform. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance with respect to several companies that only recently completed their initial public offerings and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. We can give you no assurance that our stock will not trade below the $10.00 purchase price or that our stock will perform similarly to other recent initial public offerings.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion and Offering

We intend to adopt the benefit plans described in more detail below. We will recognize additional compensation expense related to adopting one or more new benefit plans. The actual expense will depend on the market value of our common stock and may increase or decrease as the value of our common stock increases or decreases. As reflected under “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” based upon assumptions set forth therein, we would recognize additional after-tax expense of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, assuming shares of our common stock are sold at the maximum of the offering range.  If awards under the stock benefit plans are funded from authorized but unissued stock, your ownership interest would be diluted by up to 12.3%. See “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” for an illustration of the effects of each of these plans.
 
 
16

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan .  We intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan in connection with the conversion.  The plan will purchase up to 8.0% of the total shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, or 1,265,368 shares of common stock, assuming we sell shares up to the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In the event we increase the maximum amount of common stock offered after receiving the Connecticut Banking Commissioner s approval of an increase in the stock valuation range, our employee stock ownership plan and our other tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans will have first priority to purchase shares offered over the maximum, up to a total of 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation.  In the event our employee stock ownership plan chooses not to purchase shares in the offering, with the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, it may purchase shares in the open market of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock. The employee stock ownership plan will use the proceeds from a 15-year loan from FCB to purchase these shares in the offering. As the loan is repaid and shares are released from collateral, the shares will be allocated to the accounts of employee participants. Allocations will be based on a participant s individual compensation (subject to compensation caps established by law) as a percentage of total plan compensation. Non-employee directors are ineligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan.
 
Stock Benefit Plans .  We intend to implement one or more new stock benefit plans no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We will submit any such plans to our stockholders for their approval.  The terms and conditions of such stock benefit plans, including the number of shares available per award and the types of awards, have not been determined at this time. However, if we do implement one or more stock benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the offering, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner s approval, the plans will reserve a number of shares up to 4.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and a number of shares up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The Connecticut Department of Banking regulations impose the above percentage limitations on all stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the offering. The following are other limitations imposed by these regulations on stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the completion of the offering: (i) an individual may not receive more than 25.0% of the shares under any plan; (ii) non-employee directors may not receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually, or 30.0% of the shares of any one or more plans in the aggregate; (iii) stock options may not be granted with an exercise price at less than the market price of such stock at the time of grant; (iv) the grants may not vest earlier than one year after the plan is approved by stockholders or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year; (v) management and employee stock benefit plans may not be funded with shares issued at the time of the offering; and (vi) officers and directors must exercise or forfeit their options if we become critically undercapitalized, are subject to an enforcement action by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner or receive a capital directive from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. In the event the stock benefit plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the offering, we will not be subject to most of the limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined when these plans will be adopted.

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants under one or more stock benefit plans at the adjusted maximum of the offering range if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, and a number of shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for stock options.  Also set forth is the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.  The following table also shows the dilution to stockholders if shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market .
 
 
17

 

   
Number of Shares or Options
to be Granted
   
Value of New Available Grants
 
   
At
Adjusted
Maximum of Offering Range
   
As a percentage of Common Stock to be Issued in the Offering and to the Foundation
   
As a percentage of Common Stock to be Outstanding Total (1)
   
Maximum Dilution Resulting from the Issuance of Shares for Stock Benefit Plans
   
At Adjusted Maximum of Offering
 
                         
(In Thousands)
 
                               
Employee stock ownership plan
    1,265,368       8.00 %     8.00 %     0.00 %   $ 12,654 (2)
                                         
Restricted Stock Plan
    632,684       4.00 %     4.00 %     3.85 %   6,327 (2) (3)
                                         
Stock option plan
    1,581,710       10.00 %     10.00 %     9.09 %   5,188 (3)
    Total
    3,479,762       22.00 %     22.00 %     12.28 %   $ 24,169  

(1)
Reflects the amount of shares in the respective plans as a percentage of total issued and outstanding shares immediately subsequent to the offering, including shares sold in the offering.
(2)
Assumes the value of FCB common stock is $10.00 per share for purposes of determining the total estimated value of the grants.
(3)
For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.  The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.28 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions; a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00 and vesting to take place over five years.  The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

We may fund our stock benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock.

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the new stock benefit plans, which will not be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the offering, will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of FCB at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  The following table presents the total estimated fair value of the options to be available for grant under the stock benefit plan using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.  The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.
 
 
18

 

Exercise Price
 
Grant-Date
Fair Value Per
Option
   
1,016,600
Options at Minimum of Range
   
1,196,000
Options at Midpoint of Range
   
1,375,400
Options at
 Maximum
of Range
   
1,581,710
Options at Adjusted Maximum of Range
 
$      8.00
  $ 2.62     $ 2,663,492     $ 3,133,520     $ 3,603,548     $ 4,144,080  
      10.00
    3.28       3,334,448       3,922,880       4,511,312       5,188,009  
      12.00
    3.94       4,005,404       4,712,240       5,419,076       6,231,937  
      14.00
    4.59       4,666,194       5,489,640       6,313,086       7,260,049  

The value of the restricted shares awarded under the stock benefit plans, which will not be implemented until at least six months after completion of the offering, will be based on the market value of our common stock at the time the shares are awarded.  The following table presents the total value of all restricted stock that would be available for award and issuance under the new stock benefit plan, assuming the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

Share Price
 
406,640
Shares Awarded at
Minimum of Range
   
478,400
Shares Awarded at
Midpoint of Range
   
550,160
Shares Awarded at
Maximum
of Range
   
632,680
Shares Awarded at
Adjusted
Maximum of Range
 
$      8.00
  $ 3,253,120     $ 3,827,200     $ 4,401,280     $ 5,061,440  
      10.00
    4,066,400       4,784,000       5,501,600       6,326,800  
      12.00
    4,879,680       5,740,800       6,601,920       7,592,160  
      14.00
    5,692,960       6,697,600       7,702,240       8,857,520  

Our Contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.
 
In connection with the offering and in furtherance of our commitment to our community, we intend to establish a new charitable foundation as part of the stock offering to operate in addition to the existing charitable foundation established by Farmington Bank.  We will issue shares of our common stock to the charitable foundation ranging from 391,000 shares at the minimum of the valuation range to 608,350 shares at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, having an initial market value of $3.9 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $6.1 million at the maximum of the valuation range. We do not expect, at the present time, to issue additional shares of common stock or make other contributions to either the existing charitable foundation or the new charitable foundation in the future. As a result of the issuance of shares to the new charitable foundation, we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $2.6 million at the minimum of the valuation range and of approximately $4.1 million at the maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed. The new charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate.

The new charitable foundation is expected to make contributions in any year of at least 5% of its assets, that is, $195,500 at the minimum of the valuation range or $304,175 at the maximum of the valuation range.

Issuing shares of common stock to the new charitable foundation will:

 
dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and
 
 
19

 
 
 
result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings during the quarter in which the offering closes and the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the boards of directors of FCB and Farmington Bank.

Without the contribution to the charitable foundation, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering.  RP Financial will update its appraisal of our estimated pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering.  The pro forma market value reflected in that updated appraisal will be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and financial conditions, as well as whether we will make the proposed contribution to the charitable foundation.
 
     See “RISK FACTORS — Our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits”, “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” and “FARMINGTON BANK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION, INC.”
 
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
 
We are offering shares of FCB common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:
 
 
(1)
Depositors with accounts at Farmington Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on September 30, 2009.

 
(2)
Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans (including our employee stock ownership plan), who will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Our employee stock ownership plan currently intends to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation.

 
(3)
Depositors with accounts at Farmington Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on December 31, 2010
 
We may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to the below groups in the following descending order of priority:

 
(1)
Natural persons residing in Hartford County in Connecticut.

 
(2)
Other natural persons residing in Connecticut.

The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time.  We also may offer for sale shares of our common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering through a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
 
20

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering.  We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering or the syndicated community offering and, accordingly, any determination to accept or reject purchase orders will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
 
If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order.  Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering.  A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING”.
 
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights.  In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase
 
In connection with the conversion and offering, our board of directors has established the following purchase limitations:

 
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.
 
 
In the subscription offering, the maximum amount of common stock which may be purchased through a single deposit account is 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares.

 
 
Other than tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, the maximum amount of common stock that an individual may purchase is 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares in the offering.
 
         Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to this overall purchase limitation of 100,000 of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
                In addition, no person, together with any associate or persons acting in concert may purchase shares of common stock that would exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares of FCB common stock outstanding after the consummation of the conversion and offering.
 
 
21

 

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the offering at any time.  Our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10.0% of the total of the shares sold in the offering and those contributed to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. without regard to these purchase limitations.

See the detailed description of “acting in concert” and “associate” in the section of this prospectus headed “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
 
If we do not receive orders for at least 9,775,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range.  Specifically, subject to necessary regulatory approvals, we may:
 
 
increase the purchase and ownership limitations;
 
 
extend the offering beyond the [Date 2] expiration date, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner's approval, provided that any such extension will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the offering; and/or
 
 
increase the number of shares to be purchased by our employee stock ownership plan.
 
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock:

To purchase shares you must deliver a properly completed and signed original stock order form, accompanied by payment or Farmington Bank deposit account withdrawal authorization, as described below.  You may submit your order form in one of the following ways: by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to the Stock Information Center at the address indicated on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to the Stock Information Center, located at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut.  Stock order forms will not be accepted by mail or by hand-delivery at any of our branch offices.  We are not required to accept copies or facsimiles of order forms.

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 
1.
Personal Check, bank check or money order.   Personal checks, bank checks and money orders, payable to FCB will be immediately cashed and will be deposited in a separate account with Farmington Bank. Third party and Farmington Bank line of credit checks may not be remitted as payment for your order. We will pay interest in these funds at our passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the offering. Wire transfers as payment for shares of common stock ordered will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment. You should not mail cash.
 
 
2.
Authorized account withdrawal.   The stock order form outlines the types of Farmington Bank deposit accounts that you may authorize for direct withdrawal. You may not request a direct withdrawal from any checking account.  A hold will be placed on these funds when your stock order form is received, making the funds unavailable to you, provided, however, these funds will not be withdrawn from your accounts until the completion or termination of the offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until then. The funds you authorize must be in your account at the time your stock order form is received. You may authorize funds from your certificate of deposit accounts without incurring an early withdrawal penalty, with the agreement that the withdrawal is being made for the purchase of shares in the offering. If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. You may not authorize direct withdrawals from retirement accounts held by Farmington Bank.  Funds withdrawn from deposit accounts at Farmington Bank may reduce or eliminate a depositor’s liquidation rights.  Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights” for further information.
 
 
22

 
 
We may not lend funds or extend a line of credit (including line of credit or overdraft checking) to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares in the offering.

We reserve the right to waive, or permit the correction of, incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms on a case by case basis, but do not represent that we will do so. Once your order is received by us, you may not change, modify or cancel your order. Our employees and Stock Information Center staff are not responsible for correcting or completing the information provided on the stock order forms we receive, including the account information requested for the purpose of verifying subscription rights.
 
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by us or the federal government.
 
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
 
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account(s), or IRA.  However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. Farmington Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so funds in such accounts cannot be invested in our common stock. You may transfer some or all of the funds in your Farmington Bank individual retirement account to a self-directed account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one and transfer your funds before placing your stock order. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement account transactions takes additional time, we recommend that you promptly contact (preferably at least two weeks before the [Date 1] offering deadline) our Stock Information Center for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Farmington Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.  See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock”.

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, must be received (not postmarked) by the Stock Information Center no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless we extend this deadline. We expect that the community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time, although it may continue until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 9,775,000 shares.  In either of these cases, you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If we do not receive a written response from you regarding your intent, we will cancel your order, promptly return to you all funds received by us with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations. No single extension may last longer than 90 days. All extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [Date 3].
 
 
23

 

Delivery of Prospectus

To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offering receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the offering deadline in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we will not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to such date or hand-deliver a prospectus later than two days prior to that date.  Stock order forms may only be delivered if accompanied or preceded by a prospectus.  We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or order form by means other than United States mail.

We will make reasonable attempts to deliver a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights. However, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], 2010 whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
 
Delivery of Stock Certificates
 
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on their order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.

Market for Common Stock
 
FCB has never issued capital stock to the public. We anticipate that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FBNK”. We will try to secure at least three market makers to make a market in our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of common stock. See “RISK FACTORS –There Will Be a Limited Trading Market in Our Common Stock, Which Will Hinder Your Ability to Sell Our Common Stock and May Lower the Market Price of the Stock” on page [____].
 
 
24

 

Our Dividend Policy
 
Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. In the future, our board of directors intends to consider a policy of paying cash dividends on the common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. The payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, FCB’s and Farmington Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions and regulatory restrictions that affect the payment of dividends by Farmington Bank to FCB. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable policy and regulation, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

Restrictions on the Acquisition of FCB and Farmington Bank

Maryland and Connecticut law, as well as provisions contained in the plan of conversion and FCB’s Certificate of Incorporation, restricts the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire FCB, Farmington Bank, or their respective capital stock. The restrictions in FCB’s Certificate of Incorporation include the requirement that for a period of seven years from the completion of the offering a potential acquirer of common stock obtain the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of FCB or Farmington Bank.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management

FCB’s directors and executive officers and their associates are expected to purchase approximately 247,500 shares of common stock in the offering, which represents 2.43%, 2.07%, 1.86% and 1.56% of the shares outstanding upon the completion of the conversion and offering, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. Directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the offering. These shares will be counted in determining whether the minimum of the range of the offering is reached. Directors and executive officers and their associates may not purchase greater than 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of FCB.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.  The toll-free phone number is (   ) ___-____. In addition, a representative of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. will be available to meet with you in person between 10:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. at our administrative office at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut.

 
25

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in shares of our common stock. An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all other information included in this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate loans and commercial loans, which expose us to increased risks and could adversely impact our earnings.
 
Our new executive management team has brought an increased focus to transitioning Farmington Bank’s balance sheet to be more like a commercial bank.  At September 30, 2010, our commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans totaled $324.9 million and $110.9 million or 28.1% and 9.6%, respectively of our total loan portfolio. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and business of the borrowers and the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as residential real estate.  In addition, commercial real estate and commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of our commercial real estate and commercial loan borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to four-family residential mortgage loan.
 
Due to the economic recession and slow economic recovery, the real estate market and local economy has deteriorated, which has adversely affected the value of the properties securing the loans or revenues from borrowers’ businesses, thereby increasing the risk of non-performing loans.  The decreases in real estate values have adversely affected the value of property used as collateral for our commercial real estate loans. The continued deterioration in the economy and slow economic recovery may also have a negative effect on the ability of our commercial borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which could have an adverse impact on our earnings.

All of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See further discussion on the commercial loan portfolio in “Lending Activities” within “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK”.
 
Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to its rapid expansion and unseasoned nature.
 
From December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2010, our loan portfolio increased by $307.0 million or 36.9 %. As a result of this rapid expansion, a significant portion of our portfolio is unseasoned. Our limited experience with these loans does not provide us with a significant payment history pattern with which to judge future collectibility. As a result, it may be difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our expectations, which could adversely affect our future performance.
 
Our loan portfolio includes timeshare loans, the performance of which has been negatively impacted by the downturn in the economy and in turn could negatively impact our profitability.
 
In November 2007, prior to the arrival of our new management team, we hired a team of experienced, industry-specific lenders to begin lending to developers and operators of timeshare vacation resorts as a component of our commercial loan portfolio.  This program was instituted with lending restrictions based on total commitments, capital and geographic concentrations.  In mid-2009, larger lenders began to pull back their activities in this area at which time we began to shift our lending focus in this lending area strictly to hypothecation loans which have historically, and to this date, performed well.  In early 2010, we placed a moratorium on future loans in this portion of our portfolio with lending only extended on outstanding commitments.  We have recently decided to gradually exit this line of lending in its entirety and are in the process of an orderly phase-out of this line in order to devote our full resources to our core commercial lending services.
 
 
26

 
 
Like the real estate market as a whole, the timeshare industry continues to be negatively impacted by the weakened economy and slow economic recovery and borrowers are depending on their existing liquidity to make loan payments, which at some point could be reduced to the point where such borrowers are no longer able to make payments on their loans absent sale of timeshare units.  If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our earnings.
 
As of September 30, 2010, the Company had a specific allocation of $1.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming timeshare loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a borrower’s bankruptcy proceedings made it probable that the Company would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required the Company to fully reserve for this loan resulting in an additional provision recorded totaling $3.0 million. The Company has recently decided to gradually exit the this line of lending to focus on commercial and consumer lending while continuing to hold the $100.6 million in outstanding loans and honoring any advances requested relating to the $29.6 million in outstanding loan commitments at September 30, 2010 until they are repaid in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2010, there was $105.2 million in outstanding timeshare loans and $23.6 million in the unadvanced commitments.  As of December 31, 2010 all of the timeshare loans, except for the fully reserved loan noted above, were performing according to their terms.
 
If Farmington Bank’s allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. Recent declines in real estate values have impacted the collateral values that secure our real estate loans. The impact of these declines on the original appraised values of secured collateral is difficult to estimate. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loss and delinquency experience on different loan categories, and we evaluate existing economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance, which would decrease our net income. Although we are unaware of any specific problems with our loan portfolio that would require any increase in our allowance at the present time, it may need to be increased further in the future due to our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolio of commercial business and commercial real estate loans.
 
In addition, banking regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
 
27

 
 
Continued or further declines in the value of certain investment securities could require write-downs, which would reduce our earnings.
 
We have concluded that the current unrealized losses in our investment portfolio are temporary in nature since they are not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuers, and we have the intent and ability to hold these investments for a time necessary to recover our cost at stated maturity (at which time, full payment is expected). However, a continued decline in the value of these securities, loss of our ability or intent to hold these securities, the occurrence of events that negatively impact the credit quality of the issuer or other factors could result in an other-than-temporary impairment write-down which would reduce our earnings.
 
Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits which could have a negative impact on the value of our stock.
 
Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income Farmington Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense Farmington Bank pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. In addition, as market interest rates rise, we will have competitive pressures to increase the rates paid on deposits, which may result in a decrease in our net interest income.
 
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates earned on the prepaid loans or securities.
 
Farmington Bank has opened new branches in 2010 and expects to continue expansion which may result in losses at those branches initially as they generate new deposit and loan portfolios, and negatively impact our earnings.
 
Farmington Bank opened new branch offices in Glastonbury, Connecticut, Plainville, Connecticut and Berlin, Connecticut in 2010 and is expected to open a new branch in West Hartford, Connecticut in early 2011. Farmington Bank intends to continue to explore opportunities to expand its branch network at a rate of approximately two to three de novo branches per year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable. Losses are expected in connection with these new branches for some time, as the expenses and costs of acquisition associated with them are largely fixed and are typically greater than the income earned at the outset as the branches build up their customer bases. No assurance can be given as to when, if ever, new branches will become profitable.
 
If dividends related to our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston continue to be suspended, or if our investment is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, our earnings and/or stockholders’ equity could decrease.
 
We own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLBB’s advance program. There is no market for our FHLBB common stock. The FHLBB also announced that the dividend paid on its common stock has been suspended indefinitely, beginning in the first quarter of 2009.  The continued suspension of the dividend will continue to negatively impact our income. There can be no assurance that such dividends will be reinstated in the future. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the FHLBB stock we hold.
 
 
28

 
 
It is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the FHLBB, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. If a decrease in the value of a Federal Home Loan Bank were to occur, our investment in FHLBB common stock could be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired at some time in the future, and if this occurs, it would cause our earnings and stockholders’ equity to decrease by the after-tax amount of the impairment charge and unrealized losses within our investment portfolio.
 
Strong competition within Farmington Bank’s market area may limit our growth and profitability.
 
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets.
 
We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.
 
The success of our expansion strategy depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people to support our growth. Competition for the best people in most activities we engage in can be intense and we may not be able to hire people or retain them. If we were unable to attract and retain personnel to support our growth, this could have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
The loss of our Chief Executive Officer could adversely impact our business.
 
Our future success and profitability are substantially dependent upon the vision, management and banking abilities of our Chief Executive Officer, who has substantial background and significant experience in banking and financial services, as well as personal contacts in Central Connecticut and the region generally. The loss of our Chief Executive Officer may be disruptive to our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
 
The United States economy remains weak and unemployment levels are high. A prolonged economic downturn will adversely affect our business and financial results.
 
The financial industry experienced unprecedented turmoil in 2008 through 2010.  The United States economy remains weak and unemployment levels are high. Worsening of these conditions may adversely affect our business by materially decreasing our net interest income or materially increasing our loan losses.  There can be no assurance that we will not be affected by the current crisis in a way we cannot currently predict or mitigate.
 
Passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will increase our operational and compliance costs.

 
29

 
 
On July 21, 2010, the President of the United States signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws, weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, imposes certain capital requirements on financial institutions, eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments, requires publicly traded companies to provide non-binding votes on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives. As a result, our revenue may be reduced due to fee income limitations and we may be required to maintain higher minimum capital ratios. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
 
Higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and special assessments will adversely affect our earnings.
 
The FDIC increased deposit insurance premium expense effective June 30, 2009 in the form of a special assessment. The FDIC has exercised its authority to raise assessment rates beginning in 2009, and may impose another special assessment in the future. If such action is taken by the FDIC it could have an adverse effect on our earnings.
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment and our business may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, as Farmington Bank’s chartering authority, by the FDIC, as insurer of deposits, and by the Federal Reserve Board as the regulator of FCB. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.
 
We face various technological risks that could adversely affect our business.
 
We rely on communication and information systems to conduct business. Potential failures, interruptions or breaches in system security could result in disruptions or failures in our key systems, such as general ledger, deposit or loan systems. We have developed policies and procedures aimed at preventing and limiting the effect of failure, interruption or security breaches of information systems; however, there can be no assurance that these incidences will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be appropriately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in the loss of business, subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny or subject us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.
 
 
30

 
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
 
If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering.  In several cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions have traded below the initial offering price.  The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time.  After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of FCB and the outlook for the financial services industry in general.  Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
 
You may not revoke your decision to purchase FCB common stock in the subscription or community offering after you send us your order.
 
Orders and funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date.  Because completion of the offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and a reconfirmation of the independent appraisal, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the offering.  Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and subscribers will have no access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Date 2], 2011, or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares of common stock.
 
Our failure to deploy the net proceeds effectively may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
 
We intend to invest between approximately $47.5 million and $64.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $74.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Farmington Bank.  Farmington Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, to purchase investment securities, to pursue strategic growth opportunities or for other general corporate purposes. We may use the net proceeds retained at FCB to invest in short-term liquid investments, to repurchase shares of common stock, to pay dividends to our stockholders, to pursue strategic growth opportunities or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase our common stock, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications.  We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long reinvesting the net proceeds will require.
 
 
31

 
 
Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
 
Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $182.1 million at the minimum of the offering range and $229.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our annualized income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 3.67% and 2.91% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.
 
Our implementation of one or more new stock benefits plans may dilute your ownership interest.
 
We intend to adopt one or more new stock benefit plans following the offering, subject to receipt of stockholder approval. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of FCB. While our intention is to fund these plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 12.3% reduction in ownership interest at the maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted stock under the plans in an amount equal to 10.0% and 4.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering.  In the event we adopt the plans more than one year following the offering, the plans will not be subject to certain limitations imposed by Connecticut regulations, including limits on the total number of options or restricted shares available for award under the plans.
 
The implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and one or more new stock benefit plans will increase our compensation and benefit expenses and adversely affect our profitability.
 
We intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan and one or more new stock benefit plans after the offering, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the restricted stock awards and stock options granted to participants under such plans. The actual amount of the additional compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of restricted shares and options actually granted under the plans, the fair market value of our shares of common stock at specific points in the future, the applicable vesting periods and other factors which we cannot predict at this time; however, we expect them to be material. If a stock benefit plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the offering, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance for grants of options and restricted stock awards under such stock benefit plan may not exceed 10.0% and 4.0% of the shares sold in the offering, respectively. If we award options or other stock awards in excess of these amounts under a stock benefit plan adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.
 
In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we would recognize expense for stock options and restricted stock over the vesting period of awards made to recipients.  The expense in the first year following the offering has been estimated to be $2.1 million after tax at the maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “PRO FORMA DATA,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock on the grant date. For further discussion of our proposed stock benefit plans, see “MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION DISCUSS AND ANALYSIS”.
 
 
32

 
 
There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may lower our stock price and make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares of our common stock.
 
We plan for our stock to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market after the offering. However, the shares of our common stock may not be regularly traded. Even if a liquid market develops for our common stock, there is no assurance that it can be maintained.
 
Additionally, the aggregate purchase price of common stock sold in the offering is based on an independent appraisal.  After our shares begin trading, the marketplace will determine the price per share, which may be influenced by various factors, such as prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions of FCB, economic conditions and the outlook for financial institutions.  Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  In several cases, due to market volatility, shares of common stock of newly converted savings institutions traded below the price at which the shares were sold in the companies’ initial public offerings.  After the offering, the trading price of our common stock may not be at or above $10.00.
 
The issuance of shares to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect our net income.
 
We intend to establish a charitable foundation, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., in connection with the stock offering. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation in the form of shares of FCB common stock. At the midpoint of the offering range, we will issue shares of common stock to the charitable foundation ranging from 391,000 shares at the minimum of the valuation range to 608,350 shares a the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, which equals approximately 3.8% of all shares issued and outstanding after the offering. The contribution will also have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in 2010 by approximately $3.1 million at the midpoint of the offering range. Persons purchasing shares in the offering will have their ownership and voting interests in FCB diluted by 3.8% due to the issuance of additional shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
 
Our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
 
We believe that the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., valued at approximately $6.1 million, pre-tax, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully.
 
Our stock value may suffer from anti-takeover provisions that may impede potential takeovers.
 
Maryland law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions, sometimes known as anti-takeover provisions, that may impede efforts to acquire us, or impede stock purchases in furtherance of an acquisition, even though acquisition efforts or stock purchases might otherwise have a favorable effect on the price of our common stock. Those provisions may also make it more difficult to remove our board and management.
 
 
33

 
 
Our articles of incorporation include a requirement that for a period of seven years from the completion of the offering a potential acquirer of common stock obtain the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner before acquiring in excess of 10.0% of the voting stock of FCB or Farmington Bank. Consistent with the Maryland General Corporation Law, our articles of incorporation and/or bylaws also provide for staggered directors’ terms, limit the stockholders’ ability to remove directors and empower only the directors to fill board vacancies. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws further provide for, among other things, restrictions on the voting of more than 10.0% of our outstanding voting stock and approval of certain actions, including certain business combinations, by specified percentages of our disinterested directors, as defined in the articles of incorporation, or by specified percentages of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote. The articles of incorporation also authorize the board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, the rights and preferences of which may be designated by the board, without the approval of our stockholders. The articles of incorporation also establishes supermajority voting requirements for amendments to the charter and bylaws, limit stockholders’ ability to call special meetings of stockholders, and impose advance notice provisions on stockholders’ ability to nominate directors or propose matters for consideration at stockholder meetings.
 
Our employee stock ownership plan, which expects to purchase 8.0% of the shares issued in the conversion, contains provisions that permit participating employees to direct the voting of shares held in the employee stock ownership plan, and those provisions may have anti-takeover effects.
 
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, together with applicable regulations, requires that a person obtain the consent of the Federal Reserve Board before attempting to acquire control of a bank holding company, such as FCB. In addition, for a period of seven years following the conversion, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of our equity securities without prior written approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
In addition, we intend to enter into employment agreements and change of control agreements with certain executive officers, which will require payments to be made to them in the event their employment is terminated following a change in control of FCB or Farmington Bank. We also intend to issue stock options to key employees and directors that will require payments to them in connection with a change in control of FCB or Farmington Bank. These payments may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring FCB or Farmington Bank, thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
 
For more information about the anti-takeover effects of our charter and bylaws, the employee stock ownership plan and certain federal and state regulations and laws, see “Restrictions on the Acquisition of FCB and Farmington Bank”.

 
34

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of the MHC and Farmington Bank.  The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1.  The information at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of the MHC that appear in this prospectus.  The information at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.  The information at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 is unaudited and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
    (unaudited)     (Dollars in thousands)  
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                                   
                                     
Total assets
  $ 1,512,412     $ 1,255,186     $ 1,094,387     $ 950,302     $ 894,019     $ 860,390  
Cash and cash equivalents
    135,574       28,299       31,732       65,960       64,146       46,224  
Held to maturity securities
    3,269       3,010       3,011       73       118       188  
Available for sale securities
    147,822       121,350       178,104       170,979       189,142       251,321  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    7,449       7,449       7,420       2,298       2,435       2,435  
Loans receivable, net
    1,138,861       1,039,995       831,911       671,305       599,810       528,565  
Deposits
    1,231,026       993,886       804,085       803,158       758,397       717,134  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    68,000       62,000       117,000       -       10,000       24,000  
Mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts
    5,626       8,894       7,763       6,668       6,276       5,288  
Total capital accounts
    97,902       93,673       90,663       89,315       82,121       73,177  
Allowance for loan losses
    18,196       16,316       9,952       8,124       8,312       8,263  
Non-performing loans (1)
    20,817       14,846       6,115       2,647       637       2,508  
 
 
(1)
Non-performing loans include loans for which Farmington Bank does not accrue interest (non-accrual loans) and loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

 
35

 
 
                                           
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
                               
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
    (unaudited)    
(Dollars in Thousands)
                   
   
 
 
Selected Operating Data:
     
Interest income
  $ 45,904     $ 42,473     $ 57,975     $ 55,718     $ 51,417     $ 46,896     $ 40,819  
Interest expense
    8,607       13,895       17,408       22,605       23,325       18,139       11,481  
Net interest income
    37,297       28,578       40,567       33,113       28,092       28,757       29,338  
Provision for (reduction in) allowances for loan losses
    3,688       6,265       7,896       2,117       (706 )     (474 )     456  
Net interest income after
    provision for loan
    losses 
     33,609        22,313        32,671        30,996        28,798        29,231        28,882  
Noninterest income (loss)
    4,541       2,705       3,635       (560 )     2,839       2,159       2,775  
Noninterest expense, excluding contribution to existing charitable foundation
    30,876       25,025       34,747       27,343       23,920       21,310       20,119  
Contribution to existing charitable foundation
    -       323       495       534       328       250       283  
Total noninterest expense
    30,876       25,348       35,242       27,877       24,248       21,560       20,402  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    7,274       (330 )     1,064       2,559       7,389       9,830       11,255  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    2,260       (81 )     175       613       2,249       2,900       3,869  
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140     $ 6,930     $ 7,386  
 
 
36

 
 
   
At or For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
   
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                                           
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                         
                                           
Performance Ratios: *
                                         
Return on average assets
    0.49 %     (0.03 )%     0.07 %     0.19 %     0.56 %     0.80 %     0.92 %
Return on average equity
    6.88 %     (0.36 )%     0.95 %     2.13 %     6.03 %     9.12 %     10.33 %
Interest rate spread (1)
    3.75 %     3.12 %     3.31 %     2.94 %     2.72 %     3.08 %     3.59 %
Net interest margin (2)
    3.89 %     3.41 %     3.57 %     3.40 %     3.30 %     3.54 %     3.93 %
Non-interest expense to average assets
    3.03 %     2.87 %     2.94 %     2.69 %     2.66 %     2.49 %     2.55 %
Efficiency ratio (3)
    73.80 %     81.03 %     79.73 %     85.64 %     78.39 %     69.74 %     63.53 %
Efficiency ratio, excluding existing foundation contribution
    73.80 %     80.00 %     78.61 %     84.00 %     77.33 %     68.93 %     62.65 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    115.57       117.19 %     117.12 %     119.43 %     121.24 %     120.81 %     121.93 %
                                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
    1.57 %     1.51 %     1.54 %     1.18 %     1.20 %     1.37 %     1.54 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans
    87.45 %     99.85 %     109.90 %     162.75 %     306.91 %     1304.87 %     329.47 %
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
    0.17 %     0.13 %     0.17 %     0.04 %     (0.08 )%     (0.09 )%     0.23 %
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans
    1.80 %     1.52 %     1.41 %     0.73 %     0.39 %     0.10 %     0.47 %
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets
    1.38 %     1.24 %     1.18 %     0.56 %     0.28 %     0.07 %     0.29 %
                                                         
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Capital to total assets at end of period
    6.47 %     7.64 %     7.46 %     8.28 %     9.40 %     9.19 %     8.51 %
Average capital to average assets
    7.16 %     7.85 %     7.80 %     8.83 %     9.35 %     8.77 %     8.95 %
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    8.95 %     9.71 %     9.23 %     11.28 %     13.24 %     14.14 %     14.22 %
Tier I capital to total average assets
    6.57 %     7.49 %     7.37 %     8.31 %     9.55 %     9.53 %     9.24 %
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
    10.20 %     10.96 %     10.48 %     12.53 %     14.47 %     15.40 %     15.48 %
Total capital to total average assets
    7.19 %     7.87 %     7.82 %     8.76 %     9.80 %     9.48 %     9.15 %
                                                         
Other Data:
                                                       
Number of full service offices (4)
    14       12       12       12       12       11       11  
Number of limited service offices
    4       4       4       4       4       4       4  
 
(*)        Performance ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are annualized.
(1)       Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)       Represents (annualized) net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3)       Represents (annualized) non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4)       As of December 31, 2010, the number of full service offices totaled 15 due to an additional office being added subse q uent to September 30, 2010.
 
 
37

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of our management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties could cause our results to differ materially from those set forth in such forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “targeted” and similar expressions, and future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may” are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the only means to identify these statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Actual conditions, events or results may differ materially from those contemplated by a forward-looking statement. Factors that could cause this difference – many of which are beyond our control – including, but not limited to, the following:

  
Local, regional and national business or economic conditions may differ from those expected.

  
The effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the U.S. Federal Reserve Board’s interest rate policies, may adversely affect our business.

  
The ability to increase market share and control expenses may be more difficult than anticipated.

  
Changes in laws and regulatory requirements (including those concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) may adversely affect us or our business.

  
Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by regulatory agencies, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, may affect expected financial reporting.

  
Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits which could have a negative impact on the value of our stock.

  
We are subject to lending risk and could incur losses in our loan portfolio despite our underwriting practices. Changes in real estate values could also increase our lending risk.

  
Changes in demand for loan products, financial products and deposit flow could impact our financial performance.
 
  
Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

  
We may not manage the risks involved in the foregoing as well as anticipated.

  
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
 
38

 
 
  
Our stock value may be negatively affected by federal regulations and articles of incorporation provisions restricting takeovers.

  
Implementation of stock benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

  
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and is expected to result in dramatic regulatory changes that will affect the industry in general, and impact our competitive position in ways that can’t be predicted at this time.

  
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”) of 2008 has and may continue to have a significant impact on the banking industry.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us in this Prospectus speak only as of the date of this Prospectus. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature we may make in future filings.

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we are unable to determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $95.1 million and $129.3 million, or up to $149.0 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, assuming that 100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering.

A summary of the anticipated net proceeds at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range and of the distribution of the net proceeds is as follows:

        Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of         
   
Minimum
9,775,000 Shares
   
Midpoint
11,500,000 Shares
   
Maximum
13,225,000 Shares
   
Adjusted Maximum
15,208,750 Shares (1)
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Net Proceeds
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Net Proceeds
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Net
Proceeds
   
Amount
   
Percent of Net Proceeds
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 97,750           $ 115,000           $ 132,250           $ 152,088        
Less offering expenses
    2,602             2,760             2,918             3,100        
Net offering proceeds
  $ 95,148       100.0 %   $ 112,240       100.0 %   $ 129,332       100.0 %   $ 148,988       100.0 %
                                                                 
Distribution of net
proceeds:
                                                               
 Proceeds contributed
    to Farmington Bank
  $ 47,574       50.0 %   $ 56,120       50.0 %   $ 64,666       50.0 %   $ 74,494       50.0 %
 Loan to employee
     stock ownership plan
    8,133       8.5 %     9,568       8.5 %     11,003       8.5 %     12,654       8.5 %
 Proceeds retained by
     FCB (1)
  $ 39,441       41.5 %   $ 46,552       41.5 %   $ 53,663       41.5 %   $ 61,840       41.5 %

(1)  
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Farmington Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates.  For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.
 
 
39

 
 
FCB May Use the Proceeds it Retains From the Offering:

              
to invest in securities;
 
              
to deposit funds in Farmington Bank;
 
              
to repay short term borrowings;
 
              
to contribute additional capital to Farmington Bank;
 
              
to finance strategic growth opportunities, such as acquisitions of other banking institutions or financial services related businesses, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition opportunities;
 
              
to pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
              
to fund stock based compensation plans;
 
              
to repurchase shares of our common stock; and
 
              
for other general corporate purposes.

FCB expects to contribute 50% of the net offering proceeds to Farmington Bank for working capital to be used by Farmington Bank and 8.5% of the net offering proceeds to fund a loan to Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding after the offering (between $8.1 million and $11.0 million, or $12.7 million if the offering is increased by 15.0%). The remaining 41.5% of the net offering proceeds will be retained by FCB.  Initially, FCB intends to invest the proceeds retained in the offering by FCB in short-term liquid investments, such as U.S. treasury and government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities and cash and cash equivalents, or deposit the funds in Farmington Bank.  Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, FCB may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion and the offering, except under limited circumstances, such as to fund tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or management recognition plans that have been approved by stockholders.

Farmington Bank May Use the Net Proceeds it Receives From the Offering:

              
to grow its balance sheet through loan origination and deposit generation;
 
              
to enhance existing products and services and support the development of new products and services;
 
              
 to expand its banking franchise through de novo branching; and
 
              
for other general corporate purposes.

The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.
 
 
40

 
 
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. In the future, our board of directors intends to consider a policy of paying cash dividends on the common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. The payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, FCB and Farmington Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions that affect the payment of dividends by Farmington Bank to FCB. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable policy and regulation, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

Dividends from FCB will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Farmington Bank, because FCB initially will have no source of income other than dividends from Farmington Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments with respect to FCB’s loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Under Connecticut law and regulations, Farmington Bank may pay cash dividends out of its net profits. For purposes of this restriction, “net profits” represents the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Further, the total amount of all dividends declared by Farmington Bank in any year may not exceed the sum of its net profits for the year in question combined with its retained net profits from the preceding two years. Federal law also prevents Farmington Bank from paying dividends or making other capital distributions that, if by doing so, would cause it to become “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may limit Farmington Bank’s ability to pay dividends. For information concerning additional federal and state law and regulations regarding the ability of Farmington Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to FCB, see “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION.”

Unlike Farmington Bank, FCB is not restricted by the FDIC’s regulations on the payment of dividends to its stockholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings thereon, and dividends from Farmington Bank.  Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion and the offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders, and no dividend will be paid to our stockholders if such dividends would reduce our stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required to be established in connection with the conversion. In addition, FCB will be subject to Maryland state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.

See “SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA” and “MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.

 
41

 
 
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

FCB has never issued capital stock to the public. We anticipate that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market. We will try to get at least three market makers to make a market in our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Nor can we assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. See “RISK FACTORS – There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may lower our stock price and make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares of our common stock” on page ___.

HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At September 30, 2010, Farmington Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized” under prompt corrective action provisions. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Farmington Bank at September 30, 2010, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Farmington Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price and assuming the receipt by Farmington Bank of between $47.6 million and $74.5 million of the net offering proceeds at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The table assumes the receipt by Farmington Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds and that 100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering.
 
 
42

 
 
               
Unaudited Pro Forma at September 30, 2010, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of
 
   
Farmington Bank
Historical at
September 30, 2010
   
Minimum
9,775,000 Shares
   
Midpoint
11,500,000 Shares
   
Maximum
13,225,000 Shares
   
Adjusted Maximum
15,208,750 Shares (1)
 
                                                             
   
Amount
   
Percent
of
Assets (2)
   
Amount
   
Percent
of
Assets (2)
   
Amount
   
Percent
of
Assets (2)
   
Amount
   
Percent
of
Assets (2)
   
Amount
   
Percent
of
Assets
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                             
Equity capital
  $ 97,802       6.47 %   $ 133,177       8.54 %   $ 139,570       8.90 %   $ 145,963       9.26 %   $ 153,315       9.66 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 (leverage) capital (4)(5)
  $ 97,338       6.56 %   $ 132,713       8.67 %   $ 139,106       9.04 %   $ 145,499       9.40 %   $ 152,851       9.81 %
Tier 1 (leverage) requirement (3)
    74,147       5.00       76,525       5.00       76,952       5.00       77,380       5.00       77,871       5.00  
Excess
  $ 23,191       1.56 %   $ 56,188       3.67 %   $ 62,154       4.04 %   $ 68,119       4.40 %   $ 74,980       4.81 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (5)
  $ 97,338       8.94 %   $ 132,713       12.08 %   $ 139,106       12.64 %   $ 145,499       13.20 %   $ 152,851       13.84 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement
    65,328       6.00       65,921       6.00       66,023       6.00       66,126       6.00       66,244       6.00  
Excess
  $ 32,010       2.94 %   $ 66,792       6.08 %   $ 73,083       6.64 %   $ 79,373       7.20 %   $ 86,607       7.84 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based capital (4)(5)
  $ 111,009       10.19 %     146,383       13.32 %     152,776       13.88 %     159,169       14.44 %     166,521       15.08 %
Total risk-based requirement (3)
    108,939       10.00       109,868       10.00       110,039       10.00       110,210       10.00       110,406       10.00  
Excess
  $ 2,070       0.19 %   $ 36,515       3.32 %   $ 42,737       3.88 %   $ 48,959       4.44 %   $ 56,115       5.08 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation of capital:
                                                                               
Net Proceeds to Farmington Bank
                  $ 47,574             $ 56,120             $ 64,666             $ 74,494          
Less: employee stock ownership plan
                    (8,133 )             (9,568 )             (11,003 )             (12,654 )        
Less: restricted stock plan
                    (4,066 )             (4,784 )             (5,502 )             (6,327 )        
Pro Forma increase in Tier 1 and risk-based capital
                  $ 35,375             $ 41,768             $ 48,161             $ 55,513          

(1)
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)
Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3)
The current core capital requirement for financial institutions is 4.0% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4.0% to 5.0% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions.  In addition, the FDIC requires a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater.
(4)
Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20.0% risk weighting.
(5)
Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with funds we lend. Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan.  See “MANAGEMENT” for a discussion of our employee stock ownership plan.
 
 
43

 
 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of the MHC and Farmington Bank at September 30, 2010 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of FCB after giving effect to the conversion and offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “PRO FORMA DATA” section.
 
         
Unaudited Pro Forma at September 30, 2010,
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
   
Historical
at
September
30, 2010
   
Minimum
9,775,000
Shares
   
Midpoint
11,500,000
Shares
   
Maximum
13,225,000
Shares
   
Adjusted
Maximum
15,208,750
Shares (1)
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                               
Deposits (2)
  $ 1,231,026     $ 1,231,026     $ 1,231,026     $ 1,231,026     $ 1,231,026  
Borrowed funds
    149,760       149,760       149,760       149,760       149,760  
Total deposits and borrowed funds
    1,380,786       1,380,786       1,380,786       1,380,786       1,380,786  
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Common stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be issued as reflected (3)(4)
      --         102         120         138         158  
Additional paid-in capital (3)
    --       98,956       116,720       134,484       154,913  
Retained earnings (5)
    97,658       97,658       97,658       97,658       97,658  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    244       244       244       244       244  
                                         
After-tax expense of foundation (6)
    --       (3,910 )     (4,600 )     (5,290 )     (6,084 )
Tax benefit of contribution to foundation
    --       1,290       1,518       1,746       2,008  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (7)
    --       (8,133 )     (9,568 )     (11,003 )     (12,654 )
Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan
            (4,066 )     (4,784 )     (5,502 )     (6,327 )
Total shareholders’ equity
  $ 97,902       182,141       197,308       212,475       229,916  
                                         
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding
                                       
Total shares issued
    --       10,166,000       11,960,000       13,754,000       15,817,100  
Shares sold in offering
    --       9,775,000       11,500,000       13,225,000       15,208,750  
Shares issued to the foundation
    --       391,000       460,000       529,000       608,350  
      --                                  
Total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)
    6.47 %     11.41 %     12.24 %     13.06 %     13.98 %
Tangible equity as a percentage of assets
    6.47 %     11.41 %     12.24 %     13.06 %     13.98 %
 
(1)
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)
Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3)
On a pro forma basis, FCB common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of FCB common stock to be outstanding, which is 10,166,000 shares,11,960,000 shares, 13,754,000 shares and 15,187,100 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.
(4)
No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of FCB common stock pursuant to the vesting of restricted stock awards or the exercise of options under a stock benefit plan. If this plan is implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 4.0% and 10.0% of the shares of FCB common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the vesting and exercise of restricted stock options under the plan, respectively.  See “MANAGEMENT”.
(5)
The retained earnings of Farmington Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering.  See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights” and “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION”.
(6)
Represents the expense of contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 33% tax rate.  The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable contributions equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward for federal or state purposes any unused portion of the deduction for the five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
 
44

 
 
(7)
Assumes that 8.0% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from FCB.  The loan will be repaid principally from Farmington Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan.  Since FCB will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on FCB’s consolidated financial statements.  Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
 
The following table summarizes historical data of the MHC and pro forma data at and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.  This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the offering.  Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established in the offering or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Farmington Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve.  See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights”.
 
The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
 
 
(i)
100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offering;
 
 
(ii)
247,500 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors;
 
 
(iii)
our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, with a loan from FCB.  The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 15 years;
 
 
(iv)
FCB will contribute to the charitable foundation a number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares sold in the offering;
 
 
(v)
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.  No fee will be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and
 
 
(vi)
total expenses of the offering, including the marketing fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be between $2.6 million at the minimum of the offering range and $3.1 million at the maximum of the offering range, as adjusted.
 
We calculated pro forma consolidated net earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the applicable period at an assumed interest rate of 1.27% (0.85% on an after-tax basis), which represented the yield on the five-year Treasury Bond as of September 30, 2010.  This method reflects the approximate short-term use of proceeds anticipated by FCB.  The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock has not been reflected.  Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders’ equity calculations for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.
 
 
45

 
 
The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock benefit plans.  Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock benefit plan will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation at a price of $10.00 per share, and that such shares of common stock granted under the plans will vest over a five-year period.  We have also assumed that the stock benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation.  In preparing the table below, we have assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years.  We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.28 for each option. Finally, we assumed that 25% of the stock options were non-qualified options granted to directors, resulting in a tax benefit (at an assumed tax rate of 33%) for a deduction equal to the grant date fair value of the options.
 
We may grant restricted stock or options under a stock benefit plan in excess of 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering if the stock benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months following the stock offering.  In addition, we may grant options that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months following the stock offering.
 
The pro forma stockholders’ equity calculation in the table gives effect to the estimated after-tax expense associated with the stock contribution to the charitable foundation.  The expense of the stock contribution to the charitable foundation is not reflected in the pro forma net income or pro forma net income per share. The pro forma data assumes that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the foundation based on a 33% tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10% of our annual taxable income. However for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
As discussed under “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING,” we intend to contribute shares from the stock offering to the Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in an amount equal to 4.0% of the stock offering and contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Farmington Bank. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
 
The pro forma table does not give effect to:
 
 
withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
 
 
our results of operations after September 30, 2010 or after the stock offering; or
 
 
changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
 
The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets or the liquidation account we will establish in connection with the offering in the unlikely event we are liquidated.
 
 
46

 
 
   
At or for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (Unaudited)
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
   
Minimum
9,775,000
Shares
   
Midpoint
11,500,000
Shares
   
Maximum
13,225,000
Shares
   
Adjusted Maximum
15,208,750
Shares (1)
 
   
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 97,750     $ 115,000     $ 132,250     $ 152,088  
Plus: market  value of shares issued to the charitable foundation
    3,910       4,600       5,290       6,084  
Pro forma market capitalization
    101,660       119,600       137,540       158,172  
                                 
Pro forma shares issued in offering
    9,775,000       11,500,000       13,225,000       15,208,750  
Pro forma shares issued to foundation
    391,000       460,000       529,000       608,350  
Total
    10,166,000       11,960,000       13,754,000       15,817,100  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 97,750     $ 115,000     $ 132,250     $ 152,088  
Less:  Expenses
    2,602       2,760       2,918       3,100  
Estimated Net Proceeds
    95,148       112,240       129,332       148,988  
Less: common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (8,133 )     (9,568 )     (11,003 )     (12,654 )
     Less: common stock purchased by the restricted stock plan ( 4)
    (4,066 )     (4,784 )     (5,502 )     (6,327 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 82,949     $ 97,888     $ 112,827     $ 130,007  
                                 
Consolidated Net Income :
                               
Historical
  $ 5,014     $ 5,014     $ 5,014     $ 5,014  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    529       625       720       830  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (272 )     (321 )     (369 )     (424 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment ( 3)
    (409 )     (481 )     (553 )     (636 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment ( 4)
    (459 )     (540 )     (621 )     (714 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 4,403     $ 4,297     $ 4,191     $ 4,070  
                                 
Per share net income (reflects ASC 718-40)
                               
Historical
  $ 0.53     $ 0.45     $ 0.39     $ 0.34  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment ( 3)
    (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment ( 4)
    (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (0.05 )     (0.05 )
Pro forma net income per share ( 5)
  $ 0.47     $ 0.39     $ 0.33     $ 0.28  
                                 
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share
    15.96 x     19.23 x     22.73 x     26.79 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
     9,393,384        11,051,040        12,708,690        14,615,000  
                                 
Shareholders’ equity :
                               
Historical
  $ 97,902     $ 97,902     $ 97,902     $ 97,902  
Estimated net proceeds
    95,148       112,240       129,332       148,987  
     Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
     3,910        4,600        5,290        6,084  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
     1,290        1,518        1,746        2,008  
     Less:  common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (8,133 )     (9,568 )     (11,003 )     (12,654 )
Less:  common stock acquired by restricted stock plan ( 3)
    (4,066 )     (4,784 )     (5,502 )     (6,327 )
     Less:    expense of contribution  to charitable foundation
    (3,910 )     (4,600 )     (5,290 )     (6,084 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    182,141       197,308       212,475       229,916  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 182,141     $ 197,308     $ 212,475     $ 229,916  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share :
                               
Historical
  $ 9.63     $ 8.19     $ 7.12     $ 6.19  
Estimated net proceeds
    9.36       9.38       9.40       9.42  
     Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    0.38       0.38       0.38       0.38  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
     0.13        0.13        0.13        0.13  
     Less:  common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )
Less:  common stock acquired by restricted stock plan ( 3)
    (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )
    Less:    expense of contribution  to charitable foundation
    (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 17.92     $ 16.50     $ 15.45     $ 14.54  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share ( 5)
  $ 17.92     $ 16.50     $ 15.45     $ 14.54  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of equity per share
    55.80 %     60.61 %     64.72 %     68.78 %
                                 
Offering price as percentage of  tangible equity per share
    55.80 %     60.61 %     64.72 %     68.78 %
                                 
Shares used for pro forma stockholders’ equity  per share
    10,166,000       11,960,000       13,754,000       15,817,100  
 
 
47

 
 
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8.0% of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from FCB. Farmington Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt.  Farmington Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 15 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“SOP 93-6”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Farmington Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 40,664, 47,840 and 63,268 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from FCB or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by FCB. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 15.0% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the period and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4.0% of the shares issued sold in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 12.3%.
(4) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one of more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.28 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions; a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00 and vesting to take place over five years.  The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) and, in accordance with SOP 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans. See note 2, above.
(6) The retained earnings of Farmington Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.
 
 
48

 
 
   
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 (Unaudited)
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
   
Minimum
9,775,000
Shares
   
Midpoint
11,500,000
Shares
   
Maximum
13,225,000
Shares
   
Adjusted Maximum
15,208,750
Shares
 
   
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 97,750     $ 115,000     $ 132,250     $ 152,088  
Plus: market value of shares issued to the charitable foundation
    3,910       4,600       5,290       6,084  
Pro forma market capitalization
    101,660        119,600       137,540       158,172  
                                 
Pro forma shares issued in offering
  $ 9,775,000     $ 11,500,000     $ 13,225,000     $ 15,208,750  
Pro forma shares issued to foundation
    391,000       460,000       529,000       608,350  
Total
    10,166,000       11,960,000       13,754,000       15,817,100  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 97,750     $ 115,000     $ 132,250     $ 152,088  
Less:  Expenses
    2,602       2,760       2,918       3,100  
Estimated Net Proceeds
    95,148       112,240       129,332       148,988  
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (8,133 )     (9,568 )     (11,003 )     (12,654 )
     Less: common stock purchased by the restricted stock plan (3)
    (4,066 )     (4,784 )     (5,502 )     (6,327 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 82,949     $ 97,888     $ 112,827     $ 130,007  
                                 
Consolidated Net Income :
                               
Historical
  $ 889     $ 889     $ 889     $ 889  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    706       833       960       1,106  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (363 )     (427 )     (492 )     (565 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (3)
    (545 )     (641 )     (737 )     (848 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)
    (612 )     (720 )     (828 )     (952 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 75     $ (66 )   $ (208 )   $ (370 )
                                 
Per share net income  (ASC 718-40)
                               
Historical
  $ 0.10     $ 0.07     $ 0.06     $ 0.06  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.07       0.08       0.08       0.08  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (3)
    (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)
    (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )
Pro forma net income per share
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.02 )
                                 
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share
  $ 1,000.00x    
 NM
 
 NM
 
NM
*
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
     9,406,939        11,066,987        12,737,035        14,636,090  
                                 
Shareholders’ equity :
                               
Historical
  $ 93,673     $ 93,673     $ 93,673     $ 93,673  
Estimated net proceeds
    95,148       112,240       129,332       148,987  
     Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
     3,910        4,600        5,290        6,084  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
     1,290        1,518        1,746        2,008  
     Less:  common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (8,133 )     (9,568 )     (11,003 )     (12,654 )
Less:  common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (3)
    (4,066 )     (4,784 )     ((5,502 )     (6,327 )
     Less:    expense of contribution  to charitable foundation
    (3,910 )     (4,600 )     (5,290 )     (6,084 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    177,912       193,079       208,246       225,687  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 177,912     $ 193,079     $ 208,246     $ 225,687  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share :
                               
Historical
  $ 9.21     $ 7.83     $ 6.81     $ 5.92  
Estimated net proceeds
    9.36       9.38       9.40       9.42  
     Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    0.38       0.38       0.38       0.38  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
     0.13        0.13        0.13        0.13  
     Less:  common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )
Less:  common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (3)
    (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )
     Less:    expense of contribution  to charitable foundation
    (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    17.50       16.14       15.14       14.27  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (5)
  $ 17.50     $ 16.14     $ 15.14     $ 14.27  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of equity per share
    57.14 %     61.96 %     66.05 %     70.08 %
                                 
Offering price as percentage of  tangible equity per share
    57.14 %     61.96 %     66.05 %     70.08 %
                                 
Shares used for pro forma stockholders’ equity  per share calculations
    10,166,000       11,960,000       13,754,000       15,817,100  
 

* NM = Not Meaningful
 
 
49

 
 
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
 (2) Assumes that 8.0% of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from FCB. Farmington Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt.  Farmington Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 15 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“SOP 93-6”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Farmington Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 54,219, 63,787 and 84,358 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from FCB or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by FCB. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 15% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the period and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4.0% of the shares issued sold in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.8%.
(4) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one of more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.28 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions; a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00 and vesting to take place over five years.  The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) and, in accordance with SOP 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans. See note 2, above.
(6) The retained earnings of Farmington Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.
 
 
50

 
 
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION
 
As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater, and as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering.  At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $101.7 million $119.6 million, $137.5 million and $158.2 million with the charitable foundation, compared to $105.0, $123.5 million, $142.0 and $163.3 million without the charitable foundation.  There is no assurance that in the event the chartable foundation were not funded, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below.  Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and financial conditions.
 
For comparative purposes only, set forth are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the conversion and offering were completed at the beginning of the nine-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
 
 
51

 
 
   
  Minimum of
Offering Range
   
  Midpoint of
Offering Range
   
    Maximum of
Offering Range
   
  Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
                                                 
      With Foundation       Without Foundation       With Foundation       Without Foundation       With Foundation       Without Foundation       With Foundation       Without Foundation  
        (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)   
Estimated stock offering amounts
  $ 97,750     $ 104,975     $ 115,000     $ 123,500     $ 132,250     $ 142,025     $ 152,088     $ 163,329  
Pro forma market
   capitalization
    101,660       104,975       119,600       123,500       137,540       142,025       158,171       163,329  
Total assets
    1,596.651       1,602,119       1,611,818       1,618,250       1,626,985       1,634,382       1,644,426       1,652,933  
Total liabilities
    1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510       1,414,510  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    182,141       187,609       197,308       203,740       212,475       219,872       229,916       238,423  
Pro forma net income
    4,403       4,409       4,298       4,304       4,192       4,200       4,070       4,079  
Pro forma stockholders’
    equity per share
    17.92       17.87       16.50       16.50       15.45       15.48       14.54       14.60  
Pro forma net income
    per share
    0.47       0.46       0.39       0.38       0.33       0.32       0.28       0.27  
                                                                 
Pro forma pricing ratios :
                                                               
Offering price as
    percentage of pro forma
    stockholders’ equity per
    share
    55.80 %     55.96 %     60.61 %     60.61 %     64.72 %     64.60 %     68.78 %     68.49 %
Offering price as
    percentage of pro forma
    net income per share
    15.96 x     16.30 x     19.23 x     19.74 x     22.73 x     23.44 x     26.79 x     27.78 x
                                                                 
Pro forma financial ratios :
                                                               
Return on assets
    (annualized)
    0.37 %     0.37 %     0.36 %     0.35 %     0.34 %     0.34 %     0.33 %     0.33 %
Return on equity
    (annualized)
    3.22       3.13       2.90       2.82       2.63       2.55       2.36       2.28  
Equity to assets
    11.41       11.71       12.24       12.59       13.06       13.45       13.98       14.42  
Total shares issued
    10,166,000       10,497,500       4,960,000       12,350,000       13,757,000       14,302,500       15,817,100       16,332,900  
 
 
52

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
FCB is a Maryland corporation that was recently formed in connection with the conversion of the MHC, from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The MHC currently owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank. The MHC will cease to exist as a result of the conversion, and FCB will own all of the common stock of Farmington Bank.
 
Established in 1851, Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and 4 limited services offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut.  Farmington Bank provides a diverse range of commercial and consumer services to businesses, individuals and governments across Central Connecticut. Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the FDIC.  Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC.  Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB.
 
Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England.  This management team was brought on commencing in 2008, highlighted by the addition of John J. Patrick Jr.  in March 2008 as our President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Patrick was also named Chairman of our board of directors in July 2008.  Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now part of TD Bank.  Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, Chief Risk Officer and David Blitz, Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have vast experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions. The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank for businesses, individuals and governments, with an ongoing commitment to provide quality customer service.
 
    Maintaining a   strong capital position in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our banking regulators to support our current operations and future growth.   Due to the significant growth achieved during the past few years, we are in need of additional capital to maintain capital levels in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our regulators.  The FDIC’s requirement for a “well-capitalized” bank is a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater. As of September 30, 2010 our total risk-based capital ratio was 10.20%.  During the past year, we were able to maintain our capital levels by selling appreciated mortgage backed securities, purchasing zero risk weighted investments and making certain other strategic operational decisions. The net proceeds from the offering will significantly strengthen our capital levels, which will enable us to implement strategic initiatives designed to maximize stockholder return and support our anticipated growth, increased lending capacity and long-term success.
 
 
53

 
 
    Increasing our focus on commercial lending and continuing to expand commercial banking operations .  We will continue to focus on commercial lending and the origination of commercial loans using prudent lending standards.  We plan to continue to grow our commercial lending portfolio, while enhancing our complementary business products and services.  We have recently hired several experienced commercial lenders, centralized our commercial banking support staff to improve efficiency and effectiveness and added a small business banking group, a governmental banking group and cash management services.
     
   
Continuing to focus on residential and consumer lending and the implementation of our secondary marketing program .  We offer traditional residential and consumer lending products and plan to continue to build a strong residential and consumer lending program that supports our newly implemented secondary market program.  Under the secondary market lending program, we sell a majority of our fixed rate residential originations while retaining the loan servicing function.  Our interest rate risk is mitigated by avoiding the addition of low-rate twenty and thirty-year fixed rate mortgages to our loan portfolios.
     
   
Maintaining asset quality and prudent lending standards.   We will continue to originate all loans utilizing prudent lending standards in an effort to maintain strong asset quality.  While our delinquencies and charge-offs have increased as a result of the downturn in the economy and slow recovery, we continue to diligently manage our collection function to minimize loan losses and non-performing assets.  We will continue to employ sound risk management practices as we seek to expand our lending capacity.
     
   
Expanding our existing products and services and developing new products and services to meet the changing needs of consumers and businesses in our market area. We will continue to evaluate our consumer and business customers’ needs to ensure that we continue to offer relevant, up-to-date products and services.
     
   
Continuing expansion through de novo branching .  The net proceeds from the offering will facilitate our ability to add de novo branch locations, enhancing our existing footprint and enabling us to provide our customers with increased access and service. Farmington Bank opened new branch offices in Glastonbury, Plainville and Berlin, Connecticut in 2010 and we are planning to open another branch in West Hartford during the first quarter of 2011. We intend to continue to explore opportunities to expand our branch network that are consistent with our strategic growth plans.
     
   
Taking advantage of acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our strategic growth plans. In addition to de novo branching, we intend to continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire other financial institutions and financial service related businesses in our current market area or contiguous market areas that will enable us to enhance our existing products and services and develop new products and services.  We have no specific plans, agreements or understandings with respect to any expansion or acquisition opportunities.
 
 
54

 
 
   
Continuing to control non-interest expenses .  As part of our strategic plan, we have begun implementing several programs designed to control costs.  We monitor our expense ratios and plan to reduce our efficiency ratio by controlling expenses and increasing net interest income and non-interest income. We plan to continue to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of our business processes and our efficiency, utilizing information technology when possible.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The accounting policies followed by us conform with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, relate to allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, income taxes, pension and other post-retirement benefits.  The following is a description of our critical accounting policies and an explanation of the methods and assumptions underlying their application.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses : The allowance for loan losses is established as probable credit losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an estimate, and ultimate losses may vary from management’s estimate. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the results of operations in the period in which they become known, along with provisions for estimated losses incurred during that period.
 
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and presents the evaluation to the board of directors. In addition, our credit risk management is responsible for the accuracy of loan risk ratings and prepares an asset quality report on a quarterly basis and provides summary reports to our board of directors on a monthly basis. A variety of factors are considered in establishing this estimate, including, but not limited to, historical loss and charge-off data, current economic conditions, historical and current delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of our borrowers, results of internal and external loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates by management that may be susceptible to significant change.
 
The allowance for loan losses consists of allocated, general and unallocated components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and classified loans deemed unimpaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.
 
An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general losses in the portfolio.
 
 
55

 
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Management updates the analysis quarterly. The assumptions used in appraisals are reviewed for appropriateness. Updated appraisals are obtained as needed or adjusted to reflect the estimated decline in the fair value based upon current market conditions for comparable properties.
 
The general allowance component is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. The general allowance represents the results of an analysis that measures the probable losses inherent in each portfolio. Homogenous loan pools are determined by loan type and are comprised of: (1) residential first mortgage loans, (2) commercial real estate mortgage loans, (3) residential second mortgage loans, (4) commercial loans, (5) construction loans, (6) Small Business Administration loans and (7) resort loans, as well as smaller loan pools consisting of unsecured consumer loans, collateral loans and automobile loans. Each of these loan types is evaluated on a quarterly basis to determine historical loss rates; delinquency; growth and composition trends within the portfolio; the impact of management and underwriting changes; shifts in risk ratings; and regional and economic conditions influencing portfolio performance, with management allocating loss factors based on these evaluations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of this component of the allowance.
 
In establishing an acceptable range of losses for the total portfolio, we consider a high and low range of losses and a historical net loss analysis on individual loan portfolios. The unallocated allowance component increased to $164,000, or 0.9% of our total loan portfolio.  There was no unallocated allowance as of December 31, 2009.  The loan loss allowance allocations as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are between these high and low established ranges of 0.0% to 5.0% of our total loan portfolio, which is appropriate based on the economic environment that existed as of such dates. The unallocated allowance supports the loss that exists in emerging problem loans that cannot be fully quantified or may be affected by conditions not fully understood at this time.
 
Based on the qualitative and quantitative assessment of the loan portfolio and in thorough consideration of the loan portfolio including classified, non-performing and impaired loans, management believed that the allowance for loan losses properly estimates the inherent probable credit loss that existed in the loan portfolio as of September 30, 2010. This analysis process is both quantitative and subjective as it requires management to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe that we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.
 
Other-than-Temporary Impairment of Securities:   In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 320-Debt and Equity Securities, a decline in market value of a debt security below amortized cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security, while the non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent or requirement to sell the security. Management reviews the securities portfolio on a quarterly basis for the presence of OTTI. An assessment is made as to whether the decline in value results from company-specific events, industry developments, general economic conditions, credit losses on debt or other reasons. After the reasons for the decline are identified, further judgments are required as to whether those conditions are likely to reverse and, if so, whether that reversal is likely to result in a recovery of the fair value of the investment in the near term. If it is judged not to be near-term, a charge is taken which results in a new cost basis.  Credit related OTTI for debt securities is recognized in earnings while non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent to sell or will not be required to sell the security. If an equity security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, the full impairment is considered to be credit-related and a charge to earnings would be recorded.   Management believes the policy for evaluating securities for other-than-temporary impairment is critical because it involves significant judgments by management and could have a material impact on our net income.
 
 
56

 
 
Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis. Marketable equity and debt securities are classified as either trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity (applies only to debt securities).  Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities at the time of purchase.  At September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no debt or equity securities classified as trading.  Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities for which we have the ability and intent to hold until maturity.  All other securities not included in held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale.  Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.  Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity, until realized.  Further information relating to the fair value of securities can be found within Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted into interest income over the term of the securities using the level yield method.
 
Income Taxes : Deferred income taxes are provided for differences arising in the timing of income and expenses for financial reporting and for income tax purposes.  Deferred income taxes and tax benefits are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  We provide a deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards when realization is determined not to be more likely than not.
 
We adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” , on January 1, 2007.  FASB ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues.  Pursuant to FASB ASC 740-10, we examine our financial statements, our income tax provision and our federal and state income tax returns and analyze our tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense, to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.  We recognize interest and penalties arising from income tax settlements as part of our provision for income taxes.
 
 
57

 
 
In December 1999, we created and have since maintained a “passive investment company” (“PIC”), as permitted by Connecticut law. At September 30, 2010 there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. We are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2009. If the state taxing authority were to determine that the PIC was not in compliance with statutory requirements, a material amount of taxes could be due.
 
As of September 30, 2010, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. As of September 30, 2010, our net deferred tax asset was $9.4 million and there was no valuation allowance.
 
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits: We have a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits for substantially all employees hired before January 1, 2007 who meet certain requirements as to age and length of service. The benefits are based on years of service and average compensation, as defined in the plan. Our funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that could be deducted for federal income tax purposes, while meeting the minimum funding standards established by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
In addition to providing pension benefits, we provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Participants or eligible employees hired before January 1, 1993 become eligible for the benefits if they retire after reaching age 62 with fifteen or more years of service. A fixed percent of annual costs are paid depending on length of service at retirement. We accrue for the estimated costs of these other post-retirement benefits through charges to expense during the years that employees render service. We make contributions to cover the current benefits paid under this plan. Management believes the policy for determining pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses is critical because judgments are required with respect to the appropriate discount rate, rate of return on assets, salary increases and other items. Management reviews and updates these assumptions annually. If our estimate of pension and post-retirement expense is too low we may experience higher expenses in the future, reducing our net income. If our estimate is too high, we may experience lower expenses in the future, increasing our net income.  For a discussion of Recent Accounting Pronouncements, see “–Recent Accounting Pronouncements” and  “CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.
 
Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009
 
Our total assets increased $257.2 million, or 20.5%, to $1.5 billion at September 30, 2010, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009, primarily due to a $107.3 million increase in cash and cash equivalents, a $26.5 million increase in securities available-for-sale, a $98.9 million increase in net loans and a $13.0 million increase in other assets.
 
Cash and cash equivalents increased $107.3 million to $135.6 million at September 30, 2010 from $28.3 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to an increase of $103.0 million of excess liquidity invested in the Federal Reserve Bank’s Excess Balance Account.
 
Our investment portfolio totaled $151.1 million, or 10.0% of total assets, and $124.4 million, or 9.9% of total assets, respectively, at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Available-for-sale investment securities increased $26.5 million, or 21.8%, to $147.8 million at September 30, 2010 from $121.4 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to purchases totaling $80.0 million of U.S. treasury securities and U.S. government agency obligations used to collateralize municipal deposits and repurchase agreements and a decrease of $52.7 million in principal repayments or sold matured mortgage-backed securities. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the securities available-for-sale portfolio was comprised of $85.1 million and $5.0 million in U.S. treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations, $53.5 million and $106.2 million in mortgage-backed securities, $1.6 million and $1.5 million in corporate debt securities, $67,000 and $90,000 in trust preferred debt securities, $5.7 million and $6.5 million in marketable equity securities and $1.8 million and $2.0 million in trust preferred equity securities.  Securities held-to-maturity increased $259,000, or 8.6%, to $3.3 million at September 30, 2010 from $3.0 million at December 31, 2009.
 
 
58

 
 
The net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, on a pre-tax basis, decreased $814,000 to $1.9 million at September 30, 2010 from $2.7 million at December 31, 2009.  The decrease in the net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale reflects the sale of two mortgage-backed securities and several marketable equity securities for a net gain of $965,000 and unrealized holding losses totaling $268,000. The held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an amortized cost of $3.3 million at September 30, 2010 comprised of a $3.0 million trust preferred security, a $260,000 municipal debt security and two mortgage-backed securities totaling $9,000 that had an aggregate fair market value of $3.3 million, compared to an amortized cost of $3.0 million at December 31, 2009, comprised of a $3.0 million trust preferred security and $11,000 in mortgage-backed securities that had an aggregate fair market value of $3.0 million. Principal payments totaling $1,000 were made in held-to-maturity securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. During 2010, the only purchase designated as held-to-maturity was the $260,000 municipal debt security. At September 30, 2010, our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio gross unrealized losses equaled $393,000, of which $307,000 was from securities that had been in a loss position of twelve months or more.   The gross unrealized losses at September 30, 2010 were primarily comprised of a $302,000 unrealized loss on a pooled trust preferred equity security that has been in a loss position since 2007 with a gross unrealized loss of $204,000 and $976,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Management believes that this pooled trust preferred equity security represents a credit related other-than-temporary impairment as of September 30, 2010.
 
Net loans receivable increased $98.9 million to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2010 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $22.8 million, or 5.1%, increase in residential real estate loans, a $59.3 million, or 22.4%, increase in commercial real estate loans, a $16.1 million, or 24.2%, increase in home equity lines of credit and a $17.8 million, or 21.5%, increase in timeshare loans, offset by a $19.0 million, or 27.7%, decrease in construction loans. The significant growth in loans during the first nine months of 2010 was a result of several factors, including our purchase of $31.9 million in residential loans, a $31.1 million increase in the commercial real estate portfolio, growth in our commercial real estate swap loan product and the implementation of a home equity line of credit promotional program. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the loan portfolio consisted of $469.6 million and $446.9 million in residential real estate loans, $324.9 million and $265.5 million in commercial real estate loans, $49.9 million and $68.7 million in construction loans, $14.0 million and $16.4 million in installment loans, $110.9 million and $104.5 million in commercial loans, $82.9 million and $66.7 million in home equity lines of credit loans, $100.6 and $82.8 million in resort (timeshare) loans and $2.4 million and $3.0 million in collateral, demand and revolving credit loans.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased $1.9 million to $18.2 million at September 30, 2010 from $16.3 million at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $1.9 million allocation made during the first nine months of 2010 for a $4.9 million impaired resort (timeshare) loan.  Impaired loans increased to $28.1 million as of September 30, 2010 from $16.4 million as of December 31, 2009. Non-performing loans increased to $20.8 million at September 30, 2010 from $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At September 30, 2010, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.6% of total loans and 87.5% of non-performing loans, compared to 1.6% of total loans and 109.9% of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $1.8 million, or 0.2%, to average loans outstanding for the period.
 
 
59

 
 
Bank-owned life insurance increased $5.5 million to $19.5 million at September 30, 2010 from $14.0 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to the purchase of an additional $5.0 million in bank-owned life insurance to offset costs incurred in connection with supplemental executive compensation plans executed in 2009.
 
Prepaid and other assets increased $13.0 million to $21.2 million at September 30, 2010 from $8.2 million at December 31, 2009. The increase primarily resulted from $3.6 million in premises and equipment in connection with the purchase and renovation of our Glastonbury branch, the opening of our new leased Plainville branch and assets purchased in preparation of the opening of our new leased Berlin branch, which occurred in October 2010.
 
  Deposits increased $237.1 million, or 23.9%, to $1.2 billion at September 30, 2010 from $993.9 million at December 31, 2009. Interest-bearing deposits grew $230.6 million, or 26.7%, to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2010 from $865.0 million at December 31, 2008. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $135.4 million at September 30, 2010, an increase of $6.6 million from December 31, 2009. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, interest-bearing deposits consisted of $385.0 million and $151.8 million in NOW accounts, $161.8 million and $146.9 million in money market accounts, $130.2 million and $119.5 million in savings accounts, $418.2 million and $446.7 million in time deposits and $370,000 and $130,000 in club accounts. The $230.6 million increase in interest-bearing deposits from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010 was primarily due to a $233.3 million, or 153.7%, increase in NOW accounts that was largely attributable to a $315.3 million increase in NOW account balances held by municipalities during the period. The increase in low cost municipal deposits is due to the significant number of new municipal relationships developed by our new government banking group established during the second half of 2009. Our deposit base was also positively impacted by the opening of two new branches during the first nine months of 2010. Our weighted-average rate paid on deposits outstanding at September 30, 2010 declined 30 basis points to 0.6% from 0.9% at December 31, 2009.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $6.0 million, or 9.7%, to $68.0 million at September 30, 2010 from $62.0 million at December 31, 2009. Our repurchase liabilities increased $10.7 million to $60.8 million at September 30, 2010 from $50.1 million at December 31, 2009 due to an increase in our business checking customers using our repurchase swap product where excess funds are swept daily into a collateralized account.
 
Total capital accounts increased $4.2 million, or 4.5%, to $97.9 million at September 30, 2010 compared to $93.7 million at December 31, 2009. This was primarily due to earnings of $5.0 million, offset by a decrease in net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale of $814,000.  Our total risk weighted capital to risk weighted assets declined from 10.5% at December 31, 2009 to 10.2% at September 30, 2010, which is 20 basis points above the   10.0% minimum total risk-based capital ratio that the FDIC regulation requires us to maintain in order to be considered well capitalized. During the first nine months of 2010, we were able to maintain our capital levels by selling appreciated mortgage-backed securities, purchasing zero-risk weighted investments and making certain other strategic operational decisions. The net proceeds from the offering will significantly strengthen our capital levels allowing us to aggressively pursue our strategic initiatives.
 
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
 
  Our total assets increased $160.8 million, or 14.7%, to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009, as compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008, primarily due to a $208.1 million increase in net loans, offset by a $56.8 million reduction in securities available-for-sale.
 
 
60

 
 
Cash and cash equivalents decreased $3.4 million to $28.3 million at December 31, 2009 from $31.7 at December 31, 2008 as excess cash was used to fund loans.
 
Securities available-for-sale decreased $56.8 million to $121.4 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to management choosing to re-invest the principal paydowns, calls and maturities into funding profitable loan growth.
 
Our investment portfolio totaled $124.4 million, or 10.0% of total assets, and $181.1 million, or 16.5% of total assets, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Available-for-sale investment securities decreased $56.8 million, or 31.9%, to $121.4 million at December 31, 2009 from $178.1 million at December 31, 2008.  This decrease resulted primarily from management choosing to re-invest the principal paydowns, calls and maturities into funding profitable loan growth, rather than investing in low yielding securities.
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $3.0 million in held-to-maturity securities. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the securities available-for-sale portfolio was comprised of $5.0 million and $36.0 million in U.S. government agency obligations, $106.2 million and $131.9 million in mortgage-backed securities, $1.5 million and $2.5 million in corporate debt securities, $90,000 and $250,000 in trust preferred debt securities, $6.5 million and $6.2 million in marketable equity securities and $2.0 million and $1.2 million in trust preferred equity securities.  At December 31, 2009, the net unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale, net of taxes, was $2.7 million compared to $413,000 as of December 31, 2008. The increase in unrealized gains was primarily due to the low interest rate environment during 2009 which had a positive effect on the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage-backed securities during the period.  The held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an amortized cost of $3.0 million at December 31, 2009 and was comprised of a $3.0 million trust preferred security and $10,000 in mortgage-backed securities which together had an aggregate amortized cost and fair market value of $3.0 million at December 31, 2008. Principal payments totaling $1,000 were made in held-to-maturity securities during each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. At December 31, 2009, our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio gross unrealized losses were $368,000, of which $354,000 was from securities that had been in a loss position of twelve months or more.
 
Net loans receivable increased $208.1 million, or 25.0%, to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2009 from $831.9 million at December 31, 2008, primarily due to increases in real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and timeshare loans.  Residential real estate loans increased $60.9 million, or 15.8%, to $446.9 million at December 31, 2009 from $385.9 million at December 31, 2008 primarily as a result of our purchasing $40.3 million in new loan originations from mortgage brokers and an increase in internally generated origination activity, which in part was due to the historically low market rates which resulted in increased refinancing activity. Commercial real estate loans increased $64.0 million, or 31.8%, to $265.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $201.5 million. This increase in commercial real estate loans reflects increased market opportunities and included $28.2 million originated in a new commercial real estate loan product featuring an interest rate swap option to limit our interest rate risk and effectively “fix” the rate for appropriate customer borrowings.  Home equity lines of credit increased $33.3 million, or 100.0%, to $66.7 million at December 31, 2009 from $33.4 million at December 31, 2008 due to a successful marketing program that offered a fixed rate teaser for an introductory period.  Timeshare loans increased $35.1 million, or 73.7%, to $82.8 million at December 31, 2009 from $47.7 million at December 31, 2008.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased $6.4 million to $16.3 million at December 31, 2009 from $10.0 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in the allowance for loan losses was needed to adjust the allowance to the level needed to absorb estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009 due to an increase in the overall loan portfolio of $214.4 million and a slight decline in asset quality. Non-performing loans increased from $6.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.5% of total loans and 109.9% of non-performing loans, compared to 1.2% of total loans and 162.8% of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $1.5 million or 0.17% to average loans outstanding for the period.
 
 
61

 
 
Deposits increased $189.8 million, or 23.6%, to $993.9 million at December 31, 2009 from $804.1 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, noninterest-bearing deposits were $128.9 million, an increase of $17.5 million, or 15.8%, from December 31, 2008, and interest-bearing deposits were $865.0 million, an increase of $172.3, or 24.9%, from December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, interest-bearing deposits consisted of $151.8 million and $54.3 million in NOW accounts, $146.9 million and $83.8 million in money market accounts, $119.5 million and $105.0 million in savings accounts, $446.7 million and $449.4 million in time deposits and $130,000 and $137,000 in club accounts. The increase in deposits in 2009 was the primarily the result of successful deposit campaigns and the addition to our government banking group in the second half of 2009. While municipal deposits are considered more volatile than many other types of deposits because they tend fluctuate as a result of timing differences between municipal tax collections and expenditures and general economic conditions, we believe that our municipal deposits are relatively stable and any volatility is offset by the stability of our remaining deposits. The funds generated from the increases in deposits were used to fund loan growth and reduce FHLBB advances during the period. Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $55.0 million, or 47.0%, to $62.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $117.0 million at December 31, 2008.
 
Our repurchase liabilities increased $15.9 million to $50.1 million at December 31, 2009 from $34.2 million at December 31, 2008 due to an increase in our business checking account customers using our repurchase swap product where excess funds are swept daily into a collateralized account.
 
 Total capital accounts increased $3.0 million, or 3.3%, to $93.7 million, at December 31, 2009 from $90.7 million at December 31, 2008.  This was primarily due to earnings of $889,000 and a $2.3 million increase in unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale.  Our total capital to risk weighted assets declined from 12.53% at December 31, 2008 to 10.48% at December 31, 2009. During December 2009, management began monitoring and managing our risk based capital ratio and began making investment decisions to keep us within the well capitalized category.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009
 
Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income from earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We also generate noninterest income, including service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage servicing income, bank-owned life insurance income, safe deposit box rental fees, brokerage fees, insurance commissions and other miscellaneous fees. Our noninterest expense primarily consists of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs and other noninterest expenses. Our results of operations are also affected by our provision for loan losses.
 
The following discussion provides a summary and comparison of our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
62

 
 
Income Statement Summary:
             
   
Nine Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
       
   
2010
   
2009
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
       
                         
Net interest income
  $ 37,297     $ 28,578     $ 8,719       30.5 %
Provision for loan losses
    3,688       6,265       (2,577 )     (41.1 )%
Noninterest income
    4,541       2,705       1,836       67.9 %
Noninterest expense
    30,876       25,348       5,528       21.8 %
Income (loss) before income taxes
    7,274       (330 )     7,604       2,304.2 %
Income tax provision (benefit)
    2,260       (81 )     2,341       2,890.1 %
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 5,263       2,113.7 %
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net income increased by $5.3 million to $5.0 million, compared to a $249,000 net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.  The increase in net income primarily resulted from an $8.7 million increase in net interest income, a $2.6 million decrease in the provision for loan losses and a $1.8 million increase in noninterest income, which was partially offset by an increase of $5.5 million in noninterest expense and a $2.3 million increase in the income tax provision. The increase in net interest income was the result of a $3.4 million, or 8.1%, increase in interest income and a reduction of $5.3 million, or 38.1%, in interest expense. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to an increase of $213,000 in fees for customer services, a $1.3 million increase on gains on sale of investment securities and real estate, a $160,000 increase due to the absence of investment impairments, a $114,000 increase in bank-owned life insurance and a $62,000 increase in other noninterest income. The increase in noninterest expense was attributable to an increase of $3.3 million, or 24.6%, in salary and benefit expense, a $905,000 increase in occupancy expense, a $989,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense, a $659,000 increase in marketing premiums and a $126,000 increase in other noninterest expense, which was partially offset by a $431,000 decline in FDIC insurance premiums, when compared to the same period in 2009. The provision for income taxes increased $2.4 million to $2.3 million in the first nine months of 2010 compared to a tax benefit of $81,000 earned in the first nine months of 2009 as a result of an increase in taxable income.
 
Net Interest Income:     Net interest income is determined by the interest rate spread (i.e., the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income before the provision for loan losses was $37.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $28.6 million for the same period in 2009. The $8.7 million, or 30.5%, increase in net interest income was primarily due to a $3.4 million, or 8.1%, increase in interest income and a reduction of $5.3 million, or 38.1%, in interest expense. Average interest-earning assets increased by $162.0 million, or 14.5%, to $1.3 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $153.6 million, or 16.1%, to $1.1 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Our net interest rate spread increased 63 basis points to 3.74% during the first nine months in 2010 from 3.12% for the same period in the prior year, primarily due to a 91 basis point decline in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 1.04% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from 1.95% during the same period in the prior year.
 
 
63

 
 
Interest and Dividend Income:  For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, interest and dividend income increased $3.4 million, or 8.1 %, to $45.9 million from $42.5 million for the same period in the prior year. Our average interest-earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, grew by $162.0 million, or 14.5%, to $1.3 billion from $1.1 billion for the same period in the prior year, while the yield on average interest-earning assets decreased 29 basis points to 4.78% from 5.07%. A decline of $16.8 million in the average balance of available-for-sale securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the same period in the prior year, coupled with a 116 basis point decline in the yield resulted in a $1.8 million, or 31.8%, reduction in the interest and dividends on investments. Interest income on loans receivable increased $5.3 million, or 14.6%, to $41.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from $36.5 million for the same period in the prior year due to an increase of $192.8 million, or 21.8%, in the average balance of loans receivable, partially offset by a 33 basis point decline in the weighted average yield.  Other interest income earned on federal funds sold and other short-term investments declined $118,000 to $355,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to $473,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decline was due to a $14.1 million reduction in the average balance of federal funds sold and other short-term investments and a 6 basis points reduction in the yield earned for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the same period in the prior year.
 
Interest Expense:  Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 declined $5.3 million, or 38.1%, to $8.6 million from $13.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This primarily resulted from a 94 basis points decline in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 0.85% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 from 1.79% during the same period in the prior year.  The decrease in the cost of funds was primarily due to the impact the sustained low interest rate environment had on our time deposits during the first nine months of 2010. The decline in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities was largely attributable to our implementation of a more disciplined pricing strategy for time deposits where we reduced short-term rates, maintained longer-term rates at a competitive rate and reduced our rate concession practices for customers who did not utilize multiple bank services. This resulted in a $47.8 million, or 10.0%, decline in the average balance of time deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the average balance for the same period in the prior year. The cash outflow of matured time deposits was offset with lower cost municipal deposit accounts opened by our new government banking group. The government banking group assisted in increasing the municipal NOW and money market accounts year-to-date average balance outstanding to $405.4 million at September 30, 2010 from $214.7 million at September 30, 2009.
 
Average outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were $66.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a decrease of $16.2 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The average rate paid on these borrowings was 3.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, or 34 basis lower than the average rate of 3.6% for the same period in 2009. The decrease in the average rate for Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings resulted from the maturity of $16.0 million of higher-cost borrowings from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010.
 
Provision for Loan Losses:   The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level management determined to be appropriate to absorb estimated credit losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the dates of the financial statements. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and charges any provision for loan losses needed to current operations. The assessment considers historical loss experience, historical and current delinquency statistics, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, the financial strength of the borrowers, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions.
 
Management recorded a provision for loan losses of $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 which is a decline of $2.6 million from the provision of $6.3 million recorded during the same period in the prior year.  The provision recorded is based upon management’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio for the period primarily due to the slow economic recovery within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans and delinquent loans.
 
 
64

 
 
The $5.8 million, or $273.0%, increase in the provision for loan losses to $7.9 million in 2009 from $2.1 million in 2008 was a result of management’s determination that an increase in the allowance for loan losses was necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio attributable to the growth of the portfolio, the continued decline in economic conditions within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans.
 
 At September 30, 2010, the allowance for loan losses totaled $18.2 million, or 1.6% of total loans and 87.5% of non-performing loans, compared to an allowance for loan losses of $15.2 million which represented 1.6% of total loans and 99.9% of non-performing loans at September 30, 2009.
 
Noninterest Income (Loss):   Sources of noninterest income primarily include banking service charges on deposit accounts, brokerage and insurance fees, bank-owned life insurance and mortgage servicing income. Other-than-temporary impairment of securities are also included in noninterest income (loss).
 
The following table summarizes noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009:
 
   
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     
2010
     
2009
     
$ Change
     
% Change
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
  $ -     $ (160 )   $ 160       100.0 %
Fees for customer services
    2,226       2,013       213       10.6 %
Net gain on sales of investments
    965       -       965       100.0 %
Gain on loans sold
    323       1       322       32,200.0 %
Brokerage fee income
    317       295       22       7.5 %
Bank-owned life insurance income
    485       371       114       30.7 %
Other
    225       185       40       21.6 %
  Total noninterest income (loss)
  $ 4,541     $ 2,705     $ 1,836       67.9 %
 
Noninterest income increased by $1.8 million to $4.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $2.7 million for the same period in 2009. There were net gains from the sale of securities of $965,000 in the first nine months of 2010 compared to no gains or losses experienced in the nine months ended September 2009. We sold appreciated marketable equity securities and appreciated mortgage-backed securities to bolster our risk based capital ratio to ensure we remained well capitalized. Fees for customer services increased $213,000, or 10.6%, to $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.0 million for the same period in the prior year primarily due to increases of $86,000 in debit card exchange fees earned and $136,000 in overdraft fees. The gain on the sale of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased by $322,000 to $323,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 when compared to the $1,000 earned during the same period in the prior year as a result of the commencement of our secondary marketing program in the third quarter of 2010. Income earned on bank-owned life insurance increased $114,000 in the first nine months of 2010 compared to the same period the prior year as a result of our purchase of $5.0 million in additional insurance policies during the past year.  We did not have any other-than-temporary impairment of securities in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $160,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
 
65

 
 
Noninterest Expense:   The following table summarizes noninterest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009:
 
   
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
    2010     2009     $ Change     % Change  
     
(In thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 16,615     $ 13,335     $ 3,280       24.6 %
Occupancy expense
    3,076       2,171       905       41.7 %
Furniture and equipment expense
    2,967       1,978       989       50.0 %
FDIC assessments
    1,318       1,749       (431 )     (24.6 )%
Marketing expense
    1,799       1,140       659       57.8 %
Other operating expense (1)
    5,101       4,975       126       2.5 %
Total noninterest expense
  $ 30,876     $ 25,348     $ 5,528       21.8 %
 
 
(1)
Includes directors’ fees and expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 of $269,000 and $265,000, respectively.
 
Noninterest expense increased $5.5 million, or 21.8%, to $30.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $25.4 million for the same period in the prior year. Salary and employee benefits expense increased $3.3 million which was mainly attributable to the addition of 31 full time equivalent employees to support our commercial lending, accounting and loan workout areas, two   new branches that opened during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the implementation of cash management, government banking and a small business lending department. In addition, salary and employee benefits increased by $529,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the same period the prior year in connection with supplemental retirement agreements entered into during December 2009 and a new phantom stock plan offered in 2009. Please see “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS” for more information with respect to the supplemental retirement agreements and phantom stock plan. Occupancy expense increased $905,000, or 41.7%, to $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.2 million for the same period in the prior year primarily due to expenses totaling $858,000 relating to the occupation of our new leased corporate headquarters in October 2009 and $122,000 associated with the opening of our Glastonbury and Plainville branches during 2010, which expense was partially offset by a $75,000 reduction in other occupancy expenses.  The $989,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense in the first nine months of 2010 as compared to the first nine months in 2009 was primarily the result of $427,000 of depreciation and other maintenance costs incurred in connection with the installation of new cash recyclers in all of our branches, $412,000 in furniture and equipment depreciation and other costs incurred in connection with relocating to our new headquarters and $140,000 in depreciation and other costs in connection with two new branches opened during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We moved to our new headquarters to promote greater efficiency, unify our departments and leadership team and create an environment to support our continued growth. W e also incurred FDIC assessments of $1.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing a $431,000 decrease from the same period the prior year primarily due to the $560,000 special assessment charged by the FDIC in 2009 in an effort to restore the FDIC insurance fund. Marketing expenses increased by $659,000, or 57.8%, to $1.8 million largely due to the costs associated with the implementation of a marketing re-branding program related to our name change to Farmington Bank from Farmington Savings Bank, expenses incurred with the opening of two   new branches and costs related to website upgrades.  Other operating expense increased by $126,000 to $5.1 million due to various increases in operating costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
 
66

 
 
Income Tax Provision: Income tax provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $2.3 million, an increase of $2.4 million from the same period in 2009. Income taxes are provided on an interim basis using the estimated annual effective tax rate. The effective tax rate was 31.1% and 24.5% of pretax income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 34.0% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 primarily due to the preferential tax treatment of corporate dividends received and non-taxable earnings on bank-owned life insurance and municipal investments.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 to the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
The following discussion provides a summary and comparison of our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Income Statement Summary:
 
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(In thousands)
 
 
Net interest income
  $ 40,567     $ 33,113     $ 7,454       22.5 %
Provision for loan losses
    7,896       2,117       5,779       273.0 %
Noninterest income (loss)
    3,635       (560 )     4,195       749.1 %
Noninterest expense
    35,242       27,877       7,365       26.4 %
Income before income taxes
    1,064       2,559       (1,495 )     (58.4 )%
Provision for income taxes
    175       613       (438     (71.5 ) %
Net income
  $ 889     $ 1,946     $ (1,057 )     (54.3 )%
 
We had net income of $889,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a net income of $1.9 million for 2008. When comparing 2009 to 2008, net interest income increased $7.5 million, or 22.5%, primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in mortgage interest and fees on loans and a decline in interest expense of $5.2 million.  The $5.8 million, or $273.0%, increase in the provision for loan losses to $7.9 million in 2009 from $2.1 million in 2008 was a result of management’s determination that an increase in the allowance for loan losses was necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio attributable to the growth of the portfolio, the continued decline in economic conditions within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans. Non-performing loans increased from $6.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.6% of total loans and 110.0% of non-performing loans, compared to 1.2% of total loans and 162.8% of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2008.  Losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities were $160,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, causing the change in noninterest income (loss) between the periods . Noninterest income increased by $4.2 million to $3.6 million and noninterest expense increased by $7.4 million to $35.2 million in 2009 from 2008. The $7.4 million increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases in salaries and employee benefits, FDIC assessments, furniture and equipment expenses, marketing expenses and other related expenses. Income before taxes decreased $1.5 million to $1.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2009 from income before taxes of $2.6 million for the prior year.
 
 
67

 
 
Net Interest Income : Net interest income before the provision for loan loss increased 22.5 % to $ 40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $ 33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in mortgage interest and fees on loans and a decline in interest expense of $5.2 million.   Our net interest rate spread increased to 3.3 % for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 2.9 % for the year ended December 31, 2008. Average interest-earning assets increased $160.6 million, or 16.5%, to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $975.3 million for the prior year.
 
Interest and Dividend Income :  Interest and dividend income increased $2.3 million, or 4.1%, to $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $55.7 million the prior year. The increase in interest and dividend income from 2008 to 2009 was due primarily to a $162.4 million increase in the average balance of loans receivable to $918.7 million from $756.3 million and a $31.2 million increase in the average balance of federal funds sold and other short-term investments and interest-earning assets to $63.5 million from $32.3 million, offset by a $36.1 million decrease in the average balance of investment securities to $146.2 million from $182.3 million and a 61 basis point decline in the yield on interest-earning assets to 5.10%.  The average loan yield for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 53 basis points to 5.49% from 6.02% compared to the prior year as a result of the lower interest rate environment in 2009, as well as the scheduled repricing of certain adjustable rate mortgages. Interest and dividend income on securities decreased to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was primarily attributable to a decline in the average securities available-for-sale of $36.1 million, or 19.8%.
 
Interest Expense:   Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 23.0% to $17.4 million from $22.6 million   for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year was attributable to a 98 basis point decline in the average rate paid from 2.77% in 2008 to 1.79% in 2009 as a result of the falling rate environment, partially offset by a $153.2 million increase average interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average interest-bearing liabilities rose 18.8% to $969.8 million from $816.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $3.2 million, or 2.9%, to $114.1 million from $110.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Provision for Loan Losses: Management recorded a provision of $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The provision recorded is based upon management’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio for the period primarily due to the growth in the loan portfolio, the continued decline in economic activity within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans. Non-performing loans increased from $6.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses totaled $16.3, or 109.9% of non-performing loans and 1.6% of total loans, compared to $10.0 million at December 31, 2008, or 162.8% of non-performing loans and 1.2% of total loans. We experienced net loan charge-offs of $1.5 million in 2009 compared with net charge-offs of $289,000 in 2008.  The increase in loan charge-offs was primarily due to the impact of continued decline in the economic conditions in our marketplace on our borrowers.  Delinquencies in our loan portfolio also increased as a result of the market conditions.
 
 
68

 
 
Noninterest Income (Loss):   The following table summarizes noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
     
 
 
   
  Year Ended
December 31,   
         
    2009     2008     $ Change     % Change  
    (In thousands)    
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
  $ (160 )   $ (5,176 )   $ 5,016       96.9 %
Fees for customer service
    2,776       2,594       182       7.0 %
Net loss on sales of investments
    -       (30 )     30       100.0 %
Gain on real estate investment
    -       701       (701 )     (100.0 )%
Gain (loss) on loans sold
    (39 )     123       (162 )     (131.7 )%
Brokerage fee income
    394       408       (14 )     (3.4 )%
Bank-owned life insurance income
    490       520       (30 )     (5.8 )%
Other
    174       300       (126 )     (42.0 )%
  Total noninterest income (loss)
  $ 3,635     $ (560 )   $ 4,195       749.1 %
 
Noninterest income (loss) increased by $4.2 million to $ 3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to ($560,000) for 2008.  There were net losses experienced in the amount of $30,000 from the sale of securities in 2008.  Noninterest income included other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $ 160,000 for 2009 compared to $ 5.2 million of other-than-temporary impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2008. Other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2009 were comprised of a trust preferred bond . Fees for customer services increased $182,000, or 7.0%, to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.6 million for the prior year primarily due to increases in ATM fees, insurance fees earned and miscellaneous fees.  In 2008 a gain on real estate investment of $701,000 was recognized.  There was no gain on real estate investment recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Noninterest Expense:   Noninterest expense increased by $7.3 million, or 26.4%, to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table summarizes noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 18,413     $ 14,681     $ 3,732       25.4 %
Occupancy expense
    2,993       2,951       42       1.4 %
Furniture and equipment expense
    3,055       2,658       397       14.9 %
FDIC assessments
    2,172       292       1,880       643.8 %
Marketing expense
    1,588       1,224       364       29.7 %
Other expense (1)
    7,021       6,071 (2)     950       15.6 %
Total noninterest expense
  $ 35,242     $ 27,877     $ 7,365       26.4 %
 
(1) Includes directors’ fees and expenses of $351,000 and $308,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The $ 3.7 million increase in salary and employee benefits was mainly attributable to a $2.8 million increase in salary costs when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increased salary costs were due to the addition of 14 full-time equivalent employees during 2009, which included several new officers in the areas of commercial banking, government banking, marketing, cash management and finance . Other increases in salary and employee benefits included increased costs of $236,000 in pension expense, $223,000 in employment taxes, $142,000 in 401(k) Plan expense and $142,000 in workmen’s compensation insurance when compared to the same period in the prior year, as well as the inclusion of directors’ fees and expenses in this expense category. The $397,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily the result of furniture and equipment depreciation, costs incurred in connection with relocating to our new corporate headquarters and an increase in equipment lease payments.   FDIC assessments increased $1.9 million in 2009 from 2008 as a result of a $560,000 special premium and increased deposit assessment rates levied by the FDIC for the purpose of restoring the federal deposit insurance fund. Other noninterest expense increased $ 950,000 , or 15.6 %, in 2009 from the prior year due to an increase of $240,000 in audit fees, $143,000 in the provision for the off-balance sheet commitments reserve, $95,000 in correspondent bank services, $91,000 in collection expense, $88,000 in legal costs, $72,000 in OREO expenses and $221,000 in various other operating expenses.   Marketing expenses increased by $364,000, or 29.7%, to $1.6 million largely due to costs associated with increases in marketing research, giveaways and special promotions and print and media advertising used to expand our visibility within our targeted markets.
 
 
69

 
 
Income Tax Provision: Due to net income of 889,000 in 2009, we had an income tax provision of $175,000 in 2009 compared to an income tax provision of $613,000 in 2008. The effective tax rate was 16.4% and 24.0% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 34.0% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 primarily due to the preferential tax treatment of corporate dividends received and non-taxable earnings on bank-owned life insurance and municipal investments.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2008 to the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
The following discussion provides a summary and comparison of our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Income Statement Summary:
 
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(In thousands)
 
 
Net interest income
  $ 33,113     $ 28,092     $ 5,021       17.9 %
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses
    2,117       (706 )     2,823       (399.9 )%
Noninterest (loss) income
    (560 )     2,839       (3,399 )     (119.7 )%
Noninterest expense
    27,877       24,248       3,629       15.0 %
Income before income taxes
    2,559       7,389       (4,830 )     (65.4 )%
Provision for income taxes
    613       2,249       1,636       (72.7 )%
Net income
  $ 1,946     $ 5,140     $ (3,194 )     (62.1 )%
 
We experienced net income of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to net income of $5.1 million for 2007. When comparing 2008 to 2007, net interest income increased by $5.0 million, or 17.9%, the provision for loan losses increased by $2.8 million, or 399.9%, and noninterest income decreased by $3.4 million, or 119.7%. Noninterest expense increased by $3.6 million, or 15.0%.
 
Income before taxes decreased $4.8 million, or 65.4%, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from income before taxes of $7.4 million in the prior year. When excluding from both years losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities, income before taxes would have increased $346,000, or 4.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 when compared to the prior year. Losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities were $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. There were no losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
 
70

 
 
The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily due to increases in mortgage interest and fees on loans. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and a reverse of the provision for loan losses of $706,000 for the prior year. The provision recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008 was needed as a result of the decline in economic activity within our market area. The provision recorded for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily due to the positive impact of $841,000 in recoveries received during the year related to charge-offs recorded more than ten years ago.
 
The $3.4 million decrease in noninterest (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 2007 was primarily due to losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities of $5.2 million, offset by a decrease in the loss on sale of investments by $1.0 million .
 
Net Interest Income:   Net interest income before the provision for loan loss increased 17.9% to $ 33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $ 28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to increases in mortgage interest and fees on loans . Our net interest rate spread increased to 2.94 % for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 2.72 % for the year ended December 31, 2007. Average interest-earning assets increased $124.9 million, or 14.7%, to $ 975.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $ 850.3 million for the prior year.
 
Interest and Dividend Income: Interest and dividend income increased $4.3 million, or 8.4%, to $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $51.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Interest and fees on loans increased by $5.5 million, or 13.7%, to $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in interest and fees on loans was primarily due to an increase of $137.9 million, or 22.3%, in the average loan receivable for the year ended December 31, 2008 when compared to prior year, partially offset by a 46 basis point decline in the weighted average yield for the same period. The average loan yield for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased to 6.02% from 6.48% for the prior year. The prime rate used as an index to re-price various commercial and home equity adjustable rate loans decreased 4.0% to 3.25% at December 31, 2008 from 7.25% at December 31, 2007. Interest and dividend income on investments decreased to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to an $18.0 million decline in average available-for-sale securities, partially offset by an increase of $2.9 million in average federal funds sold and other short-term investment earning assets and a significant decrease due to decrease in interest rates.
 
Interest Expense:   Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 3.1% to $22.6 million from $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year was attributable to a 56 basis point decline in the average rate paid as a result of a falling rate environment, partially offset by a $115.2 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, average interest-bearing liabilities rose 16.4% to $816.6 million from $701.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by 56 basis points to 2.77% from 3.33% for the year ended December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2008, average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $2.0 million, or 1.8%, to $110.9 million from $108.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Provision for Loan Losses:  Management recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to a $706,000 reduction in the provision for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The provisions recorded for both years were based upon management’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio for the respective periods. The provision recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008 was needed as a result of the decline in economic conditions within our market area. The reduction in the allowance for loan losses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily due to the positive impact of the $841,000 in net recoveries received during the period. In addition, we had a stabilization in asset quality that allowed us to have a recovery in our provision for loan losses. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses totaled $10.0 million, or 162.8% of non-performing loans and 1.2% of total loans, compared to $8.1 million at December 31, 2007, or 306.9% of non-performing loans and 1.2% of total loans. We experienced net loan charge-offs of $289,000 in 2008 compared to net recoveries of $518,000 in 2007.  The increase in loan charge-offs was attributable to the decline in the economic environment at the time.  An increase in delinquencies was also a result of the impact of the economic decline on our borrowers.
 
 
71

 
 
Noninterest Income (Loss):
 
The following provides a summary and comparison of our noninterest income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
     
 
 
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
         
    2008     2007     $ Change     % Change  
     
(In thousands)
 
 
                                 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
  $ (5,176 )   $ -     $ (5,176 )     100.0 %
Fees for customer service
    2,594       2,384       210       8.8 %
Net loss on sales of investments
    (30 )     (1,034 )     1,004       97.1 %
Gain on real estate investment
    701       175       526       300.6 %
Gain (loss) on loans sold
    123       -       123       100.0 %
Brokerage fee income
    408       411       (3 )     (0.7 )%
Bank owned life insurance income
    520       513       7       1.4 %
Other
    300       390       (90 )     (23.1 )%
  Total noninterest income (loss)
  $ (560 )   $ 2,839     $ (3,399 )     (119.7 )%
 
Noninterest income (loss) was $ 560,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and included other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities totaling $ 5.2 million, compared to $ 2.8 million noninterest income earned during the year ended December 31, 2007. The other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2008 included a $2.9 million charge for two trust preferred debt securities, a $2.0 million charge related to Freddie Mac preferred stock and a $321,000 charge related to seven common stocks.
 
Customer service charges and fees increased $ 210,000 from 2007 to 2008, which was primarily a result of fewer fees being waived by us .
 
Noninterest Expense:   Noninterest expense increased by $3.6 million, or 15.0%, to $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
 
72

 
 
          The following table summarizes noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 14,681     $ 13,305     $ 1,376       10.3 %
Occupancy expense
    2,951       2,436       515       21.1 %
Furniture and equipment expense
    2,658       2,311       347       15.0 %
FDIC assessments
    292       90       202       224.4 %
Marketing expenses
    1,224       917       307       33.5 %
Other expenses (1)
    6,071       5,189       882       17.0 %
Total noninterest expense
  $ 27,877     $ 24,248     $ 3,629       15.0 %
 
 
(1)
Includes directors’ fees and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 of $308,000 and $334,000, respectively
 
 Salary and employee benefits expense increased $1.4 million, or 10.3%, in 2008 from 2007, which was mainly attributable to the addition of 14 full-time equivalent employees to our staff during the year ended December 31, 2008.  Occupancy expense increased $515,000, or 21.1%, to $3.0 million in 2008 from the prior year primarily due to increases of $182,000 in rent, $236,000 in building supplies and ground and building maintenance, and $62,000 in depreciation expense. Furniture and equipment expense increased $347,000, or 15.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2008 from the prior year primarily due to a $281,000 increase in depreciation expense. FDIC assessments increased $202,000, or 224.4%, in 2008 from 2007 primarily as a result of changes in the assessment regulations and growth in our deposit accounts. Marketing expense increased $307,000 primarily due to expanding our advertising and media coverage. Other expense increased $882,000, or 17.0%, to $6.1 million in 2008 from the prior year due to an increase in various operating costs. The largest increases in this category of other expenses included a $158,000 increase in telephone and wide area network costs, an $80,000 increase in donations made to our charitable foundation and an increase of $54,000 in consulting costs.
 
Income Tax Provision: The income tax provision for 2008 was $613,000 compared to an income tax provision of $2.2 million in 2007. The effective tax rate was 24.0% and 30.4% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 34% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 primarily due to a deduction of dividends received and changes in the cash surrender value of certain bank-owned life insurance policies.
 
Management of Market and Interest Rate Risk
 
General:   The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of loans and available-for-sale investment securities, generally have longer contractual maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and reduce the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established an asset/liability committee which is responsible for (i) evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, (ii) determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives and (iii) managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by our board of directors. Management monitors the level of interest rate risk on a regular basis and the asset/liability committee meets at least quarterly to review our asset/liability policies and interest rate risk position.
 
We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. During the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk: (i) emphasizing adjustable rate loans, including adjustable rate one-to-four family, commercial and consumer loans, (ii) reducing and shortening the expected average life of the investment portfolio and (iii) periodically lengthening the term structure of our borrowings from the FHLBB.  Additionally, beginning in mid-2010, we began selling the majority of our fixed-rate residential mortgages to the secondary market. These measures should serve to reduce the volatility of our future net interest income in different interest rate environments. See “Business of Farmington Bank – Commercial Loans” for a description of our interest rate swap program.
 
 
73

 
 
Quantitative Analysis:   An economic value of equity and an income simulation analysis are used to estimate our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time. We are most reliant on the income simulation method as it is a dynamic method in that it incorporates our forecasted balance sheet growth assumptions under the different interest rate scenarios tested. We utilize the income simulation method to analyze our interest rate sensitivity position and to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements. At least quarterly, our asset/liability committee reviews the potential effect that changes in interest rates could have on the repayment or repricing of rate sensitive assets and the funding requirements of rate sensitive liabilities. Our most recent simulation uses projected repricing of assets and liabilities on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated repayments and scheduled rate adjustments. Prepayment rate assumptions can have a significant impact on interest income simulation results. Because of the large percentage of loans and mortgage-backed securities we hold, rising or falling interest rates may have a significant impact on the actual prepayment speeds of our mortgage related assets that may in turn effect our interest rate sensitivity position. When interest rates rise, prepayment speeds slow and the average expected life of our assets would tend to lengthen more than the expected average life of our liabilities and therefore would most likely result in a decrease to our asset sensitive position.
 
Our asset/liability policy currently limits projected changes in net interest income to a maximum variance of (15.0%) and (20.0%) assuming a 200 basis point interest rate shock as measured over a 12 month and a 24 month period when compared to the flat rate scenario.
 
At September 30, 2010, income at risk (i.e., the change in net interest income) decreased 6.3% and increased 1.1% based on a 400 basis point average increase or a 100 basis point average decrease, respectively. At December 31, 2009, income at risk decreased 9.7% and increased 0.6% based on a 300 basis point average increase or a 100 basis point average decrease, respectively. The following table depicts the percentage increase and/or decrease in estimated net interest income over twelve months based on the two scenarios run during each of the periods presented:
 
    Percentage Increase/(Decrease) in
Estimated Net Interest Income Over 12 Months
 
             
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
                 
300 basis point increase
    *       (9.71 )%
400 basis point increase
    (6.32 )%     *  
100 basis point decrease
    1.07 %     0.55 %
 
* Scenario not run during period.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources:
 
We maintain liquid assets at levels we consider adequate to meet our liquidity needs. We adjust our liquidity levels to fund loan commitments, repay our borrowings, fund deposit outflows, fund operations and pay escrow obligations on items in our loan portfolio. We also adjust liquidity as appropriate to meet asset and liability management objectives.
 
 
74

 
 
Our primary sources of liquidity are deposits, principal repayment and prepayment of loans, the sale in the secondary market of loans held for sale, maturities and sales of investment securities and other short-term investments, periodic pay downs of mortgage-backed securities, and earnings and funds provided from operations. While scheduled principal repayments on loans are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and rates offered by our competitors. We set the interest rates on our deposits to maintain a desired level of total deposits. In addition, we invest excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of September 30, 2010. We anticipate that we will maintain higher liquidity levels following the completion of the stock offering.
 
A portion of our liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents, which are a product of our operating, investing and financing activities. At September 30, 2010, $135.6 million of our assets were invested in cash and cash equivalents compared to $28.3 million at December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, $28.3 million and $31.7 million of our assets were invested in cash and cash equivalents. Our primary sources of cash are principal repayments on loans, proceeds from the calls and maturities of investment securities, increases in deposit accounts, proceeds from residential loan sales and advances from FHLBB.
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, loan originations and purchases, net of collected principal and loan sales, totaled $102.3 million.  During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, loan originations and purchases, net of collected principal and loan sales, totaled $215.8 million and $164.0 million, respectively.  Cash received from the calls and maturities of investment securities totaled $114.8 million, $65.1 million and $83.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We purchased $5.1 million and $94.1 million of available-for-sale investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  We sold $114.8 million of available-for-sale securities at a net gain on sale of $965,000 in the first nine months of 2010, compared to $65.1 million of available-for-sale securities sold with no gain or loss on sale and $83.3 million of available-for-sale securities sold at a net gain on sale of $30,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Liquidity management is both a daily and longer-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLBB, which provides an additional source of funds. At September 30, 2010, we had $68.0 million in advances from the FHLBB and an additional available borrowing limit of $269.3 million, compared to $62.0 million in advances and an additional available borrowing limit of $252.8 million at December 31, 2009, based on collateral requirements of the FHLBB.  Internal policies limit borrowings to 25.0% of total assets, or $378.1 million and $313.8 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Other sources of funds include access to a pre-approved unsecured line of credit with PNC Bank for $10.0 million, which was undrawn at September 30, 2010.  We also have access to the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window loan collateral program that enables us to borrow up to $98.5 million on an overnight basis as of September 30, 2010. The funding arrangement was collateralized by $150.0 million in pledged commercial real estate loans as of September 30, 2010.
 
We had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $34.4 million and $41.5 million and unfunded commitments under construction loans, lines of credit and stand-by letters of credit of $207.7 million and $178.4 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, time deposits scheduled to mature in less than one year totaled $338.3 million and $397.7 million, respectively. Based on prior experience, management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. In the event a significant portion of our deposits are not retained by us, we will have to utilize other funding sources, such as FHLBB advances, brokered deposits, our $10.0 million unsecured line of credit with PNC Bank, our $8.8 million secured line of credit with the FHLBB  or our $98.4 million overnight borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank in order to maintain our level of assets. Alternatively, we would reduce our level of liquid assets, such as our cash and cash equivalents in order to meet funding needs. In addition, the cost of such deposits may be significantly higher if market interest rates are higher or if there is an increased amount of competition for deposits in our market area at the time of renewal.

 
75

 
 
Net Interest Income Analysis: Average Balance Sheets, Interest and Yields/Costs
 
The following tables present the average balance sheets, average yields and costs and certain other information for the periods indicated therein. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero percent yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of net deferred costs and premiums that are amortized to interest income or expense.
 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
 
2009
 
   
Average Balance
   
Interest and
Dividends
   
Yield/
Cost
 
Average Balance
   
Interest and Dividends
   
Yield/
Cost
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                   
Loans receivable, net (1)
  $ 1,077,376     $ 41,840       5.19 %   $ 884,543     $ 36,514       5.52 %
Investment securities
    135,140       3,709       3.67 %     151,910       5,486       4.83 %
FHLB stock
    7,449       -       -       7,447       -       -  
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
    61,028       355       0.78 %     75,124       473       0.84 %
Total interest-earning assets
    1,280,993     $ 45,904       4.78 %     1,119,024       42,473       5.07 %
Noninterest-earning assets
    80,537                       60,987                  
Total assets
  $ 1,361,530                     $ 1,180,011                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
NOW and money market accounts
  $ 405,370     $ 1,724       0.57 %   $ 214,672     $ 1,831       1.14 %
Savings accounts (2)
    130,510       195       0.20 %     117,319       174       0.20 %
Time deposits
    428,844       4,241       1.32 %     476,666       8,820       2.47 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
    964,724       6,160       0.85 %     808,657       10,825       1.79 %
FHLB Advances
    66,043       1,612       3.26 %     82,231       2,214       3.60 %
Repurchase agreement borrowing
    21,000       540       3.44 %     21,000       538       3.43 %
Repurchase liabilities
    56,643       295       0.70 %     42,957       318       0.99 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,108,410     $ 8,607       1.04 %     954,845     $ 13,895       1.95 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    131,011                       112,283                  
Other Noninterest-bearing liabilities
    24,607                       20,213                  
Total liabilities
    1,264,028                       1,087,341                  
Shareholders’ Equity
    97,502                       92,670                  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,361,530                     $ 1,180,011                  
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 37,297                     $ 28,578          
Net interest rate spread (3)
                    3.74 %                     3.12 %
Net interest-earning assets (4)
  $ 172,583                     $ 164,179                  
Net interest margin (5)
                    3.89 %                     3.41 %
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
    115.57 %             117.19 %        
 
(1)     Includes loans held for sale.
(2)   Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
(3)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)   Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)   Net interest margin represents the annualized net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
 
 
76

 
 
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2009   2008   2007  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Yield/
Cost
    (In thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                     
Loans receivable, net (1)
  $ 918,703     $ 50,480       5.49 %   $ 756,258     $ 45,543       6.02 %   $ 618,318     $ 40,059     6.48 %
Investment securities
    146,212       6,902       4.72 %     182,276       8,818       4.84 %     200,237       9,434     4.71 %
FHLB stock
    7,448       -       -       4,437       -       -       2,330       -     -  
Federal funds sold and other
short-term investments
    63,466       593       0.93 %     32,299       1,357       4.20 %     29,442       1,924     6.53 %
Total interest-earning assets
    1,135,829     $ 57,975       5.10 %     975,270     $ 55,718       5.71 %     850,327       51,417     6.05 %
Noninterest-earning assets
    62,590                       59,905                       61,122                
                                                                       
Total assets
  $ 1,198,419                       1,035,175                     $ 911,449                
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                     
NOW and money market accounts
  $ 236,385     $ 2,457       1.04 %   $ 137,819       1,828       1.33 %   $ 132,595       2,478     1.87 %
Savings accounts (2)
    119,133       250       0.21 %     104,987       414       0.39 %     101,153       404     0.40 %
Time deposits
    471,452       10,819       2.29 %     461,369       17,335       3.76 %     431,045       19,485     4.52 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
    826,970       13,526       1.64 %     704,175       19,577       2.78 %     664,793       22,367     3.36 %
FHLB Advances
    77,024       2,738       3.55 %     56,063       1,747       3.12 %     2,877       122     4.24 %
R Repurchase agreement borrowing
    21,000       719       3.42 %     16,869       577       3.42 %     -       -     -  
R Repurchase liabilities
    44,834       425       .95 %     39,516       704       1.78 %     33,710       836     2.48 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    969,828     $ 17,408       1.79 %     816,623     $ 22,605       2.77 %     701,380     $ 23,325     3.33 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    114,060                       110,869                       108,897                
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
    21,009                       16,325                       15,965                
Total liabilities
    1,104,897                       943,817                       826,242                
Shareholders’ equity
    93,522                       91,358                       85,207                
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,198,419                     $ 1,035,175                     $ 911,449                
                                                                       
Net interest income
          $ 40,567                     $ 33,113                     $ 28,092        
Net interest rate spread (3)
                    3.31 %                     2.94 %                   2.72 %
Net interest-earning
assets (4)
  $ 166,001                     $ 158,647                     $ 148,947                
Net interest margin (5)
                    3.57 %                     3.40 %                   3.30 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                     
            117.12 %             119.43 %                   121.24 %
 
(1)    Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts
(2)   Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
(3)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)   Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)   Net interest margin represents the annualized net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 
77

 
Rate Volume Analysis
 
The following tables set forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the volume and rate columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
                   
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
Compared to
September 30, 2009
 
   
Increase (Decrease)
Due To
      Total Increase
(Decrease)
 
   
Volume
   
Rate
     
   
(In Thousands)
 
Interest and dividend income:
                 
Loans receivable, net
  $ 7,332     $ (2,006 )   $ 5,326  
Investment securities
    (560 )     (1,217 )     (1,777 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    -       -       -  
Fed Funds and other interest-earning assets
    (84 )     (34 )     (118 )
Total interest-earning assets
    6,688       (3,257 )     3,431  
Interest expense:
                       
NOW and money market accounts
    (246 )     139       (107 )
Savings accounts(1)
    20       1       21  
Time deposits
    (812 )     (3,767 )     (4,579 )
Total interest-bearing deposits
    (1,038 )     (3,627 )     (4,665 )
FHLB Advances
    (408 )     (194 )     (602 )
Repurchase agreement borrowing
    -       2       2  
Repurchase liabilities
    (331 )     308       (23 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (1,777 )     (3,511 )     (5,288 )
                         
  Change in net interest income
  $ 8,465     $ 254     $ 8,719  
 
(1)
Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
 
 
78

 
 
                                     
   
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Compared to
December 31, 2008
   
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Compared to
December 31, 2007
 
   
Increase (Decrease)
Due To
         
Increase (Decrease)
Due To
       
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest and dividend income:
                                   
Loans receivable, net
  $ 8,342     $ (3,405 )   $ 4,937     $ 8,001     $ (2,517 )   $ 5,484  
Investment securities
    (1,707 )     (209 )     (1,916 )     (879 )     263       (616 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Fed Funds and other interest-earning assets
    (3,937 )     3,173       (764 )     212       (779 )     (567 )
  Total interest- earning assets
    2,698       (441 )     2,257       7,334       (3,033 )     4,301  
Interest expense:
                                               
NOW and money market accounts
    902       (273 )     629       102       (752 )     ( 650 )
Savings accounts(1)
    66       (230 )     (164 )     15       (5 )     10  
Time deposits
    388       (6,904 )     (6,516 )     1,536       (3,686 )     (2,150 )
Total interest-bearing deposits
    1,356       (7,407 )     (6,051 )     1,653       (4,443 )     (2,790 )
FHLB Advances
    720       271       991       1,648       (23 )     1,625  
Repurchase agreement borrowing
    141       1       142       577       -       577  
Repurchase liabilities
    113       (392 )     (279 )     209       (341 )     (132 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2,330       (7,527 )     (5,197 )     4,087       (4,807 )     (720 )
Change in net interest income
  $ 368     $ 7,086     $ 7,454     $ 3,247     $ 1,774     $ 5,021  
 
(1)
Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
Contractual Obligations
 
The following tables present information indicating various obligations made by us as of September 30, 2010 and the respective maturity dates:
 
   
Total
   
One Year
or Less
   
More than
One Year
Through
Three
Years
   
More than
Three Years
Through Five
Years
   
Over Five
Years
 
   
(In thousands)
 
FHLB advances (1)
  $ 68,000     $ 5,000     $ 17,000     $ 46,000     $ -  
Interest expense payable on FHLB Advances
    6,832       2,084       3,509       1,240       -  
Operating leases (2)
    16,420       1,845       3,806       3,684       7,085  
Other liabilities (3)
    10,510       852       1,875       2,227       5,556  
     Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 101,762     $ 9,781     $ 26,190     $ 53,151     $ 12,641  
 
(1)           Secured under a blanket security agreement on qualifying assets, principally mortgage loans.
(2)           Represents non-cancelable operating leases for offices and office equipment.
(3)           Consists of estimated benefit payments over the next 10 years to retirees under unfunded nonqualified pension plans.

 
79

 

Other Commitments
 
The following tables present information indicating various other commitments made by us as of September 30, 2010 and the respective maturity dates:
 
   
Total
   
One
Year or
Less
   
More than
One Year
Through
Three
Years
   
More than
Three
Years
Through
Five Years
   
Over Five
Years
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Real estate loan commitments (1)
  $ 20,758     $ 20,758     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Commercial business loan commitments (1)
    13,633       13,633       -       -       -  
Commercial business loan lines of credit
    47,723       45,462       2,142       119       -  
Unused portion of home equity lines of credit (2)
    80,180       858       6,592       10,721       62,009  
Unused portion of construction loans
    39,026       15,006       24,020       -       -  
Unused portion of resort loans
    29,581       2,486       7,537       124       19,434  
Unused checking overdraft lines of credit (3)
    355       355       -       -       -  
Standby letters of credit
    10,883       3,529       1,929       5,349       76  
     Total Other Commitments
  $ 242,139     $ 102,087     $ 42,220     $ 16,313     $ 81,519  
 
General:
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.
(1)            Commitments for loans are extended to customers for up to 60 days after which they expire.
(2)            Unused portions of home equity lines of credit are available to the borrower for up to 10 years.
(3)            Unused portion of checking overdraft lines of credit are available to customers in “good standing”.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than noted above, that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Derivatives and Hedging, Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives, Topic 815: In May 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-11.  This is an update to FASB 815 – Derivatives and Hedging, and is effective for fiscal quarters beginning after June 15, 2010. This ASU clarifies that the scope exception in Paragraphs 815-15-15-8 through 15-9 only applies to the transfer of credit risk in the form of subordination of one financial instrument to another. This would apply to a securitization that is issued in several tranches and one tranche is subordinate to another tranche of the same securitization. Under these circumstances the embedded credit derivative does not have to be analyzed under the above paragraphs for possible bifurcation. This update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Receivables, Topic 310: In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The objective of this update is for an entity to provide disclosures that facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (1) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (2) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (3) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and the disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  This update is expected to have a significant impact on our disclosure in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
80

 
 
Receivables, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That is Accounted for as a Single Asset, Topic 310:   In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-18. This update is effective for modifications of loans accounted for with pools in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. This update provides guidance on accounting for acquired loans that have evidence of credit deterioration upon acquisition. It allows acquired assets with common risk characteristics to be accounted for in the aggregate as a pool. This update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, Topic 820 : In January 2010, FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, which provides guidance that requires more robust disclosures about (1) the different classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value, (2) the valuation techniques and inputs used, (3) the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, and (4) the transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3. This guidance was effective for us on January 1, 2010, and will result in additional disclosures in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets, Topic 860: In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-16, which requires entities to provide more information about sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the seller retains some risk in the assets. The guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for the derecognition of financial assets, and enhances the disclosure requirements for sellers of the assets. This guidance was effective for us on January 1, 2010 and will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Management has reviewed the recent accounting pronouncements discussed above and believes the adoption of these pronouncements will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
A financial institution’s asset and liability structure is substantially different from that of an industrial firm in that primarily all assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature, with relatively little investments in fixed assets or inventories.  Inflation has an important impact on the growth of total assets and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity to assets ratio.  Management believes that the impact of inflation on financial results depends on our ability to react to changes in interest rates and, by such reaction, reduce the inflationary impact on performance.  Management has attempted to structure the mix of financial instruments and manage interest rate sensitivity in order to minimize the potential adverse effects of inflation or other market forces on net interest income and, therefore, earnings and capital.
 
 
81

 

BUSINESS OF FCB
 
Since being formed in January, 2011, FCB has not engaged in any business. Upon completion of the offering, FCB will own all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank.  FCB will direct, plan and coordinate Farmington Bank’s business activities.  We expect FCB will retain no more than 50.0% of the net proceeds from the offering. A portion of the net proceeds retained by FCB will be used to make a loan to fund the purchase of shares of common stock by the Farmington Bank employee stock ownership plan. FCB intends to invest its capital as discussed in “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” on page [___].
 
In the future, FCB, as the holding company of Farmington Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We have no plans for any mergers or acquisitions, or other diversification of the activities of FCB at the present time.
 
Our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds we retain and any dividends received from Farmington Bank. FCB neither owns nor leases any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of Farmington Bank. At the present time, we employ as officers only certain persons who are also officers of Farmington Bank. However, we use the support staff of Farmington Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by FCB. FCB may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
 
BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK
 
Established in 1851, Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and four limited services offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut.  We provide a full range of banking services to businesses, individuals and governments in Central Connecticut.  Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the FDIC.  Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC.  Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB.   At September 30, 2010, Farmington Bank had approximately $1.5 billion in assets, $1.2 billion in deposits and total capital accounts of approximately $97.9 million.
 
Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England.  This seasoned management team was brought on commencing in 2008, highlighted by the addition of John J. Patrick Jr.  in March 2008 as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now a part of TD Bank Connecticut.  Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, our Chief Risk Officer, and David Blitz, our Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have vast experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions.
 
The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services.  Under the supervision of our new management team, we have made significant changes to our business structure including:
 
strengthening our risk management and compliance procedures;
 
 
82

 
 
implementing an expansion strategy, opening three new branches since 2008;
 
adding cash management services, government banking and small business banking;
 
doubling the number of our commercial lenders and recruiting other experienced personnel to strengthen our finance department;
 
implementing a secondary market lending program; and
 
enhancing our technology to support our risk management program.
 
We also continue to offer a full range of residential mortgage loan services.  We will continue to invest in people, technology and the business of serving our customers as we pursue our strategic goals.
 
Since December 31, 2009, we have experienced asset growth of approximately $257.2 million or 20%. We employed 260 full-time equivalent employees as of September 30, 2010. See “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK” for a more detailed discussion of our business.
 
Market Area
 
We operate in a primarily suburban market area that has a stable population and household base. All of our current offices are in Hartford County, Connecticut. Our primary market area is Central Connecticut. Our main office is in Farmington, Connecticut and is approximately ten miles from Hartford, Connecticut. Hartford County has a mix of industry groups and employment sectors including insurance, health services, finance, manufacturing, not-for-profit, education, government and technology. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations. Our lending area is broader than our deposit market area and includes, in addition to Hartford County, other areas of Connecticut.  Occasionally, we will make loans outside the State of Connecticut.
 
Competition
 
We face competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Hartford County has a high concentration of financial institutions including large commercial banks, community banks, credit unions and mortgage companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking.
 
Based on the most recent data available from the FDIC, we possess a 3.5% deposit market share in Hartford County as of June 30, 2010.  Our market share rank is 8 th out of 25 financial institutions.  All of the institutions who possess a greater deposit market share are headquartered outside of Hartford County.
 
Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business while continuing to support the communities within our service area.
 
 
83

 
 
Properties
 
We operate through our 15 full service branch offices, four limited services offices, including our main office, and two stand-alone ATM facilities.  Of the 15 full service branch offices, nine are owned and six are leased. Lease expiration dates of our branches range from 3 months to 15 years with renewal options ranging up to 15 years.
 
Our full service branch offices and limited service offices are located as follows:
 
Branch Name
 
Address
 
Owned or Leased
         
Avon West
 
427 West Avon Road
Avon, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2019)
Avon 44
 
310 West Main Street
Avon, Connecticut
 
Own
Berlin
 
1191 Farmington Avenue
Berlin, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2020)
Bristol
 
475 Broad Street
Bristol, Connecticut
 
Own
Burlington
 
253 Spielman Highway
Burlington, Connecticut
 
Own
Main Street
 
32 Main Street
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Own
Gables(1)
 
20 Devonwood Drive
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Own
Village Gate(1)
 
88 Scott Swamp Road
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Own
Westwoods
 
Routes 6 and 177
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Own
Westfarms
 
550 South Road
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2016)
Farm Glen(1)(2)
 
One Farm Glen Boulevard/3 Melrose
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2019)
Glastonbury
 
669 Hebron Avenue
Glastonbury, Connecticut
 
Own
New Britain
 
73 Broad Street
New Britain, Connecticut
 
Own
Plainville – Route 10
 
117 East Street
Plainville, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2015)
Plainville 372
 
129 New Britain Avenue
Plainville, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2025)
Southington
 
One Center Street
Southington, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2015)
Southington Drive-Thru (1)
 
17 Center Place
Southington, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2014)
Unionville
 
1845 Farmington Avenue
Unionville, Connecticut
 
Own
West Hartford
 
962 Farmington Avenue
West Hartford, Connecticut
 
Lease (expires 2014)
 

( 1) Limited service office.
(2) Executive office.
       
 
 
84

 
 
Lending Activities
 
Summary:
 
Historically, our principal lending activity has been residential, consumer and commercial lending. In 2008, the board of directors initiated an organic growth strategy, and in March 2008 Mr. Patrick was brought on as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer to lead our business in this period of growth. The strategy centered on growing the commercial portfolio and attracting larger, more comprehensive long-term borrowing relationships in the areas of commercial real estate lending (both owner and non-owner-occupied) and commercial lending, and supplementing these areas with more extensive cash management and depository services.
 
Since the initiative began in 2008, we have added cash management services and implemented a small business banking program, providing small qualified businesses throughout Connecticut with greater access to capital. To support these new areas, we made numerous strategic hires, bringing in lenders with strong experience, as well as a Director of Cash Management.  In addition, in early 2009, a Chief Risk Officer and a Senior Commercial Banking Manager were hired. Our Chief Risk Officer and Senior Commercial Banking Manager initiated significant credit policy and portfolio monitoring enhancements to ensure that the subsequent loan portfolio growth was prudent and well-managed. In early 2010, a Director of Residential Lending was brought on to execute a long-term growth and earnings strategy centered in residential lending. The resulting overall loan portfolio performance has been strong with growth of 24.0% in 2008 and 25.0% in 2009, as compared to growth of approximately 11.9% and 13.5% in 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Our total loans at September 30, 2010 increased by 9.5% from December 31, 2009 primarily due to increases in commercial real estate and residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit. Despite a challenging economy and prolonged recession, our commercial business loans grew 5.8% from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010.
 
Our senior management has carefully built the infrastructure necessary to support this growth and provide critical on-going portfolio management and risk assessment. An enhanced risk management program has been established to better enable us to evaluate the risk in our current portfolio and to implement changes in our underwriting standards so as to minimize overall portfolio risk going forward. As part of this program, our loan portfolio is subject to concentration limits and market analyses, stress testing and ongoing monitoring, reporting and review of underwriting standards.
 
 
85

 
 
The composition of our loan portfolio was as follows at the dates indicated:
             
   
At September 30, 2010
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
  (Dollars in thousands)    
Real estate loans:
           
   Residential
  $ 469,636       40.7 %
   Commercial
    324,860       28.1 %
   Construction (1)
    49,676       4.3 %
Installment
    13,971       1.2 %
Commercial
    110,860       9.6 %
Collateral
    2,118       0.2 %
Home equity line of credit
    82,788       7.2 %
Demand
    228       *  
Revolving credit
    73       *  
Resort (timeshare)
    100,617       8.7 %
   Total loans
    1,154,827       100.0 %
Less:
               
    Allowance for loan losses
    (18,196 )        
    Net deferred loan costs
    2,230          
Loans, net
  $ 1,138,861          
*      Less than 0.1%.
(1)      Construction loans include commercial and residential construction loans and are reported net of undisbursed construction loans of $39.0 million as of
September 30, 2010.
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
                                                             
Real estate loans:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
   Residential
  $ 446,880       42.4 %   $ 385,943       45.9 %   $ 320,233       47.2 %   $ 274,147       45.2. %   $ 242,995       45.4 %
   Commercial
    265,515       25.2 %     201,511       24.0 %     169,238       25.0 %     166,311       27.4 %     135,549       25.3 %
   Construction (1)
    68,704       6.5 %     59,442       7.1 %     47,823       7.1 %     39,248       6.5 %     38,370       7.2 %
Installment
    16,423       1.6 %     21,518       2.6 %     23,669       3.5 %     18,621       3.1 %     11,681       2.2 %
Commercial
    104,476       9.9 %     87,717       10.4 %     86,768       12.8 %     79,386       13.1 %     81,020       15.1 %
Collateral
    2,486       0.2 %     2,124       0.2 %     1,998       0.3 %     1,878       0.3 %     1,742       0.3 %
Home equity line of credit
    66,658       6.3 %     33,411       4.0 %     27,479       4.0 %     26,372       4.3 %     23,214       4.3 %
Demand
    415       *       627       0.1 %     467       0.1 %     699       0.1 %     939       0.2 %
Revolving credit
    75       *       74       *       65       *       66       *       63       *  
Resort (timeshare)
    82,794       7.9 %     47,674       5.7 %     -       -       -        -       -       -  
    Total loans
    1,054,426       100.0 %     840,041       100.0 %     677,740       100.0 %     606,728       100.0 %     535,573       100.0 %
Less:
                                                                               
  Allowance for loan losses
    (16,316 )             (9,952 )             (8,124 )             (8,312 )             (8,263 )        
  Net deferred loan costs
    1,885               1,822               1,689               1,394               1,255          
    Loans, net
  $ 1,039,995             $ 831,911             $ 671,305             $ 599,810             $ 528,565          
                                                                                 
*       Less than 0.1%.
(1)     Construction loans include commercial and residential construction loans and are reported net of undisbursed construction loans of $49.9 million as of
December 31, 2009.
 
Major loan customers:
 
Our five largest lending relationships with commercial borrowers totaled $69.7 million in outstanding and committed loans, or 6.0% of our total loan portfolio, as of September 30, 2010. These relationships and commitments consist of the following:
 
1.  
$16.3 million relationship consisting of both real estate loans to purchase and develop certain commercial and residential real estate, consisting in part of the development of an 80 lot residential subdivision in Farmington, Connecticut, and commercial lines of credit to support retail store operations, 30.0% of which are participated with a local commercial bank.
 
 
86

 
 
2.  
$13.9 million relationship with a commercial cruise line operator as part of a participation in a larger credit facility with a large regional bank;
 
3.  
$13.5 million relationship consisting of commercial mortgages extended to a real estate developer for the refinancing of a medical office building, the construction of a single-tenant office building and the provision of bridge financing for the renovation of a 78 unit apartment complex in Bristol, Connecticut;
 
4.  
$12.9 million mortgage loan to a large New England real estate developer to refinance an 8-story building located in Hartford, Connecticut; and
 
5.  
$13.1 million timeshare finance relationship consisting of hypothecation receivables loans to a timeshare developer in Colorado.
 
All of the credit facilities extended to our five largest borrowers as of September 30, 2010 are current and performing in accordance with their respective terms.
 
Real Estate Loans:
 
Residential Real Estate Loans:   One of our primary lending activities consists of the origination of one-to-four family residential real estate loans that are primarily secured by properties located in Hartford County and surrounding counties in Connecticut. Of the $469.6 million and $446.9 million of residential loans outstanding at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, $288.6 million and $298.4 million are fixed-rate loans, respectively. Generally, residential real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 95.0% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0%. We usually do not make loans secured by single-family homes with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 95.0% (with the exception of Federal Housing Administration loans which allow for a 96.5% loan-to-value ratio).  Fixed-rate mortgage loans generally are originated for terms of 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 years. Typically, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten pursuant to secondary market underwriting guidelines which include minimum FICO standards.
 
Prior to 2010, most of our residential mortgage originations were held on our balance sheet.  In the first quarter of 2010, a strategic decision was made to sell most of our conforming 15, 20 and 30 year fixed-rate residential mortgage loan production in the secondary market, while retaining most of the servicing rights. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We originated $43.1 million of fixed-rate one-to-four family residential loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, $9.7 million of which were sold in the secondary market. We originated $75.8 million of fixed-rate one-to-four family residential loans during the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $3.5 million were sold in the secondary market. The loans sold meet secondary market guidelines and are subject to warranty exposure.  Such exposure is mitigated by our quality control procedures and the fact that we are selling newly originated loans instead of seasoned loans in the secondary market. As of September 30, 2010, we have not been requested or required to repurchase any sold loans due to inadequate underwriting or documentation deficiencies. We have not and do not intend to originate subprime or alternative A paper (alt A) loans.
 
We also offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans for one-to-four family properties, with an interest rate that adjusts annually based on the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury Bill Index, after a one, three, four, five, seven or nine-year initial fixed-rate period. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans generally provide for maximum rate adjustments of 200 basis points per adjustment, with a lifetime maximum adjustment up to 6.0%, regardless of the initial rate. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years.  We originated $48.9 million adjustable rate one-to-four family residential loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $49.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $31.9 million and $33.0 million adjustable rate mortgages, respectively.
 
 
87

 
 
Adjustable rate mortgage loans decrease the risks associated with changes in market interest rates by periodically repricing, but involve other risks because as interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase, thus increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustment of the contractual interest rate is also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents and, therefore, the effectiveness of adjustable rate mortgage loans may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates. Of our one-to-four family residential real estate loans, $181.0 million and $153.5 million had adjustable rates of interest at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and $53.9 million of the adjustable loans outstanding as of September 30, 2010 will see a rate reset on or before September 30, 2011. Continued declines in real estate values and the slowdown in the housing market may make it more difficult for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to sell their homes or refinance their debt due to their declining collateral values.
 
All residential mortgage loans that we originate include “due-on-sale” clauses, which give us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property. We also require homeowner’s insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, our largest residential mortgage loan had a principal balance of $4.7 million. This loan is performing in accordance with the agreed upon repayment terms.
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans:   We originate commercial real estate loans and loans on owner-occupied properties used for a variety of business purposes, including office buildings, industrial and warehouse facilities and retail facilities.  Commercial mortgage loans totaled $324.9 million and $265.5 million, or 28.1% and 25.2%, of total loans at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Our owner-occupied commercial mortgage loans constitute the largest portion of our commercial real estate portfolio.  At September 30, 2010 and December 30, 2009, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $119.2 million and $133.3 million, or 36.7% and 50.2%, respectively, of our commercial real estate portfolio.   Our commercial real estate underwriting policies provide that typically such real estate loans may be made in amounts of up to 75.0% of the appraised value of the property. Our commercial real estate loans are made with terms of up to 20 years, amortization schedules up to 25 years and interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, generally set at a margin above the FHLBB Advance rates. Variable rate options are also available, generally tied to the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal , or for qualifying borrowers, tied to LIBOR plus a margin with a swap option. In reaching a credit decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider gross revenues and the net operating income of the property, the sophistication of the borrower, the borrower’s business cash flow and credit history, and the appraised value of the underlying property. In addition, with respect to commercial real estate rental properties, we also consider the terms and conditions of the leases, the credit quality of the tenants and the borrower’s global cash flow. We typically require that the properties securing our commercial real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization divided by interest expense and current maturities of long-term debt) of at least 1.20. Environmental reports and current appraisals are required for commercial real estate loans as governed by our written environmental and appraisal policies. Generally, a commercial real estate loan made to a corporation, partnership or other business entity requires personal guarantees by the principals and owners of 20.0% or more of the entity.
 
 
88

 
 
A commercial real estate borrower’s financial information is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring the submission of periodic financial statement updates and annual tax returns and the periodic review of payment history.  In addition, we typically conduct periodic face-to-face meetings between us and the borrower, as well as property site visits. These requirements also apply to guarantors of commercial real estate loans. Borrowers with loans secured by rental investment property are required to provide an annual report of income and expenses for such property, including a tenant rent roll and copies of leases, as applicable. The largest commercial real estate loan as of September 30, 2010 was a loan for $13.0 million, which is performing in accordance with its terms.
 
Loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family properties, generally involve larger principal amounts and a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family properties, are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  Given our level of commercial real estate exposure, our enhanced commercial real estate portfolio risk management program better enables us to evaluate the risk in our current portfolio and to implement changes in our lending practices to minimize overall portfolio risk.  As part of this program, the commercial real estate portfolio is subject to concentration limits and market analyses, stress testing and is subject to monitoring, reporting and underwriting standards.
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of commercial real estate loans held by type as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Type of Commercial Real Estate Loan:
                       
   Owner-Occupied
  $ 119,155       36.7 %   $ 118,888       44.8 %
   Industrial
    31,238       9.6 %     28,991       10.9 %
   Office
    70,511       21.7 %     52,176       19.7 %
   Retail
    64,686       19.9 %     25,129       9.5 %
   Multi-Family
    18,231       5.6 %     17,328       6.5 %
   Land
    8,850       2.7 %     2,471       0.9 %
   Hotel
    5,806       1.8 %     14,435       5.4 %     
   Other
    6,383       2.0 %     6,097       2.3 %
Total Commercial Real Estate Loans
  $ 324,860       100.0 %   $ 265,515       100.0 %
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of commercial real estate loans held by geographic location of the real property securing the loan as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 
89

 
 
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Geographic Region:
                       
   Connecticut
  $ 318,158       97.9 %   $ 262,655       98.9 %
   Massachusetts
    418       0.1 %     419       0.2 %
   New York
    4,600       1.5 %     717       0.3 %
   South Carolina
    1,684       0.5 %     1,724       0.6 %
    $ 324,860       100.0 %   $ 265,515       100.0 %
 
Construction Loans:   We offer construction loans, including commercial construction loans and real estate subdivision development loans, to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction and development of commercial real estate projects and residential properties.  Construction loans outstanding, including commercial and residential, totaled $49.7 million and $68.7 million, or 4.3% and 6.5% of total loans outstanding at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  At September 30, 2010, the unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $39.0 million, as compared to $49.9 million at December 31, 2009.   Our underwriting policies provide that construction loans may typically be made in amounts of up to 75.0% of the appraised value of the property. We extend loans to residential subdivision developers for the purpose of land acquisition, the development of infrastructure and the construction of homes. Advances are determined as a percentage of the cost or appraised value of the improvements, whichever is less, and each project is physically inspected prior to each advance either by a loan officer or an engineer approved by us. We typically limit the number of speculative units financed by a customer, with the majority of construction advances supported by purchase contracts.
 
We also originate construction loans to individuals and contractors for the construction and acquisition of personal residences. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, residential construction loans outstanding totaled $4.0 million, or 0.34%, and $3.1 million, or 0.30%, respectively, of total loans. The unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $3.0 million and $1.9 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Our residential construction mortgage loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is typically up to nine months, although our policy is to consider construction periods as long as 12 months. At the end of the construction phase, the construction loan converts to a long-term owner-occupied residential mortgage loan. Construction loans can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80.0%. Before making a commitment to fund a residential construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also review and inspect each property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of completion method. Construction loans to individuals are generally made on the same terms as our one-to-four family mortgage loans.
 
Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the actual cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is too low, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Additionally, if the estimate of value is too high, we may be confronted with a project, when completed, with a value that is insufficient to assure full payment. Construction lending contains a unique risk characteristic as loans are originated under market and economic conditions that may change between the time of origination and the completion and subsequent purchaser financing of the property.  In addition, construction subdivision loans and commercial and residential construction loans to contractors and developers entail additional risks as compared to single-family residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. These loans typically involve large loan balances concentrated in single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. A continued economic downturn could have an additional adverse impact on the value of the properties securing construction loans and on our borrowers’ ability to sell their units for the amounts necessary to complete their projects and repay their loans.
 
 
90

 
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of construction loans held by type as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Type of Construction Loans:
                       
  Residential
  $ 3,957       8.0 %   $ 3,091       4.5 %
  Office
    14,222       28.6 %     12,236       17.8 %
  Retail
    739       1.5 %     11,175       16.3 %
  Industrial
    1,294       2.6 %     6,787       9.9 %
  Subdivision
    14,943       30.1 %     21,706       31.6 %
  Condo
    1,575       3.2 %     1,964       2.9 %
  Subdivision Speculative
    5,935       11.9 %     5,332       7.7 %
  Contract
    -       -       464       0.7 %
  Multi-family
    600       1.2 %     -       -  
  Commercial Owner-Occupied
    6,411       12.9 %     5,949       8.6 %
Total Construction Loans
  $ 49,676       100.0 %   $ 68,704       100.0 %
 

 
The establishment of interest reserves for construction and development loans is an established banking practice, but the handling of such interest reserves varies widely within the industry. Many of our construction and development loans provide for the use of interest reserves, and based upon our knowledge of general industry practices, we believes that our practices related to such interest reserves, discussed below, are appropriate and conservative. When we underwrite construction and development loans, we consider the expected total project costs, including hard costs such as land, site work and construction costs and soft costs such as architectural and engineering fees, closing costs, leasing commissions and construction period interest. Based on the total project costs and other factors, we determine the required borrower cash equity contribution and the maximum amount we are willing to loan. In the vast majority of cases, we require that all of the borrower’s cash equity contribution be contributed prior to any material loan advances. This ensures that the borrower’s cash equity required to complete the project will in fact be available for such purposes. As a result of this practice, the borrower’s cash equity typically goes toward the purchase of the land and early stage hard costs and soft costs. This results in our funding the loan later as the project progresses, and accordingly we typically fund the majority of the construction period interest through loan advances. In the third quarter of 2010, we advanced construction period interest totaling approximately $1.9 million on construction and development loans. While the Company advanced these sums as part of the funding process, we believe that the borrowers in effect had in most cases already provided for these sums as part of their initial equity contribution. Specifically, the maximum committed balance of all construction and development loans which provide for the use of interest reserves at September, 30, 2010 was approximately $26.6 million, of which $19.6 million was outstanding at September 30, 2010 and $6.8 million remained to be advanced.
 
As of September 30, 2010, the largest commercial construction lending relationship with a single borrower totaled $6.1 million. The loan was originated in September 2010 as part of a 49.0% participation with a large regional bank. The loan is secured by an office building in Amherst, NY and has an outstanding balance at September 30, 2010 of $512,000. The loan is current and performing according to its terms.
 
Commercial Loans :
 
Our approach to commercial lending is centered in relationship banking.  While our primary focus is to extend financing to meet the needs of creditworthy borrowers, we also endeavor to provide a comprehensive solution for all of a business’s banking needs including depository, cash management and investment needs.   The commercial business loan portfolio is comprised of both middle market companies and small businesses located primarily in Connecticut.  Market segments represented include manufacturers, distributors, service businesses, financial services, healthcare providers, not-for-profits and professional service companies.  Typically, our middle market lending group seeks relationships with companies that have borrowing needs in excess of $350,000, while our small business lending group supports companies with borrowing needs of $350,000 or less.
 
 
91

 
 
We had $110.9 million and $104.5 million in commercial loans at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  Of the loans in our commercial loan portfolio, $9.2 million and $9.7 million were guaranteed by either the Small Business Administration or the Connecticut Development Authority at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Total commercial business loans amounted to 9.6% of total loans as of September 30, 2010 and 9.9% of total loans as of December 31, 2009.
 
Commercial business lending products generally include term loans, revolving lines of credit for working capital needs, equipment lines of credit to facilitate the purchase of equipment and letters of credit. The maximum amount of a commercial business loan is limited by our loans-to-one-borrower limit (15.0% of equity capital plus our allowance for loan losses, pursuant to Connecticut law) and other factors as set forth in our loan policy.  Commercial business loans are made with either adjustable or fixed-rates of interest. Variable rates are tied to either the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal or LIBOR   plus a margin. The interest rates of fixed-rate commercial business loans are typically set at a margin above the FHLBB Advance rates. Interest rate swaps are offered to qualified borrowers to effect a fixed-rate equivalent for the borrower and allows us to effectively hedge against interest rate risk on large, long-term loans.
 
When making commercial business loans, we consider the character and capabilities of the borrower’s management, the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the historical and projected cash flows of the business, the value and composition of the collateral and the financial strength and commitment of the guarantors, if any.  Commercial loans are generally secured by a variety of collateral, including accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and supported by personal guarantees. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial business loans are typically advanced at a discount to the value of the loan’s collateral. We do not typically make unsecured commercial business loans greater than $100,000. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, unsecured commercial loans totaled $316,000 and 152,000, respectively, or less than 1.0% of total loans outstanding.  Generally, a commercial loan made to a corporation, partnership or other business entity requires personal guarantees by the principals and owners of 20.0% or more of the entity.
 
Commercial loans generally have greater credit risk than residential real estate loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which largely are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of a commercial business loan depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing the loan may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards.
 
In an effort to both attract more sophisticated borrowers as well as to hedge our interest rate risk associated with long-term commercial loans, we offer interest rate swaps via our correspondent banking partner, PNC Bank. Interest rate swaps are primarily used to exchange a floating rate payment stream into a fixed-rate payment stream. The variable rates on swaps will change as market interest rates change. We will enter into swap transactions solely to limit our interest rate risk and effectively “fix” the rate for appropriate customer borrowings. We do not engage in any speculative swap transactions.  Generally, swap options are offered to “pass” rated borrowers requesting long-term commercial loans or commercial mortgages in amounts of at least $1.0 million. We have established a derivative policy which sets forth the parameters for such transactions (including underwriting guidelines, rate setting process, maximum maturity, approval and documentation requirements), as well as identifies internal controls for the management of risks related to these hedging activities (such as approval of counterparties, limits on counterparty credit risk, maximum loan amounts, and limits to single dealer counterparties). Our interest rate swaps are typically collateralized by U.S. treasury securities.  As of September 30, 2010, we have 14 swap transactions with a total current notional amount of $66.0 million. At September 30, 2010, the fair value of the interest rate swap derivative asset and liability is $4.5 million.
 
 
92

 
 
Our small business customers typically generate annual revenues from their businesses of up to $2.5 million and have borrowing needs of up to $350,000.  We deliver and promote the delivery of small business loan products to our existing and prospective customer base by leveraging our retail branch network, including our branch managers, supplemented by a team of dedicated business development officers. Our branch managers and business development officers are fully trained to assist small business owners through the entire loan process from application to closing.  We offer a streamlined process for our customers by utilizing a credit scoring system as a key part of our underwriting process, along with a standardized loan documentation package.  This results in our ability to deliver quick answers to questions along with cost effective loan closings to our small business customers.  As a newly designated Small Business Administration preferred lender, we are also able to offer flexible financing terms to those borrowers who otherwise would not qualify under our traditional underwriting standards.  The Small Business Administration program is a cornerstone of our small business loan program.  We were recently awarded the “SBA Emerging Lender of the Year” award for fiscal year 2010, having originated 22 Small Business Administration loans totaling $5.0 million in 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, our entire small business loan portfolio totaled $33.5 million, or 2.9% of total outstanding loans, with an additional $6.3 million in unfunded loan commitments and an average loan size of $149,000.
 
As of September 30, 2010, our largest commercial business loan commitment totaled $13.9 million with $9.3 million advanced as of that date, which was performing according to its terms.  In addition to the commercial business loans discussed above, we had $10.6 million and $4.5 million in letter of credit commitments as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
Resort (Timeshare) Loans:
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we hired a team of experienced, industry-specific lenders to begin lending to developers and operators of timeshare vacation resorts as a component of our commercial loan portfolio.  At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our timeshare loans totaled $100.6 million and $82.8 million, or 8.7% and 7.9% of total loans, respectively.  At September 30, 2010, the unadvanced amounts of outstanding commitments in our timeshare loans totaled $29.6 million.  Generally, lending to the timeshare industry consists of the following types of loans:
 
 
Receivables loans – loans, typically lines of credit, made to developers and operators of timeshare resorts to support timeshare interval sales.  These loans are secured by a direct assignment of the consumer notes for the purchase of timeshare intervals and, as a result, typically are collateralized by a well-diversified pool of consumer notes.  Receivable loans are typically underwritten utilizing a lending formula in which loan advances are based on a percentage of eligible consumer notes.  In addition, these loans generally contain provisions for recourse to the developer, the obligation of the developer to replace defaulted notes, and parameters with respect to minimum FICO scores or average weighted FICO scores of the portfolio of pledged notes.  Typically, payments made on the consumer notes are remitted to a lockbox which is maintained by a third party servicing company and all payments are sent directly to Farmington Bank by the servicing company.
 
 
Pre-sale loans – loans to developers and operators of timeshare resorts in which construction of the timeshare resort is not yet complete, but timeshare interval sales to consumers have begun.  These loans are secured by the assignment of pre-sale notes and the advance rate under the lending formula is generally much lower than a receivables loan.  Pre-sale loans are only made available when we also provide the receivables loan and repayment is generally from advances under the receivables loan when construction of the resort is complete.
 
 
93

 
 
 
“Inventory” loans – loans on unsold timeshare intervals (i.e. inventory) of the timeshare resort developer.  These loans are typically advanced at a percentage of the aggregate retail value of the encumbered inventory and are secured by the unsold inventory.
 
 
Acquisition and development loans – loans used by the developer of a timeshare resort to acquire and construct timeshare inventory and the amenities that comprise a resort.  These loans are secured by a first mortgage on the real estate being financed.
 
 
Homeowner association loans – loans to homeowner associations to fund repairs or renovations of timeshare or condominium units.  Repayment of these loans is from the maintenance fees or special assessments paid by the individual timeshare owners.  These loans are secured by a UCC filing on the equipment being purchased and/or an assignment of the fees and assessments to be paid by the unit owners.
 
As part of the timeshare lending program, Farmington Bank makes direct loans to timeshare developer / operators, buys participations in timeshare loans originated by experienced timeshare lending institutions, and originates and sells timeshare participations to other lending institutions.  Lending to this industry is generally done on a nationwide basis, as the majority of timeshare operators are located outside of the Northeast.  When the timeshare lending unit was established in 2007, Farmington Bank implemented various concentration limits with respect to overall credit exposure to this portfolio, exposure by loan type, and exposure by geographic territory, as well as conservative underwriting policies and portfolio monitoring guidelines
 
Since the timeshare program’s inception, we have not made any acquisition & development loans, and a limited amount of inventory loans, homeowner association loans, and pre-sale loans.  As of September 30, 2010, $86.8 million or 86.3% of total outstanding timeshare loans were comprised of receivable loans.  Furthermore, as of September 30, 2010:
 
 
receivable loans represented 89.0% of total timeshare commitments;
 
 
outstanding inventory loan balances totaled $7.6 million, or 7.6% of outstanding timeshare balances and 0.7% of total loans;
 
 
outstanding homeowner association loans totaled $2.7 million, or 2.7% of outstanding timeshare balances and 0.2% of total loans; and
 
 
outstanding presale loans totaled $374,000, or 0.4% of the outstanding timeshare balances.
 
As of September 30, 2010, there is no additional lending exposure (i.e. open commitments) on any inventory or pre-sale loans and a $773,000 commitment available on homeowner association loans.  Geographic dispersion of our timeshare portfolio, based on committed amount, is as follows:
 
 
Florida (38%);
 
 
Mountain region (25%);
 
 
94

 
 
 
Pacific region (23%);
 
 
Southeast region (9%); and
 
 
Central region (5%).
 
As of September 30, 2010, we had a specific allocation of $1.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming timeshare loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a borrower’s bankruptcy proceedings made it probable that the we would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required us to fully reserve for this loan resulting in an additional provision recorded totaling $3.0 million. We have recently decided to gradually exit this line of lending to focus on commercial and consumer lending while continuing to hold the $100.6 million in outstanding loans and honoring any advances requested relating to the $29.6 million in outstanding loan commitments at September 30, 2010 until they are repaid in the normal course of business.  As of December 31, 2010, there was $105.2 million in outstanding timeshare loans as a result of certain borrowers drawing down on previously unadvanced commitments and $23.6 million remaining in the unadvanced commitments.  As of December 31, 2010 all of the timeshare loans, except for the fully reserved loan noted above, were performing according to their terms.
 
Home equity line of credit:
 
We also offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, both of which are secured by owner-occupied one-to-four family residences. At September 30, 2010 and   December 31, 2009, home equity loans and equity lines of credit totaled $82.8 million and $66.7 million, or 7.2% and 6.3% of total loans, respectively. At September 30, 2010, the unadvanced amount of home equity lines of credit totaled $80.2 million, as compared to $70.2 million at December 31, 2009.
 
The underwriting standards utilized for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit include a determination of the borrower’s credit history, an assessment of the borrower’s ability to meet existing obligations and future payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Home equity loans are offered with fixed-rates of interest and with terms of up to 15 years. The loan-to-value ratio for our home equity loans and our lines of credit, including any first mortgage, is generally limited to no more than 90.0%. Our home equity lines of credit have ten-year terms and adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate, as reported in The Wall Street Journal . Interest rates on home equity lines of credit are generally limited to a maximum rate of 18.0% per annum.
 
Installment, Demand, Collateral and Revolving Credit Loans: We offer various types of consumer loans, including installment, demand, revolving credit and collateral loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our installment and collateral consumer loans generally consist of loans on new and used automobiles, loans collateralized by deposit accounts and unsecured personal loans. Installment loans totaled $14.0 million and $16.4 million, or 1.2% and 1.6% of our total loan portfolio, at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Collateral loans totaled $2.1 million and $2.5 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  Demand loans totaled $228,000 and $415,000 at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and revolving credit loans totaled $73,000 and $75,000 at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  Collateral loans, demand loans and revolving credit loans each represented less than one percent of our total loan portfolio at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. While the asset quality of these portfolios is currently good, there is increased risk associated with consumer loans during economic downturns as increased unemployment and inflationary costs may make it more difficult for some borrowers to repay their loans.
 
 
95

 
 
Origination, Purchasing and Servicing of Loans:
 
Prior to 2010, we retained most of our residential mortgage originations in our portfolio.  In 2010, however, for strategic reasons, we began to sell fixed-rate conforming loans into the secondary market while retaining the servicing for these loans.  Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans.
 
Many of the loans sold into the secondary market have been sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank. We are also an approved seller and servicer of both the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.  All adjustable rate mortgages are currently being held in our residential portfolio.  We also originate Federal Housing Administration loans through our “mini-eagle” designation with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
 
At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we were servicing residential real estate loans sold in the amount of $33.8 million and $23.7 million, respectively.
 
We purchase adjustable rate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans from approved mortgage banking firms licensed with the Connecticut Department of Banking. These local mortgage bankers are not employed by us and sell their loans based on competitive pricing. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we purchased $31.9 million in adjustable rate loans and   during the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $33.0 million in adjustable rate loans from these firms.  The loans are underwritten to the same credit specifications as our internally originated loans.
 
From time to time we enter into participations with other regional lenders in commercial real estate and commercial business loan transactions. We participate in transactions (purchase a share of the loan commitment), as well as sell portions of transactions that we originate. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our loan portfolio included $70.9 million and $68.7 million, respectively, in loans in which we purchased a participation share, and $83.9 million and $71.0 million, respectively, in loans participated to other institutions.
 
 
96

 
 
Loan Maturity Schedule:
 
The following tables set forth the loan maturity schedule at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
   
Loans Maturing
 
   
Within One
Year
   
After One
But Within
Five Years
   
After Five
Years
   
Total
 
September 30, 2010
 
(Dollars In Thousand)
 
Real estate loans:
                       
   Residential
  $ 387     $ 2,469     $ 466,780     $ 469,636  
   Commercial
    8,289       25,402       291,169       324,860  
   Construction
    36,118       13,558       -       49,676  
Installment
    266       2,956       10,749       13,971  
Commercial
    48,524       28,548       33,788       110,860  
Collateral
    8       -       2,110       2,118  
Home equity line of credit
    560       13,514       68,714       82,788  
Demand
    228       -       -       228  
Revolving credit
    73       -       -       73  
Resort (timeshare)
    33,057       44,686       22,874       100,617  
  Total
  $ 127,510     $ 131,133     $ 896,184     $ 1,154,827  
 
   
Loans Maturing
 
   
Within One
Year
   
After One
But Within
Five Years
   
After Five
Years
   
Total
 
December 31, 2009
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Real estate loans:
                       
   Residential
  $ 380     $ 3,455     $ 443,045     $ 446,880  
   Commercial
    7,267       13,979       244,269       265,515  
   Construction
    49,310       19,394       -       68,704  
Installment
    165       3,301       12,957       16,423  
Commercial
    54,299       27,698       22,479       104,476  
Collateral
    8       -       2,478       2,486  
Home equity line of credit
    410       9,240       57,008       66,658  
Demand
    390       25       -       415  
Revolving credit
    75       -       -       75  
Resort (timeshare)
    19,404       46,103       17,287       82,794  
  Total
  $ 131,708     $ 123,195     $ 799,523     $ 1,054,426  
 
Loans Contractually Due Subsequent to December 30, 2010:
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed-rate and adjustable rate loans at December 31, 2009 that are contractually due after December 31, 2010:
 
 
97

 
 
   
Due After December 31, 2010
 
   
Fixed
   
Adjustable
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Real estate loans:
                 
   Residential
  $ 293,948     $ 152,552     $ 446,500  
   Commercial
    33,042       225,206       258,248  
   Construction
    4,517       14,877       19,394  
Installment
    16,258       -       16,258  
Commercial
    29,473       20,704       50,177  
Collateral
    3       2,475       2,478  
Home equity line of credit
    -       66,248       66,248  
Demand
    25       -       25  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -  
Demand
    8,040       55,350       63,390  
  Total
  $ 385,306     $ 537,412     $ 922,718  
 
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority:
 
Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory and regulatory compliant underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and documented in our loan policy.  The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, the viability of the loan, and the adequacy of the value of the collateral that will secure the loan, if applicable. To assess a business borrower’s ability to repay, we review and analyze, among other factors: the borrower’s historical, current, and projected financial performance; its ability to repay the proposed loan(s); the value of the assets offered as collateral; the ability of management to lead the borrower through the current economic cycle; and the financial strength and commitment of the personal or corporate guarantors, if any. To assess an individual borrower’s ability to repay, we review their employment and credit history and information on their historical and projected income and expenses, as well as the adequacy of the collateral.
 
Our policies and loan approval limits are established by our board of directors.  Our board has delegated its authority to grant loans in varying amounts to the board of directors’ loan committee, which is currently comprised of all board members. The board loan committee is charged with general oversight of our credit extension functions and has designated the responsibility for the approval of any individual loan under $2.0 million, when the total aggregate commercial debt to the obligor does not exceed $3.5 million, to our management loan committee.  Loan requests above these thresholds are required to be approved by the board’s loan committee. Our management loan committee, in turn, has the right to delegate approval authority with respect to such loans to individual lenders as deemed appropriate.
 
Review of Credit Quality :  
 
At the time of loan origination, a risk rating based on a nine point grading system is assigned to each commercial-related loan based on the loan officer’s and management’s assessment of the risk associated with each particular loan.  This risk assessment is based on an in depth analysis of a variety of factors. More complex loans and larger commitments require that our internal credit risk management department further evaluate the risk rating of the individual loan or relationship, with credit risk management having final determination of the appropriate risk rating. These more complex loans and relationships receive ongoing periodic review to assess the appropriate risk rating on a post-closing basis with changes made to the risk rating as the borrower’s and economic conditions warrant. Our risk rating system is designed to be a dynamic system and we grade loans on a “real time” basis.  Over the course of 2009 and 2010, considerable emphasis has been placed on risk rating accuracy, risk rating justification, and risk rating triggers. Our risk rating process has been enhanced with our recent implementation of industry-based risk rating “cards.”  The cards are used by our loan officers and promote risk rating accuracy and consistency on an institution-wide basis.  Most loans are reviewed annually as part of a comprehensive portfolio review conducted by management and/or by our independent loan review firm. More frequent reviews of loans rated low pass, watch, substandard and doubtful are conducted by our credit risk management department. We utilize an independent loan review consulting firm to affirm our rating accuracy and opine on the overall credit quality of our loan portfolio.  The consulting firm conducts two loan reviews per year aiming at a 65.0% or higher commercial portfolio penetration.  Summary findings of all loan reviews performed by the outside consulting firm are reported to our board of directors and senior management upon completion.
 
 
98

 
 
Our board of directors and senior management receive monthly reporting on credit trends in the commercial, residential and consumer portfolios (delinquencies, non-performing loans, risk rating migration, charge-off requests, etc.), as well as an update on any significant or developing troubled assets.  In 2009, we engaged an outside software firm to aid in the enhancement of our on-going portfolio monitoring and credit risk management reporting.  After a lengthy development process, we introduced risk management “dashboards” in early 2010.  The dashboards provide detailed analysis of portfolio and industry concentrations, as well as a variety of asset quality trends within industry and loan product types, and are presented to the board of directors on a monthly basis.  This new reporting system also performs various credit administration tracking functions and credit grade migration analysis.  We are planning to implement the next phase of this system to allow for the stress testing of the portfolios utilizing a multiple of variables.
 
In addition to the monthly dashboards, on a periodic basis our board of directors and senior management receive reports on various “highly monitored” industries and portfolios, such as investment commercial real estate, “for-sale” real estate (i.e. subdivision and condominium lending) and resort (timeshare) lending .
 
This comprehensive portfolio monitoring process is supplemented with several risk assessment tools including monitoring of delinquency levels, analysis of historical loss experience by loan type, identification of portfolio concentrations by borrower and industry, and a review of economic conditions that might impact loan quality.

 
99

 
Non-performing and Problem Assets:
 
Our senior management places considerable emphasis on the early identification of problem assets, problem-resolution and minimizing loss exposure. Delinquency notices are mailed monthly to all delinquent borrowers, advising them of the amount of their delinquency. When a loan becomes more than 30 days delinquent, we send a letter advising the borrower of the delinquency. Residential and consumer lending borrowers are typically given 30 days to pay the delinquent payments or to contact us to make arrangements to bring the loan current over a longer period of time. Generally, if a residential or   consumer lending borrower fails to bring the loan current within 90 days from the original due date or to make arrangements to cure the delinquency over a longer period of time, the matter is referred to legal counsel and foreclosure or other collection proceedings are initiated.  We may consider forbearance or a loan restructuring in certain circumstances where a temporary loss of income is the primary cause of the delinquency, and if a reasonable plan is presented by the borrower to cure the delinquency in a reasonable period of time after his or her income resumes.  Problem or delinquent borrowers in our commercial real estate, commercial business and timeshare portfolios are handled on a case-by-case basis, typically by our special assets department. Appropriate problem-resolution and workout strategies are formulated based on the specific facts and circumstances.
 
All non-commercial mortgage loans are reviewed on a regular basis, and such loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days delinquent. Commercial real estate, commercial business and timeshare loans are evaluated for non-accrual status on a case-by-case basis, but are typically placed on a non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days delinquent. In certain cases, if a loan is less than 90 days delinquent but the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, such loan may be placed on non-accrual status if we determine that collection of the loan in full is not probable. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed and further income is recognized only to the extent received.   If our non-accruing loans were current in accordance with their contractual terms, additional interest income would have been recorded in the amounts of $1.4 million and $622,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and $754,000, $203,000 and $78,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  
 
Classified Assets:   Under our internal risk rating system, we currently classify loans and other assets considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by either the current net worth or the paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as “loss” are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. In addition to the classifications discussed above, consistent with ASC 310-10-35, assets are classified as impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
 
The loan portfolio is reviewed on a regular basis to determine whether any loans require risk classification or reclassification. Not all classified assets constitute non-performing assets. For example, at September 30, 2010, 89.0% of commercial real estate, commercial business and timeshare loans rated substandard and doubtful were current as to payments. At September 30, 2010, our classified assets included loans identified as “substandard,” and “doubtful.”  We had no assets classified as “loss” at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  Substandard assets consisted of $88.0 million and $46.8 million of our total loan portfolio at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and doubtful assets consisted of $50,000 and $1.7 million of our total loan portfolio at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
 
100

 
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and percentages of classified loans as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
   Real Estate
                       
     Residential
  $ 12,893       14.6 %   $ 9,277       19.1 %
     Commercial
    33,514       38.1 %     26,202       54.0 %
     Construction
    3,516       4.0 %     5,022       10.3 %
   Installment
    128       0.1 %     65       0.1 %
   Commercial
    15,620       17.7 %     6,910       14.2 %
   Collateral
    17       *       -       -  
   Home equity line of credit
    2,047       2.3 %     1,079       2.2 %
   Demand
    25       *       25       0.1 %
   Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -  
   Resort (timeshare)
    20,331       23.2 %     -       -  
Total Classified Loans
  $ 88,091       100.0 %   $ 48,580       100.0 %
*Less than 0.1%.
 
On a quarterly basis, our loan policy requires that we evaluate for impairment all commercial real estate, construction and commercial business loans that are classified as non-accrual, secured by real property in foreclosure or are otherwise likely to be impaired, residential non-accruing loans greater than $500,000 and all troubled debt restructurings. We have determined that $28.1 million and $16.4 million of impaired loans existed at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Based upon our analysis, only $13.3 million and $10.2 million of impaired loans required an allowance of $2.6 million and $1.4 million to be established as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $60.0 million and $32.2 million, respectively, were included on the classified loan list and were not considered impaired.
 
Loan Delinquencies:   The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.
 
 
101

 
 
   
Loans Delinquent For
       
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days and Over
   
Total
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
At September 30, 2010
                                   
Real estate loans:
                                   
   Residential
    5     $ 852       10     $ 7,406       15     $ 8,258  
   Commercial
    1       1,666       5       2,076       6       3,742  
   Construction
    -       -       2       897       2       897  
Installment
    -       -       4       102       4       102  
Commercial
    3       362       7       571       10       933  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    1       350       3       1,447       4       1,797  
Demand
    1       25       -       -       1       25  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       1       4,880       1       4,880  
   Total
    11     $ 3,255       32     $ 17,379       43     $ 20,634  
At December 31, 2009
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
   Residential
    6     $ 1,919       9     $ 5,429       15     $ 7,348  
   Commercial
    3       1,176       5       5,131       8       6,307  
   Construction
    -       -       2       1,074       2       1,074  
Installment
    1       5       4       87       5       92  
Commercial
    1       300       8       707       9       1,007  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    2       38       2       1,079       4       1,117  
Demand
    -       -       1       25       1       25  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
     Total
    13     $ 3,438       31     $ 13,532       44     $ 16,970  
At December 31, 2008
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
   Residential
    3     $ 619       10     $ 3,049       13     $ 3,668  
   Commercial
    -       -       4       1,468       4       1,468  
   Construction
    -       -       2       1,319       2       1,319  
Installment
    -       -       4       108       4       108  
Commercial
    3       95       4       88       7       183  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       1       80       1       80  
Demand
    -       -       1       3       1       3  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
    Total
    6     $ 714       26     $ 6,115       32     $ 6,829  
At December 31, 2007
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
   Residential
    2     $ 98       6     $ 2,236       8     $ 2,334  
   Commercial
    -       -       1       136       1       136  
   Construction
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Installment
    -       -       2       59       3       60  
Commercial
    1       1       6       216       6       216  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Demand
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
   Total
    3     $ 99       15     $ 2,647       18     $ 2,746  
 
 
102

 
 
Non-performing Assets:   The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. Once a loan is 90 days delinquent or either the borrower or the loan collateral experiences an event that makes full collectability of the loan improbable, the loan is placed on “non-accrual” status. Our policy requires six months of continuous payments in order for the loan to be removed from non-accrual status.
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Non-accrual loans :
                                   
Real estate loans:
                                   
   Residential
  $ 8,906     $ 6,441     $ 3,049     $ 2,236     $ 298     $ 660  
   Commercial
    3,524       5,316       1,468       136       136       -  
   Construction
    897       1,074       1,319       -       197       197  
Installment
    128       88       108       59       6       17  
Commercial
    829       823       88       216       -       1,634  
Collateral
    17       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    1,636       1,079       80       -       -       -  
Demand
    -       25       3       -       -       -  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    4,880       -       -       -       -       -  
       Total non-accrual loans (1)
    20,817       14,846       6,115       2,647       637       2,508  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total non-performing loans
    20,817       14,846       6,115       2,647       637       2,508  
Other real estate owned
    128       422       -       -       -       -  
Other non-performing assets
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total non-performing assets
  $ 20,945     $ 15,268     $ 6,115     $ 2,647     $ 637     $ 2,508  
                                                 
Total non-performing loans to total loans
    1.80 %     1.41 %     0.73 %     0.39 %     0.10 %     0.47 %
Total non-performing loans to total assets
    1.38 %     1.18 %     0.56 %     0.28 %     0.07 %     0.29 %
 
 
(5)
The amount of income that was contractually due but not recognized on non-accrual loans totaled $1.4 million, $754,000, $203,000
     and $78,000, respectively, for the period ended September 30, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Troubled debt restructurings:   The following table presents information on loans whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring:
 
                               
   
September 30,
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                             
Restructured loans on accrual status
  $ 10,588     $ 5,417     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Restructured loans on nonaccrual status
    4,190       3,515       -       -       -  
Total restructured loans
  $ 14,778     $ 8,932     $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
A loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring   when we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower in modifying or renewing the loan that we would not otherwise consider.  In connection with troubled debt restructurings, terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with their current financial status, which may include a reduction in the interest rate to market rate or below, a change in the term or movement of past due amounts to the back-end of the loan or refinancing. A loan is placed on non-accrual status upon being restructured, even if it was not previously, unless the modified loan was current for the six months prior to its modification and we believe the loan is fully collectable in accordance with its new terms. Our policy to restore a restructured loan to performing status is dependent on the receipt of regular payments, generally for a period of six months and one calender year end. All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans and are reviewed for impairment by us on a regular basis and a calendar year-end reporting period per our policy.
 
 
103

 
 
Under certain circumstances, we provide interest rate concessions on residential mortgage loans in lieu of refinancing. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we reduced the interest rates on loans aggregating $59.7 million and $63.7 million, respectively.  None of these loans were considered impaired, non-performing or troubled debt restructurings.
 
Potential Problem Loans:   We perform a comprehensive internal analysis of our loan portfolio in order to identify and quantify loans with higher than normal risk. Loans having a higher risk profile are assigned a risk rating corresponding to the level of weakness identified in the loan. All special mention, substandard and doubtful loans are included on our “watchlist” which is updated and reviewed quarterly by our credit risk management department.   In addition, on a quarterly basis, loans rated special mention, substandard or doubtful are formally presented to and reviewed by management to assess the level of risk, ensure the risk ratings are appropriate, and ensure appropriate actions are being taken to minimize potential loss exposure.  The review cycle is determined based on the risk rating and level of overall credit exposure. This quarterly review is performed by the Chief Risk Officer and members of the credit risk management and special assets departments.  Loans identified as being “loss” are normally fully charged off. Loans risk rated substandard or more severe are generally transferred to the special assets department, although it is not uncommon for commercial lenders to manage stable or improving substandard loans with significant oversight from the special assets department. We do not use interest reserves to keep problem loans current. Interest reserves are only used for construction loans during the construction phase of the loan. See – “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” for further discussion of non-performing assets.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses :  The allowance for loan losses is established as probable credit losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an estimate, and ultimate losses may vary from management’s estimate. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the results of operations in the period in which they become known, along with provisions for estimated losses incurred during that period.
 
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and presents the evaluation to the board of directors. In addition, our credit risk management department is responsible for ensuring the accuracy of loan risk ratings, preparing an asset quality report on a quarterly basis and providing summary reports to the board of directors on a monthly basis. A variety of factors are considered in establishing this estimate including, but not limited to, historical loss and charge-off data, current economic conditions, historical and current delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of our borrowers, results of internal and external loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates by management that may be susceptible to significant change.
 
The allowance for loan losses consists of allocated, general and unallocated components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and classified loans deemed unimpaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.
 
 
104

 
 
An unallocated component is at times maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general losses in the portfolio.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Management updates the analysis quarterly. The assumptions used in appraisals are reviewed for appropriateness. Updated appraisals are obtained as needed or adjusted to reflect the estimated decline in the fair value based upon current market conditions for comparable properties.
 
The general allowance component is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. The general allowance represents the results of an analysis that measures the probable losses inherent in each portfolio. Homogenous loan pools are determined by loan type and are comprised of: 1) residential first mortgages, 2) commercial real estate mortgages, 3) residential second mortgages, 4) commercial loans, 5) construction loans, 6) Small Business Administration and 7) timeshare loans, as well as smaller loan pools consisting of unsecured consumer loans, collateral loans and auto loans. Each of these loan types is evaluated on a quarterly basis to determine historical loss rates; delinquency; growth and composition trends within the portfolio; the impact of management and underwriting changes; shifts in risk ratings; and regional and economic conditions influencing portfolio performance with management allocating loss factors based on these evaluations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of this component of the allowance.
 
In establishing an acceptable range of losses for the total portfolio, we consider an anticipated range of losses and a historical net loss analysis on individual loan portfolios. The unallocated allowance component increased to $165,000 or .9% of the total allowance for loan losses as of September 30, 2010 from $0 as of December 31, 2009. The loan loss allowance allocations as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were within our anticipated ranges of 0% to 5%, which is appropriate based on the current economic environment that existed as of the balance sheet date. The unallocated allowance supports the loss that exists in emerging problem loans that cannot be fully quantified or may be affected by conditions not fully understood at this time. It provides for inherent losses that exist but are not yet identified as of the balance sheet date.
 
 
105

 
 
Based on the qualitative and qualitative assessment of the loan portfolio and in thorough consideration of the loan portfolio including classified, non-performing and impaired loans, management believes that the allowance for loan losses properly estimated the inherent probable credit loss that exists in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. This analysis process is both quantitative and subjective as it requires management to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe that we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.
 
 
106

 
 
Schedule of  Allowance for Loan Losses:   The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
 
   
For the Nine
Months
Ended
September 30
     
At or For the Years Ended December 31
   
 
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 16,316     $ 9,952     $ 8,124     $ 8,312     $ 8,263     $ 8,847  
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses (1)
    3,688       7,896       2,117       (706 )     (474 )     456  
Charge-offs:
                                               
 Real estate
                                               
   Residential
    (686 )     (134 )     (1 )     -       -       -  
   Commercial
    (1,112 )     (284 )     (136 )     (55 )     -       -  
   Construction
    -       (246 )     -       -       -       -  
 Installment
    (3 )     (41 )     (4 )     (1 )     (5 )     (1
 Commercial
    (8 )     (879 )     (161 )     (238 )     (17 )     (1,694 )
 Collateral
    -       (1 )     -       -       -       -  
 Home equity line of credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
 Demand
    (25 )     (20 )     (20 )     (1 )     -       (15 )
 Revolving credit
    (20 )     (34 )     (32 )     (28 )     (18 )     -  
 Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total charge-offs
    (1,854 )     (1,639 )     (354 )     (323 )     (40     (1,710 )
                                                 
Recoveries:
                                               
 Real estate
                                               
   Residential
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
   Commercial
    14       -       10       794       458       436  
   Construction
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
 Installment
    12       2       4       2       2       4  
 Commercial
    16       91       39       32       95       230  
 Collateral
    -       1       -       -       -       -  
 Home equity line of credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
 Demand
    -       -       -       1       -       -  
 Revolving credit
    4       13       12       12       8       -  
 Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total recoveries
    46       107       65       841       563       670  
                                                 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
    (1,808 )     (1,532 )     (289 )     518       523       (1,040 )
Allowance at end of period
  $ 18,196     $ 16,316     $ 9,952     $ 8,124     $ 8,312     $ 8,263  
                                                 
Ratios:
                                               
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year
    87.45 %     109.90 %     162.75 %     306.91 %     1,304.87 %     329.47 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of year
    1.57 %     1.54 %     1.18 %     1.20 %     1.37 %     1.54 %
Net charge-offs (reversals) to average loans outstanding
    0.17 %     0.17 %     0.04 %     (0.08 )%     (0.09 )%     0.23 %
 
 
(6)
The reversal of the provision of loan losses in the fiscal years December 31, 2006 and 2007 were a result of decreases in charge-offs and increases in recoveries.
 
 
107

 
 
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses:   The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the percentage of allowance in each category to total allowance, and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 
     
At September 30, 2010
 
     
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
 
     
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Real Estate:
                 
 
   Residential
  $ 3,142       17.3 %     40.7 %
 
   Commercial
    7,250       39.8 %     28.1 %
 
   Construction
    929       5.1 %     4.3 %
 
Installment
    138       0.8 %     1.2 %
 
Commercial
    1,692       9.3 %     9.6 %
 
Collateral
    -       -       0.2 %
 
Home equity line of credit
    638       3.5 %     7.2 %
 
Demand
    4       *       *  
 
Revolving credit
    -       -       -  
 
Resort (timeshare)
    4,239       23.3 %     8.7 %
 
Unallocated allowance
    164       0.9 %     n/a  
                           
 
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 18,196       100.0 %     100.0 %
 
*Less than 0.1%.
   
At December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Loans in
Category
to
Total
Loans
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of Loans
in Category
to Total
Loans
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of Loans
in Category
to Total
Loans
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Real Estate:
                                                     
   Residential
  $ 2,138       13.1 %     42.4 %   $ 1,068       10.7 %     45.9 %   $ 1,018       12.5 %     47.2 %
   Commercial
    6,890       42.2 %     25.2 %     3,118       31.3 %     24.0 %     3,475       42.8 %     25.0 %
   Construction
    1,538       9.4 %     6.5 %     1,319       13.3 %     7.1 %     315       3.9 %     7.1 %
Installment
    124       0.8 %     1.6 %     433       4.4 %     2.6 %     16       0.2 %     3.5 %
Commercial
    2,828       17.3 %     9.9 %     2,749       27.6 %     10.4 %     2,632       32.4 %     12.8 %
Collateral
    -       -       0.2 %     -       -       0.2 %     -       -       0.3 %
Home equity line of credit
    487       3.0 %     6.3 %     -       -       4.0 %     652       8.0 %     4.0 %
Demand
    1       -       -       -       -       0.1 %     -       -       0.1 %
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    2,310       14.2 %     7.9 %     334       3.4 %     5.7 %     -       -       -  
Unallocated allowance
    -       -       n/a       931       9.3 %     n/a       16       0.2 %     n/a  
                                                                         
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 16,316       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 9,952       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 8,124       100.0 %     100.0 %
 
 
108

 
 
Investment Activities
 
Our Chief Financial Officer is responsible for implementing our investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by management and our board of directors and any changes to the policy are subject to the approval of the board of directors. Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated by the board of directors to our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. While general investment strategies are developed and authorized by our Chief Financial Officer, the execution of specific actions rests with both our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, who may act jointly or severally. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that the guidelines and requirements included in the investment policy are followed and that all securities are considered prudent for investment.
 
Our investment policy requires that all securities transactions be conducted in a safe and sound manner. Investment decisions must be based upon a thorough analysis of each security instrument to determine its credit quality and fit within our overall asset/liability management objectives, its effect on our risk-based capital and the overall prospects for yield and/or appreciation.
 
Our investment portfolio, excluding FHLB stock, totaled $145.0 million and $121.4 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and consisted primarily of United States government and agency securities, including securities issued by government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, municipal and other bonds and equity securities, including trust preferred equity securities.
 
Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide an alternate source of low-risk investments when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy, which is reviewed and approved at least annually. Our board of directors reviews the status of our investment portfolio on a quarterly basis.
 
Investment Securities Portfolio:   The following table sets forth the carrying values of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
 
 
109

 
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale:
     
U.S. Treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations
  $ 84,997     $ 85,111     $ 5,004     $ 5,020     $ 35,628     $ 35,981     $ 69,383     $ 69,821  
Mortgage-backed securities
    50,625       53,500       102,012       106,231       130,467       131,942       84,734       84,186  
Corporate debt securities
    1,500       1,590       1,500       1,513       2,500       2,544       6,898       6,804  
Trust preferred debt securities
    67       67       67       90       250       250       -       -  
Marketable equity securities
    5,660       5,714       6,544       6,507       6,479       6,222       11,977       11,136  
Trust preferred equity securities
    2,115       1,840       2,132       1,989       2,154       1,165       -       -  
Total available-for-sale
  $ 144,964     $ 147,822     $ 117,259     $ 121,350     $ 177,478     $ 178,104     $ 172,992     $ 171,947  
                                                                 
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 9     $ 9     $ 10     $ 11     $ 11     $ 13     $ 73     $ 75  
Municipal debt securities
    260       260       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Trust preferred securities
    3,000       3,000       3,000     $ 3,000     $ 3,000     $ 2,759     $ -     $ -  
Total held-to-maturity
  $ 3,269     $ 3,269     $ 3,010     $ 3,011     $ 3,011     $ 2,772     $ 73     $ 75  
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges of $160,500 on a trust preferred security.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $5.2 million related to two trust preferred securities, one preferred stock and seven common stocks. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges.
 
Consistent with our overall business and asset/liability management strategy, which focuses on sustaining adequate levels of core earnings, most securities purchased were classified available-for-sale at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
U.S. Treasuries and U.S. Government Agency Obligations:   At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our U.S. treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations portfolio totaled $85.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively, all of which were classified as available-for-sale. There were no structured notes or derivatives in the portfolio.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities:   We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and government-sponsored entities, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We do not own any “private label” mortgage backed securities.  We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve a positive interest rate spread with minimal administrative expense and lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
 
Mortgage-backed securities are created by the pooling of mortgages and the issuance of a security with an interest rate which is less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage-backed securities backed by one-to-four family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as us and guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees, mortgage servicing and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize our borrowing obligations.
 
 
110

 
 
At September 30, 2010, the carrying value of mortgage-backed securities totaled $53.5 million, or 3.5% of assets, and 3.8% of interest earning assets, $53.5 million of which were classified as available-for-sale and $9,000 of which were classified as held-to-maturity, compared to the carrying value of mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2009 which totaled $106.2 million, or 8.5% of assets and 10.6% of interest-earning assets, $106.2 million of which were classified as available-for-sale and $11,000 of which were classified as held-to-maturity. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, 6% and 4% of the mortgage-backed securities were backed by adjustable rate loans and 94% and 96% were backed by fixed-rate mortgage loans. The available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a book yield of 4.88% at September 30, 2010, compared to a book yield of 5.17% at December 31, 2009 and the held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a book yield of 11.6% and 11.7% at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2010 was $53.5 million, which is $2.9 million more than the amortized cost of $50.6 million and at December 31, 2009 was $106.2 million, which is $4.2 million more than the amortized cost of $102.0 million at the date. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments, thereby changing the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.
 
Our investment portfolio contained no mortgage-backed securities collateralized by “subprime” loans as of September 30, 2010 or December 31, 2009. Although we do not have a direct exposure to subprime related assets, the value and related income of our mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in economic conditions, including delinquencies and/or defaults on the underlying mortgages. Continuing shifts in the market’s perception of credit quality on securities backed by residential mortgage loans may result in increased volatility of market price and periods of illiquidity that can have a negative impact upon the valuation of certain securities held by us.
 
Corporate Debt Securities:   At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the carrying value of our corporate bond portfolio totaled $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, all of which was classified as available-for-sale. The corporate bond portfolio reprices quarterly to LIBOR and had a book yield of 5.64% at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Although corporate bonds may offer higher yields than U.S. Treasury or agency securities of comparable duration, corporate bonds also have a higher risk of default due to possible adverse changes in the credit-worthiness of the issuer. In order to mitigate this risk, our investment policy requires that corporate debt obligation purchases be rated “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency. A security that is subsequently downgraded below investment grade will require additional analysis of credit worthiness and a determination will be made to hold or dispose of the investment.
 
Trust Preferred Securities:   At September 30, 2010 the carrying value of our trust preferred securities totaled $3.1 million, of which $3.0 million was classified as held-to-maturity and $67,000 was classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of our trust preferred securities totaled $3.1 million, of which $3.0 million was classified as held-to-maturity and $90,000 was classified as available-for-sale.
 
 
111

 
 
Municipal Debt Securities:   These securities consist primarily of obligations issued by states, counties and municipalities or their agencies and include general obligation bonds, industrial development revenue bonds and other revenue bonds. Our investment policy requires that such state agency or municipal obligation purchases be rated “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency. A security that is subsequently downgraded below investment grade will require additional analysis of credit worthiness and a determination will be made to hold or dispose of the investment. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our state agency and municipal obligations portfolio totaled $260,000 and is classified as held-to-maturity. We had no municipal debt securities as of December 31, 2009.
 
Marketable Equity Securities:   We currently maintain a diversified equity securities portfolio. At September 30, 2010, the fair value of our marketable equity securities portfolio totaled $5.7 million, compared to the fair value of our marketable equity securities portfolio at December 31, 2009, which totaled $6.5 million.  Our marketable equity securities represented less than one percent of total assets at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009 and were classified as available-for-sale.  At September 30, 2010, the portfolio consisted of $390,000 of diversified common stock, $1.7 million of preferred stock issued by government-sponsored entities and $5.3 million of mutual funds.  The portfolio consisted of $1.4 million of diversified common stock, $2.0 million of preferred stock issued by government-sponsored entities and $5.1 million of mutual funds at December 31, 2009.  At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the maximum investment in any single issuer was $1.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively. The industries represented by our common stock investments are diverse and include banking, insurance and financial services, integrated utilities and various industrial sectors. Our investments in preferred stock consisted of 80,000 shares of both Goldman Sachs and FHLMC preferred stock.  Our investment policy provides that the total equity portfolio can not exceed 50% of the Tier I capital of Farmington Bank.  Investments in equity securities involve risk as they are not insured or guaranteed investments and are affected by stock market fluctuations. Such investments are carried at their market value and can directly affect our net capital position.
 
Portfolio Maturities and Yields:   The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized in the following tables. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. State agency and municipal obligations as well as common and preferred stock yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. Certain mortgage-backed securities have interest rates that are adjustable and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below. At September 30, 2010, mortgage-backed securities with adjustable rates totaled $3.4 million and at December 31, 2009, mortgage-backed securities with adjustable rates totaled $4.3 million.
 
 
112

 
 
   
One Year or Less
   
More than One Year
through Five Years
   
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Securities
 
September 30, 2010
 
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale
                                                           
   U.S treasuries and U.S.       government agency obligations
  $ 68,990       0.1 %   $ 16,121       3.3 %   $ -       -     $ -       -     $ 85,111       0.7 %
   Mortgage-backed securities
    -       -       22,139       4.0 %     3,409       4.7 %     27,952       5.6 %     53,500       4.9 %
   Corporate debt securities
    500       6.2 %     -       -       -       -       1,090       5.4 %     1,590       5.6 %
   Trust preferred debt securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       67       2.1 %     67       2.1 %
   Marketable equity securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       5,714          
  Trust preferred securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       1,840          
Total available-for-sale
                                                                  $ 147,822          
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                  $ 9          
Municipal debt securities
                                                                    260          
Trust preferred securities
                                                                    3,000          
Total held-to-maturity
                                                                  $ 3,269          
 
   
One Year or Less
   
More than One Year
through Five Years
   
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Securities
 
December 31, 2009
 
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale
                                                           
Debt Securities:
                                                           
   U.S treasuries and U.S.       government agency obligations
  $ -       -     $ 5,020       2.7 %   $ -       -     $ -       -     $ 5,020       2.7 %
   Mortgage-backed securities
    -       -       27,548       4.1 %     7,602       4.4 %     71,081       5.7 %     106,231       5.2 %
   Corporate debt securities
    506       6.2 %     -       -       1,007       5.4 %     -       -       1,513       5.6 %
   Trust preferred debt securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       90       2.9 %     90       2.9 %
   Marketable equity securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       6.507          
   Trust preferred securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       1,989          
   Total securities available-for-sale
                                                                  $ 121,350          
Held-to-Maturity
                                                                               
    Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                    11          
    Municipal debt securities
                                                                    -          
    Trust preferred securities
                                                                    3,000          
    Total held-to-maturity
                                                                    3,011          
 
Sources of Funds
 
General:   Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. In addition to deposits, funds are derived from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets.  See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
Deposits:   A majority of our depositors are persons who work or reside in Hartford County, Connecticut. We offer a selection of deposit instruments, including checking, savings, money market savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts and fixed-rate time deposits. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We had no brokered deposits at September 30, 2010 or December 31, 2009; however, we have recently established a relationship with Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC to participate in their reciprocal deposit program as a service to our customers.  This program provides enhanced FDIC insurance to participating customers.  We did not have any borrowings from deposit brokers at September 30, 2010 or December 31, 2009.
 
 
113

 
 
Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies, market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. To attract and retain deposits, we rely upon personalized customer service, long-standing relationships and competitive interest rates.
 
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in obtaining funds and responding to changes in consumer demand. Based on historical experience, management believes our deposits are relatively stable. Expansion of the branch network and the commercial banking division, as well as deposit promotions and disintermediation from investment firms due to increasing uncertainty in the financial markets, has provided us with opportunities to attract new deposit relationships.
 
It is unclear whether the recent growth in deposits will reflect our historical, stable experience with deposit customers. The ability to attract and maintain money market accounts and time deposits, and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions. At September 30, 2010, $418.2 million, or 34.0% of our deposits were time deposits, of which $338.3 million had maturities as of one year or less.  At December 31, 2009, $446.7 million, or 45.0%, of our deposit accounts were time deposits, of which $397.7 million had maturities of one year or less.
 
In June 2009, we created a government banking group to provide deposit and loan services to municipalities throughout Connecticut.  We hired an experienced government banking officer to market our services and lead our newly created group. Through the efforts of our newly created government banking group, we attracted significant municipal deposits through existing and newly formed relationships. Municipal deposits as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $338.4 million or 27.5% and $114.1 million or 11.5% of our total deposits outstanding, respectively. These deposits are slightly more volatile than other deposits but provide significant liquidity generally at a lower or similar cost to wholesale funds. We limit the related contingent funding risk by limiting the amount of municipal deposits that can be accepted.
 
The following table displays a summary of our deposits as of the dates indicated:
 
   
At September 30, 2010
 
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Deposit type:
                 
Demand deposits
  $ 135,441       11.0 %     -  
NOW accounts
    385,028       31.3 %     0.3 %
Money market
    161,765       13.1 %     0.8 %
Savings accounts
    130,214       10.6 %     0.2 %
Club accounts
    370       -       0.2 %
Total non-time deposit accounts
    812,818       66.0 %     0.3 %
                         
Time deposits
    418,208       34.0 %     1.2 %
Total deposits
  $ 1,231,026       100.0 %     0.6 %
 
 
114

 
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Deposit type:
                                                     
Demand deposits
  $ 128,884       13.0 %     -     $ 111,337       13.8 %     -     $ 119,912       14.9 %     -  
NOW accounts
    151,770       15.2 %     0.4 %     54,319       6.8 %     0.3 %     48,085       6.0 %     0.6 %
Money market
    146,906       14.8 %     1.0 %     83,835       10.4 %     1.3 %     80,174       10.0 %     2.7 %
Savings accounts
    119,491       12.0 %     0.2 %     105,029       13.1 %     0.2 %     93,397       11.6 %     0.4 %
Club accounts
    130       -       0.2 %     137       -       0.4 %     126       -       0.4 %
Total non-time deposit accounts
    547,181       55.0 %     0.4 %     354,657       44.1 %     0.4 %     341,694       42.5 %     0.8 %
Time deposits
    446,705       45.0 %     1.6 %     449,428       55.9 %     3.1 %     461,464       57.5 %     4.5 %
Total deposits
  $ 993,886       100.0 %     0.9 %   $ 804,085       100.0 %     1.9 %   $ 803,158       100.0 %     3.0 %

 
115

 
 
As of September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $165.5 million.  As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $171.9 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those time deposits as of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively:

   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
             
Three months or less
  $ 54,487     $ 64,587  
Over three months through six months
    52,392       58,796  
Over six months through one year
    26,557       34,434  
Over one year through three years
    21,653       9,082  
Over three years
    10,430       5,022  
                 
Total
  $ 165,519     $ 171,921  

The following table sets forth the time deposits classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated:

   
At September
30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Interest Rate:
                       
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 231,926     $ 115,489     $ 3,603     $ -  
1.01% - 2.00%
    139,133       247,343       61,356       -  
2.01% - 3.00%
    36,562       51,647       103,379       29,486  
3.01% - 4.00%
    7,749       26,997       234,867       67,992  
4.01% - 5.00%
    1,325       3,731       43,810       320,064  
5.01% - 6.00%
    1,513       1,498       2,413       43,922  
                                 
Total
  $ 418,208     $ 446,705     $ 449,428     $ 461,464  
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and maturities of time deposits at September 30, 2010:
 
   
One Year
and Under
   
Over One
Year to Two
Years
   
Over Two
Years to
Three
Years
   
Over
Three
Years to
Four Years
   
Over Four
Years to
Five Years
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Percentage of
Total Time
Deposit
Accounts
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate
                                               
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 231,203     $ 723     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 231,926       55.5 %
1.01% - 2.00%
    96,435       33,937       8,758       3       -       -       139,133       33.3 %
2.01% - 3.00%
    4,443       2,703       4,414       8,313       16,689       -       36,562       8.7 %
3.01% - 4.00%
    5,245       1,529       824       -       151       -       7,749       1.8 %
4.01% - 5.00%
    665       660       -       -       -       -       1,325       0.3 %
5.01% - 6.00%
    310       1,203       -       -       -       -       1,513       0.4 %
Total
  $ 338,301     $ 40,755     $ 13,996     $ 8,316     $ 16,840     $ -     $ 418,208       100.0 %
 
 
116

 
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2009:
 
   
One Year
and Under
   
Over One
Year to Two
Years
   
Over Two
Years to
Three
Years
   
Over
Three
Years to
Four Years
   
Over Four
Years to
Five Years
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Percentage of
Total Time
Deposit
Accounts
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate:
                                               
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 114,976     $ 513     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 115,489       25.9 %
1.01% - 2.00%
    228,024       17,500       1,815       4       -       -       247,343       55.4 %
2.01% - 3.00%
    30,293       3,201       2,070       3,722       12,361       -       51,647       11.6 %
3.01% - 4.00%
    21,881       3,161       1,485       470       -       -       26,997       6.0 %
4.01% - 5.00%
    2,440       836       455       -       -       -       3,731       0.8 %
5.01% - 6.00%
    103       1,395       -       -       -       -       1,498       0.3 %
Total
  $ 397,717     $ 26,606     $ 5,825     $ 4,196     $ 12,361     $ -     $ 446,705       100.0 %

The following table sets forth the interest-bearing deposit activities for the periods indicated:

   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Beginning balance
  $ 865,002     $ 692,748     $ 683,246     $ 645,423  
Net increase (decrease) in deposits before interest credited
    224,423       158,728       (10,075 )     15,456  
Interest credited
    6,160       13,526       19,577       22,367  
Net increase in deposits
    230,583       172,254       9,502       37,823  
Ending balance
  $ 1,095,585     $ 865,002     $ 692,748     $ 683,246  

Borrowed Funds

Our borrowings consist of advances from and a line of credit with the FHLBB. At September 30, 2010 at December 31, 2009, we had an available line of credit with the FHLBB in the amount of $8.8 million and access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances of up to $201.3 million. Internal policies limit borrowings to 25.0% of total assets, or $378.1 million and $313.8 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

We have a Master Repurchase Agreement borrowing facility with a broker.  Borrowings under the Master Repurchase Agreement are secured by our investments in certain mortgage-backed securities totaling $24.2 million.  Outstanding repurchase agreement borrowings totaled $21.0 million at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008.

During 2010, we entered into an arrangement with PNC Bank giving us access to a $10.0 million pre-approved unsecured line of credit, which was undrawn at September 30, 2010.

Subsidiary Activities

Farmington Bank is currently the only subsidiary of FCB and is incorporated in Connecticut. Farmington Bank currently has the following subsidiaries all of which are incorporated in Connecticut: Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc., Village Investments, Inc., Village Corp., Limited, 28 Main Street Corp., Village Management Corp. and Village Square Holdings Inc.
 
 
117

 
 
Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc.: Established in 1999, Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc. operates as Farmington Bank’s “passive investment company” (“PIC”) which exempts it from Connecticut income tax under current law.

Village Investments, Inc.:  Established in 1994, Village Investments, Inc. currently offers brokerage and investment advisory services through a contract with Infinex Financial Services, a registered broker-dealer.

Village Corp., Limited:   Established in 1986, Village Corp., Limited was established to hold certain commercial real estate acquired through foreclosures, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or other similar means.

28 Main Street Corp.: Established in 1992, 28 Main Street Corp. was established to hold residential other real estate owned.  28 Main Street Corp. is currently inactive.

Village Management Corp: Established in 1992, Village Management Corp. was established to hold commercial other real estate owned.  Village Management Corp. is currently inactive.

Village Square Holdings, Inc.: Established in 1992, currently holds certain commercial real estate of Farmington Bank previously used as Farmington Bank’s operations center prior to our relocation to One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut.

Charitable Foundation

The Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc., which is not a subsidiary of Farmington Bank, was established in 1998 to serve as a conduit for providing contributions, grants and scholarships to a host of eligible organizations and individuals. To date, the Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc. has donated more than $3.6 million to charitable causes throughout Connecticut.   Since 1999, Farmington Bank has contributed to the Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc. $5.0 million in cash and marketable equity securities with, at the date of contribution, a cost basis and fair market of $368,000 and $1.8 million, respectively.  The foundation’s board of directors currently consists of Ronald A. Bucchi, Kenneth Burns, John J. Carson, David M. Drew, Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., Brenda O. Kowalski, John J. Patrick, Jr., Kevin S. Ray, Michael Schweighoffer, Gregory A. White, Michael A. Ziebka.  It is expected that most of these individuals, in addition to one or more local community members, will also serve as the board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., which is being established in connection with the reorganization and offering.  Farmington Bank plans to maintain the current foundation after the offering, but does not expect to make any additional contributions to it.

In furtherance of our commitment to our community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., as a Connecticut non-stock corporation in connection with the offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of FCB common stock, as further described in this prospectus.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

We owned $19.5 million and $14.0 million of bank-owned life insurance at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. These policies were purchased for the purpose of protecting Farmington Bank against the cost/loss due to the death of key employees and to offset Farmington Bank’s future obligations to its employees under various retirement and benefit plans.
 
 
118

 
 
Legal Proceedings

We are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of our business, including typical customer claims and counterclaims arising out of the retail banking and mortgage banking business.  We believe that the resolution of any pending or threatened litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Personnel

At September 30, 2010, we had 260 full-time equivalent employees, none of whom are represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.
 

General

Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank, is subject to extensive regulation by the Connecticut Banking Department, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund. Farmington Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Connecticut Banking Department concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions.  FCB, as a bank holding company at the completion of the conversion will be subject to regulation by and required to file reports with the Connecticut Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
The following discussion of other laws and regulations material to our operations is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws and regulations. Any change in such regulations, whether by the Connecticut Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the Securities and Exchange Commission, could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

On July 21, 2010, the President of the United States signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Farmington Bank, as a bank with $10 billion or less in assets, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by our primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorney generals the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
 
 
119

 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.
 
A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which will become effective one year after enactment,  eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest-bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act we will be required to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments.  The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using our proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.

Connecticut Banking Laws and Supervision
 
Connecticut Banking Commissioner: The Connecticut Banking Commissioner regulates internal organization as well as the deposit, lending and investment activities of state chartered banks, including Farmington Bank. The approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner is required for, among other things, the establishment of branch offices and business combination transactions. The Commissioner conducts periodic examinations of Connecticut-chartered banks. The FDIC also regulates many of the areas regulated by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, and federal law may limit some of the authority provided to Connecticut-chartered banks by Connecticut law.

Lending Activities:   Connecticut banking laws grant banks broad lending authority. With certain limited exceptions, any one obligor under this statutory authority may not exceed 10.0% and 15.0%, respectively, of a bank’s capital and allowance for loan losses.

Dividends:   Farmington Bank may pay cash dividends out of its net profits. For purposes of this restriction, “net profits” represents the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Further, the total amount of all dividends declared by a bank in any year may not exceed the sum of a bank’s net profits for the year in question combined with its retained net profits from the preceding two years. Federal law also prevents an institution from paying dividends or making other capital distributions that, if by doing so, would cause it to become “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may limit a bank’s ability to pay dividends. No dividends may be paid to Farmington Bank’s stockholder if such dividends would reduce stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required by Connecticut regulations.
 
 
120

 
 
Powers:   Connecticut law permits Connecticut banks to sell insurance and fixed and variable rate annuities if licensed to do so by the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. With the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner, Connecticut banks are also authorized to engage in a broad range of activities related to the business of banking, or that are financial in nature or that are permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, both federal statutes, or the regulations promulgated as a result of these statutes. Connecticut banks are also authorized to engage in any activity permitted for a national bank or a federal savings association upon filing notice with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner unless the Banking Commissioner disapproves the activity.

Assessments:   Connecticut banks are required to pay annual assessments to the Connecticut Banking Department to fund the Department’s operations. The general assessments are paid pro-rata based upon a bank’s asset size.

Enforcement:   Under Connecticut law, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner has extensive enforcement authority over Connecticut banks and, under certain circumstances, affiliated parties, insiders, and agents. The Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s enforcement authority includes cease and desist orders, fines, receivership, conservatorship, removal of officers and directors, emergency closures, dissolution and liquidation.

Holding Company Regulation

General:   As a bank holding company, FCB will be subject to comprehensive regulation and regular examinations by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary bank. Under this policy, the Federal Reserve Board may require, and has required in the past, a holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank. As a bank holding company, FCB will be required to obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5.0% of such shares (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.  Under Connecticut banking law, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of voting securities of a Connecticut-chartered bank, or any bank holding company of such a bank, without prior notification of, and lack of disapproval by, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
 
121

 
 
The Banking Holding Company Act also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks. The list of activities permitted by the Federal Reserve Board includes, among other things: (i) operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; (ii) performing certain data processing operations; (iii) providing certain investment and financial advice; (iv) underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; (v) leasing property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; (vi) selling money orders, travelers’ checks and United States savings bonds; (vii) real estate and personal property appraising; (viii) providing tax planning and preparation services; (ix) financing and investing in certain community development activities; and (x) subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers.

Dividends:   The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, under the prompt corrective action regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, during the three-year period following the offering, FCB may not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders, and no dividend will be paid to stockholders if such dividends would reduce our stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required to be established in connection with the conversion. In addition, FCB will be subject to Maryland law limitations and the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion.  Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
 
Redemption: Bank holding companies are required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10.0% or more of the consolidated net worth of the bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. This notification requirement does not apply to any company that meets the well capitalized standard for commercial banks, is “well managed” within the meaning of the Federal Reserve Board regulations and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues.

Federal Regulations

Capital Requirements:   Under FDIC regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as Farmington Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution determined by the FDIC to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier I capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is 4.0%. Tier I capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.
 
 
122

 
 
The FDIC regulations require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 100.0%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. For example, under the FDIC’s risk-weighting system, cash and securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0.0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties generally have a 50.0% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100.0%.

State non-member banks such as Farmington Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital standards for insured institutions to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest-rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and the risk of nontraditional activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. The FDIC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The FDIC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

As a bank holding company, FCB will be subject to capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies similar to those of the FDIC for state-chartered banks. On a pro forma basis, FCB’s stockholders’ equity will exceed these requirements.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action:   Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, Farmington Bank was a well capitalized institution.
 
 
123

 
 
“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

Transactions with Affiliates:   Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (the “FRA”). In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings bank and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10.0% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to 20.0% of capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes, among other things, the making of loans or other extensions of credit to an affiliate and the purchase of assets from an affiliate. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or no less favorable, to the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with non-affiliates.

Loans to Insiders:   Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA restricts an institution with respect to loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution’s total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the board of directors. Further, under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank’s employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Enforcement:   The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including Farmington Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.
 
 
124

 
 
The FDIC has authority under Federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under limited circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member institution under specific circumstances on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of other events, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; and (4) insufficient capital, or the incurring of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts:   The FDIC has adopted a risk-based insurance assessment system. The FDIC assigns an institution to one of three capital categories based on the institution’s financial condition consisting of (1) well capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized or (3) undercapitalized, and one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution’s primary federal regulator and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the Deposit Insurance Fund. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. Assessment rates for insurance fund deposits range from 12 basis points for the strongest institution to 50 basis points for the weakest after a uniform increase of 7 basis points effective January 1, 2009. FDIC members are also required to assist in the repayment of bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in the late 1980’s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.

The FDIC provides insurance up to $250,000 per regular account and unlimited deposit insurance coverage is available through December 31, 2012, for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts.  Additionally, the FDIC approved a plan for rebuilding the Deposit Insurance Fund after several bank failures in 2008.  The FDIC plan aims to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund within five years; the first assessment increase was a uniform seven basis points effective January 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the total FDIC assessments were $2.2 million, $292,000 and $90,000, respectively. In November 2009, the FDIC issued new regulations requiring insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012.  The prepaid assessments for these periods were collected on December 30, 2009 and totaled $5.8 million for Farmington Bank. The FDIC has exercised its authority to raise assessment rates for 2009, and may raise insurance premiums in the future. If such action is taken by the FDIC it could have an adverse effect on our earnings.

The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violations that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Federal Reserve System:   The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts. We are in compliance with these requirements.
 
 
125

 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System:   Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB, which is one of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks composing the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions.  Farmington Bank, as a member of the FHLBB, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB.  While the required percentages of stock ownership are subject to change by the FHLBB, we were in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLBB stock at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. In the past, we had received dividends on our Federal Home Loan Bank stock. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, our cash dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank amounted to approximately $86,000 and $194,000, respectively. On January 28, 2009, the FHLBB notified its members of its focus on preserving capital in response to the ongoing market volatility.  The letter outlined that actions taken by the FHLBB included an excess stock repurchase moratorium, an increased retained earnings target, and suspension of its quarterly dividend payment. As such, there were no dividends received during the year ended December 31, 2009 or the nine month period ended September 30, 2010. There can be no assurance that such dividends will be reinstated in the future. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the FHLBB stock held by us.

Financial Modernization:   The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits greater affiliation among banks, securities firms, insurance companies, and other companies under a new type of financial services company known as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company essentially is a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking activities. The act also permits the Federal Reserve Board and the Treasury Department to authorize additional activities for financial holding companies if they are “financial in nature” or “incidental” to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized, well managed, and has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating. A financial holding company must provide notice to the Federal Reserve Board within 30 days after commencing activities previously determined by statute or by the Federal Reserve Board and Department of the Treasury to be permissible. We have not submitted notice to the Federal Reserve Board of FCB’s intent to be deemed a financial holding company. However, FCB is not precluded from submitting a notice in the future should it wish to engage in activities only permitted to financial holding companies.

Miscellaneous Regulation

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002:   Following the offering we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America and better protect investors from corporate wrongdoing. In general, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandated important new corporate governance and financial reporting requirements intended to enhance the accuracy and transparency of public companies’ reported financial results.  It established new responsibilities for corporate chief executive officers, chief financial officers and audit committees in the financial reporting process, and it created a new regulatory body to oversee auditors of public companies.  It backed these requirements with new Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement tools, increased criminal penalties for federal mail, wire and securities fraud, and created new criminal penalties for document and record destruction in connection with federal investigations.  It also increased the opportunity for more private litigation by lengthening the statute of limitations for securities fraud claims and providing new federal corporate whistleblower protection.

Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act).  The prohibition, however, does not apply to loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as those that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.
 
 
126

 
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also required that the various securities exchanges, including The Nasdaq Global Market, prohibit the listing of the stock of an issuer unless that issuer complies with various requirements relating to their committees and the independence of their directors that serve on those committees.

Community Reinvestment Act:   Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as amended as implemented by FDIC regulations, a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Farmington Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating was “satisfactory.”

Connecticut has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to Farmington Bank. The Connecticut version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Connecticut law requires the Connecticut Banking Commissioner to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Connecticut law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. Farmington Bank’s most recent rating under Connecticut law was “satisfactory.”

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations:   We are subject to a variety of federal and Connecticut statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations.

The USA Patriot Act:   On October 26, 2001, the USA Patriot Act (the “Patriot Act”) was enacted. The Patriot Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The Patriot Act also requires the federal banking regulators to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of an FDIC-insured institution. As such, if FCB or Farmington Bank were to engage in a merger or other acquisition, the effectiveness of its anti-money-laundering controls would be considered as part of the application process. We have established policies, procedures and systems to comply with the applicable requirements of the law. The Patriot Act was reauthorized and modified with the enactment of the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005.

Federal Securities Laws:   As part of the offering, the common stock of FCB will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
127

 
 

Federal Taxation

General:   We are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Our tax returns have not been audited during the past five years. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to us.

Method of Accounting :   For Federal income tax purposes, we report income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use tax year ending December 31 for filing federal income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves:   Prior to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), Farmington Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income. As a result of the 1996 Act, Farmington Bank was required to use the specific charge-off method in computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal tax return. Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve). [At September 30, 2010, Farmington Bank had no reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year.]

Taxable Distributions and Recapture:   Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created before January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Farmington Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. Federal legislation has eliminated these thrift-related recapture rules. At September 30, 2010, our total federal pre-1988 base year reserve was $3.4 million. However, under current law, pre-1988 base year reserves remain subject to recapture if Farmington Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter.

Alternative Minimum Tax:   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20.0% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences which we refer to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The AMT is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90.0% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain AMT payments may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. We have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers :   A corporation may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. [At September 30, 2010, we had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.]

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction:   FCB may exclude from its income 100.0% of dividends received from Farmington Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends received deduction is 80.0% in the case of dividends received from corporations with which a corporate recipient does not file a consolidated tax return, and corporations which own less than 20.0% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct only 70.0% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.

 
128

 
 
State Taxation

Connecticut

We are subject to the Connecticut corporation business tax. The Connecticut corporation business tax is based on the federal taxable income before net operating loss and special deductions and makes certain modifications to federal taxable income to arrive at Connecticut taxable income. Connecticut taxable income is multiplied by the state tax rate (7.5% for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 and 7.5% for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010) to arrive at Connecticut income tax.

In 1998, the State of Connecticut enacted legislation permitting the formation of passive investment companies by financial institutions. This legislation exempts qualifying passive investment companies from the Connecticut corporation business tax and excludes dividends paid from a passive investment company from the taxable income of the parent financial institution. Farmington Bank established a passive investment company in 1999 and substantially eliminated the state income tax expense of Farmington Bank effective [___] through September 30, 2010.

We believe we are in compliance with the state passive investment company requirements and that no state taxes relating from Farmington Bank are due from [___] through September 30, 2010; however, we have not been audited by the Department of Revenue Services for such periods. If the state were to determine that the passive investment company was not in compliance with statutory requirements, a material amount of taxes could be due. The State of Connecticut continues to be under pressure to find new sources of revenue, and therefore could enact legislation to eliminate the passive investment company exemption. If such legislation were enacted, we would be subject to additional state income taxes in Connecticut.

Farmington Bank and FCB are not currently under audit with respect to their income tax returns, and their state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.


Shared Management Structure

The board of directors of FCB is comprised of seven persons. The current directors of FCB are the same individuals who serve as directors of Farmington Bank. The board of directors of FCB has been placed in three classes with each member to serve three year terms.  In addition, certain executive officers of FCB are also executive officers of Farmington Bank. Both FCB and Farmington Bank may choose to appoint additional or different persons as directors and executive officers in the future; however, we expect that FCB and Farmington Bank will continue to have some common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish a separate management structure. Our directors will not receive additional compensation for their services to FCB upon completion of the offering, however, certain of their compensation may be allocated to FCB.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the individuals who currently serve as executive officers of FCB.
 
 
129

 
 
Name
 
 
Age (1)
 
Position
 
         
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
51
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Gregory A. White
 
46
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kenneth F. Burns
 
51
 
Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking
Michael T. Schweighoffer
 
48
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
         
 
(7)
Ages presented are as of September 30, 2010.

Biographical Information of Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

The business experience of each of our executive officers who are not directors for at least the past five years is set forth below.

Gregory A. White has served as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Farmington Bank since January 2009. Prior to this, he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Rockville Financial Inc. since its formation in May 2005. Mr. White served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Rockville Bank, a subsidiary of Rockville Financial Inc. from December 2003 to December 2008. Mr. White also served as Senior Vice President of Mechanics Saving Bank and as a Vice President at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and as Vice President at Webster Bank.

Michael T. Schweighoffer joined Farmington Bank in March 2009 and serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Prior to joining Farmington Bank he served as State President of TD Banknorth, Inc. since 2008.  He joined TD Banknorth in 2002 and prior to being named State President, served as a Senior Vice President and Regional Commercial Lending Manager.  From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Schweighoffer served as Vice President of Commercial Lending and Regional Commercial Lending Manager at People’s Bank.  From 1989 to 2005, Mr. Schweighoffer was employed by Shawmut Bank in a number of capacities including Credit Review Team Leader and Vice President of Commercial Lending.

Kenneth F. Burns serves as Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking.  He joined Farmington Bank in January 2005 as Senior Vice President and Director of Retail Banking. Prior to joining Farmington Bank, from 1998 to 2005, Mr. Burns was the President and CEO of Creative Dimensions, a marketing and manufacturing company located in Plainville, Connecticut. Prior to that, from 1981 to 1997, Mr. Burns worked at Eagle Bank, a $2.2 billion bank headquartered in Bristol, Connecticut, serving as Vice President Branch Administration, Senior Vice President Marketing, and Executive Vice President of Retail Banking and Marketing.

Our Directors

Farmington Bank has seven directors, who also serve on the board of directors of FCB.  Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately two or three of the directors are elected at each annual meeting.  Directors of Farmington Bank will be elected by FCB as its sole stockholder.  The following table states our directors’ names, their ages, the years when they began serving as directors of Farmington Bank and when their current term expires.
 
 
130

 
 
Name (1)
Age (2)
Director
Since
Current Term
Expires
Ronald A. Bucchi
55
2000
2013
John J. Carson
67
2010
2013
David Drew
68
1991
2011
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
66
1989
2012
John J. Patrick, Jr. (Chairman)
51
2008
2012
Kevin S. Ray
56
1997
2013
Michael A. Ziebka
46
2007
2011

(1)
The mailing address for each person listed is One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut.  Each of the persons listed as a director is also a director of Farmington Bank, FCB and the MHC.
(2)
Ages as of September 30, 2010.
 
Biographical Information and Qualification of our Directors

The members of the board of directors are currently serving terms that expire in 2011, 2012 and 2013. In reviewing the candidates for nomination or re-nomination each year, the nominating committee and board of directors consider the mix of talents and experience of the entire board of directors.  Each member of our board of directors resides and works within our service area.  This provides them with valuable insight into our business and consumer environment.  The particular business experience for at least the past five years and significant qualities of each of our directors are set forth below.  Unless otherwise indicated, each director has held his or her current position for the past five years

Ronald A. Bucchi is a self employed C.P.A. with a specialized practice that concentrates in CEO consulting, strategic planning, mergers, acquisitions, business sales and tax. He works with domestic and international companies. He is a graduate of the Harvard Business School Executive Education program with completed course studies in general board governance, audit and compensation. He is currently Treasurer and a member of the board of directors of the Petit Family Foundation, Inc.  He has served on numerous other community boards and is past Chairman of the Wheeler Clinic and the Wheeler YMCA. He is a member of the Connecticut Society of Certified Public Accountants, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the National Association of Corporate Directors.  As a certified public accountant, Mr. Bucchi provides the board of directors with significant experience regarding accounting matters.

John J. Carson is Vice President, University Relations at the University of Hartford since 2005.  From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Carson served as president of the Connecticut Policy and Economic Council and he served as commissioner of economic development for the State of Connecticut from 1981 to 1988.  He served as Vice Chairman of Glastonbury Bank and Trust and then TD Banknorth Connecticut.  He also served from 2003 to 2007 on the board of directors’ risk committee of the parent corporation, TD Banknorth N.A.  He is board advisor to S/L/A/M Collaborative of Glastonbury.  Active in numerous community organizations, Mr. Carson serves or has served on committees and boards including: The Bushnell Center for the Performing Arts, Saint Francis Hospital and Medical Center and the Connecticut Center for Advanced Technology.  He is a former chairman of the Connecticut Development Authority and Connecticut Business Development Corporation.  Mr. Carson’s business, development and economics expertise both in the private and public sectors, as well as his prior board of directors’ experience at a publicly held bank, provide valuable knowledge and experience to our board of directors.
 
 
131

 
 
David M. Drew is owner and President of the Briarwood Printing Co., Inc., a commercial printer located in Plainville, Connecticut, and also serves as a Director of the RM Jones Companies.  Mr. Drew is the former President of several community organizations including Farmington Jaycees, Farmington Exchange Club, The Country Club of Farmington and also the Plainville Chamber of Commerce. He has served as Vice President of the Connecticut and Western Mass Printers Association of America and also of the Connecticut State Golf Association and has been a member or director of numerous local civic groups.  In addition, Mr. Drew served on the Zoning Board of Appeals and as Justice of the Peace in the town of Burlington.  Mr. Drew provides the Board of Directors with substantial small business management experience, specifically within the community in which Farmington Bank operates, and provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into the local business and consumer environment.

Robert F. Edmunds Jr. is owner and Chairman of Edmunds Manufacturing Company, Inc. (OBA Edmunds Goges) located in Farmington Connecticut. Edmunds Goges is a __  and manufacturing company that specializes in the production of  custom dimensional measuring instruments primarily serving the automotive, aircraft, ordinance and biomedical industries. Mr. Edmunds has held board and committee positions with various charitable and community organizations, most notably, St. Francis Hospital and medical center in Hartford, Connecticut and the Farmington Valley Association for the retarded and Handicapped (FAVARH) in Canton, Connecticut.  Mr. Edmunds provides the board of directors with substantial small company management experience, specifically within the community in which Farmington Bank operates, and provides the board of directors with valuable insight into the local business and consumer environment.

John J. Patrick, Jr.   Mr. Patrick has served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Farmington Bank since March of 2008 and Chairman of the board since July of 2008.  Prior to this, Mr. Patrick served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth Connecticut.  He is a director of The Hospital of Central Connecticut and Vantis Insurance Company, located in Windsor, Connecticut, as well as several other community organizations.  Mr. Patrick’s extensive experience in the local banking industry, service as CEO of FCB and Farmington Bank, and involvement in business and civic organizations in the communities in which Farmington Bank serves, affords the board of directors valuable insight regarding the business and operations of Farmington Bank.

Kevin S. Ray is President of the Deming Insurance Agency Inc., an insurance agency headquartered in Farmington, Connecticut. Mr. Ray is the former President of several community organizations, including the Farmington Community Chestand and Winding Trails Recreation Area, and  a past board member of the and Farmington Exchange Club and the Farmington Rotary Club. Mr. Ray is also a past Chairman of the Farmington Economic Development Commission and former President of the Professional Insurance Agents Association of Connecticut.  Mr. Ray’s significant community involvement provides the board with valuable insight into the community and his insurance background provides the board of directors with substantial experience with respect to an industry that complements the financial services provided by Farmington Bank relating to insurance, sales and investments.

Michael A. Ziebka is the Managing Partner of Budwitz & Meyerjack, P.C., an accounting firm located in Farmington, Connecticut.   In addition to being managing partner, Mr. Ziebka is also senior audit principal for Budwitz & Meyerjack, P.C. with responsibilities for overseeing the firm’s accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practice.  Mr. Ziebka is a member of the Connecticut Society of Certified Public Accountants. He currently serves as a director for several community organizations, including the Exchange Club of Farmington, Ct, Farmington Country Club and Services for the Elderly.  He is also a past member of theboard of  Farmington Chamber of Commerce.  As the managing partner and chief financial officer of a certified public accounting firm, Mr. Ziebka provides the board of directors with significant experience regarding accounting matters and financial expertise.

Board Independence

It is the policy of the board of directors of FCB that a majority of the directors be independent within the meaning of applicable laws and regulations and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market.  Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that all directors are independent, with the exception of John J. Patrick, Jr., due to his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of FCB and Farmington Bank, and David M. Drew, because of compensation received by a company of which Mr. Drew is a control person for printing services provided to Farmington Bank.
 
 
132

 
 
Board Meetings and Committees

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of FCB consists of those persons who serve as directors of Farmington Bank. Additionally, members of FCB and Farmington Bank’s committees serve on the identical committees of Farmington Bank.  There were no meetings of the board of directors or any committees of FCB in 2009, as FCB was not in existence during this time.

Director Attendance at Annual Meetings of Stockholders

It will be our policy to expect the attendance of each member of the board of directors at our annual meetings of stockholders.

Our Committees

In connection with the formation of FCB, the board of directors established or will establish Audit, Compensation and Human Resources, and Governance and Nominating Committees.

The audit committee, consisting of Ronald A. Bucchi, John J. Carson and Michael A. Ziebka is responsible for assisting the board in fulfilling its responsibilities concerning FCB’s accounting and reporting practices, and facilitating open communication among the committee, board, internal auditor, independent auditors and management. Ronald A. Bucchi is the audit committee Chairman. Each member of the audit committee is independent in accordance with the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission’s audit committee independence standards. The board of directors has determined that Michael A. Ziebka and Ronald A Bucchi are audit committee financial experts under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of the members of the audit committee have a basic understanding of finance and accounting and are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements.

The compensation and human resources committee, consisting of Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., David M. Drew and Kevin S. Ray is responsible for determining executive compensation and performing such other functions as are customarily discharged by compensation committees of similar institutions. Robert F. Edmunds, Jr. is the compensation and human resources committee Chairman. Each member of the compensation and human resources committee is independent in accordance with the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, except David M. Drew who is permitted to serve on the committee until 2012 in accordance with the listing requirements the NASDAQ Global Market and Securities and Exchange Commission rules in conjunction with initial public offerings.

The governance and nominating committee, is expected to consist of all our independent directors, will be responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become board members and recommending a group of nominees for election as directors at each annual meeting of stockholders, ensuring that the board and its committees have the benefit of qualified and experienced independent directors, and developing a set of corporate governance polices and procedures. The governance and nominating committee will also be responsible for reporting and recommending from time to time to the board of directors on matters relative to corporate governance.  
 
 
133

 
 
Each of the committees listed above will operate under a written charter, which will govern their composition, responsibilities and operations.


Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We believe that competitive compensation is critical for attracting, motivating and rewarding qualified executives.  Currently, our compensation program for Farmington Bank has included the following primary elements:
 
 
base salary;

 
annual cash incentive awards tied to our annual performance (and for more junior executives, their department and/or individual performance);

 
long-term incentive compensation, principally in the form of phantom stock; and

 
retirement and other benefits.

We choose to pay each element of compensation in order to attract and retain the necessary executive talent, reward annual performance and provide incentive for a balanced focus on long-term strategic goals as well as short-term performance. Our policy for allocating between currently paid and long-term compensation is to ensure adequate base compensation to attract and retain personnel, while providing incentives to maximize long-term value of Farmington Bank and, in the future, for our stockholders.  Following our initial public offering, we expect that equity-based, long-term incentive compensation will also become an important element of our executive compensation program. Our ability to introduce equity awards to our compensation mix will be dependent on stockholder approval of an equity compensation program and compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines relating to such programs. As a public company, we believe that we can meet the objectives of our compensation philosophy by achieving a balance among these elements that is competitive with our industry peers and creates appropriate incentives for our management team.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

We expect to enter into an employment agreements and change in control agreements with our other named executive officers and certain other key employees. The severance payments under these agreements will be contingent on the occurrence of certain termination events, and are intended to provide our officers with a sense of security in making the commitment to dedicate their professional careers to the success of FCB and Farmington Bank.

Phantom Stock Plan

We currently maintain a Phantom Stock Plan for the benefit of our non-employee directors, and  a select group of employees as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator and subject to the review and approval by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors.  The purpose of the plan is to encourage participants to remain employees or provide services (in the case of directors) and to reward participants for the continued success of Farmington Bank. The enrollment and eligibility requirements are established from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator with the review and approval of the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors as it determines in its sole discretion.
 
 
134

 
 
Awards of notional “phantom stock” to participating employees are based on performance criteria, while awards to non-employee directors are not based on performance criteria. The performance goals are recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors. Threshold, target and maximum awards will be set for each eligible position at competitive levels, and awards are calculated as a proportion of threshold, target and maximum criteria levels.  Awards are granted to employee participants if said participants achieve the performance criteria set forth in their award document, as determined in the Chief Executive Officer’s and Plan Administrator’s discretion.  The awards granted to non-employee directors are determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator, subject to the review and approval by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors.

Each share of phantom stock awarded under the plan represents a contractual right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference in the base book value of each share and the appreciation of book value.  The base book value of a share is equal to Farmington Bank’s book value as of December 31 of the year in which such share is awarded divided by 10,000,000, and the appreciation value is equal to the increase, if any, in the book value of one share of phantom stock of Bank between December 31 in the year the phantom stock was granted and December 31 of the year the phantom stock vests (or in the event of a change in control, the date of the change of control).

Each award of phantom stock vests on December 31 in the third year following the year in which the phantom stock was awarded so long as such participant is employed or serving as a non-employee director on that date. While awards of phantom stock are subject to the three-year cliff vesting, the awards of phantom stock to employees are tied to a one year performance period set forth in the award document. Full vesting also occurs upon a change in control, upon the death or disability of the participant, and with respect to employees, upon their normal or early retirement date.

Performance awards of phantom stock are subject to the attainment of performance goals and are paid only if the performance goals were achieved during the one year performance period to which such award relates.  Upon a change in control, all performance goals shall be deemed met and all phantom stock shall fully vest. If a participant is terminated for cause before payment is made on any vested award of phantom stock, no payment is due and the participant’s phantom stock account is immediately forfeited.

Generally, the payment due under each award is paid in a lump sum in cash between January 1 and March 15 immediately following the December 31 vesting date of such award.  In the event of a change in control, the payment date is deemed to be the date of the change in control.  The conversion will not effect a change in control with respect to any phantom stock outstanding.

Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives

We have adopted a Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (the “SERP”) effective January 1, 2009, for the purposes of providing supplemental retirement benefits to certain executives who have been designated by the board of directors as being eligible to participate.  It is intended that the SERP comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and is to be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.  John J. Patrick, Jr., Michael T. Schweighoffer and Gregory A. White have been designated by the board of directors for participation in the SERP.  The benefits payable under the SERP vest at a rate of 10% for each year of service since original date of hire, with the benefits being 100% vested upon completion of ten years of service.  If an executive is involuntarily terminated without cause or is terminated due to death, disability, change in control or good reason, the benefits shall be 100% vested regardless of years of service. If an executive is terminated for cause or if the executive violates the non-competition provision in the SERP, the retirement benefit under the SERP is forfeited.
 
 
135

 
 
Generally, the SERP provides the designated participants with a retirement benefit equal to a fixed percentage (50% in the case of Mr. Patrick and 40% in the case of Mr. Schweighoffer and Mr. White) of such executive’s final average compensation (final average compensation is an average of the executive’s highest three (3) years of compensation within the last five (5) years) multiplied by a prorate fraction (the numerator of which is the executive’s years of employment and the denominator of which is set forth in each executive’s participation agreement (16 years for Mr. Patrick, 18 years for Mr. Schweighoffer and 21 years for Mr. White)). If the executive is terminated prior to the age of 62, the amount of the benefit is reduced by 6% per year for each year prior to age 62. However, in the case of the executive’s termination upon disability or termination without cause or for good reason within two (2) years of a change in control, the benefit shall be calculated as if the executive had completed the years of employment between disability or termination and age 65, and as if the executive’s final average compensation had increased 3% per year for each calendar year until age 65. If the benefits provided under the SERP, either on its own, or when aggregated with other payments to the executive that are contingent on a change in control would cause the executive to have an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the benefits under the SERP and/or other payments shall be reduced to avoid such a result with the amounts under the executive’s employment agreement or change in control agreement reduced first and the SERP benefits reduced next.

The executive (or the executive’s beneficiary in the case of death) is entitled to receive the retirement benefits under the SERP (i) if the executive retires or terminates employment (other than due to cause or death) on or after age 65, (ii) if the executive terminates employment (other than due to cause, death or disability, or following a change in control) prior to age 65, (iii) if the executive becomes disabled prior to age 65, (iv) if the executive dies, or (v) if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason within a two (2) year period after a change in control.

The retirement benefit shall be paid 45 days after an executive’s death, retirement or termination except that in the case of an executive’s termination due to disability or termination without cause or for good reason within two (2) years of a change in control, the retirement benefit shall be paid at age 65 unless, at the time the executive executed the participation agreement, the executive elected to receive the payment on the date of termination.  If there is a change in control after payments commence under the SERP and the payments are in a form other than a lump sum, the present value of the remaining payments shall be paid to the executive in a lump sum 45 days after the date of the change in control. The payment of the retirement benefits under the SERP are paid in a lump sum unless the participant elects otherwise, in which case the benefit may be paid in annual equal installments over a period not to exceed 20 years, or a percentage of the benefit may be paid in a lump sum and a percentage of the benefit paid in annual equal installments over a period not to exceed 20 years.

Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees

Since 1992, we have maintained a Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees for the purpose of attracting, retaining and motivating individuals of high caliber and experience to act as directors and key employees. With respect to participation in the plan by key employees, the plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA. Effective January 1, 2010, we amended the plan to limit it only to directors and to discontinue further deferrals by key employees. In addition, the amendment changed the interest rate credited to participants’ accounts with respect to participants who had not retired or otherwise been terminated prior to January 1, 2010.  Although employees may not make deferrals under the plan on or after January 1, 2010, deferral accounts continue to be maintained for former key employee participants until all amounts credited to such deferral accounts have been paid to such employees, and the time and form of such payments are governed by the provisions of the plan in effect as of the date of such retirement or termination.  This plan is unsecured and unfunded.
 
 
136

 
 
Generally, the plan permits eligible participants to defer all or a portion of their fees or compensation. Deferred amounts are credited to a bookkeeping account and earn interest until they are paid out in full. With respect to participants who have retired or been otherwise terminated prior to January 1, 2010, the deferral accounts earn interest at a rate equal to the 5-year CD rate plus 4%, subject to a minimum of 8% and maximum of 12%, with the rate set in December and applying for the following year. With respect to participants who have not retired or been otherwise terminated prior to January 1, 2010, the deferral accounts earn interest at a rate equal to 8%. The interest, in both cases, is credited on a monthly basis. The participant must file an election form electing the percentage of fees or compensation to be deferred and the time and form of payment not later than 30 days after commencing employment, and such election shall remain effective for subsequent years unless the participant makes a new election prior to January 1 of the year in which the fees or compensation will be earned. Participants can elect to receive payment (i) in a lump sum on the earliest of the participant’s termination as a director or employee, disability or a date specified by the participant, (ii) in a lump sum on a date specified by the participant, (iii) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on the earliest of the participant’s termination as a director or employee, disability or a date specified by the participant, or (iv) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on a date specified by the participant.  Participants are not able to change the time or form of payment election unless the change is made at least 12 months prior to the date payment of those fees or compensation would otherwise have been made, and the change must delay the payment for at least 5 years from the date payment would otherwise have been made or begun. Participants are always fully vested in their deferral account or if selected in accordance with the installment method in effect prior to death.

In the event of a participant’s death before commencement of payment, payment will be made to the participant’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the participant’s death, unless the participant has specified a different time and/or form of payment in the election form. In the event of a participant’s death after installment payments have begun, the installments will be accelerated and paid in a lump sum to the participant’s beneficiary within 90 days of the participant’s death.

In the event of a change in control or potential change in control, we are required to create a rabbi trust and deposit cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the plan. The rabbi trust is irrevocable until all obligations under the plan have been satisfied.  Our conversion to a publicly held company will not effect a change in control under this plan.

Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees

We also maintain a Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees which was effective January 1, 2007. The plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA. The plan permits eligible employees to defer all or a portion of their compensation. Deferred amounts are credited to a bookkeeping account and earn interest until they are paid out in full. The deferred amounts earn interest at a rate equal to the 5-year CD rate. The rate is set in December and applies for the following year. The interest is credited on a monthly basis. The employee must file an election form electing the percentage of compensation to be deferred and the time and form of payment not later than 30 days after commencing employment, and such election shall remain effective for subsequent years unless the employee makes a new election prior to January 1 of the year in which the compensation will be earned. Participants can elect to receive payment (i) in a lump sum on the earliest of the employee’s termination, disability or a date specified by the employee, (ii) in a lump sum on a date specified by the employee, (iii) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on earliest of the employee’s termination, disability or a date specified by the employee, or (iv) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on a date specified by the employee. Employees are not able to change the time or form of payment election unless the change is made at least 12 months prior to the date payment of the compensation would otherwise have been made and the change must delay the payment for at least five years from the date payment would otherwise have been made or begun.  This plan is unsecured and unfunded.
 
 
137

 
 
In the event of the death of an employee before commencement of payment, payment will be made to the employee’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the employee’s death, unless the employee has specified a different time and/or form of payment in the election form. In the event of an employee’s death after installment payments have begun, the installments will be accelerated and paid in lump sum to the employee’s beneficiary within 90 days of the employee’s death or if selected in accordance with the installment method in effect prior to death.

In the event of a change in control or potential change in control, we are required to create a rabbi trust and deposit cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the plan. The rabbi trust is irrevocable until all obligations under the plan have been satisfied.  Our conversion to a publicly held company will not effect a change in control under this plan.

Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement

Effective January 1, 2009, we entered into Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreements with John J. Patrick, Jr., our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory A. White, our Chief Financial Officer.  These agreements provide that in the event Mr. Patrick or Mr. White purchase an individual supplemental life insurance policy providing $1.0 million of pre-retirement term life coverage and $250,000 of post-retirement coverage, we agree to pay Mr. Patrick or Mr. White, as applicable, a tax-adjusted bonus in an amount equal to the total amount of premiums, increased by 40% paid for such plan provided we receive documentation evidencing such payments.  Pursuant to the agreement, we may provide the levels of insurance required through our group insurance policy, in which case we are not obligated to reimburse Mr. White for the individual policy.

Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan

We maintain the Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, a non-contributory defined benefit plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. While the primary purpose is to provide employees with retirement benefits, under certain circumstances it provides surviving spouses with plan benefits in the event the employee dies before retirement.

As of January 1, 2007 employees who were already participants in the plan continue to be participants in the plan.  Employees who were hired on or after January 1, 2007 are not eligible for the Pension Plan.  Currently, Kenneth F. Burns, our Director of Retail Banking, is the only named executive officer eligible to participate in this plan.

Under the plan, employees hired prior to December 31, 2006 become eligible to participate in the plan as of the January 1 or July 1 coinciding with or immediately following the date the employee reaches age 21 and completes 1,000 hours of service in a consecutive 12 month period. Employees become fully vested in their accrued benefits under the plan upon the completion of 5 years of service after their 18 th birthday. Employees are credited with one year of service for each plan year in which they complete 1,000 hours of service. Employees are also automatically 100% vested if they are active employees when they reach normal retirement age, which is age 65 for employees who were participants in the plan before January 1, 1988 and the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the plan year in which such employee began participating in the plan.  The employees have a choice as to the way they receive the monthly benefit.
 
 
138

 
 
In general, the plan provides for a normal retirement benefit that is payable monthly on the first day of the month which coincides with or follows the later of the employee’s 65 th birthday or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the plan year in which such employee began participating in the plan.  For employees who were participants in the plan before January 1, 1988, the monthly benefit is payable on the first day of the month which coincides with or follows the employee’s 65 th birthday.  For employees who continue to work after the normal retirement date and elect a late retirement date, the benefits under the plan continue to accrue while the employee remains employed, but the late retirement benefit payment must begin no later than April 1 following the later of the year the employee reaches age 70 ½ or the year the employee retires.

The amount of monthly benefits received under the plan depends on several factors: the length of employment, earnings and salary history while employed, age when retirement payments begin and certain legal limitations and requirements. The normal retirement benefit under the plan is equal to (a) the product of 2% of average annual earning multiplied by years of credited service as of December 31, 2006, plus (b) the product of 1% of average annual earning multiplied by years of credited service on or after January 1, 2007. No more than 30 years of credited service will be taken into account when determining the amount of the benefit.  The early retirement benefit under the plan is calculated in basically the same way as the normal retirement benefit, but includes adjustments made by an “early commencement factor.” The early commencement factor, based on the age at which the employee starts to receive the benefit payment, reduces the monthly benefit to account for the additional years during which the employee will receive payments.  The late retirement benefit under the plan is calculated in basically the same way as the normal retirement benefit, with credited service and earnings based on the date the employee actually ceases employment. The late retirement benefit will be equal to the greater of (a) the normal retirement benefit calculated using the credited services and earnings to the day of actual retirement, or (b) the normal retirement benefit calculated using the credited services and earnings as of the normal retirement date increased by the late adjustment factor up to April 1 after the age of 70 ½. After age 70 ½ a different calculation applies.

The plan also provides a retirement benefit for participants who terminate employment before they are eligible to retire if fully vested. The amount of the benefit is equal to a percentage of the normal retirement benefit. If vested when employment terminates prior to the normal retirement date and the present value of the vested benefits is greater than $5,000, payment of the vested benefit will begin on the normal retirement date and if less than $5,000, it will be paid out in a single lump payment as soon as feasible following termination. Such an employee may elect to receive the benefits as early as the first day of the month coinciding with or following the day the employee would be eligible for early retirement if employment continued, but based only on the service and years of credited service on the date employment terminated and adjusted by the early commencement factor.

 
139

 
 
401(K) Plan

We have established the Farmington Bank 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code which provides for a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.

The types of contributions which may be made under the plan are salary deferrals, rollover contributions, safe harbor contributions, matching contributions and profit sharing contributions.  An employee is eligible to make salary deferrals and safe harbor contributions to the plan and to receive matching contributions on the first day of the calendar quarter coinciding with or next following the date that the employee has completed six (6) months of service and has attained age 21.

Under the plan, employees may elect to defer a percentage of compensation each year provided the total deferrals do not exceed $16,500 in 2011 and after 2011 the dollar limit may increase for cost-of-living adjustments. In addition, employees age 50 or over may elect to defer additional amounts called catch-up contributions, which may be deferred regardless of any other limitations on the amount that you may defer to the plan. The maximum catch-up contribution permitted in 2011 is $5,500 and after 2011 the dollar limit may increase for cost-of-living adjustments.  For employees hired after January 1, 2008, the plan includes an automatic deferral feature pursuant to which 4% of the employee’s pay will automatically be contributed unless the employee makes an alternative salary deferral election. Employees are also permitted to deposit into the plan rollover contributions, which are distributions received from other plans and certain IRAs. Employees may withdraw the amounts in their rollover account at anytime. The participants in the plan may elect to direct the investment of their accounts in several types of investment funds, but if participants do not elect to direct the investment of their account it will be invested in accordance with the default investment alternative established by the plan.

Under the plan, we have the option to make safe harbor matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s salary deferral (including catch-up contributions) that do not exceed 4% of an employee’s compensation. We may also make discretionary matching contributions equal to a uniform percentage of an employee’s salary deferrals. In addition, we may make discretionary profit sharing contributions that are allocated among eligible employees depending on how much compensation an employee receives during the year and the classification to which the employee is assigned. We determine the amount of the profit sharing contribution for each classification and allocates it to the employees proportionately based on the employee’s compensation compared to the total compensation of all employees in such classification. To be considered an eligible employee for purposes of receiving profit sharing contributions, the employee must have completed 1,000 hours of service during the calendar year.

Employees are always 100% vested in the amounts in their accounts attributable to salary deferrals (including catch-up contributions), rollover contributions and safe harbor contributions. Employee becomes vested in amounts attributable to matching contributions and profit sharing contributions made prior to January 1, 2007 in 25% increments, beginning with the completion of two years of service and ending with the completion of five years of service. An employee also becomes 100% vested if employed on or after age 65, or if an employee dies or becomes disabled while employed.

An employee may receive distributions from the plan in the form of a single lump payment or installments over a period of not more than the employee’s assumed life expectancy; however, if the total vested amount in an account is less than $5,000 then it must be paid in a lump sum.
 
 
140

 
 
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan

We maintain an Annual Incentive Compensation Plan which provide sannual cash incentive awards to employees who achieve annual performance goals. All regular employees (excluding temporary and casual labor employees) will be eligible to participate.  However, new employees must be employed by September 30 in a given plan year to be eligible for an award related to performance in that plan year.  If employed after September 30, the employee is not eligible to receive an award until the next plan year, but if employed before September 30, the employee will receive a prorated award based on months worked.

The plan is prospective in design with the utilization of a defined payout formula that is based upon the achievement of a combination of pre-determined company performance criteria and department/individual performance criteria. Employees must receive a minimum performance rating of “satisfactory” or better for the plan year to be eligible for payout.  The plan design incorporates a tiered approach with annual incentive awards that are linked to pre-defined performance objectives. Minimum, target and maximum award opportunity levels are expressed as a percentage of salary and have been set for each eligible employee. The actual payouts are calculated using a ratable approach where payouts are calculated as a proportion of minimum, target and maximum levels. The percentage of payout for overall company performance will be allocated based on the specific weighing of the company goal based on the participant’s tier and the actual performance compared to the pre-determined minimum, target and maximum performance levels. Plan participants below tier 1 will also have a portion of their annual incentive award based on a combination of department and/or individual performance criteria.

Unless a participant is terminated for other than cause or is terminated due to death, disability or retirement, a participant must be an active employee as of the award payout date to receive the award.  A participant who is terminated for other than cause or who is terminated due to death, disability or retirement will receive a pro-rated award for the plan year based on months worked. The payout will be paid in a lump sum between January 1 and March 15 after the calendar plan year end, unless previously deferred under the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan year is also the performance period for determining the amount of the incentive award to be paid. If the company does not meet minimum performance levels, there will be no payouts.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation.

Following our initial public offering, we intend to establish a long-term incentive compensation program based on the delivery of competitive equity awards to our management team. We expect to use an equity-based, long-term incentive compensation program to reward outstanding performance with incentives that focuses our management team on the task of creating long-term stockholder value. By increasing the equity holdings of our management team, we will provide them with a continuing stake in our long-term success. The nature and size of awards under our equity-based program will be based on a number of factors including regulatory guidelines, awards made to those holding comparable positions in our peer group and the tax or accounting treatment of specific equity compensation techniques.

Role of the Compensation Committee

Prior to our initial public offering, the compensation and human resources committee of the board of directors developed and administered the executive compensation program with the assistance of an independent compensation consultant. See “—Role of the Compensation Consultant” below. In connection with the plan of conversion, we have established a compensation and human resources committee of the board of directors of FCB to implement and monitor the success of the overall compensation program in achieving the objectives of our compensation philosophy. The compensation and human resources committee will be responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and policies, including the administration of our cash-based and future equity-based incentive programs. The compensation and human resources committee will review and approve all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers.  Our Chief Executive Officer will have responsibility for approving compensation decisions relating to our other officers and employees with input from other members of management.  The compensation and human resources committee will operate under the mandate of a formal charter that establishes a framework for the fulfillment of its responsibilities.  See “Our Management—Committees of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.”

 
141

 
 
Role of the Compensation Consultant

Prior to our initial public offering, the board of directors of the MHC and Farmington Bank engaged Amalfi Consulting, LLC, an independent compensation consultant, to gather compensation data for peer institutions to assist its compensation and human resources committee in evaluating base salary and incentive compensation levels. See “—Peer Group Analysis” below.

Role of Management

Our chief executive officer and other named executive officers will, from time to time, make recommendations to the compensation and human resources committee regarding the appropriate mix and level of compensation for their subordinates. Those recommendations consider the objectives of our compensation philosophy and the range of compensation programs authorized by the compensation and human resources committee.

Peer Group Analysis

We strongly believe that in order to attract, motivate and reward qualified executives in our marketplace, our compensation program must be competitive relative to the companies with whom we compete. During 2010, we engaged Amalfi Consulting, LLC, an independent consulting firm, to benchmark base and incentive compensation for our executive officers.

The group of companies being used for comparative and informational purposes represents a mix of other comparable sized, publicly traded banking organizations located in New England, New York (excluding metro New York City) and New Jersey. For comparative purposes we also utilize broader based surveys particularly in key technical skills areas.

Our current peer group consists of the following institutions:

Oritani Financial Corp.
Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.
Century Bancorp, Inc.
United Financial Bancorp
Sterling Bancorp
Peapack-Gladstone Financial
Financial Institutions Inc.
Enterprise Bancorp Inc.
Northfield Bancorp Inc.
Westfield Financial Inc.
Meridian Interstate Bncp
Center Bancorp Inc.
Suffolk Bancorp
Hingham Institute for Savings
First of Long Island Corp.
Chemung Financial Corp.
Canandalgua National Corp.
SI Financial Group Inc.
Rockville Financial Inc.
 
 
 
142

 
 
AND TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT
 
Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three most highly compensated executive officers during 2010.  Each individual listed in the table below may be referred to as a named executive officer or executive officer.

Name and Principal
Position
Year
 
Salary
   
Bonus
   
Stock
Awards (1)
   
Option
Awards
   
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
   
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (2)
   
All Other
Compensation
(3)
   
Total
 
                                                   
John J. Patrick, Jr.
2010
  $ 409,692     $ 160,000     $ 160,000       --       --     $ 53,097     $ 62,679     $ 845,468  
President, Chief Executive Officer
2009
  $ 403,846     $ 200,000       --       --       --     $ 37,643     $ 23,868     $ 665,357  
 
2008 (4)
  $ 269,231       --       --       --       --       --     $ 8,359     $ 277,590  
                                                                   
Gregory A. White
2010
  $ 213,279     $ 75,000     $ 55,000       --       --     $ 6,516     $ 25,766     $ 375,561  
Chief Financial Officer
2009
  $ 201,058     $ 50,000       --       --       --     $ 1,850     $ 9,626     $ 262,534  
 
2008 (5)
    --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  
                                                                   
Michael Schweighoffer
2010
  $ 232,673     $ 100,000     $ 75,000       --       --     $ 9,694     $ 18,191     $ 435,558  
Chief Risk Officer
2009
  $ 181,731       --       -       --       --     $ 2,662     $ 19,176     $ 203,569  
 
2008 (6)
    --       --       --       --       --       --       --     $ 0  
                                                                   
Kenneth F. Burns
2010
  $ 183,077     $ 50,000     $ 43,750       --       --     $ 10,147     $ 1,251     $ 288,225  
Executive Vice President, Retail Banking
2009
  $ 176,077     $ 43,000       --       --       --     $ 7,940     $ 8,189     $ 235,206  
 
2008
  $ 149,548     $ 30,000       --       --       --     $ 6,312     $ 19,300     $ 205,160  
                                                                   
David S. Blitz
2010
  $ 186,922     $ 54,967     $ 45,000       --       --       --     $ 10,829     $ 297,718  
Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending
2009
  $ 138,279     $ 25,000       --       --       --       --     $ 9,828     $ 173,107  
 
2008 (7)
    --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  

(1)  
Represents aggregate grant date fair value of phantom stock awards made pursuant to our Phantom Stock Plan determined in accordance with FASB Topic 718.
 
 
143

 
 
(2)  
Reflects the change in the present value of the life annuity from fiscal year end 2009 to 2010 for both our Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan and Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives. Change in Pension Value is as follows:
 
Name and Principal
Position  (a)
Year
 
Defined Benefit
Employee Pension
Plan (b)
   
Supplemental
Retirment Plan for
Executives (SERP)
   
Total
 
                     
John J. Patrick, Jr.
2010
    --     $ 53,097     $ 53,097  
President, Chief Executive Officer
2009
    --     $ 37,643     $ 37,643  
 
2008
    --       --       --  
                           
Gregory A. White
2010
          $ 6,615     $ 6,516  
Chief Financial Officer
2009
    --     $ 1,850     $ 1,850  
 
2008
    --       --       --  
                           
Michael Schweighoffer
2010
          $ 9,694     $ 9,694  
Chief Risk Officer
2009
    --     $ 2,662     $ 2,662  
 
2008
    --       --       --  
                           
Kenneth F. Burns
2010
  $ 10,147       --     $ 10,147  
Executive Vice President, Retail Banking
2009
  $ 7,940       --     $ 7,940  
 
2008
  $ 6,312       --     $ 6,312  

 
(a)
Mr. Blitz is not eligible to participate in either of our Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan or Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives .
 
(b)
Messrs. Patrick, White and Scweighoffer are not eligible to participate in the Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan as the plan was frozen to new employees hired after January 1, 2007.

(3)  
All Other Compensation includes 401(k) matching contributions, Bank Owned Life Insurance premiums, group term life insurance premiums, car allowance, contributions to our qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans and other perquisites.
 
Name 
Year
    401  (k)  
Bank
Owned
Life
Insurance
   
Group Term
Life
Insurance
   
Car Allowance
   
Executive
Life
Insurance
   
Long-Term
Disability
   
Total
 
                                               
John J. Patrick, Jr.
2010
  $ 9,800           $ 414     $ 2,621     $ 47,009     $ 2,835     $ 62,679  
                                                         
Gregory A. White
2010
  $ 9,800           $ 270             $ 14,598     $ 1,098     $ 25,766  
                                                         
Michael Schweighoffer
2010
  $ 9,800           $ 270     $ 7,200       --     $ 921     $ 18,191  
                                                         
Kenneth F. Burns
2010
  $ 0     $ 203     $ 364               --     $ 684     $ 1,251  
                                                           
David S. Blitz
2010
  $ 9,705             $ 377               --     $ 747     $ 10,829  
 
Pension Benefits
 
The following table provides information regarding the retirement benefits for the named executive officers under our tax-qualified defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans, namely the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives for Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer, and the Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Mr. Burns. David Blitz is not a participant in any of our qualified or non-qualified define pension plans.
 
(4) Mr. Patrick was hired in March 2008.
(5) Mr. White was hired in January 2009.
(6) Mr. Schweighoffer was hired in March 2009.
(7) Mr. Blitz was hired in March 2009.
 
 
144

 
 
Name
 
Number of Years Credited
Service
          
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
            
Payments During Last Fiscal
Year
 
                   
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    3     $ 90,740       --  
                         
Gregory A. White
    2     $ 8,366       --  
                         
Michael Schweighoffer
    2     $ 12,356       --  
                         
Kenneth F. Burns
    6     $ 50,085       --  

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-In-Control

There are currently no Employment Agreements or Change in Control Agreements in place with our named executive officers.  Each named executive officer is entitled to receive earned and unpaid compensation upon the retirement, death, disability or termination of the executive officer. In addition, the health care benefit will be continued until such officer is eligible for Medicare.

Both the Long Term Incentive Plan “Phantom Stock Plan” and the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives have provisions addressing termination and change in control as set forth below.  In addition, executives who are involuntarily terminated other than for cause or terminated due to disability, retirement, or death will receive a prorated benefit, based on the termination date under our Annual Incentive Plan.

Phantom Stock Plan

Under the Phantom Stock Plan, in the event of voluntary termination or termination for cause, no benefits are paid and the phantom stock account is forfeited.  For termination due to retirement, death or disability, all awards are fully vested and paid out following the benefit date.  Upon a termination due to change in control, all performance goals with respect to any award will be deemed met at the target level and all awards shall be fully vested and paid out upon the change in control date.

Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives

We implemented a Supplemental Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2009 for certain executive officers.  Currently, Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer are the only participants in the plan.  The plan provides that each executive will receive supplemental benefits, to the extent vested, commencing 45 days following separation from service.  As of December 31, 2010, Messrs. White and Schweighoffer were 20% vested in their plan benefits and Mr. Patrick was 30% vested in his plan benefit. Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer become 100% vested in their supplemental benefits after 10 years of service.  Each participant’s supplemental benefit equals a percentage of the participant’s final average compensation (as set forth in each executive’s participation agreement), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the executive’s years of employment with Farmington Bank and the denominator of which is set forth in the executive’s participation agreement.  Final average compensation is defined in the plan as the three-year average of the highest base salary and bonus paid to each executive during the last five years of each executive’s employment with Farmington Bank.  Supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.
 
 
145

 
 
If an executive is less than age 62 at the time of commencement of his supplemental benefit, his benefit will be further reduced by 6% per year for each year before age 62 that the benefit payment commences.

Under our Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives, if Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were terminated for cause or voluntarily terminated their employment, they would forfeit all benefits in the event of termination for cause and if they elect to voluntarily terminate their employment, the executives would be entitled to a supplemental benefit calculated in the manner set forth above, and if applicable, multiplied by the executive’s vesting rate set forth in his participation agreement.  

If Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were to die before attaining their benefit age but while employed by us, their respective beneficiary would be entitled to a death benefit equal to the present value of the accrued annuity benefit as of the date of death, without any pre-retirement reductions, payable in a lump sum.  In the event Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were to become disabled they would be entitled to a supplemental benefit, determined in the manner set forth herein.  The supplemental benefit shall be determined as an annuity benefit, at benefit age, with payments equal to the yearly benefit amount calculated as if: (i) the executive had completed years of employment between disability and benefit age, and (ii) the executive’s final average compensation had increased three percent (3%) per year for each calendar year until benefit age.  The supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.

Under the Supplemental Retirement Plan, if a change in control occurs and within a two year period thereafter, the executive has an involuntary separation from service without cause or a separation from service for good reason, the executive will be entitled to a supplemental benefit calculated as if the executive had completed the years of employment between separation of service and benefit age and his final average compensation had increased 3% per year until his benefit age. The supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.

 
146

 
 
The following tables describe the potential payments based upon a hypothetical termination or a change in control on December 31, 2010 for Messrs. Patrick, White, Schweighoffer, Burns and Blitz:

Name
 
Voluntary
termination
   
Involuntary
Termination
other than for
cause
   
Termination
within 2 years
after Change
in Control
   
Retirement
   
Disability
   
Death
 
                                     
John Patrick
                                   
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 90,740     $ 90,740     $ 5,052,853     $ 90,740     $ 2,368,974     $ 193,542  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 331,460     $ 166,660     $ 166,660     $ 166,660  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800  
                                                 
Michael Schweighoffer
                                               
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 12,356     $ 12,356     $ 2,474,762     $ 12,356     $ 919,039     $ 33,273  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 136,747     $ 78,121     $ 78,121     $ 78,121  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625  
                                                 
Gregory White
                                               
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 8,366     $ 8,366     $ 2,330,203     $ 8,366     $ 770,162     $ 25,312  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 111,102     $ 57,289     $ 57,289     $ 57,289  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813  
                                                 
Kenneth Burns
                                               
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 91,821     $ 45,571     $ 45,571     $ 45,571  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250  
                                                 
David Blitz
                                               
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 93,867     $ 46,873     $ 46,873     $ 46,873  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)(2)
    --     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000  

(1)  
Amount reflects payout under Annual Incentive Plan at target level of benefit.
(2)  
Mr. Blitz, per the terms of his offer letter, has a minimum benefit of $50,000 for the calendar year 2010.
 
Our directors, executive officers and employees and the directors, executive officers and employees of our subsidiaries are permitted to borrow from Farmington Bank in accordance with the requirements of federal and state law. All loans made by Farmington Bank to directors and executive officers or their related interests have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. At September 30, 2010 we had loans with an aggregate balance of $763,000 outstanding to our executive officers, directors and related parties of our executive officers and directors.
 
The following are transactions in which we were a party that involved an amount that exceeded $120,000 and which a director, executive officer, holder of more than 5.0% of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
 
During the fiscal year ended in 2010, as in prior years, we engaged in business transactions with Briarwood Printing Company, Inc., a company that provides printing services.  Mr. Drew, who serves on our board of directors, is the President and owner of Briarwood Printing.  We paid Briarwood Printing approximately $155,245   in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with printing services provided to Farmington Bank.
 
Our business dealings with Mr. Drew were entered into at arm’s length and we believe the terms are no less favorable to Farmington Bank than those offered by other printing companies.  Our audit committee has reviewed and approved this arrangement.
 
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Offering
 
Stock Benefit Plans. We may adopt one or more stock benefit plans no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering.  We will submit any such plans to our stockholders for their approval.  The terms and conditions of such stock benefit plans, including the number of shares available per award and the types of awards, have not been determined at this time. However, if we implement any stock benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the offering, the stock benefit plans will reserve a number of shares up to 4.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. Stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months following the completion of the offering will also reserve a number of shares up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The Connecticut Department of Banking regulations impose the above percentage limitations on all stock-benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the offering. Other limitations imposed by these regulations on plans implemented within 12 months of the completion of the offering include:
 
 
(i)
Management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 3.0% of the shares issued in the offering, provided that if an institution has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the offering, as FCB expects to have, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner may permit a management stock benefit plan to hold up to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering;
 
Director Compensation

Director Fees

Each non-employee director receives an annual retainer of $14,000; $900 for each board meeting and $800 for each committee meeting that the director attends. Historically, each director also receives shares of phantom stock under our Phantom Stock Plan equal to 400 shares annually.  We paid fees totaling $347,500 to non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Directors will not be paid separately for their services on the board of directors of both FCB and Farmington Bank.

The following table details the compensation paid to each of our non-management directors in 2010.

Name
 
Fees
earned or
paid in
cash
   
Stock
Awards
   
Option
Awards
   
Non Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
   
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
   
2010
Total
 
David Drew
  $ 59,500     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 43,610     $ 106,858  
Kevin S. Ray
  $ 60,200     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 34,003     $ 97,951  
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
  $ 60,300     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 43,544     $ 107,592  
John J. Carson
  $ 47,200     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 177     $ 51,125  
Ronald A. Bucchi
  $ 63,500     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 18,596     $ 85,844  
Michael A. Ziebka
  $ 56,800     $ 3,748     $ 0     $ 0     $ 6,019     $ 66,567  
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
The compensation and human resources committee of FCB consists of Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., David M. Drew and Kevin S. Ray. No committee member serves or has served as an officer or employee of Farmington Bank. No executive officer of FCB or Farmington Bank serves or has served as a member of the compensation committee of any other entity, one of whose executive officers serves on the compensation committee of as a director of FCB.
 
 
147

 
 
 
(ii)
Tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering, provided that if the institution has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the offering, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner may permit the tax-qualified stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, to hold up to 12.0% of the shares issued in the offering;
 
 
(iii)
No individual may receive more than 25.0% of the shares under any stock benefit plan;
 
 
(iv)
Directors who are not employees may not receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually or 30.0% of the shares of any plan in the aggregate;
 
 
(v)
No stock options may be granted at less than the market price at the time such options are granted;
 
 
(vi)
Shares issued at the time of the offering may not be used to fund management or employee stock benefit plans;
 
 
(vii)
No plan may begin to vest earlier than one year after the stockholders approve the plan or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year;
 
 
(viii)
Accelerated vesting may not be provided for except in the case of disability or death or if there is a change of control; and
 
 
(ix)
Any plan must provide that officers and directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that the institution becomes critically undercapitalized under applicable federal law, is subject to an enforcement action by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner or receives a capital directive from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
We have not yet determined whether we will present any stock benefit plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the offering or more than 12 months after the completion of the offering.  If the stock benefit plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the offering, the plans may not be subject to all of the limitations described above, and we may elect to implement a stock benefit plan containing features that are different from those described above.
 
In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
 
 
148

 
 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
 
FCB’s bylaws provide that FCB shall indemnify all officers, directors, employees and agents of FCB to the fullest extent permitted under Connecticut and federal law.  Such indemnification may include the advancement of funds to pay for or reimburse reasonable expenses incurred by an indemnified party to the fullest extent permitted under Connecticut and federal law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of FCB, pursuant to its bylaws or otherwise, FCB has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
Federal law and regulation generally require that all loans or extensions of credit to a director or an executive officer must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. However, regulations also permit a director or an executive officer to receive the same terms through benefit or compensation plans that are widely available to other employees, as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees.
 
 
The table below sets forth, for each of FCB’s directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions.
 
In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the midpoint of the offering range. Connecticut regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase, except under limited circumstances. See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number of Shares
   
Amount
   
Percentage of Shares Outstanding (2)
 
                   
Directors:
                 
Ronald A. Bucchi
    15,000     $ 150,000       *  
John J. Carson
    10,000       100,000       *  
David Drew
    40,000       400,000       *  
Robert E. Edmunds, Jr.
    40,000       400,000       *  
Kevin S. Ray
    10,000       100,000       *  
Michael A. Ziebka
    5,000       50,000       *  
                         
Named Executive Officers:
                       
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    40,000       400,000       *  
Gregory A. White
    30,000       300,000       *  
Michael T. Schweighoffer
    15,000       150,000       *  
Kenneth F.  Burns
    22,500       225,000       *  
David S. Blitz
    0       0       *  
                         
All Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group
( 10 Persons)
      227,500     $ 2,275,000       1.9 %
 

*             Less than 1.0% of the common stock issued and outstanding.
(1)            Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(2)            Based upon 11,960,000 total shares outstanding at the midpoint of the offering range.
 
 
149

 
 
 
General
 
On January 25, 2011, the board of directors of the MHC adopted the plan of conversion. Under the plan of conversion, the MHC will combine, by merger or otherwise, with FCB, in a transaction where Farmington Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of FCB, a newly formed Maryland corporation.
 
The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (specifically our employee stock ownership plan) and supplemental eligible account holders.
 
The Offering
 
In connection with the conversion, FCB is offering between 9,775,000 and 13,225,000 shares of common stock, which offering may be increased to up to 15,205,750 shares of common stock. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion. In connection with the conversion, we are forming a charitable foundation, to which additional shares of FCB common stock will be contributed. At a special meeting of corporators held on [___], 2011, the corporators of the MHC voted to approve the plan of conversion.
 
FCB intends to retain between $39.4 million and $53.6 million of the net proceeds of the offering (excluding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan) and to invest the balance of the net proceeds in Farmington Bank. The offering will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.
 
We are first offering shares of our common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan.  Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County in Connecticut and then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale. For a more complete description of the community offering or syndicated community offering, see “Community Offering” and “Syndicated Community Offering” herein, respectively.
 
We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering or the syndicated offering. The community offering and syndicated offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. See “Community Offering”.
 
We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered based upon an independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of FCB. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share.  All investors will pay the same purchase price per share.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
 
 
150

 
 
The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan is available for inspection at each branch office of Farmington Bank and at the Connecticut Department of Banking. The plan is also filed as an exhibit to our application for approval of the plan of conversion of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Connecticut Department of Banking. See “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Reasons for the Conversion and Offering
 
The proceeds from the sale of common stock of FCB will provide Farmington Bank with additional capital, which will be used to grow its balance sheet through loan origination and deposit generation, enhance existing products and services, support future growth, internally or through acquisitions, invest in securities and for other general corporate purposes. The stock offering will also enable FCB and Farmington Bank to increase their capital in anticipation of higher future regulatory capital requirements and/or expectations. Although Farmington Bank currently exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the sale of common stock will assist Farmington Bank with the orderly preservation and expansion of its capital base and will provide flexibility to respond to sudden and unanticipated capital needs.
 
In addition, since Farmington Bank competes with local and regional banks not only for customers, but also for employees, we believe that the stock offering also will afford us the opportunity to attract and retain management and employees through various stock benefit plans, including stock option plans, restricted stock plans and an employee stock ownership plan.
 
After completion of the stock offering, the unissued common and preferred stock authorized by FCB’s articles of incorporation, as well as any treasury shares that may have been repurchased, will permit FCB to raise additional equity capital through further sales of securities and may permit FCB to issue securities in connection with possible acquisitions, subject to market conditions and any required regulatory approval.
 
The stock offering proceeds will provide additional flexibility to grow through acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses. Although there are no current arrangements, understandings or agreements, written or oral, regarding any such opportunities, FCB will be in a position after the stock offering to take advantage of any such favorable opportunities that may arise. See “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” on page___for a description of our intended use of proceeds.
 
     After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the stock offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the board of directors of the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank unanimously approved the plan of conversion and stock offering as being in the best interests of FCB, Farmington Bank, and Farmington Bank’s depositors and the communities we serve.
 
Approvals Required
 
The boards of directors of the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank have approved the plan of conversion and stock issuance and the contribution to the charitable foundation. The approval of the corporators of the MHC is also required.  The conversion, offering and contribution must also be approved by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board and reviewed without objection by the FDIC.
 
 
151

 
 
Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers
 
Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of Farmington Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Farmington Bank will continue to be a Connecticut chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Connecticut Commissioner of Banking and the FDIC. After the conversion, Farmington Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers.  The directors and executive officers serving Farmington Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors and executive officers of FCB after the conversion.
 
Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Farmington Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
 
Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Farmington Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.
 
Tax Effects. We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to FCB, the MHC, Farmington Bank or the eligible account holders of Farmington Bank.  See “Material Income Tax Consequences”.
 
Effect on Liquidation Rights.  Each depositor in Farmington Bank has both a deposit account in Farmington Bank and a pro rata interest in FCB based upon the deposit balance in his or her account.  The ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from FCB and Farmington Bank.  Consequently, the value of depositors’ interest has realizable value only in the unlikely event that FCB and Farmington Bank are liquidated.  If this were to occur, the depositors of record at that time would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of FCB after claims of creditors (including those of depositors, to the extent of their deposit balances).
 
The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion and offering, of liquidation accounts by FCB and Farmington Bank for the benefit of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders. See “Liquidation Rights” below for more information.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a “liquidation account” by FCB for the benefit of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders in an amount equal to net value of the MHC as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus.  The plan of conversion also provides that FCB shall cause the establishment of a bank liquidation account.
 
 
152

 
 
The liquidation account established by FCB is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of a liquidation of FCB and Farmington Bank.  Specifically, in the unlikely event that FCB and Farmington Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders of the liquidation account maintained by FCB.  In liquidation of both entities, or of Farmington Bank, when FCB has insufficient assets to fund the distribution due to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders and Farmington Bank has positive net worth, Farmington Bank shall pay amounts necessary to fund FCB’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account.  The plan of conversion also provides that if FCB is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Farmington Bank, then the rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders in the liquidation account maintained by FCB shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Farmington Bank.
 
Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion or upon the written request of the Connecticut Department of Banking, FCB will eliminate or transfer the liquidation account and the interests in such account to Farmington Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Farmington Bank and not be subject in any manner or amount to FCB’s creditors.
 
Also, under the rules and regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking, no post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution in which FCB or Farmington Bank is not the surviving institution would be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
 
Each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Farmington Bank on September 30, 2009, or December 31, 2010. Each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on September 30, 2009 or December 31, 2010 bears to the balance of all deposit accounts in Farmington Bank on such dates.
 
If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on September 30, 2009 or December 31, 2010 or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and the interest will cease to exist if the deposit account is closed.  In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account.  Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor.  Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders are satisfied would be distributed to FCB as the sole shareholder of Farmington Bank.
 
Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued
 
The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraisal of the pro forma market value of FCB common stock, assuming the offering is completed, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial will receive a fee of $80,000 and $10,000 for expenses and an additional $10,000 for each valuation update, as necessary. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.
 
 
153

 
 
The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. The appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between FCB and the peer group. RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book and price-to-tangible book value approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
 
In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial considered the information in this prospectus, including our financial statements.  RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:
 
 
our historical, present and projected operating results and financial condition;
 
 
the economic, demographic and competition characteristics of our market area;
 
 
a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other similarly-situated, publicly-traded savings and thrift holding companies;
 
 
the effect of the capital raised in this offering on our net worth and earnings potential;
 
 
the trading market for our securities and comparable institutions and general economic conditions in the market for such securities; and
 
 
the contribution of stock to the charitable foundation.
 
Included in RP Financial’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of FCB after the offering that were utilized in determining the appraised value.  These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price.  See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions.  The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
 
The independent valuation states that as of December 14, 2010, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of FCB ranged from a minimum of $101,660,000 to a maximum of $137,540,000 with a midpoint of $119,600,000.  The board of directors of FCB decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 9,775,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 11,500,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 13,225,000 shares.
 
 
154

 
 
The board of directors of FCB reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
 
 
our financial condition and results of operations;
 
 
comparison of financial performance ratios of FCB to those of other financial institutions of similar size;
 
 
market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, if required, as a result of a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or financial conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of FCB to less than $101.7 million or more than $158. million the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to FCB’s registration statement.
 
The appraisal is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our common stock. The independent appraisal does not indicate market value.  You should not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  Because of differences in important factors such as operating characteristics, location, financial performance, asset size, capital structure and business prospects between us and other fully converted institutions, you should not rely on these comparative valuation ratios as an indication as to whether or not our common stock is an appropriate investment for you.
 
Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the offering range may be increased by up to 15.0%, or up to $152,087,500, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15.0% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 15,208,750 shares, to reflect a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or financial conditions.  We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers.  The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to up to 15,208,750 shares.
 
 
155

 
 
If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $152,087,500 and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 15,208,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the offering range to less than $97,750,000 and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 9,775,000 shares, then, after consulting with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, we may terminate the plan of conversion, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate of interest.  Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner in order to complete the offering.  In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period.  If a purchaser does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.  Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [Date 3], which is two years after the plan of conversion was adopted by our board of directors. An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and FCB’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and FCB’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA”.
 
Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at the main office of Farmington Bank and as specified under “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
 
In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority.  The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having priority rights in the subscription offering and the minimum, maximum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
 
156

 
 
Priority 1: Eligible Deposit Account Holders: Each Farmington Bank depositor with an aggregate deposit account balance of $50.00 or more at the close of business on September 30, 2009 will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $40,000 of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of our common stock sold in the offering, or (iii) 15 times the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the total amount of the deposit account balances of the eligible deposit holder on September 30, 2009 and the denominator is the total amount of deposit account balances of all depositor account holders as of September 30, 2009, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated among the subscribers so as to permit each eligible deposit account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any shares remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such eligible deposit account holder’s qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of the qualifying deposits of all eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more eligible deposit account holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each eligible deposit account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on September 30, 2009.  In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of eligible deposit account holders who are also directors or executive officers of FCB or Farmington Bank and their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible deposit account holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the one-year period preceding September 30, 2009.
 
Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans:  Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, including any shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the offering valuation range. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If, after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of eligible deposit account holders, a sufficient number of shares is not available to fill the subscriptions by our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, the subscriptions shall be filled to the maximum extent possible. If financial or market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market authorized but unissued shares directly from FCB following the completion of the offering.
 
 
157

 
 
Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Deposit Account Holders:  Each Farmington Bank depositor with an aggregate deposit account balance of $50.00 or more at the close of business on December 31, 2010 will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $40,000 of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of our common stock sold in the offering, or (iii) 15 times the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the total amount of the deposit account balances of the supplemental eligible deposit account holder on December 31, 2010 and the denominator is the total amount of deposit account balances of all supplemental eligible depositor account holders as of December 31, 2010, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated among the subscribers so as to permit each supplemental eligible deposit account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any shares remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such supplemental eligible deposit account holder’s qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of the qualifying deposits of all supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more supplemental eligible deposit account holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
         To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each supplemental eligible deposit account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on December 31, 2010. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
 
Expiration Date: The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located.  We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.
 
The minimum number of shares you may order is 25 shares.  The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date.  Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.  If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Community Offering
 
To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of eligible deposit account holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and supplemental eligible deposit account holders, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering, with preferences given to the following classes of persons:
 
 
(i)
Natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut; and
 
 
(ii)
Natural persons residing elsewhere in Connecticut.
 
 
158

 
 
                I n the community offering, no individual may purchase more than 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares in the offering . See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been satisfied. If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. The allocation procedures described above will also apply in the case of an oversubscription by other subscribers in the community offering.
 
The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.
 
The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the county of Hartford, Connecticut, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
 
Expiration Date:  The community offering, if any, may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. FCB may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Date 2]. In the event the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to less than 9,775,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.  If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Syndicated Community Offering
 
As a final step in the offering, the plan of conversion provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering, if any, may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as agent of FCB.  We refer to this as the syndicated community offering.  We expect that the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the community offering, if any.  We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders in whole or in part received in the syndicated community offering. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering would terminate no later than [Date 2] unless extended by us, with approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
 
159

 
 
The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and community offering. In the syndicated offering, no individual may purchase more than 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering. See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
If a syndicated community offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole book running manager.  In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms.  Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.  The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings.  Under these rules, Keefe Bruyette and Woods, Inc. or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering through a “sweep” arrangement under which a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date, which will only occur if the minimum of the offering range is met.  Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering.
 
The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among FCB on one hand and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. on the other hand.  If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us.  If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest.  If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, without interest, to the potential investor.  Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement.  In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
 
The syndicated community offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the subscription offering, unless extended by FCB with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering, or in the event that there is an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and any syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Connecticut Banking Commissioner must approve any such arrangements.
 
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
 
The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
 
 
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.
 
 
160

 
 
 
In the subscription offering, no individual may purchase through a single deposit account more than more than 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
 
No individual may purchase more than 40,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 100,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
                Subject to receipt of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. We may increase the purchase limitation up to 10.0% of the shares sold in the offering, provided that orders for common stock may not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10.0% of the shares sold in the offering, without regard to these purchase limitations.
 
                Depending upon the demand for our shares and changes in market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers who through their subscriptions evidence a desire to purchase the maximum allowable number of shares, may be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit.  The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.
 
In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15,208,750 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:
 
 
(i)
to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, for up to 10.0% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;
 
 
(ii)
in the event that there is an oversubscription at the eligible deposit account holder or supplemental deposit account holder levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
 
 
(iii)
to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the county of Hartford, Connecticut, then to natural persons residing in Connecticut.
 
The term “associate” of a person means:
 
 
(i)
any corporation or organization (other than the MHC, FCB Farmington Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the MHC, FCB or Farmington Bank) of which the person is an officer, partner or 10.0% beneficial stockholder;
 
 
(ii)
any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
 
 
161

 
 
 
(iii)
any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of the MHC, FCB or Farmington Bank or any of their subsidiaries.
 
The term “acting in concert” means:
 
 
(i)
knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
 
(ii)
a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
 
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
 
We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert”.  Persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.
 
Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by executive officers and directors of FCB or Farmington Bank and except as described below.  Any purchases made by any associate of FCB or Farmington Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.  In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities.  For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock in the offering and thereafter, see “Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Offering” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of FCB”.
 
Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation
 
Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.
 
We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as a selling agent in connection with the offering of our common stock.  In its role as selling agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will:
 
 
provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and any related corporate documents, including our business plan;
 
 
162

 
 
 
assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the offering;
 
 
review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);
 
 
assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
 
 
assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
 
 
assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the offering;
 
 
meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and
 
 
provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us.
 
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments commencing in January, 2011, which will be credited against the success fees in the subscription and community offerings. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is also entitled to reimbursement for legal fees and expenses up to $100,000.  A success fee of 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering and the community offering will be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., each if the offering is consummated, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans (except individual retirement accounts), or any charitable foundation established by us (or shares contributed to the charitable foundation).
 
The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers.  Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering.  If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering.  Of this amount, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.
 
 
163

 
 
We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to a maximum of $50,000.  In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000.  These limitations assume no unusual circustances or delays, or a resolicitation in connection with the offering, and may be increased with the mutual consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us, including in the event of a material delay in the offering that requires an update of financial information in this prospectus.  If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and the portion of the management fee payable and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our selling agent and performance of services as our selling agent.
 
We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to act as our  conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will, among other things:
 
 
consolidate accounts and develop a central file;
 
 
assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center;
 
 
assist our financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials;
 
 
process stock order forms and certification forms and produce daily reports and analysis;
 
 
assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates;
 
 
advise us on interest and refund calculations; and
 
 
create tax forms for interest reporting.
 
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $100,000, and we have made an advance payment of $25,000 to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to this fee.  We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent not to exceed $10,000.  If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to the advance payment and also receive reimbursement of its actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our  conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.
 
Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Farmington Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction.  No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters.  Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock.  We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.
 
 
164

 
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
We and each of our directors and officers have agreed, for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after completion of the stock offering, not to, without the prior written consent of Keefe Bruyette & Woods, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The restricted period described above is subject to extension under limited circumstances.  In the event that either (1) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the restricted period and ends on the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions set forth herein will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or event related to us occurs.
 
Prospectus Delivery
 
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
 
In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
 
165

 
 
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
 
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, the Stock Information Center must receive (not postmarked) a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless we extend this deadline.  We expect that the community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time, although it may continue until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 15,208,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 9,775,000 shares.  In either of these cases, you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If we do not receive a written response from you regarding any resolicitation, we will cancel your order, promptly return to you all funds received by us with interest at the Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations. No single extension may last longer than 90 days. All extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [Date 3].
 
Procedure for Purchasing Shares
 
To purchase shares you must deliver a properly completed and signed original stock order form, accompanied by payment or Farmington Bank deposit account withdrawal authorization, as described below. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms.  We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects.
 
You may submit your order form in one of the following ways: by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to the Stock Information Center at the address indicated on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to the Stock Information Center, located at Farmington Bank’s administrative offices at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut. Stock order forms will not be accepted by mail or by hand-delivery at any of our branch offices.  We are not required to accept copies or facsimiles of order forms.
 
We reserve the right to waive, or permit the correction of, incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms on a case by case basis, but do not represent that we will do so. Once received by us, you may not change, modify or cancel your order. Our employees and Stock Information Center staff are not responsible for correcting or completing the information provided on the stock order forms we receive, including the account information requested for the purpose of verifying subscription rights. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.
 
You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights.  In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription date on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
 
166

 
 
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Farmington Bank, FCB, the MHC or the federal government. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Payment for Shares
 
Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
 
 
1.
Personal Check, bank check or money order.   Personal checks, bank checks and money orders, payable to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., will be immediately cashed and will be deposited in a separate account with Farmington Bank. Third party and Farmington Bank line of credit checks may not be remitted as payment for your order. We will pay interest in these funds at our passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the offering. Wire transfers as payment for shares of common stock ordered will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment. You should not mail cash.
 
 
2.
Authorized account withdrawal.   The stock order form outlines the types of Farmington Bank deposit accounts that you may authorize for direct withdrawal. You may not request a direct withdrawal from any checking account.  The funds you authorize must be in your account at the time your stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds when you stock order form is received, making the funds unavailable to you, provided, however, these funds will not be withdrawn from your accounts until the completion or termination of the offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until then.  You may authorize funds from your certificate of deposit accounts without incurring an early withdrawal penalty, with the agreement that the withdrawal is being made for the purchase of shares in the offering. If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. You may not authorize direct withdrawals from retirement accounts held by Farmington Bank.  Funds withdrawn from deposit accounts at Farmington Bank may reduce or eliminate a depositor’s liquidation rights.  Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING - Liquidation Rights” for further information.
 
We may not lend funds or extend a line of credit (including line of credit or overdraft checking) to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares in the offering.
 
We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering.  This payment may be made by wire transfer.
 
 
167

 
 
If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until consummation of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or FCB to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
 
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
 
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account(s), or IRA.  However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. Farmington Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so funds in such accounts cannot be invested in our common stock. You may transfer some or all of the funds in your Farmington Bank individual retirement account to a self-directed account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one and transfer your funds before placing your stock order. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement account transactions takes additional time, we recommend that you promptly contact (preferably at least two weeks before the [Date 1] offering deadline) our Stock Information Center for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Farmington Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.
 
Delivery of Stock Certificates
 
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on their order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
 
Other Restrictions
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished.  In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such jurisdiction; (ii) the granting of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.
 
 
168

 
 
Restrictions on Selling or Transferring of Subscription Rights and Shares
 
You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights.  In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription date on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
Stock Information Center
 
Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering.  If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.  The toll-free phone number is (   ) ___-____. In addition, a representative of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. will be available to meet with you in person between 10:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.
 
Material Income Tax Consequences
 
Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal income tax consequences of the conversion to the MHC, FCB, Farmington Bank, eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that FCB or Farmington Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.
 
The MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank have received an opinion of counsel, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:
 
1. The merger of the MHC with and into the newly formed Connecticut mid-tier holding company (the “Mid-Tier”) will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
2. The constructive exchange of eligible deposit account holders’ and supplemental eligible deposit account holders’ liquidation interests in the MHC for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1 of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
 
3. None of the MHC, FCB, eligible deposit account holders nor supplemental eligible deposit account holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of the MHC to the Mid-Tier in constructive exchange for a liquidation interest established in the Mid-Tier for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors of Farmington Bank.
 
 
169

 

4. The merger of the Mid-Tier with and into FCB will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither the Mid-Tier nor FCB will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger. (Sections 361(a) and 1032(a) of the Internal Revenue Code).
 
5. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier for the liquidation accounts in FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
6. The constructive exchange of the eligible deposit account holders’ and supplemental eligible deposit account holders’ liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier for interests in a liquidation account established in FCB will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1 of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
 
7. No gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders or supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of FCB common stock. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
8. It is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the liquidation accounts as of the effective date of the merger of the Mid-Tier with and into FCB. (Section 356(a) of the Code).
 
9. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of FCB common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of FCB common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
10. No gain or loss will be recognized by FCB on the receipt of money in exchange for FCB common stock sold in the offering.
 
We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to the MHC, FCB, Farmington Bank, the Mid-Tier and persons receiving subscription rights. With respect to items 7 and 9 above, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP assumed that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are deemed to have an economic value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders who exercise the subscription rights, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
 
 
170

 
 
The opinion as to item 8 above is based on the position that: (i) there is no history of any holder of an interest in a liquidation account receiving a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder will be reduced as their deposits in Farmington Bank are reduced; and (iv) the liquidation account payment obligation arises only if FCB lacks sufficient net assets to fund the liquidation account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:
 
“The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).”
 
In addition, the firm received a letter from RP Financial stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Farmington Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event FCB lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Farmington Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each eligible deposit account holder or supplemental eligible deposit account holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.
 
The opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.
 
The federal and state tax opinions will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to FCB’s registration statement. Advice regarding the _________ state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has also been issued by ______________, tax advisors to the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
 
171

 
 
Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after the Offering
 
Unless otherwise approved by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, shares of common stock purchased in the offering by our directors and officers generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the offering, except in the event of the death of such director or officer. Each certificate for such restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and certain officers of FCB also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the stock offering may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1.0% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by any of stock benefit plans.
 
Connecticut regulations prohibit FCB from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the offering, except we may seek approval from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner to make repurchases in the following circumstances: (i) repurchases in the open market of up to 5.0% of our outstanding stock in extraordinary circumstances; (ii) repurchases of qualifying shares of a director or pursuant to an offer made to all stockholders, (iii) repurchases to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by our stockholders, and (iv) repurchases to fund our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Any request for approval must provide the purpose of the repurchases, an explanation of any extraordinary circumstances necessitating the repurchases and any additional information required by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
 
General
 
 
In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., as a non-stock, nonprofit Connecticut corporation in connection with the offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of FCB common stock, as further described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Farmington Bank’s community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our community and to receive the associated tax benefits.
 
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
 
The purpose of the charitable foundation is to enhance the relationship between Farmington Bank and the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our longer-term growth. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in manners that are not presently available to us. We believe that Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will enable us to assist the communities within our market area in areas beyond community development and lending, and will enhance our current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act.
 
 
172

 
 
We further believe that funding Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. with shares of FCB common stock will allow our community to share in the potential growth and success of Farmington Bank long after the stock offering is completed. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will accomplish this goal by establishing continued ties between the charitable foundation and Farmington Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Farmington Bank operates.
 
We do not expect the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. to take the place of our traditional community lending and charitable activities. After the stock offering, we expect to continue making charitable contributions within our community.
 
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be incorporated under Connecticut law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its directors, officers or members.
 
All of the present Farmington Bank directors plus one or more local community members will serve on the initial board of directors of the charitable foundation. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial board of directors during the year following the completion of the stock offering, following the first anniversary of the stock offering, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its board of directors.  Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “MANAGEMENT – Our Directors” for biographical information for our directors.
 
The board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of common stock of FCB held by the charitable foundation. However, all shares of common stock held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of the common stock on all proposals considered by stockholders of FCB.
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act governing transactions between Farmington Bank and the foundation.
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will receive working capital from:
 
 
(1)  
any dividends that may be paid on FCB’s shares of common stock in the future;
   
 
 
(2)  
within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or
   
 
 
173

 
 
 
(3)  
the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.
   
 
As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of common stock is that the amount of common stock that may be sold by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in any one year shall not exceed 5.0% of the average market value of the assets held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., except where the board of directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a longer-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
 
Tax Considerations
 
Our independent tax advisor, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder, LLP, has advised us that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months from the date of its organization, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. Our independent tax advisor, however, has not rendered any advice on whether Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of common stock of FCB held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation,   Inc. must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of common stock of FCB on all proposals considered by stockholders of FCB.
 
Farmington Bank may continue to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. We believe that the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in excess of the 10% annual limitation on charitable deductions described below is justified given Farmington Bank’s capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. to our community. See “CAPITALIZATION” on page [___], “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” on page [___], and “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” on page [___]. The amount of the contribution will not adversely affect our financial condition. We therefore believe that the amount of the charitable contribution is reasonable given our pro forma capital position, and it does not raise safety and soundness concerns.
 
We have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that FCB’s contribution of its shares of stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount that Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. is required to pay FCB for such stock. We are permitted to deduct only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. We expect that all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. We do not expect to make any further contributions to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. within the first five years following the initial contribution, unless such contributions would be deductible under the Internal Revenue Code. Any such decisions would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
 
 
174

 
 
Although we have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that we should be entitled to a deduction for the charitable contribution, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will recognize Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will be permitted. In such event, our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. would be expensed without tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.
 
As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2.0%. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the   amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
 
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
 
 
Our regulatory approvals impose the following requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
 
 
our banking regulators may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;
 
 
the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
 
 
the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code;
 
 
the charitable foundation must vote its shares in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by the stockholders of FCB;
 
 
the charitable foundation may not acquire additional shares of FCB common stock without notifying the Federal Reserve Board;
 
 
the charitable foundation will be treated as an affiliate for purposes of Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which governs transactions between affiliates of financial institutions; and
 
 
175

 
 
 
FCB will notify the Federal Reserve Board if its direct or indirect ownership in a company, when aggregated with the ownership portion of the charitable foundation, exceeds 5.0% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of such company.
 
 
General
 
FCB is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value. FCB currently expects to issue in the offering up to 13,225,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment up to 15,208,750 shares.  FCB will not issue shares of preferred stock in the offering. Each share of FCB common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
The shares of common stock of FCB will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.
 
Common Stock
 
Dividends :   The payment of dividends by FCB is subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of FCB will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by FCB’s board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If FCB issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
 
Voting Rights :   Upon consummation of the offering, the holders of common stock of FCB will have exclusive voting rights in FCB.  They will elect FCB’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.  FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that there will be no cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF FCB - Limitations on Voting Rights” below.
 
Rights to Buy Additional Shares. Holders of the common stock of FCB will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy additional shares if FCB issues more shares in the future. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
 
 
176

 
 
Preferred Stock
 
None of the shares of FCB’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as FCB’s board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of FCB that the board of directors does not approve. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of FCB.
 
 
Although FCB’s board of directors is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of FCB after the reorganization and offering, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to protect the interests of FCB and its stockholders from takeovers which FCB’s board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Farmington Bank, FCB, our stockholders, our employees, customers, creditors and suppliers and the local community in which we operate.  The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Farmington Bank’s articles of incorporation and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect.  The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question.  FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of our application for approval of the plan of conversion filed with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner and FCB’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  See “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of FCB
 
FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of FCB.  In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of FCB’s board of directors or management of FCB more difficult.  The summaries below are qualified in their entirety by reference to FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Maryland law and any other documents referenced in such summary description and from which summary descriptions are derived.
 
Directors:   Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The members of each class generally are elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors is elected annually. Thus, it could take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of FCB’s board of directors. Further, FCB’s bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at a meeting of stockholders. Our articles of incorporation provides that directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of at least the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of issued and outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors.  Our bylaws permit vacancies on FCB’s board to be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors.  Persons elected by the board of directors of FCB to fill vacancies may only serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders.  Under FCB’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
 
 
177

 
 
Prohibition on Cumulative Voting :   Our bylaws prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
 
Limitation of Voting Rights :  FCB’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.  In addition, FCB’s articles of incorporation provides that for a period of seven years after the completion of the offering, any person who acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock without the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner will not be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10.0% limit.  Any such excess shares are not counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to FCB’s stockholders for a vote.
 
Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings : Our bylaws provide that subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman, the President, a majority of the members of the board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.   FCB’s bylaws generally provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to FCB at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to such meeting.  However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, the written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock :   In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of FCB that the board of directors does not approve, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of FCB.
 
Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets.   FCB’s articles of incorporation require the approval of the board of directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders entitled to vote thereon.  However, Maryland law provides that:
 
●  
a merger of a 90% or more owned subsidiary with and into its parent may be approved without stockholder approval; provided, however that:  (1) the charter of the successor is not amended in the merger other than to change its name, the name or other designation or the par value of any class or series of its stock or the aggregate par value of its stock; and (2) the contractual rights of any stock of the successor issued in the merger in exchange for stock of the other corporation participating in the merger are identical to the contract rights of the stock for which the stock of the successor was exchanged;
 
●  
a share exchange need not be approved by the stockholders of the successor;
 
 
178

 
 
●  
a transfer of assets need not be approved by the stockholders of the transferee; and
 
●  
a merger need not be approved by the stockholders of a Maryland successor corporation provided that the merger does not reclassify or change the terms of any class or series of its stock that is outstanding immediately before the merger becomes effective or otherwise amend its charter, and the number of shares of stock of such class or series outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger does not increase by more than 20% of the number of shares of the class or series of stock that is outstanding immediately before the merger becomes effective.
 
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.   The articles of incorporation of FCB require the approval of the holders of at least 80.0% of FCB’s outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote to approve certain business combinations with an interested stockholder.  This supermajority voting requirement will not apply in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved by a majority of disinterested directors or where various fair price and procedural conditions have been met.
 
Under FCB’s articles of incorporation, the term interested stockholder means any person who or which is:
 
●  
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of FCB;
 
●  
an affiliate of FCB who or which at any time in the two-year period before the date in question was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of FCB; or
 
●  
an assignee of or an entity that  has otherwise succeeded to any shares of voting stock that were at any time within the two-year period immediately before the date in question beneficially owned by any interested stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
A business combination includes, but is not limited to:
 
●  
any merger or consolidation of FCB or any of its subsidiaries with:  (1) any interested stockholder; or (2) any other corporation, which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an affiliate of an interested stockholder;
 
●  
any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition to or with any interested stockholder, or any affiliate of any interested stockholder, of any assets of FCB or any of its subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value equaling or exceeding 25% or more of the combined assets of FCB and its subsidiaries;
 
●  
the issuance or transfer by FCBor any of its subsidiaries of any securities of FCB or any of its subsidiaries to any interested stockholder or any affiliate of any interested stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property having an aggregate fair market value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined fair market value of the outstanding common stock of FCB, except for any issuance or transfer pursuant to an employee benefit plan of FCB or any of its subsidiaries;
 
●  
the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution of FCB proposed by or on behalf of any interested stockholder or any affiliate or associate of such interested stockholder; or
 
 
179

 
 
●  
any reclassification of securities, or recapitalization of FCB or any merger or consolidation of FCB with any of its subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an interested stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of FCB or any of its subsidiaries, which is directly or indirectly owned by any interested stockholder or any affiliate of any interested stockholder.
  
Evaluation of Offers.   The articles of incorporation of FCB provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of FCB (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of FCB and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
 
●  
the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, FCB’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
 
●  
the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, FCB and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which FCB and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
●  
whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of FCB;
 
●  
whether a more favorable price could be obtained for FCB’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
●  
the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of FCB and its subsidiaries;
 
●  
the future value of the stock or any other securities of FCB or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
●  
any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
●  
the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
●  
the ability of FCB to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
 
If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
 
 
180

 
 
Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.     FCB’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the Board of Directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, provided, however, that approval by at least 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
 
                    (i)
The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
                    (ii)
The division of the Board of Directors into three staggered classes;
 
                    (iii)
The ability of the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
                    (iv)
The requirement that at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;
 
                    (v)
The ability of the Board of Directors and stockholders to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
                    (vi)
The authority of the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;
 
                    (vii)
The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
                    (viii)
The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
                    (ix)
The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by FCB;
 
                    (x)
The limitation of liability of officers and directors to FCB for money damages;
 
                    (xi)
The inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;
 
                    (xii)
The advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and
 
                    (xiii)
The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiii) of this list.
 
The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of FCB’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80.0% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.  Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock.
 
The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of outstanding shares for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of FCB in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law.  Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.
 
 
181

 
 
Restrictive Regulations
 
Connecticut regulations prohibit any person from (i) transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights or shares of FCB common stock, (ii) announcing an intent to make an offer to purchase shares of FCB common stock from another person prior to completion of the offering or (iii) knowingly acquire more than the maximum purchase allowable under the plan of conversion.  Connecticut regulations also provides that for three years after the offering or such longer period as provided in a corporation’s articles of incorporation, no person may, directly or indirectly, acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of equity securities without the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s prior written approval.  If a person violates this prohibition, FCB shall not permit the person to vote shares in excess of 10.0% and shall not count the shares in excess of 10.0% in any stockholder vote.  Our articles of incorporation provide that these restrictions shall be in force for a period of seven years after the offering.
 
Under the Connecticut Bank Holding Company and Bank Acquisition Act, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner must be given prior notice and not disapprove of an acquisition, tender offer or request or invitation made to securities holders regarding a tender offer or acquisition of any voting securities that would result in a person, directly or indirectly, being the beneficial owner of (i) more than 10.0% of any class of voting securities of such bank or holding company or (ii) more than 25.0% of any class of voting securities of such bank or holding company.
 
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control, directly or indirectly, of a bank or bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition.  A “person” may include an individual, a group of individuals acting in concert or certain entities (e.g., corporations, partnerships, trusts) that own shares of banking organizations but that do not qualify as bank holding company.  A person acquires “control” of a banking organization whenever the person acquires ownership, control, or the power to vote 25.0% or more of any class of voting securities institution. Control is also presumed to exist, although rebuttable, if a person or company acquires 10.0% or more, but less than 25.0%, of any class of voting securities and either: (i) the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (ii) no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities than the acquirer immediately after the transaction. A procedure is provided in the regulations for challenging the rebuttable presumption of control.
 
 
The transfer agent and registrar for FCB common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company.
 
 
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
RP Financial has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to FCB setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
 
 
182

 
 
 
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP of Hartford, Connecticut, counsel to FCB, the MHC and Farmington Bank, will issue to FCB its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock, the federal income tax consequences of the offering and the establishment of the charitable foundation.  Advice regarding the Maryland state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion will be issued by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, tax advisors to the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank. Certain legal matters regarding the offering will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
 
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that registers the common stock offered in the offering. This prospectus forms a part of the registration statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission allow us to omit certain information included in the registration statement from this prospectus. You may read and copy the registration statement at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference rooms. The registration statement also is available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at website maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at “http://www.sec.gov.” FCB has filed an application for approval of the plan of conversion with the Connecticut Department of Banking. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Connecticut Department of Banking, 260 Constitution Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
 
A copy of the plan of conversion is available without charge from FCB by contacting the Stock Information Center.
 
The appraisal report of RP Financial LC. has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement and to our application to the Connecticut Department of Banking. Portions of the appraisal report were filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are available on its website as described above. The entire appraisal report is available at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the offices of the Connecticut Department of Banking as described above.
 
In connection with the offering, FCB will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, FCB and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10.0% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Under the plan of conversion, FCB has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.
 
 
183

 
 
Table of Contents
 
    Page(s)
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
     
Consolidated Financial Statements:
   
     
Consolidated Statements of Condition
 
F-3
     
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Capital Accounts
 
F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
F-6
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-7 to F-50
 
 
F-1

 
 
GRAPHIC
 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors of
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of condition and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in capital accounts, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
GRAPHIC
 
April 27, 2010, except with respect to the matters discussed in Note 21, as to which the date is January 27, 2011
 
 
 
 
             PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 185 Asylum Street, Suite 2400, Hartford, CT 06103
             T: (860) 241 7000, F: (860) 241 7458, www.pwc.com/us
 
 
F-2

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Condition
 

 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Assets
                 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 32,574     $ 23,299     $ 18,654  
Federal funds sold
    103,000       5,000       -  
Money market funds
    -       -       13,078  
Cash and cash equivalents
    135,574       28,299       31,732  
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
    3,269       3,010       3,011  
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
    147,822       121,350       178,104  
Loans held for sale
    3,407       -       -  
Loans, net
    1,138,861       1,039,995       831,911  
Premises and equipment, net
    21,670       20,272       13,891  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, at cost
    7,449       7,449       7,420  
Accrued income receivable
    4,250       4,223       4,493  
Bank-owned life insurance
    19,475       13,983       13,478  
Deferred income taxes
    9,438       8,373       8,585  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    21,197       8,232       1,762  
Total assets
  $ 1,512,412     $ 1,255,186     $ 1,094,387  
Liabilities and Capital Accounts
                       
Deposits
                       
Interest-bearing
  $ 1,095,585     $ 865,002     $ 692,748  
Noninterest-bearing
    135,441       128,884       111,337  
      1,231,026       993,886       804,085  
FHLB advances
    68,000       62,000       117,000  
Repurchase agreement borrowings
    21,000       21,000       21,000  
Mortgagors’ escrow accounts
    5,626       8,894       7,763  
Repurchase liabilities
    60,760       50,086       34,182  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    28,098       25,647       19,694  
Total liabilities
    1,414,510       1,161,513       1,003,724  
                         
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
                       
Capital accounts
                       
Undivided profits
    97,658       92,644       91,755  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    244       1,029       (1,092 )
Total capital accounts
    97,902       93,673       90,663  
Total liabilities and capital accounts
  $ 1,512,412     $ 1,255,186     $ 1,094,387  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-3

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
 

 
   
For the Nine Months Ended
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Interest income
                             
Interest and fees on loans
                             
Mortgage
  $ 31,675     $ 28,638     $ 39,337     $ 34,894     $ 30,172  
Other
    10,165       7,876       11,143       10,649       9,887  
Interest and dividends on investments
    -       -       -       -       -  
United States Government and agency obligations
    3,358       5,138       6,497       8,292       8,938  
Other bonds
    174       259       305       379       231  
Corporate stocks
    177       89       100       147       265  
Other interest income
    355       473       593       1,357       1,924  
Total interest income
    45,904       42,473       57,975       55,718       51,417  
Interest expense
                                       
Deposits
    6,160       10,825       13,526       19,577       22,367  
Interest on borrowed funds
    1,612       2,214       2,738       1,747       122  
Interest on repo borrowings
    540       538       719       577       -  
Interest on repurchase liabilities
    295       318       425       704       836  
Total interest expense
    8,607       13,895       17,408       22,605       23,325  
Net interest income
    37,297       28,578       40,567       33,113       28,092  
Provision for (reduction in) allowance for loan losses
    3,688       6,265       7,896       2,117       (706 )
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    33,609       22,313       32,671       30,996       28,798  
Noninterest income (loss)
                                       
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
    -       (160 )     (160 )     (5,176 )     -  
Portion of losses recognized in other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -  
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    -       (160 )     (160 )     (5,176 )     -  
Fees for customer services
    2,226       2,013       2,776       2,594       2,384  
Net gain (loss) on sales of investments
    965       -       -       (30 )     (1,034 )
Gain on real estate investment
    -       -       -       701       175  
Net gain on loans sold
    323       1       86       123       -  
Brokerage fee income
    317       295       394       408       411  
Bank owned life insurance income
    485       371       490       520       513  
Other
    225       185       49       300       390  
Total noninterest income (loss)
    4,541       2,705       3,635       (560 )     2,839  
Noninterest expense
                                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    16,615       13,335       18,413       14,681       13,305  
Occupancy expense
    3,076       2,171       2,993       2,951       2,436  
Furniture and equipment expense
    2,967       1,978       3,055       2,658       2,311  
FDIC assessment
    1,318       1,749       2,172       292       90  
Marketing
    1,799       1,140       1,588       1,224       917  
Other operating expenses
    5,101       4,975       7,021       6,071       5,189  
Total noninterest expense
    30,876       25,348       35,242       27,877       24,248  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    7,274       (330 )     1,064       2,559       7,389  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    2,260       (81 )     175       613       2,249  
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Capital Accounts
 

 
         
Accumulated Other
       
         
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
       
         
Unrealized
   
Related to
       
         
(Loss) Gain on
   
Employee Benefits
       
         
Securities
   
Plans,
       
   
Undivided
   
Available-
   
Net of
       
   
Profits
   
for-Sale
   
Tax Effect
   
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 84,723     $ (2,227 )   $ (375 )   $ 82,121  
Net income
    5,140       -       -       5,140  
Decrease in equity portion of minimum pension liability (Net of deferred taxes)
    -       -       375       375  
Increase in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       1,538       -       1,538  
Total comprehensive income
                            7,053  
Adoption of SFAS No. 158
    -       -       142       142  
Balance at December 31, 2007
    89,863       (689 )     142       89,316  
Net income
    1,946       -       -       1,946  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
    -       -       (1,647 )     (1,647 )
Increase in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       1,102       -       1,102  
Total comprehensive income
                            1,401  
Effect of change in measurement date - FAS 158
    (54 )     -       -       (54 )
Balance at December 31, 2008
    91,755       413       (1,505 )     90,663  
Net income
    889       -       -       889  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
     -        -        (167      (167
Increase in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       2,288       -       2,288  
Total comprehensive income
                            3,010  
Balance at December 31, 2009
    92,644       2,701       (1,672 )     93,673  
Net income
    5,014       -       -       5,014  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive gain related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
    -       -       29       29  
Decrease in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       (814 )     -       (814 )
Total comprehensive income
                            4,229  
Balance at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)
  $ 97,658     $ 1,887     $ (1,643 )   $ 97,902  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 

 
   
For the Nine Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Cash flows from operating activities
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                                       
Provision for (reduction in) allowance for loan losses
    3,688       6,265       7,896       2,117       (706 )
Provision for (reduction in) off-balance sheet commitments
    4       60       74       (69 )     55  
Provision for depreciation and amortization
    2,198       1,384       2,029       1,834       1,505  
(Gain) loss on sale of investments
    (965 )     -       -       30       1,034  
Impairment losses on securities
    -       160       160       5,176       -  
Loans originated for sale
    (13,087 )     -       -       -       -  
Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale
    9,978       -       -       -       -  
Net gain on loans sold
    (323 )     (1 )     (86 )     (123 )     -  
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate
    48       -       -       -       -  
   Accretion and amortization of investment security discounts and premiums, net
    133       7       10       78       40  
Amortization and accretion of loan fees and discounts, net
    (335 )     (77 )     (64 )     44       (193 )
Gain on real estate investments
    -       -       -       (701 )     (175 )
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (661 )     (1,108 )     (908 )     (2,197 )     (48 )
(Increase) decrease in accrued income receivable
    (27 )     387       270       (312 )     (309 )
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
    (485 )     (371 )     (498 )     (520 )     (513 )
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets
    (13,259 )     (859 )     (6,470 )     3,672       49  
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
    2,490       6,293       5,653       2,415       2,761  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (5,589 )     11,891       8,955       13,390       8,640  
                                         
Cash flow from investing activities
                                       
Sales and maturities of securities available for sale
    114,835       57,942       65,120       83,325       97,868  
(Purchases of) proceeds from securities held-to-maturity
    (259 )     -       -       (2,938 )     45  
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
    (141,708 )     (5,005 )     (5,070 )     (94,063 )     (78,451 )
(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    -       (29 )     (29 )     (5,121 )     137  
Loan originations net of principal repayments
    (102,321 )     (156,346 )     (215,830 )     (163,965 )     (70,603 )
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance
    (5,007 )     (7 )     (6 )     -       -  
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
    374       -       -       -       -  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (3,596 )     (4,776 )     (8,410 )     (919 )     (2,882 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (137,682 )     (108,221 )     (164,225 )     (183,681 )     (53,886 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
    6,000       (65,000 )     (55,000 )     138,000       (10,000 )
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, NOW accounts,
                                       
 savings accounts and money market accounts
    265,637       182,928       192,525       12,346       (1,305 )
Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposit
    (28,497 )     (13,845 )     (2,723 )     (14,070 )     46,066  
Net increase (decrease) in repurchase liabilities
    10,674       10,799       15,904       (2,202 )     11,907  
Change in mortgagors’ escrow accounts
    (3,268 )     (2,581 )     1,131       1,989       392  
Net cash provided by financing activities
    250,546       112,301       151,837       136,063       47,060  
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    107,275       15,971       (3,433 )     (34,228 )     1,814  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    28,299       31,732       31,732       65,960       64,146  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 135,574     $ 47,703     $ 28,299     $ 31,732     $ 65,960  
                                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 8,604     $ 14,005     $ 17,889     $ 22,641     $ 23,888  
Cash paid for income taxes
    2,282       503       1,225       2,934       1,552  
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
    128       925       1,387       -       -  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6

 
 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
1.
   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization and Business
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Farmington Bank (formerly known as Farmington Savings Bank), (collectively, the “Company”).  Significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s only subsidiary is Farmington Bank.  Farmington Bank’s main office is located in Farmington, Connecticut.  Farmington Bank operates fifteen full service branch offices and four limited services offices in central Connecticut.  Farmington Bank’s primary source of income is interest received on loans to customers, which include small and middle market businesses and individuals residing within Farmington Bank’s service area.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiaries of Farmington Bank include Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc., a passive investment company for Connecticut income tax purposes that was established to service and hold loans collateralized by real property; Village Investments, Inc. which holds the Company’s investment in Infinex Financial Services, a registered broker-dealer; the Village Corp., Limited, a subsidiary that holds certain real estate; 28 Main Street Corp., presently inactive; Village Management Corp., presently inactive and Village Square Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary that holds certain bank premises and other real estate.
 
On June 9, 2005 the Board of Directors of Farmington Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”), pursuant to which Farmington Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed mutual holding company called First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank.  All of the equity of Farmington Bank was transferred to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. which owns 100% of Farmington Bank.  The Plan received the necessary corporator and regulatory approvals and the transaction closed on April 28, 2006.
 
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make extensive use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of condition, and revenues and expenses for the period.  Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, investment security other-than-temporary impairment judgments and investment security valuation.
 
Unaudited Financial Information
The interim financial data is unaudited. However, in the opinion of management, the interim data as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for a full year or any period.
 
 
F-7

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company defines cash and cash equivalents for consolidated cash flow purposes as cash due from banks, federal funds sold and money market funds. Cash flows from loans and deposits are reported net.  The balances of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and money market funds, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  The Company has not experienced any losses from such concentrations.
 
Investment Securities
Marketable equity and debt securities are classified as either trading, available for sale, or held to maturity (applies only to debt securities).  Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities at the time of purchase.  At September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no debt or equity securities classified as trading.  Held to maturity securities are debt securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity.  All other securities not included in held to maturity are classified as available for sale.  Held to maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.  Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted into interest income over the term of the securities using the level yield method.  Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available for sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity, until realized.  Further information relating to the fair value of securities can be found within Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 320- Debt and Equity Securities , a decline in market value of a debt security below amortized cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security, while the non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent or requirement to sell the security. The securities portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment. Credit related OTTI for debt securities is recognized in earnings while non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) if there is no intent to sell or will not be required to sell the security. If an equity security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, the full impairment is considered to be credit-related and a charge to earnings would be recorded. Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Stock
 The Company, which is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Based on redemption provisions of the FHLBB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLBB may declare dividends on the stock.  On January 29, 2009, the FHLBB notified its members of its focus on preserving capital in response to the ongoing market volatility.  That letter outlined that actions taken by the FHLBB included an excess stock repurchase moratorium, and an increased retained earnings target, and suspension of its quarterly dividend payment.  There can be no guarantee of future dividends. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLBB stock. As of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008, no impairment has been recognized .

 
F-8

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors or current investor yield requirements. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold on the trade date.
 
Loans
Loans, including impaired loans, are stated at their unpaid principal balance, net of deferred loans fees and costs. Interest is accrued and recognized based on contractual rates applied to principal amounts outstanding.  Interest on loans is included in income monthly as earned based on rates applied to principal amounts outstanding.  Interest on impaired loans that are 90 or more days past due is not recognized as income until received.  Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs, including premiums paid on loans purchased, are deferred and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield over the contractual life of the loan.  When a loan is prepaid or sold, any remaining unamortized fees and costs are amortized into income at that time.
 
A loan is considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  The measurement of impaired loans and the related allowance for loan losses is generally based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral.  The Company recognizes interest income on impaired loans using the cash basis.  Smaller-balance homogeneous loans consisting of residential mortgages and consumer loans are evaluated for reserves collectively based on historical loss experience.
 
Interest and Fees on Loans
 Interest on loans is accrued and included in interest income based on contractual rates applied to principal amounts outstanding. Accrual of interest is discontinued, and previously accrued income is reversed, when loan payments are 90 days or more past due or when, in the judgment of management, collectibility of the loan or loan interest becomes uncertain.
 
 Subsequent recognition of income occurs only to the extent payment is received subject to management’s assessment of the collectibility of the remaining interest and principal. A non-accrual loan is restored to accrual status when it is no longer 90 days delinquent and collectibility of interest and principal is no longer in doubt.
 
 Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs (including loan commitment fees) are deferred, and the net amount is recognized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield utilizing the interest method over the contractual life of the loan.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of condition date. The allowance for loan losses consists of a formula allowance following FASB ASC 450 – Contingencies and FASB ASC 310 - Receivables , that is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors including historical loss experience for various loan portfolio classifications, and a specific valuation allowance for loans identified as impaired. The allowance is an estimate, and ultimate losses may vary from management’s estimate. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the results of operations in the period in which they become known, along with provisions for estimated losses incurred during that period.
 
 
F-9

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Loans are generally charged off when deemed uncollectible by management.  Loans are considered past due when payments are behind based on the contractual terms of the loan.
 
Beginning in 2007 and continuing in 2010, softening real estate markets and generally weak economic conditions have lead to declines in collateral values and stress on the cash flows of borrowers.  These adverse economic conditions could continue into 2011, placing further stress on the Company’s borrowers and resulting in increases in charge-offs, delinquencies and non-performing loans and lower valuations for the Company’s impaired loans, which could in turn impact significant estimates such as the allowance for loan losses.
 
The Company’s commercial loans are collateralized by real estate and/or other borrower assets.  The Company’s other loans are generally collateralized by real estate.  All such collateral is located principally in Connecticut.  In addition, substantially all of the other real estate owned and investments in real estate is located in those same markets.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio, real estate acquired through foreclosure and investments in real estate is particularly susceptible to changes in market conditions in that area.
 
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and other real estate, future additions to the allowance or write-downs of other real estate may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly in Connecticut.  In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and valuation of other real estate.  Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance or write-downs based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company capitalizes mortgage servicing rights for loans originated and then sold with servicing retained based on the fair market value on the origination date.  The cost basis of mortgage servicing rights is amortized on a level yield basis over the period of estimated net servicing revenue and such amortization is included in the consolidated statements of income as a reduction of mortgage servicing fee income.  Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment by comparing their aggregate carrying amount to their fair value.  An independent appraisal of the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights is obtained annually and is used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value estimates. Management reviews the independent appraisal and performs procedures to determine appropriateness.  Impairment is recognized as an adjustment to mortgage servicing rights and mortgage servicing income.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Bank owned life insurance (“‘BOLI”) represents life insurance on certain employees who have consented to allow the Company to be the beneficiary of those policies.  BOLI is recorded as an asset at cash surrender value.  Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other non-interest income and are not subject to income tax.

 
F-10

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Foreclosed Real Estate
Real estate acquired through foreclosure comprises properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans.  The properties are acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  At the time these properties are foreclosed, the properties are initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance less any specific allowance for loss or fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs.  Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent loss provisions are charged to the foreclosed real estate valuation allowance and expenses incurred to maintain the properties are charged to noninterest expense. Properties are evaluated regularly to ensure the recorded amounts are supported by current fair values, and a charge to operations is recorded as necessary to reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs to dispose. Revenue and expense from the operation of other real estate owned and the provision to establish and adjust valuation allowances are included in noninterest expenses. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized, subject to the limit of fair value of the collateral. In the Consolidated Statements of Condition, total prepaid expenses and other assets include foreclosed real estate of $128,000 as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and $422,000 and $0 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method.  Depreciation periods are based on estimated useful lives, or in the case of leasehold improvements, based on the terms of the leases if shorter.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
We have a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits for substantially all employees hired before January 1, 2007 who meet certain requirements as to age and length of service. The benefits are based on years of service and average compensation, as defined in the Plan Document. Our funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that could be deducted for federal income tax purposes, while meeting the minimum funding standards established by the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974.

In addition to providing pension benefits, we provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Participants or eligible employees hired before January 1, 1993 become eligible for the benefits if they retire after reaching age 62 with fifteen or more years of service. A fixed percent of annual costs are paid depending on length of service at retirement. We accrue for the estimated costs of these other post-retirement benefits through charges to expense during the years that employees render service. We make contributions to cover the current benefits paid under this plan. Management believes the policy for determining pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses is critical because judgments are required with respect to the appropriate discount rate, rate of return on assets, salary increases and other items. Management reviews and updates the assumptions annually. If our estimate of pension and post-retirement expense is too low we may experience higher expenses in the future, reducing our net income. If our estimate is too high, we may experience lower expenses in the future, increasing our net income.

Repurchase Liabilities
Repurchase agreements are accounted for as secured borrowings since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. Securities are sold to a counterparty with an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same security at a specified price and date. The Company has repurchase agreements with commercial or municipal customers that are offered as a commercial banking service. Customer repurchase agreements are for a term of one day and are backed by the purchasers’ interest in certain U.S. Treasury Bills or other U.S. Government securities. Obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company does not record transactions of repurchase agreements as sales. The securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.
 
 
F-11

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Fee Income 
Fee income for customer services which are not deferred are recorded on an accrual basis when earned.
 
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are provided for differences arising in the timing of income and expenses for financial reporting and for income tax purposes.  Deferred income taxes and tax benefits are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The Company provides a deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards when realization is determined not to be more likely than not.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” , on January 1, 2007.  FASB ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues.  Pursuant to FASB ASC 740-10, the Company examines its financial statements, its income tax provision and its federal and state income tax returns and analyzes its tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.  The Company recognizes interest and penalties arising from income tax settlements as part of its provision for income taxes.
 
Comprehensive Income
The purpose of presenting comprehensive income is to report a measure of all changes in an entity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period other than transactions with owners in their capacity as owners. Comprehensive income includes net income and certain changes in capital that are not recognized in the statement of income (such as changes in net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale). The Company has reported comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Capital Accounts. The components of comprehensive income are presented in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Segment Reporting
The Company’s only business segment is Community Banking. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, this segment represented all the revenues and income of the consolidated group and therefore is the only reported segment as defined by FASB ASC 820, Segment Reporting.
 
 
F-12

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Related Party Transactions
Directors and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and their associates have been customers of and have had transactions with the Company, and management expects that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. See Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information with respect to loans to related parties.

Reclassifications
Amounts in prior period financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Receivables (Topic 310)
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . The statement is intended to improve the transparency of financial reporting by requiring enhanced disclosures about a bank’s allowance for loan losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables (generally defined as loans and leases). The primary goal of the disclosure requirements is to provide more information about the credit risk in a bank’s portfolio of loans and how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for loan loss. The guidance is effective for public entities for annual and interim reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on December 31, 2010 will not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only.
 
Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure (Topic 820)

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . The amendment to Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements including transfer in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and higher levels of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair values measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. The guidance was effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosure of information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as level 3, which is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only.

Derivatives and Hedging, Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives (Topic 815)

In May 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-11 –This is an update to FASB 815 – Derivatives and Hedging and is effective for fiscal quarters beginning after June 15, 2010. This ASU clarifies that the scope exception in Paragraphs 815-15-15-8 through 15-9 only applies to the transfer of credit risk in the form of subordination of one financial instrument to another. This would apply to a securitization that is issued in several tranches and one tranche is subordinate to another tranche of the same securitization. Under these circumstances the embedded credit derivative does not have to be analyzed under the above paragraphs for possible bifurcation. This update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 
F-13

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Transfers of Financial Assets (Topic 860)
 
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-16 codifying the new guidance issued in June 2009 regarding the Transfer of Financial Assets . This guidance requires entities to provide more information about sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the seller retains some risk in the assets. The guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for the derecognition of financial assets, and enhances the disclosure requirements for sellers of the assets. This guidance was effective for the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-16 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

Accounting Standards Codification (Topic 105)
 
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (“SFAS No. 168”).  The Codification did not change GAAP, but rather reorganized it in to approximately 90 accounting topics within a consistent structure to simplify user access.  Contents in each of these accounting topics are further organized by subtopic, section and paragraph.  The Codification was effective for financial statements issued for reporting periods that end after September 15, 2009.  Changes to the Codification are in the form of Accounting Standards Updates issued by the FASB.  The adoption of SFAS No. 168 and the Codification did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements but changed the referencing system for accounting standards from the legacy GAAP citations to codification topic numbers.
 
Consolidation (Topic 810)
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued new guidance related to Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)  (FASB ASC 810-10).  FASB ASC 810-10 amends Interpretation 46(R) to require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (which would result in the enterprise being deemed the primary beneficiary of that entity and therefore, obligated to consolidate the variable interest entity in its financial statements); to require ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity; to revise guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity; and to require enhanced disclosures that will provide more transparent information about an enterprise’s involvement with a variable interest entity.  FASB ASC 810-10 is effective for interim periods as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Subsequent Events (Topic 855)
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued new guidance on Subsequent Events (FASB ASC 855-10), which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.  In particular, the guidance sets forth (1) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity will evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; (2) the circumstances under which an entity will recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and (3) the disclosures that an entity will make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 21 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
 
F-14

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Investments – Debt and Equity Securities (Topic 320)

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance on the Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (FASB ASC 320-10), which amends FASB ASC 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities , to make the other-than-temporary impairment guidance more operational and to improve the presentation of other-than-temporary impairments in the financial statements.  This guidance replaced the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired debt security until recovery with a requirement that management assert it does not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.  When an other-than-temporary impairment exists under this stated assertion, the amount of impairment related to the credit loss component would be recognized in earnings while the remaining amount would be recognized in other comprehensive income.  This guidance provides increased disclosure about the credit and noncredit components of impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold and also requires increased and more frequent disclosures regarding expected cash flows and credit losses and an aging of securities with unrealized losses.  Although this amendment does not result in a change in the carrying amount of debt securities, it does require that the portion of an other-than-temporary impairment not related to a credit loss for a held-to-maturity security be recognized in a new category of other comprehensive income and be amortized over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the security.  This new guidance does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance for other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities.  This guidance was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
2.
   Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks
 
The Company is required to maintain a percentage of transaction account balances on deposit in non-interest-earning reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank that was offset by the Company’s average vault cash. At September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company was required to have cash and liquid assets of approximately $1.3 million, $374,000 and $327,000, respectively, to meet these requirements. The Company maintains a compensating balance of $1.0 million to partially offset service fees charged by the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
3.
   Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information.  In accordance with FASB ASC 820-10, the fair value estimates are measured within the fair value hierarchy.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FASB ASC 820-10 are described as follows:
 
 
F-15

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Basis of Fair Value Measurement
 
 
   ●
Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
 
 
   ●
Level 2 - Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
 
 
   ●
Level 3 - Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).
 
When available, quoted market prices are used.  In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, and estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates.  Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of the Company.
 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:

   
September 30, 2010 (Unaudited)
 
                         
         
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
   
Significant Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 68,991     $ -     $ 68,991     $ -  
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
    16,120       -       16,120       -  
Mortgage-backed securities
    53,500       -       53,500       -  
Corporate debt securities
    1,590       -       1,590       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    67       -       -       67  
Marketable equitiy securities
    5,714       103       5,611       -  
Trust preferred equity securities
    1,840       -       1,840       -  
Securities available for sale
  $ 147,822     $ 103     $ 147,652     $ 67  
 
 
F-16

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:
                         
   
December 31, 2009
 
                         
         
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
   
Significant Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
  $ 5,020     $ -     $ 5,020     $ -  
Mortgage-backed securities
    106,231       -       106,231       -  
Corporate debt securities
    1,513       -       1,513       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    90       -       -       90  
Marketable equitiy securities
    6,507       1,129       5,378       -  
Trust preferred equity securities
    1,989       -       1,989       -  
Securities available for sale
  $ 121,350     $ 1,129     $ 120,131     $ 90  
 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:
                         
   
December 31, 2008
 
                         
         
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
   
Significant Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
  $ 35,981     $ -     $ 35,981     $ -  
Mortgage-backed securities
    131,942       -       131,942       -  
Corporate debt securities
    2,544       -       2,544       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    1,389       1,139       -       250  
Marketable equitiy securities
    5,083       -       5,083       -  
Trust preferred equity securities
    1,165       -       1,165       -  
Securities available for sale
  $ 178,104     $ 1,139     $ 176,715     $ 250  
 
 
F-17

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

   
Securities Available for Sale
 
   
For the Nine
             
   
Months Ended
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 90     $ 250     $ -  
Transfer into Level 3
    -       -       3,379  
Investment paydowns/accretion
    -       -       (264 )
Total losses - (realized/unrealized):
    -       -       -  
Included in earnings
    (23 )     (160 )     (2,865 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    -       -       -  
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    -       -       -  
Balance at the end of period
  $ 67     $ 90     $ 250  
 
Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.  Level 1 securities include highly liquid government bonds and exchange-traded equities.  If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models (i.e. matrix pricing) or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.  Examples of such instruments would include mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, mutual fund investments and certain trust preferred securities.
 
The Company utilizes a third party, nationally-recognized pricing service (“pricing service”) to estimate fair value measurements for almost 100% of its investment securities portfolio.  The pricing service evaluates each asset class based on relevant market information considering observable data that may include dealer quotes, reported trades, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, the LIBOR swap yield curve, trade execution data, market prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.  The fair value prices on all investment securities are reviewed for reasonableness by management.  Also, management assessed the valuation techniques used by the pricing service based on a review of their pricing methodology to ensure proper hierarchy classifications.
 
At September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009, the Company did not use the pricing service for its Level 3 securities, which consisted of pooled trust preferred securities.  Therefore, management obtained a price by using a discounted cash flows analysis and a market bid indication.
 
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period as well as assets that are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.
 
 
F-18

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:

   
At September 30, 2010
 
      (Unaudited)  
   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
   
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ -     $ -     $ 189  
Impaired loans
    -       -       28,122  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       128  
Interest rate swap derivative receivable
    -       4,495       -  
Interest rate derivative liability
    -       4,495       -  
                         
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
   
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ -     $ -     $ 57  
Impaired loans
    -       -       16,392  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       422  
                         
   
At December 31, 2008
 
   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
   
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ -     $ -     $ 46  
Impaired loans
    -       -       97  
 
 
F-19

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights: A mortgage servicing right asset represents the amount by which the present value of the estimated future net cash flows to be received from servicing loans are expected to more than adequately compensate the Company for performing the servicing.  The fair value of servicing rights is estimated using a present value cash flow model.  The most important assumptions used in the valuation model are the anticipated rate of the loan prepayments and discount rates.  Adjustments are only recorded when the discounted cash flows derived from the valuation model are less than the carrying value of the asset.  As such, measurement at fair value is on a nonrecurring basis.  Although some assumptions in determining fair value are based on standards used by market participants, some are based on unobservable inputs and therefore are classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
 
Impaired Loans:   Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans.  Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10 when establishing the allowance for credit losses.  Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan.  Collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or other assumptions.  Estimates of fair value based on collateral are generally based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and therefore such valuations have been classified as Level 3.
 
Other Real Estate Owned: The Company classifies property acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure as other real estate owned in its financial statements.  Upon foreclosure, the property securing the loan is written down to fair value less selling costs.  The writedown is based upon the difference between the appraised value and the book value.  Appraisals are based on observable market data such as comparable sales within the real estate market, however assumptions made in determining comparability are unobservable and therefore these assets are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy.
 
Interest Rate Swap Derivative Receivable and Liability: The Company's derivative positions are valued using proprietary models that use as their basis readily observable market parameters and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives are basic interest rate swaps that do not have any embedded interest rate caps and floors. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters and that are normally traded less actively or have trade activity that is one way are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company does not have any derivatives classified within Level 3.
 
 
F-20

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
4.
   Investment Securities
 
Investment securities at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) were summarized as follows:

   
At September 30, 2010 (Unaudited)
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Market
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale
                       
Debt securities:
                       
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 68,992     $ 80     $ (81 )   $ 68,991  
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
    16,005       115       -       16,120  
Mortgage-backed securities
    50,625       2,877       (2 )     53,500  
Corporate debt securities
    1,500       90       -       1,590  
Trust preferred debt securities
    67       -       -       67  
Trust preferred equity securities
    2,115       27       (302 )     1,840  
Marketable equity securities
    398       3       (8 )     393  
Mutual funds
    5,262       59       -       5,321  
Total securities available for sale
  $ 144,964     $ 3,251     $ (393 )   $ 147,822  
Held-to-maturity
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 9     $ -     $ -     $ 9  
Municipal debt securities
    260       -       -       260  
Trust preferred security
    3,000       -       -       3,000  
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 3,269     $ -     $ -     $ 3,269  
 
At September 30, 2010 (unaudited), the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $2.9 million, net of income taxes of $1.0 million, or $1.9 million, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 
F-21

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Investment securities at December 31, 2009 were summarized as follows:

   
At December 31, 2009
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Market
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale
                       
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
  $ 5,004     $ 16     $ -     $ 5,020  
Mortgage-backed securities
    102,012       4,224       (5 )     106,231  
Corporate debt securities
    1,500       13       -       1,513  
Trust preferred debt securities
    67       23       -       90  
Trust preferred equity securities
    2,132       72       (215 )     1,989  
Marketable equity securities
    1,479       88       (148 )     1,419  
Mutual funds
    5,065       23       -       5,088  
Total securities available for sale
  $ 117,259     $ 4,459     $ (368 )   $ 121,350  
Held-to-maturity
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 10     $ 1     $ -     $ 11  
Trust preferred security
    3,000       -       -       3,000  
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 3,010     $ 1     $ -     $ 3,011  
 
At December 31, 2009, the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $4.1 million, net of income taxes of $1.4 million, or $2.7 million, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
Investment securities at December 31, 2008 were summarized as follows:

   
At December 31, 2008
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Market
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale
                       
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
  $ 35,628     $ 353     $ -     $ 35,981  
Mortgage-backed securities
    130,467       1,550       (75 )     131,942  
Corporate debt securities
    2,500       44       -       2,544  
Trust preferred debt securities
    250       -       -       250  
Trust preferred equity securities
    2,154       25       (1,014 )     1,165  
Marketable equity securities
    1,479       50       (160 )     1,369  
Mutual funds
    5,000       -       (147 )     4,853  
Total securities available for sale
  $ 177,478     $ 2,022     $ (1,396 )   $ 178,104  
Held-to-maturity
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 11     $ 2     $ -     $ 13  
Trust preferred security
    3,000       -       (241 )     2,759  
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 3,011     $ 2     $ (241 )   $ 2,772  
 
 
F-22

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


At December 31, 2008, the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $626,000, net of income taxes of $213,000, or $413,000 is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time the investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008:

   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
         
Gross
         
Gross
         
Gross
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
 
September 30, 2010 (unaudited)
                               
Available for sale:
                                   
U.S. Treasuries
  $ 41,914     $ (81 )   $ -     $ -     $ 41,914     $ (81 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    -       -       410       (2 )     410       (2 )
Trust preferred equities
    -       -       1,713       (302 )     1,713       (302 )
Marketable equity securities
    43       (5 )     4       (3 )     47       (8 )
Total
  $ 41,957     $ (86 )   $ 2,127     $ (307 )   $ 44,084     $ (393 )
                                                 
December  31, 2009
                                               
Available for sale:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ -     $ -     $ 4,837     $ (5 )   $ 4,837     $ (5 )
Trust preferred equity securities
    -       -       1,917       (215 )     1,917       (215 )
Marketable equity securities
    206       (14 )     626       (134 )     832       (148 )
Total
  $ 206     $ (14 )   $ 7,380     $ (354 )   $ 7,586     $ (368 )
                                                 
December  31, 2008
                                               
Available for sale and held to maturity:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 769     $ (4 )   $ 9,164     $ (71 )   $ 9,933     $ (75 )
Trust preferred equity securities
    3,062       (279 )     1,078       (976 )     4,140       (1,255 )
Marketable equity securities
    451       (73 )     304       (87 )     755       (160 )
Mutual funds
    4,853       (147 )     -       -       4,853       (147 )
Total
  $ 9,135     $ (503 )   $ 10,546     $ (1,134 )   $ 19,681     $ (1,637 )
 
Management believes that no individual unrealized loss as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2009 represents a credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, based on its detailed monthly review of the securities portfolio.  Among other things, the other-than-temporary impairment review of the investment securities portfolio focuses on the combined factors of percentage and length of time an issue is below book value as well as consideration of issuer specific (present value of cash flows expected to be collected, issuer rating changes and trends, credit worthiness and review of underlying collateral), broad market details and the Company’s intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before recovering its cost.  The Company also considers whether the depreciation is due to interest rates or credit risk.
 
 
F-23

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $160,000, relating to one trust preferred security. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $160,000 relating to one trust preferred security.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges on two trust preferred securities, one preferred stock and seven common stocks which totaled $5.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges.
 
There were gross realized losses of $123,000 and $1.1 million gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited). There were no realized gains or losses on sales of securities available for sale for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. There were no gross realized gains or losses on sales of securities available for sale for the year ended December 31, 2009.  There were gross realized losses of $30,000 and $0 gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale in 2008. There were gross realized losses of $1.0 million and $0 gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale in 2007.
 
As of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009, United States Government agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities with a cost of $138.6 million and $110.6 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for treasury, tax and loan deposits, public funds and retail liabilities.
 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) by contractual maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties:

   
At September 30, 2010 (Unaudited)
 
   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
 
   
Amortized
   
Market
   
Amortized
   
Market
 
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Due in one year or less
  $ 69,492     $ 69,491     $ 260     $ 260  
Due after one year through five years
    16,005       16,120       -       -  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,000       1,090       -       -  
Due after ten years
    67       67       3,000       3,000  
Mortgage-backed securities
    50,625       53,500       9       9  
Total debt securities
  $ 137,189     $ 140,268     $ 3,269     $ 3,269  
 
 
F-24

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2009 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties:

   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
 
   
Amortized
   
Market
   
Amortized
   
Market
 
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Due in one year or less
  $ 500     $ 507     $ -     $ -  
Due after one year through five years
    5,004       5,020       -       -  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,000       1,006       -       -  
Due after ten years
    67       90       3,000       3,000  
Mortgage-backed securities
    102,012       106,231       10       11  
Total debt securities
  $ 108,583     $ 112,854     $ 3,010     $ 3,011  
 
The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (FHLBB), owned $7.4 million of FHLBB capital stock as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008, which is equal to its FHLBB capital stock requirement.
 
At this time the FHLBB is not redeeming excess stock from its members.  In 2008 the FHLBB suspended the dividend on the stock and does not expect to pay a dividend in 2010.  The Company evaluated its FHLBB capital stock for potential other-than-temporary impairment at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009.  Capital adequacy, credit ratings, the value of the stock, overall financial condition of both the FHLB system and FHLBB as well as current economic factors was analyzed in the impairment analysis.
 
The Company concluded that its position in FHLBB capital stock is not other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
 
F-25

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
5.
   Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Loans consisted of the following:

   
As of
               
   
September 30,
   
As of December 31,
   
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
               
Real estate
                   
Residential
  $ 469,636     $ 446,880     $ 385,943    
Commercial
    324,860       265,515       201,511    
Construction
    49,676       68,704       59,442    
Installment
    13,971       16,423       21,518    
Commercial
    110,860       104,476       87,717    
Collateral
    2,118       2,486       2,124    
Home equity line of credit
    82,788       66,658       33,411    
Demand
    228       415       627    
Revolving credit
    73       75       74    
Resort
    100,617       82,794       47,674    
Total loans
    1,154,827       1,054,426       840,041    
Less:
                         
Allowance for loan losses
    (18,196 )     (16,316 )     (9,952 )  
Net deferred loan costs
    2,230       1,885       1,822    
Loans, net
  $ 1,138,861     $ 1,039,995     $ 831,911    
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

   
As of
                   
   
September 30,
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 16,316     $ 9,952     $ 8,124     $ 8,312  
Provision for loan losses
    3,688       7,896       2,117       (706 )
Charge-offs
    (1,854 )     (1,639 )     (354 )     (323 )
Recoveries
    46       107       65       841  
Balance at end of period
  $ 18,196     $ 16,316     $ 9,952     $ 8,124  
 
Nonperforming loans, which consist of non-accruing loans and loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest totaled $20.8 million, $14.8 million and $6.1 million as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  If the non-accruing loans had been current, in accordance with their contractual terms, additional interest income would have been recorded in the amounts of $1.4 million and $622,000 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), respectively and $754,000, $203,000 and $78,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no significant loans on nonaccrual status that were still accruing interest at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
 
F-26

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
          The following is a summary of impaired loans:

   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Investment in impaired loans
  $ 28,122     $ 16,392     $ 97  
Impaired loans with related allowance
    13,280       10,242       97  
Allowance on impaired loans
    2,580       1,410       19  
 
 For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the average investment in impaired loans was $26.6 million, $7.8 million, $9.9 million, $176,000 and $218,000 respectively.  Interest income recognized on impaired loans was $217,000, $204,000, $301,000, $21,000 and $20,000, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Included in impaired loans were troubled debt restructurings of $14.8 million, $3.5 million and $0 as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
As of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no commitments to lend additional funds for loans considered impaired.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The Company services residential real estate mortgage loans that it has sold without recourse to third parties. The carrying value of mortgage servicing rights as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) was $131,000 and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $57,000 and $46,000, respectively.  The fair value of these mortgage servicing rights as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) approximated $189,000 and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 approximated $57,000 and $46,000, respectively.
 
The principal balance of loans serviced for others, which are not included in the accompanying statements of condition, totaled $33.8 million at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and $23.7 million and $27.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
F-27

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Related Party Loans
 
During the regular course of its business, the Company makes loans to its executive officers, Directors and other related parties.
 
Changes in loans to related parties were as follows:

   
At
             
   
September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,039     $ 1,107     $ 593  
Loans to related parties who terminated services
    (345 )     -       -  
Addition of related parties during the period
    -       -       368  
Additional loans and advances
    361       435       265  
Repayments
    (292 )     (503 )     (119 )
Balance at end of period
  $ 763     $ 1,039     $ 1,107  
 
All related party loans as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, were performing.
 
6.
 Investment in Real Estate
 
The Company was an equity partner in a joint venture with a developer and received 50% of the venture’s net profits.  The Company sold their partnership interest in this joint venture on June 17, 2004.  The sale was financed by the Company and therefore the resulting gain was deferred and recognized as income as the loan was paid down.  During 2008, the loan was paid in full and the remaining deferred gain of $701,000 was recognized.
 
There were no other investments in real estate at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
F-28

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
7.
 Premises and Equipment
 
The following is a summary of the premises and equipment accounts:

   
As of
                   
   
September 30,
   
As of December 31,
   
Estimated
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
Useful Lives
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Land
  $ 1,773     $ 1,658     $ 1,233       N/A  
Premises and leasehold improvements
    19,311       18,587       14,889    
5-40 years
 
Furniture and equipment
    21,917       19,160       14,873    
3 - 10 years
 
      43,001       39,405       30,995          
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (21,331 )     (19,133 )     (17,104 )        
    $ 21,670     $ 20,272     $ 13,891          
                                 
For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) depreciation and amortization expense was $2.2 million and $1.4 million respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 depreciation and amortization expense was $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
 
8.
 Credit Arrangements
 
The Company has access to a pre-approved line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) for $8.8 million, which was undrawn at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009.
 
The Company has access to a pre-approved unsecured line of credit with the PNC Bank for $10.0 million, which was undrawn at September 30, 2010 (unaudited). The Company entered into this arrangement during 2010.
 
During 2010, the Company entered into the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window loan collateral program that enables the Company to borrow up to $98.5 million on an overnight basis as of September 30, 2010. The funding arrangement was collateralized by $150.0 million in pledged commercial real estate loans as of September 30, 2010.
 
In accordance with an agreement with the FHLBB, the Company is required to maintain qualified collateral, as defined in the FHLBB Statement of Credit Policy, free and clear of liens, pledges and encumbrances, as collateral for the advances, if any, and the preapproved line of credit.  The Company is in compliance with these collateral requirements.
 
 
F-29

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
FHLBB advances consist of the following as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
(Dollars in thousands)
            As of September    
As of December 31,
 
Advance Date  
Interest Rate
   
Maturity Date
      30, 2010    
2009
   
2008
 
               
(Unaudited)
             
03/14/08
    2.33%       03/16/09     $ -     $ -     $ 3,000  
03/14/08
    2.69%       03/15/10       -       3,000       3,000  
04/11/08
    3.17%       04/11/12       3,000       3,000       3,000  
04/11/08
    3.40%       04/11/13       9,000       9,000       9,000  
04/11/08
    3.83%       04/13/15       6,000       6,000       6,000  
04/16/08
    2.50%       04/16/09       -       -       3,000  
04/18/08
    2.82%       04/19/10       -       6,000       6,000  
07/03/08
    3.12%       07/07/09       -       -       8,000  
07/29/08
    3.12%       07/30/09       -       -       8,000  
08/21/08
    3.07%       08/24/09       -       -       10,000  
08/29/08
    3.51%       08/30/10       -       5,000       5,000  
08/29/08
    3.91%       08/29/11       5,000       5,000       5,000  
08/29/08
    4.26%       08/29/13       5,000       5,000       5,000  
09/02/08
    2.97%       03/04/09       -       -       8,000  
09/02/08
    3.15%       09/03/09       -       -       7,000  
09/11/08
    2.68%       03/03/09       -       -       5,000  
09/18/08
    3.06%       09/21/09       -       -       5,000  
12/23/08
    0.90%       06/24/09       -       -       3,000  
12/26/08
    3.31%       12/26/13       8,000       8,000       8,000  
12/26/08
    3.17%       12/26/13       2,000       2,000       2,000  
12/30/08
    0.75%       07/01/09       -       -       5,000  
10/05/09
    2.72%       04/07/14       10,000       10,000       -  
01/25/10
    2.52%       07/25/14       7,000       -       -  
07/12/10
    2.25%       07/13/15       7,000       -       -  
07/20/10
    2.11%       07/20/15       6,000       -       -  
                                         
                    $ 68,000     $ 62,000     $ 117,000  

 
 
Advances from the FHLBB are collateralized by first mortgage loans with an estimated eligible collateral value of $455.6 million, $426.2 million and $381.8 million at September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB in an amount at least equal to the sum of 0.35% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or up to 4.5% of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLBB. The carrying value of FHLBB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the stock.
 
The Bank has a Master Repurchase Agreement borrowing facility with a broker.  Borrowings under the Master Repurchase Agreement are secured by the Company’s investments in certain mortgage-backed securities totaling $24.2 million.  Outstanding borrowings are as follows:
 
 
F-30

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
               
As of
             
(Dollars in thousands)
         
September 30,
   
As of December 31,
 
Advance Date
 
Interest Rate
   
Maturity Date
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
               
(Unaudited)
             
March 13, 2008
    3.34%       3/13/2018     $ 6,000     $ 6,000     $ 6,000  
March 14, 2008
    3.93%       3/13/2018       4,500       4,500       4,500  
March 15, 2008
    3.16%       3/13/2015       10,500       10,500       10,500  
                    $ 21,000     $ 21,000     $ 21,000  

The Bank offers overnight repurchase liability agreements to commercial or municipal customers whose excess deposit account balances are swept daily into collateralized repurchase liability accounts. The Bank had repurchase liabilities outstanding of $60.8 million, $50.1 million and $34.2 million as of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008; respectively. They are secured by the Company’s investment in specific issues of agency mortgage-backed securities and agency obligations with a market value of $75.7 million, $63.7 million and $66.6 million respectively, as of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
9.
 Deposits
 
Deposits consisted of the following:

   
As of
             
   
September 30,
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 135,441     $ 128,884     $ 111,337  
Interest-bearing
                       
NOW accounts
    385,028       151,770       54,319  
Money market
    161,765       146,906       83,835  
Savings accounts
    130,214       119,491       105,029  
Time deposits
    418,208       446,705       449,428  
Club accounts
    370       130       137  
Total deposits
  $ 1,231,026     $ 993,886     $ 804,085  
 
Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more approximated $165.5 million at September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and $171.9 million and $152.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
F-31

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Contractual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

   
As of
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
2009
  $ -     $ -     $ 402,435  
2010
    137,173       397,718       33,408  
2011
    208,814       26,605       6,479  
2012
    35,400       5,825       2,759  
2013
    12,015       4,196       4,346  
2014
    11,721       12,361       1  
Thereafter
    13,085       -       -  
    $ 418,208     $ 446,705     $ 449,428  
 
10.
 Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Company maintains a non-contributory defined-benefit pension plan covering eligible employees who have completed one full year of service and attained age 21 (the “qualified plan”).  Benefits are based on a covered employee’s annual compensation and credited service. On January 1, 2007, the Company made two significant changes to the qualified plan: 1) any employee hired after January 1, 2007 is not eligible for inclusion in the qualified plan and 2) the benefit formula for credited service after January 1, 2007, for employees in the plan, was changed from 2% of credited service to 1% of credited service.
 
The Company also maintains a supplemental retirement plan (“supplemental plan”) to provide benefits to certain employees whose calculated benefit under the qualified plan exceeds the Internal Revenue Service limitation.
 
The Company sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans that cover eligible employees.  One plan provides health (medical and dental) benefits, and the other provides life insurance benefits.  The accounting for the health care plan anticipates no future cost-sharing changes.  The Company does not advance fund its postretirement plans.
 
The measurement date for each plan is the Company’s year end.
 
The amounts related to the qualified plan and the supplemental plan are reflected in the tables that follow as “Pension Plans.”
 
 
F-32

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligation, plan assets and the funded status of the pension plans and other postretirement benefits plans:
 
      Pension Plans    
Other Postretirement
Benefits
 
   
Year Ended December
31,
   
Year Ended December
31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Change in benefit obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
  $ 16,053     $ 14,650     $ 2,120     $ 2,007  
Service cost
    543       519       49       56  
Interest cost
    944       899       124       123  
Plan participants’ contributions
    -       -       31       33  
Plan amendments & rate changes
    -       508       -       -  
                                 
Actuarial loss (gain)
    -       -       146       (45 )
Adjustment for measurement date change
    -       -       -       45  
Benefits paid
    (649 )     (523 )     (92 )     (99 )
Benefit obligation at end of period
  $ 16,891     $ 16,053     $ 2,378     $ 2,120  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
    11,622       11,558       -       -  
Actual return on plan assets
    631       (639 )     -       -  
Employer contributions
    976       1,226       61       66  
Plan participants’ contributions
    -       -       31       33  
Benefits paid
    (649 )     (523 )     (92 )     (99 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
  $ 12,580     $ 11,622     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Funded status recognized in the statements of condition
  $ (4,310 )   $ (4,431 )   $ (2,378 )   $ (2,120 )
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ (15,360 )   $ (11,779 )   $ (2,378 )   $ (2,120 )
 
 
F-33

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following tables set forth the components of net periodic pension and benefit costs for the pension plans and other postretirement plans:
 
   
Pension Plans
 
   
Nine months ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(unaudited)
                   
Components of net periodic pension costs:
                             
Service cost
  $ 391     $ 407     $ 543     $ 519     $ 610  
Interest cost
    746       708       944       899       841  
Expected return on plan assets
    (760 )     (664 )     (885 )     (848 )     (830 )
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost
     (94      (91      (121     (121     (121
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
    173       172       229       93       148  
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 456     $ 532     $ 710     $ 542     $ 648  
 
   
Other Postretirement Benefits
   
Nine months ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(unaudited)
                   
Components of net periodic  postretirement costs:
                             
Service cost
  $ 39     $ 37     $ 49     $ 56     $ 86  
Interest cost
    104       93       124       123       154  
Amortization of prior service costs
    (36 )     (35 )     (47 )     (48 )     (18 )
Recognized net loss
    -       -       -       -       8  
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 107     $ 95     $ 126     $ 131     $ 230  
 
 
F-34

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following table reflects the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during 2010:
 
   
Pension Benefits
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine funding status:
                       
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets (1)
    7.75 %     7.75 %     -       -  
Rate of compensation increase (1)
    4.50 %     4.50 %     -       -  
                                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs:
                               
                                 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.25 %     6.00 %     6.25 %
Expected return on plan assets (1)
    7.75 %     8.25 %     -       -  
Rate of compensation increase (1)
    4.50 %     4.50 %     -       -  
                                 
(1) Rates not applicable to the supplemental retirement plan.
                         
 
Assumptions
 
The following table sets forth significant actuarial assumptions used to determine the funding status and the periodic benefit costs:
 
Health Care Trend Assumptions
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    10.00 %     10.00 %
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to
    5.00 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at
    2019       2018  
 
 
F-35

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
   
Effect of a Change in the Health Care Cost Trend Rates
 
   
2009
 
2008
 
   
 
1 Percentage
Point Increase
 
1 Percentage
Point Decrease
 
1 Percentage
Point Increase
 
1 Percentage
Point Decrease
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Effect on total of service and interest components
  $ 19     $ (16 )   $ 21     $ (17 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    258       (214 )     229       (190 )
 
Plan Assets
 
Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. In accordance with FASB ASC 820, the fair value estimates are measured within the fair value hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements).
 
Basis of Fair Value Measurement
 
  Level 1   —      
Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2   —      
Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3   —      
Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
 
When available, quoted market prices are used. In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of the plan.
 
 
F-36

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at September 30, 2010 by asset category are listed in the table below:
 
   
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
   
Significant
Observable Inputs
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
 
Investments in pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $ 13,077     $ -  
 
The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 by asset category are listed in the table below:
 
   
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
   
Significant
Observable Inputs
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Investments in pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $ 12,580     $ -  
 
The fair value of the pooled separate accounts reflected above is the net asset value (NAV) of the securities held by the plan at year end.
 
Investment Strategy and Asset Allocations
 
Plan assets are to be managed within an ERISA framework so as to provide the greatest probability that the following long-term objectives for the qualified pension plan are met in a prudent manner. The Company recognizes that, for any given time period, the attainment of these objectives is in large part dictated by the returns available from the capital markets in which plan assets are invested.
 
The asset allocation of plan assets reflects the Company’s long-term return expectations and risk tolerance in meeting the financial objectives of the plan. Plan assets should be adequately diversified by asset class, sector and industry to reduce the downside risk to total plan results over short-term time periods, while providing opportunities for long-term appreciation.
 
The Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
 
   
Pension Allocations
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Money market funds
    62 %     71 %
Stock funds
    18 %     12 %
Bond funds
    20 %         17 %
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
 
F-37

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Expected Contributions
 
The Company contributed $1.0 million to the qualified defined benefit plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited). Additional contributions, if any, will be within tax deductible limits. Since the supplemental plan and the postretirement benefit plans are unfunded, the expected employer contributions for the year ending December 31, 2010 is equal to the Company’s estimated future benefit payment liabilities less any participant contributions.
 
Expected Benefit Payments
 
The following is a summary of benefit payments expected to be paid by the non-contributory defined benefit pension plans (dollars in thousands):
 
2010
  $ 714  
2011
    743  
2012
    774  
2013
    895  
2014
    954  
Years 2015 - 2019
    5,651  
 
The following is a summary of benefit payments expected to be paid by the medical, dental and life insurance plan (dollars in thousands):
 
2010
  $ 115  
2011
    116  
2012
    121  
2013
    126  
2014
    135  
Years 2015 - 2019
    788  
 
401(k) Plan
 
Employees who have completed one year of service and have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the Company’s defined contribution savings plan (“401(k) plan”).  Eligible employees may contribute an unlimited amount (not to exceed IRS limits) of their compensation. The Company may make matching contributions of 100% of the participant’s deferral not to exceed 4% of the participant’s compensation. Contributions by the Company for nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) were $353,000 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $492,000 and $350,000, respectively.  On January 1, 2007, the Company made several significant changes to the 401(k) plan:  1) implemented a Safe Harbor provision, which provides a match of 100% for the first 4% of employee contribution and eliminated the vesting schedule for monies matched after January 1, 2007; 2) announced their plan to exercise a discretionary employer contribution which would range from 0% to 11% based on profits and determined by the Board of Directors and management (subject to a vesting schedule) and 3) the definition of compensation was changed to W-2 compensation and the entry dates were changed to quarterly from semi-annual.
 
Supplemental Plans
 
The Company has entered into agreements with certain current and retired executives to provide supplemental retirement benefits.  The present values of these future payments, not included in the previous table, are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the statements of condition.  
 
 
F-38

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
As of September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, the accrued supplemental retirement liability was $1.1 million, $924,000 and $961,000, respectively. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, net expense for these supplemental retirement benefits was $340,000, $97,000, $92,000, $59,000 and $123,000, respectively.
 
11.
 Income Taxes
 
The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:
   
 
                   
   
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Current provision
                             
Federal
  $ 2,917     $ 1,027     $ 1,079     $ 2,806     $ 2,294  
State
    4       -       4       4       3  
      2,921       1,027       1,083       2,810       2,297  
Deferred benefit
                                       
Federal
    (661 )     (1,108 )     (908 )     (2,197 )     (48 )
State
    -       -       -       -       -  
      (661 )     (1,108 )     (908 )     (2,197 )     (48 )
Total  provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 2,260     $ (81 )   $ 175     $ 613     $ 2,249  
 
The following is a reconciliation of the expected federal statutory tax to the income tax provision as reported in the statements of income:
   
 
                   
   
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal tax rate
  $ 2,473     $ (112 )   $ 361     $ 870     $ 2,512  
Dividends received deduction
    (70 )     (69 )     (99 )     (111 )     (101 )
State income taxes
    3       -       3       3       2  
Changes in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (165 )     (126 )     (166 )     (177 )     (174 )
Other - net
    19       226       76       28       10  
Income tax provision (benefit) as reported
  $ 2,260     $ (81 )   $ 175     $ 613     $ 2,249  
 
 
F-39

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Deferred tax assets
                 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 6,276     $ 5,266     $ 3,171  
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits
    2,437       2,588       2,554  
Deferred compensation
    1,984       1,833       1,619  
Other than temporary impairment on securities available-for-sale
    990       1,083       1,676  
Allowance for off-balance sheet provision
    89       345       246  
Fixed assets
    -       -       212  
Other
    872       868       611  
Gross deferred tax assets
    12,648       11,983       10,089  
Valuation reserve
    -       -       -  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 12,648     $ 11,983     $ 10,089  
Deferred tax liabilities
                       
Net origination fees
    1,321       1,221       1,001  
Available for sale mark to market
    972       1,391       212  
Fixed assets
    725       781       -  
Bond discount accretion
    112       178       235  
Other
    80       39       56  
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    3,210       3,610       1,504  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 9,438     $ 8,373     $ 8,585  
 
The allocation of deferred tax expense (benefit) involving items charged to current year income and items charged directly to capital are as follows:
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Federal
   
Federal
   
Federal
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Deferred tax expense (benefit) allocated to capital
  $ (404 )   $ 1,120     $ (308 )
Deferred tax benefit allocated to income
    (661 )     (908 )     (2,197 )
Total change in deferred taxes
  $ (1,065 )   $ 212     $ (2,505 )
 
The Company will only recognize a deferred tax asset when, based upon available evidence, realization is more likely than not.  At September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has not recorded a valuation allowance against the federal deferred tax assets.
 
 
F-40

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
During 1999, the Bank formed a subsidiary, Farmington Savings Loan Servicing Inc., which qualifies and operates as a Connecticut passive investment company pursuant to legislation enacted in May 1998.  Income earned by a passive investment company is exempt from Connecticut corporation business tax.  In addition, dividends paid by Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc. to its parent, Farmington Bank are also exempt from corporation business tax.  The Bank expects the passive investment company to earn sufficient income to eliminate Connecticut income taxes in future years.  As such, no state deferred tax assets or liabilities have been recorded.
 
The Company has not provided deferred taxes for the tax reserve for bad debts, of approximately $3.4 million, that arose in tax years beginning before 1987 because it is expected that the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 593 will be met in the foreseeable future.
 
The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008.  The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2007 through 2009.
 
12.
 Lease Commitments
 
The Company’s headquarters and certain of the Company’s branch offices are leased under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates through the year 2025.  Various leases have renewal options of up to an additional fifteen years.  Payments on four of the leases are subject to an escalating payment schedule.  The future minimum rental commitments as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 for these leases are as follows:
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
       
2010
  $ 446     $ 1,715  
2011
    1,865       1,730  
2012
    1,882       1,744  
2013
    1,954       1,814  
2014
    1,879       1,736  
Thereafter
    8,633       8,374  
    $ 16,659     $ 17,113  
 
Total rental expense for all leases amounted to $1.5 million and $628,000 for the nine months  ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited), respectively, and $929,000,$778,000 and $623,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
 
13.
 Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statement of condition.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
 
F-41

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk are as follows:
 
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
Approved loan commitments
  $ 34,391     $ 41,518     $ 62,668  
Unadvanced portion of construction loans
    39,026       49,945       61,043  
Unadvanced portion of resort loans
    29,581       -       -  
Unused lines for home equity loans
    80,180       70,245       39,310  
Unused revolving lines of credit
    355       347       353  
Unused commercial letters of credit
    10,883       4,513       5,013  
Unused commercial lines of credit
    47,723       53,304       40,811  
    $ 242,139     $ 219,872     $ 209,198  
 
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk had a valuation allowance of $260,000, $258,000 and $184,000 as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited), December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  Collateral held is primarily residential property.
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no off balance sheet special purpose entities and participated in no securitizations of assets.
 
14.
 Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company primarily grants commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers located within its primary market area in the state of Connecticut.  The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and residential mortgages.  The Company has no negative amortization or option adjustable rate mortgage loans.
 
15.
 Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
FASB ASC 825-10, Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  FASB ASC 825-10 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
 
 
F-42

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments:
 
Cash and cash equivalents :  The carrying amounts reported in the statement of condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values.
 
Investment securities:   Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
 
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock :  The fair value of stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston is assumed to approximate its cost.
 
Loans :  In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective year end and included appropriate adjustments for expected credit losses.  A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows associated with nonaccrual loans.  Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses.  However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans would seek.
 
Accrued interest:   The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.
 
Deposits :  The fair values disclosed for demand deposits and savings accounts (e.g., interest and noninterest checking and passbook savings) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregate expected monthly maturities of time deposits.
 
Borrowed funds:   The fair value for borrowed funds are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of agreements.
 
Repurchase liability:   Repurchase liabilities represent a short-term customer sweep account product.  Because of the short-term nature of these liabilities, the carrying amount approximates its market value.
 
 
F-43

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
FASB ASC 825-10 defines the fair value of demand deposits as the amount payable on demand and prohibits adjusting fair value for any value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time.  That component is commonly referred to as a deposit base intangible.  This intangible asset is neither considered in the above fair value amounts nor is it recorded as an intangible asset in the statement of condition.
 
The following table presents a comparison of the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company s financial instruments:
                                     
   
At September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
         
2008
       
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Amount
   
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                         
Financial assets
                                   
Cash and due from banks
  $ 32,574     $ 32,574     $ 23,299     $ 23,299     $ 18,654     $ 18,654  
Federal funds sold
    103,000       103,000       5,000       5,000       -       -  
Money market funds
    -       -       -       -       13,078       13,078  
Securities held-to-maturity
    3,269       3,269       3,010       3,011       3,011       2,772  
Securities available-for-sale
    147,822       147,822       121,350       121,350       178,104       178,104  
Loans held for sale
    3,407       3,407       -       -       -       -  
Loans
    1,154,827       1,170,784       1,054,426       1,044,331       840,041       846,016  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    7,449       7,449       7,449       7,449       7,420       7,420  
Accrued interest receivable
    4,250       4,250       4,223       4,223       4,493       4,493  
Interest rate swap derivative receivable
    4,495       4,495       -       -       -       -  
                                                 
Financial liabilities
                                               
Deposits
                                               
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    135,441       135,441       128,884       128,884       111,337       111,337  
Savings accounts
    130,214       130,214       119,491       119,491       105,028       105,028  
Money market
    161,765       161,765       146,906       146,906       83,835       83,835  
Time deposits
    418,208       422,407       446,705       453,972       449,428       451,996  
NOW accounts
    385,028       385,028       151,770       151,770       54,319       54,319  
Club accounts
    370       370       130       130       137       137  
FHLB advances
    68,000       71,172       62,000       63,302       117,000       117,441  
Repurchase agreement borrowings
    60,760       60,760       50,086       50,086       34,182       34,182  
Mortgagors escrow accounts
    5,626       5,626       8,894       8,894       7,763       7,763  
Repurchase liabilities
    21,000       21,824       21,000       20,973       21,000       20,633  
Interest rate swap derivative liability
    4,495       4,495       -       -       -       -  
 
 
F-44

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
16.
Regulatory Matters
 
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to quantitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).
 
Management believes, as of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for Prompt Corrective Action.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorizes the Company as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.
 
 
F-45

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
 

 
The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are also presented in the table:
                                           
   
Actual
   
Minimum Required for
Capital Adequacy
Purposes
   
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
                                     
Farmington Bank:
                                   
                                     
At September 30, 2010 (unaudited) -
                                   
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 111,009     10.19
%
  $ 87,151     8.00
%
  $ 108,939       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    97,338     8.94       43,552     4.00       65,328       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    97,338     6.54       59,534     4.00       74,417       5.00  
                                             
At December 31, 2009 -
                                           
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 104,877     10.47
%
  $ 80,135     8.00
%
  $ 100,169       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    92,425     9.22       40,098     4.00       60,146       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    92,425     7.37       50,163     4.00       62,704       5.00  
                                             
At December 31, 2008 -
                                           
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 100,498     12.52
%
  $ 64,216     8.00
%
  $ 80,270       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    90,459     11.27       32,106     4.00       48,159       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    90,459     8.30       43,595     4.00       54,493       5.00  
                                             
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.:
                                           
                                             
At September 30, 2010 (unaudited) -
                                           
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 111,109     10.20
%
  $ 87,144     8.00
%
  $ 108,930       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    97,438     8.95       43,548     4.00       65,322       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    97,438     6.57       59,323     4.00       74,154       5.00  
                                             
At December 31, 2009 -
                                           
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 104,977     10.48
%
  $ 80,135     8.00
%
  $ 100,169       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    92,525     9.23       40,098     4.00       60,146       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    92,525     7.37       50,217     4.00       62,771       5.00  
                                             
At December 31, 2008 -
                                           
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 100,598     12.53
%
  $ 64,246     8.00
%
  $ 80,307       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    90,559     11.28       32,123     4.00       48,184       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    90,559     8.31       43,591     4.00       54,489       5.00  
 
 
F-46

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
 

 
17.
 Other Comprehensive Income
 
The following table represents the components of comprehensive income and other comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
   
For the Nine
                   
   
Months Ended
                   
   
September 30,
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
Net income
  $ 5,014     $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140  
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax
                               
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities:
                               
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period
    (2,198 )     3,627       6,876       3,364  
Less: reclassification adjustment for (losses) gains included in net income
    965       (160 )     (5,206 )     (1,034 )
Net change in unrealized (losses) gains
    (1,233 )     3,467       1,670       2,329  
Change related to employee benefit plans
    43       (253 )     (2,496 )     569  
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax
    (1,190 )     3,214       (826 )     2,898  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (405 )     (1,093 )     281       (986 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (785 )     2,121       (545 )     1,912  
                                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 4,229     $ 3,010     $ 1,401     $ 7,053  
 
18.
 Legal Actions
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings.  After reviewing pending and threatened actions with legal counsel, the Company believes that the outcome of such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements
 
 
F-47

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
 

 
19.
 Parent Company Statements (Unaudited)
 
The following represents the Parent Company’s statements of condition as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and statements of income and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
Statements of Condition
 
 
 
At
             
   
September 30,
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
             
                   
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 100     $ 100     $ 100  
Investment in Farmington Bank
    97,802       93,573       90,563  
Total assets
  $ 97,902     $ 93,673     $ 90,663  
                         
Liabilities and shareholder’s equity
                       
Shareholder’s equity
  $ 97,902     $ 93,673     $ 90,663  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 97,902     $ 93,673     $ 90,663  
 
Income Statements
 
                             
   
For the Nine
                   
   
Months Ended
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
                               
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946       5,140  
                                         
Net income
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140  

 
F-48

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
 

 
Statements of Cash Flows

 
 
For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
   
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
                   
                               
Cash flows from operating activities:
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 5,014     $ (249 )   $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activites:
                                       
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of Farmington Bank
    (5,014 )     249       (889 )     (1,946 )     (5,140 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    -       -       -       -       -  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    -       -       -       -       -  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    100       100       100       100       100  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 100     $ 100     $ 100     $ 100     $ 100  
 
20.
 Interest Rate Swap Agreements (Unaudited)
 
The Company offers commercial customers interest rate swap products in an effort to both attract more sophisticated borrowers as well as to mitigate our interest rate risk associated with long-term commercial loans. The interest rate swap enables these customers to synthetically fix the interest rate on variable interest rate loans. The customers pay a variable rate and enter into a fixed rate swap agreement with the Company. The Company simultaneously enters into a fixed rate interest rate swap agreement with a correspondent bank, PNC, agreeing to pay a fixed income stream and receive a variable interest rate swap. Both of these interest rate swap products are marked to market and are included with prepaid expenses and other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities on our balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the commercial interest rate swaps are included in net interest income. The variable rates on swaps will change as market interest rates change. The Company will enter into swap transactions solely to limit its interest rate risk by obtaining a variable rate income stream while effectively “fixing” the rate for appropriate customer borrowings. The interest rate swap agreements do not have any embedded interest rate caps and floors. The Company does not engage in any speculative swap transactions.  Generally, interest rate swap agreements are offered to “pass” rated borrowers requesting long-term commercial loans or commercial mortgages in amounts of at least $1.0 million. The interest rate swap agreement with its borrowers is cross-collateralized by the loan collateral. The Company is required to collateralize the fair value of its derivative liability. As of September 30, 2010, the Company maintained a cash balance of $4.5 million with PNC and pledged a mortgage backed security with a fair value of $642,000 to collateralize the Company's position. The Company’s agreement with PNC will require PNC to collateralize their position at an agreed upon threshold based upon their investor rating at the time should the Company's liability to them ever become a receivable. As of September 30, 2010, the Company's agreement would require PNC to secure any receivable in excess of $10.0 million. The Company has established a derivative policy which sets forth the parameters for such transactions (including underwriting guidelines, rate setting process, maximum maturity, approval and documentation requirements), as well as identifies internal controls for the management of risks related to these hedging activities (such as approval of counterparties, limits on counterparty credit risk, maximum loan amounts, and limits to single dealer counterparties). The following table summarizes the outstanding balances related to the Company's interest rate swap agreements:
 
 
F-49

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
 

 
   
As of
September 30,
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Unaudited)
 
       
Notional value of Interest Rate Swap Contracts
    66,021  
         
Fair value of interest rate swap derivative receivable recorded in Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
    4,495  
         
Fair value of interest rate swap derivative liability recorded in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
    4,495  
 
21.
 Subsequent Events and Other Matters
 
The Company evaluated transactions occurring after December 31, 2009 in accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events , through April 27, 2010, which was the original date of the issuance of the financial statements.  The Company has also evaluated transactions through January 27, 2011, the date of reissuance of these financial statements .  
 
As of September 30, 2010, the Company had a specific allocation of $1.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming timeshare loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a borrower’s bankruptcy proceedings made it probable that the Company would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required the Company to fully reserve for this loan resulting in an additional provision recorded totaling $3.0 million. The Company has recently decided to gradually exit the timeshare business to focus on commercial and consumer lending while continuing to hold the $100.6 million in outstanding loans and honoring any advances requested relating to the $29.5 million in outstanding loan commitments at September 30, 2010 until they are repaid in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2010, there was $105.2 million in outstanding timeshare loans and $23.6 million in the unadvanced commitments.  As of December 31, 2010 all of the timeshare loans, except for the fully reserved loan noted above, were performing according to their terms.
 
Amounts in prior period financial statements were reclassified to conform with the current year presentation due to immaterial classification errors identified by manangement.
 
In loan footnote 5, we revised the definition of nonperforming loans to include non-accruing loans and loans past 90 days and still accruing interest.
 
New disclosures were provided to comply with SEC financial reporting and the Accounting Standard Codification guidelines for public companies. New required disclosures were included in the Credit Arrangement footnote 8, additional disclosures for public companies were added to the Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans footnote 10, subsidiary ratios were added to the Regulatory Matters footnote 16 and a new footnote was added to report Parent Company Statements in footnote 19.
 
Related party loan disclosures were added to loan footnote 5.  In addition, deposit maturities for deposit accounts greater than $100,000 and contractual deposit maturities for time deposits were added to the deposit footnote 9.
 
 
F-50

 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
 
Up to 13,225,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 15,208,750 shares)
 
$10.00 per Share
 
GRAPHIC
(Proposed Holding Company for Farmington Bank)
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
[Prospectus Date]
 
Until [expiration date] or 25 days after commencement of the syndicated community offering, if any, whichever is later, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 

 
 

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
    Amount (1)  
*Filing Fees (Conn. Banking Commissioner, FINRA and SEC)
  $ 25,500  
*NASDAQ listing fee
    125,000  
*EDGAR, printing, postage and mailing
    300,000  
*Legal fees and expenses
    550,000  
*Accounting fees and expenses
    300,000  
*Appraiser’s fees and expenses
    100,000  
*Securities marketing firm expenses (including legal fees)
    150,000  
*Marketing Agent (1)
    1,076,250  
*Conversion agent fees and expenses
    100,000  
*Business plan fees and expenses
    40,000  
*Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    20,000  
*Certificate printing
    10,000  
*Miscellaneous
    10,000  
*TOTAL
  $ 2,806,750  
 

* Estimated
(1) Farmington Bank has retained Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings. Fees based on the offering of 13,000,000 shares at $10.00 per share and assume that 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold in the subscription and community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan and directors, officers and employees of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and members of their immediate families. In the event any shares are not sold in the subscription and community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and other selected dealers will receive aggregate fees of up to 5.5% of the aggregate price of shares sold in a syndicated community offering, if any.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

            Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
     
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

                 A.              Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
 
II-1

 

                  B.              Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C.              Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or action by the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

                 D.              Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E.              Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

                 F.              Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law.
 
 
II-2

 
 
                Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability.

An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed (unless otherwise noted) as part of this registration statement are as follows:

(a)           List of Exhibits

    The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed (unless otherwise noted) as part of this registration statement are as follows:
 
     
 
   (a)  
    List of Exhibits
 
1
.1
 
Engagement Letter between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
1
.2
 
Agency Agreement by and between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2
.1
 
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3
.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
3
.2
 
Bylaws of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
4
.1
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.*
5
.1
 
Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP regarding legality of securities being registered
8
.1
 
Form of Tax Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP*
10
.1
 
Phantom Stock Plan of Farmington Bank
10
.2
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Farmington Bank
10
.3
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees
10
.4
 
First Amendment to Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees
 
 
II-3

 
 
10
.5
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees
10
.6
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and  John J. Patrick, Jr.
10
.7
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and Gregory A. White
10
.8
 
Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan as amended*
10
.9
 
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
10. 10  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between John J. Patrick, Jr. and Gregory A. White
10. 11  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Michael T. Schweighoffer and Farmington Bank
10. 12  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Gregory A. White and Farmington Bank
21
.1
 
Subsidiaries of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and Farmington Bank
23
.1
 
Consent of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23
.2
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23
.3
 
Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
   
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99
.1
 
Appraisal Agreement between Farmington Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99
.2
 
Business Plan Agreement between Farmington Bank and FinPro, Inc.
99
.3
 
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99
.4
 
Marketing Materials*
99
.5
 
Stock Order and Certification Form*
99
.6
 
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding subscription rights
99
.7
 
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding liquidation accounts
 
  *         To be filed supplementally.
 
(b)           Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
 
(1)
To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
(i)
To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
 
(ii)
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
 
 
II-4

 
 
 
(iii)
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)           To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4)           Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(5)           That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
 
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
 
 
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
 
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
 
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
 
II-5

 
 
(6)           That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(7)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(8)           The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
 
II-6

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the Town of Farmington, State of Connecticut on January 28, 2011.
 
  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  
       
 
By:
/ s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.  
    John J. Patrick, Jr.  
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “FCB”) hereby severally constitute and appoint John J. Patrick, Jr. as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John J. Patrick, Jr. may deem necessary or advisable to enable us to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of FCB’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John J. Patrick, Jr. shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
              
Signatures   Title            Date
         
/s/ John J. Patrick
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
January 28, 2011
John J. Patrick, Jr.
  (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Gregory A. White
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
January 28, 2011
Gregory A. White
  (Principal Financial Officer)    
         
/s/ Kimberly Rozanski  Ruppert  
Vice President and  Chief Accounting Officer
 
January 28, 2011
Kimberly Rozanski  Ruppert    (Principal Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Ronald A. Bucchi
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
Ronald A. Bucchi
       
         
/s/ John Carson
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
John Carson
       
         
/s/ David M. Drew
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
David M. Drew
       
         
/s/ Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
       
         
/s/ Kevin S. Ray
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
Kevin S. Ray
       
         
/s/ Michael A. Ziebka
 
Director
 
January 28, 2011
Michael A. Ziebka
       
 
 
II-7

 

       
1
.1
 
Engagement Letter between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
1
.2
 
Agency Agreement by and between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2
.1
 
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3
.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
3
.2
 
Bylaws of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
4
.1
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.*
5
.1
 
Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP regarding legality of securities being registered
8
.1
 
Form of Tax Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP*
10
.1
 
Phantom Stock Plan of Farmington Bank
10
.2
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Farmington Bank
10
.3
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees
10
.4
 
First Amendment to Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees
10
.5
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees
10
.6
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and  John J. Patrick, Jr.
10
.7
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and Gregory A. White
10
.8
 
Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, as amended*
10
.9
 
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
10. 10  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between John J. Patrick, Jr. and Gregory A. White
10. 11  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Michael T. Schweighoffer and Farmington Bank
10. 12  
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Gregory A. White and Farmington Bank
21
.1
 
Subsidiaries of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and Farmington Bank
23
.1
 
Consent of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23
.2
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23
.3
 
Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
   
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99
.1
 
Appraisal Agreement between Farmington Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99
.2
 
Business Plan Agreement between Farmington Bank and FinPro, Inc.
99
.3
 
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99
.4
 
Marketing Materials*
99
.5
 
Stock Order and Certification Form*
99
.6
 
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding subscription rights
99
.7
 
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding liquidation accounts
       
    To be filed supplementally. 
    
 
II-8
 

Exhibit 1.1
 
 
(KBW LOGO)
 
January 12, 2011
 
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
 
Attention:     John J. Patrick, Jr.
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Farmington Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”).  In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Bank and KBW.  The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”.  This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.
 
1.              Advisory/Offering Services
 
As the Company’s financial advisor , KBW will provide financial advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and related issues.  We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:
 
 
1.
Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan of Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Company’s Business Plan;
 
2.
Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods · 10 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 3400 · Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 · Toll Free:  800.929.6113 · Fax:  312.423.8232
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 2 of 7
 
 
3.
Review all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);
 
4.
Assist the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
 
5.
Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
 
6.
Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;
 
7.
Meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and
 
8.
Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.
 
2.              Due Diligence Review
 
The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances.  The Company agrees  it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company.  The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. KBW will assume that all financial forecasts have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then currently available estimates and judgments of the Company’s management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company.
 
3.              Regulatory Filings
 
The Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies.  In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.
 
 
 

 

Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 3 of 7
 
4.              Fees
 
For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:
 
 
(a)
Management Fee:   A Management Fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $12,500 commencing upon mutual agreement between the Company and KBW.  Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due.  Should the Offerings be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.
 
 
(b)
Success Fee:    A Success Fee of 1% shall be paid based on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, excluding shares purchased by the Company’s officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family) plus any ESOP, tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans (except IRA’s) or similar plan created by the Company for some or all of their directors or employees, or any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a foundation).  The Management Fee described in 4(a) will be credited against any Success Fee paid pursuant to this paragraph.
 
 
(c)
Syndicated Community Offering :  If any shares of the Company’s stock remain available after the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and KBW.  KBW will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Plan.  KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering.  From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.  Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer.
 
 
 

 

Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 4 of 7

5.              Expenses
 
The Company will bear those expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky,”, FINRA filing and registration fees, and DTC eligibility fees; the fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work.  If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.
 
KBW shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the Offerings, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers, which will not exceed $50,000.  KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000.   These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. KBW and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent, including in the event of a material delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document.  The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification provisions contained herein.
 
6.              Limitations
 
The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings.  Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW.  The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.
 
              The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents.  In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.  It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.
 
 
 

 

Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 5 of 7

7.              Benefit
 
This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this letter agreement shall not be assignable by KBW.
 
8.              Confidentiality
 
KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company.  KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, KBW agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information); provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph.  As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.
 
The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW.  The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.
 
9.              Indemnification
 
As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several,  to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith.
 
 
 

 

Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 6 of 7
 
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
 
10.            Definitive Agreement
 
This letter agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings.  No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 8, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 5, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 6, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 9 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.
 
KBW’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBW’s satisfaction with Due Diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offerings.
 
 
 

 

Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 7 of 7
 
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.   Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.
 
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
 
Very truly yours,
 
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
     
By: /s/ Benjamin Saunders  
 
Benjamin Saunders
 
 
Managing Director
 
     
 
/s/ Patricia McJoynt
 
 
Patricia McJoynt
 
 
Managing Director
 
 
FARMINGTON BANK
     
By: /s/ John J. Patrick, Jr. Date:  January 14, 2011
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
     
 
 
 

 
 
(KBW LOGO)
 
January 12, 2011
 
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
 
Attention:     John J. Patrick, Jr.
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the conversion agent to Farmington Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to stock form of organization pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a holding company (the “Holding Company”) to be formed by the Bank to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, Direct Community Offering, and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”).  The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”.  This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.
 
Conversion Agent Services :  As Conversion Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the following services:
 
 
1.
Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:
 
Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;
 
Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and
 
Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and reporting;
 
 
2.
Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:
 
Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for subscribing for stock;
 
Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods · 10 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 3400 · Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 · Toll Free:  800.929.6113 · Fax:  312.423.8232
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 2 of 4
 
 
Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;
 
Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;
 
Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates;
 
Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company to generate interest and refund checks;
 
Create 1099-INT forms for interest reporting, as well as magnetic media reporting to the IRS, for subscribers paid $10 or more in interest for subscriptions paid by check
 
Fees :  For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a fee of $100,000 .   This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Company’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates.  Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees.  All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $25,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offering.
 
Costs and Expenses :  In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, including travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses; which will not exceed $10,000.   The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.
 
Reliance on Information Provided :  The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out its services under this agreement.  The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.
 
Limitations :  KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 3 of 4
 
The Company also agrees neither KBW , nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Company, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.  The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.
 
Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
 
Indemnification :  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party.  The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Bank
January 12, 2011
Page 4 of 4
 
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
 
This letter constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties.  This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, without regard to such state’s rules concerning conflicts of laws.   Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.
 
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
 
Very truly yours,
 
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
     
By:
/ s/ Benjamin Saunders  
 
Benjamin Saunders
 
 
Managing Director
 
     
 
/s/ Patricia McJoynt
 
 
Patricia McJoynt
 
 
Managing Director
 
 
FARMINGTON BANK
       
By:
  /s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.   Date:  January 14, 2011
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
   
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 

Exhibit 2.1
 
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
 
of
 
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
and
 
FARMINGTON BANK
 
January 25, 2011
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
 
 
 
PAGE
1.
Introduction
 
1
2.
Definitions
 
2
3.
General Procedure for Conversion
 
6
4.
Total Number of Shares and Purchase Price of Conversion Stock
 
8
5.
Subscription Rights of Eligible Account Holders (First Priority)
 
9
6.
Subscription Rights of Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans (Second Priority)
 
9
7.
Subscription Rights of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (Third Priority)
 
10
8.
Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering, Public Offering and Other Offerings
 
10
9.
Limitations on Subscriptions and Purchases of Conversion Stock
 
12
10.
Timing of Subscription Offering; Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights and Order Forms
 
14
11.
Payment for Conversion Stock
 
15
12.
Expiration of Subscription Rights; Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms; Insufficient Payment
 
16
13.
Participants in Nonqualified Jurisdictions or Foreign Countries
 
17
14.
Voting Rights of Shareholders
 
17
15.
Liquidation Account
 
17
16.
Transfer of Deposit Accounts
 
20
17.
Requirements Following the Conversion and Reorganization for Registration, Market Making and Stock Exchange Listing
 
20
18.
Restriction on Transfer of Conversion Stock by Officers and Directors
 
20
19.
Restriction on Acquisitions of Conversion Stock
 
20
20.
Stock Compensation Plans
 
21
21.
Dividend and Repurchase Restrictions on Stock
 
21
22.
Effective Date
 
22
23.
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
22
24.
Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation
 
22
25.
Amendment or Termination of the Plan
 
23
26.
Interpretation of the Plan
 
23
 
 
i

 
 
1.            INTRODUCTION.
 
This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”), into the stock holding company form of organization (the “ Conversion ”). The Mutual Holding Company currently owns 100.0% of the common stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered capital stock bank (the “ Bank ”). This Plan provides for the formation of a new stock holding company (the “ Holding Company ”) to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will offer the Holding Company Common Stock in a series of Offerings upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Plan. Upon completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will own 100.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. In furtherance of the Bank's commitment to its community, this Plan also provides for the establishment and funding of a charitable foundation, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”). The Holding Company intends to contribute a number of shares of its authorized but unissued Common Stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offerings.
 
The purpose of converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and conducting the Offerings at this time is to provide the Bank with additional capital to (i) support its organic strategic growth plans; (ii) maintain a strong capital position by exceeding regulatory guidelines; (iii) achieve enhanced profitability by growing its assets and otherwise positioning it to successfully compete in a competitive financial services marketplace; (iv) increase franchise and stockholder value; (v) expand products and services to meet the needs of its customers; (vi) allow it to continue to retain and attract talented and experienced employees through stock based compensation; and (vii) increase its philanthropic endeavors to the communities it serves through the formation and funding of the Foundation.
 
This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank and shall be adopted by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company after it is formed.  The Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total voting power of the Corporators eligible to vote and (ii) a majority of Independent Corporators, who shall constitute not less than 60.0% of the total voting power of the Corporators. The Conversion also must be approved by the Commissioner and is subject to review and non-objection by the FDIC. In addition, the Bank must receive final approval from the FRB to allow the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company to become bank holding companies and own 100.0% of the Bank’s capital stock.
 
The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Bank.  Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Bank will continue to be regulated by the Department of Banking, as its chartering authority, and by the FDIC.  In addition, the Bank will continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC up the maximum limit provided by law.
 
 
1

 
 
2.            DEFINITIONS.
 
As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:
 
ACTING IN CONCERT means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A Person that acts in concert with another Person shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person that is also acting in concert with that other Person, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan shall not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person that serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.  The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company or Officers delegated by such Board of Directors in accordance with Connecticut law and may be based on any evidence upon which the Board of Directors or such delegate chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or have filed Joint 13D or Schedules 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards.
 
AFFILIATE means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
 
APPLICATION means the application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.
 
ASSOCIATE , when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) a corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is an officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10.0% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization; (ii) a trust or other estate if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate, provided, however, that such term does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or a fiduciary; and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and who lives in the same home as such person, or who is a Director or senior Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank or any of their subsidiaries.
 
BANK means Farmington Bank, a stock bank organized under the laws of Connecticut.
 
BANK BENEFIT PLAN(S) includes, but is not limited to, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.
 
BANK COMMON STOCK means the common stock of the Bank, par value $0.01 per share, which stock is not and will not be insured by the FDIC or other governmental authority, all of which is currently held by the Mutual Holding Company and subsequent to the Conversion, all of which will be held by the Holding Company.
 
BANK LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT means the Liquidation Account established in the Bank in connection with the Conversion.
 
CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
COMMISSIONER means the Banking Commissioner of the State of Connecticut.
 
 
2

 
 
CONTROL (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
CONVERSION means the series of transactions provided for in this Plan. All such transactions shall occur substantially simultaneously.
 
CONVERSION STOCK means the Holding Company Common Stock to be issued and sold in the Offerings pursuant to the Plan.
 
CORPORATOR means a Person qualifying as a corporator of the Mutual Holding Company in accordance with the Mutual Holding Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the laws of the State of Connecticut.
 
CORPORATORS’ MEETING means a special meeting of the Corporators called for the purpose of submitting this Plan to the Corporators for their approval.
 
DEPARTMENT OF BANKING means the State of Connecticut Department of Banking.
 
DEPOSIT ACCOUNT means an account maintained at the Bank into which deposits may be made.
 
DEPOSITOR means any person who is legally entitled to withdraw funds from a Deposit Account.
 
DIRECTOR refers to the directors of the Mutual Holding Company, Bank or the Holding Company, as indicated by the context.
 
ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER means any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining Subscription Rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.
 
ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE means the date for determining Eligible Account Holders and is the close of business on September 30, 2009.
 
ESOP means the Farmington Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan or such other Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan adopted by the Holding Company or the Bank in connection with the Conversion, the purpose of which shall be to hold Holding Company Common Stock.
 
ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE means the range of the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings, as determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto.
 
FOUNDATION means the Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.
 
FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.
 
FRB APPLICATION means the application to be submitted to the FRB seeking the FRB’s prior approval to allow the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company to become bank holding companies and own 100% of the Bank’s capital stock.
 
 
3

 
 
HOLDING COMPANY means First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a stock corporation to be organized under the laws of the State of Maryland.  Upon completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall hold all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank.
 
HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK means the common stock of the Holding Company, $0.01 par value per share, which stock is not and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other governmental authority.
 
INDEPENDENT APPRAISER means the independent investment banking or financial consulting firm retained by the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.
 
INDEPENDENT CORPORATOR means a Corporator who is not an employee, officer, director, trustee or significant borrower of the Mutual Holding Company or the Bank.
 
LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT means the account established by the Holding Company that represents the potential interest of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in exchange for their interest in the Mutual Holding Company in connection with the Conversion, as described in Section 15.
 
LOCAL COMMUNITY means (i) all towns, cities and counties in which the Bank has offices, (ii) each such town’s, city’s or county’s metropolitan statistical area, and (iii) all zip code areas in the Bank’s Community Reinvestment Act assessment area.
 
MARKET MAKER means a securities dealer who (i) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations for the Holding Company Common Stock in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations for the Holding Company Common Stock on request, or (iii) may effect transactions for the Holding Company Common Stock in reasonable quantities at quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.
 
MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY means Farmington Holding, Inc., a stock holding company to be organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.
 
MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY MERGER means the merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the survivor, as described in the form of Plan of Merger attached hereto as Annex A-2 . .
 
MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY means First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a mutual holding company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.
 
MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY MERGER means the merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the survivor, as described in the form of Plan of Merger attached hereto as Annex-A-1 .
 
OFFERINGS mean the offering of Conversion Stock to Persons in the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering and/or Public Offering.
 
OFFICER means the chairman of the board of directors, president, chief executive officer, vice-president, secretary, treasurer or principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer and any other person performing similar functions of any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, and any person who has been designated as an officer by the governing board of such organization.
 
 
4

 
 
ORDER FORM means the form or forms to be provided by the Holding Company, containing all such terms and provisions as set forth in Section 10 hereof, to a Participant or other Person by which Conversion Stock may be ordered in the Offerings.
 
PARTICIPANT means any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.
 
PERSON means an individual, company, including any corporation, joint stock company, trust, association, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or similar organization, or any other legal entity, including a federal, state or municipal government or agency or any political subdivision thereof.
 
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION means this Plan of Conversion as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank and any amendment hereto as provided herein.
 
PRIMARY PARTIES means the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
PROSPECTUS means the one or more documents to be used in offering the Conversion Stock in the Offerings.
 
PUBLIC OFFERING means the offering for sale by the Underwriters to the general public of any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering.
 
PURCHASE PRICE means the price per share at which the Conversion Stock is sold by the Holding Company in the Offerings in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
 
QUALIFYING DEPOSIT means the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00, and (ii) a Supplemental Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00.
 
SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING means the offering of the shares of Conversion Stock through nontransferable subscription rights for purchase by Participants, under Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Plan.
 
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS mean nontransferable subscription rights distributed without payment to Participants pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 
SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER means any Person (other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank or their Associates), holding a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.
 
 
5

 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE means the date for determining the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which date is the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the Commissioner's approval of the Conversion and will only occur if the Commissioner has not approved the Conversion within 15 months of the Eligibility Record Date.
 
SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING means the offering for sale by a syndicate of broker-dealers to the general public of shares of Conversion Stock not purchased in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering.
 
TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLAN is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit sharing or other plan and which, with its related trust, is “qualified” under section 401 of the Code as from time to time in effect.  A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.
 
UNDERWRITER means any person who has purchased from the Holding Company with a view to, or offers to sell for the Holding Company in connection with, the distribution of any security, or participates or has a direct or indirect participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking, but such term shall not include a person whose interest is limited to a commission from an underwriter or dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors' or sellers commission.
 
3.
GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION.
 
(a)           It is anticipated that the Conversion will be effected in accordance with the steps set forth below, provided, however, that it may be effected in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of the Plan and applicable laws and regulations.  The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion.  Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy.
 
 
(i)
The Holding Company shall be incorporated as a Maryland corporation and the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall be incorporated as a Connecticut corporation. 
 
 
(ii)
The Mutual Holding Company shall contribute to the Mid-Tier Holding Company 100% of the Bank Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company.
 
 
(iii)
The Mutual Holding Company shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to a Plan of Merger (the “Mutual Holding Company Merger”), whereby the shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Mutual Holding Company Merger will be extinguished and the Depositors will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
 
 
6

 
 
 
(iii)
Immediately thereafter, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with and into the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger”), with the Holding Company as the surviving entity, pursuant to a Plan of Merger, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and the liquidation interests constructively received by the Depositors in the Mutual Holding Company Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of such Depositors, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
 
 
(iv)
Immediately thereafter, the Holding Company will consummate the sale of the Conversion Stock in the Offerings. Shares of Conversion Stock will be offered in a Subscription Offering in descending order of priority to (i) Eligible Account Holders, (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any.  Any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons will be offered for sale to certain members of the public through a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Public Offering or through a combination of such Offerings.
 
 
(v)
Subject to the Commissioner’s approval, the Holding Company will contribute at least 50.0% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in a constructive exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.
 
(b)           The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank have adopted this Plan and shall seek the approval of the Corporators. The Bank shall provide all Corporators with notice of the Corporators’ Meeting and informational material regarding the Plan at least 10 days prior to the Corporators’ Meeting.  At the Corporators’ Meeting, the Plan must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least (i) a majority of the total voting power of the Corporators eligible to vote, which total voting power shall not be less than 25 Corporators, and (ii) a majority of Independent Corporators who shall constitute not less than 60.0% of the total voting power of the Corporators. Following the Corporators’ Meeting, the Mutual Holding Company shall file with the Commissioner a certificate of the Secretary of the Mutual Holding Company that the Corporators’ Meeting was held and that the Plan was duly approved by the Corporators in accordance with the voting requirements stated in this Plan. In addition, the Bank plans to notify Depositors, in accordance with applicable regulations, that the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank adopted the Plan and that a copy of the Plan is available for inspection at the Bank’s main office and branches.
 
(c)           Following receipt of requisite approval of the Conversion by the Commissioner, the Holding Company will mail to Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.
 
(d)           The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to complete the Conversion, including filing timely applications and other materials for approval with the Commissioner, the FDIC, the FRB, and the SEC, as necessary.  The Mutual Holding Company must also receive a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion from its counsel as to the tax consequences of the Conversion, providing in part that the Conversion will not result in a taxable reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank under the Code.  All notices regarding the filing of the applications will be published as required.
 
 
7

 
 
(e)           The Board of Directors of the Bank intends to take all necessary steps to form the Holding Company, including the filing of any necessary applications to the appropriate regulatory authorities that will govern the activities of the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and the initial Directors of the Holding Company will be the Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. The Holding Company will issue and sell the Conversion Stock in accordance with this Plan and make timely applications for any requisite regulatory approvals, including an application to register as a bank holding company, and the filing of a registration statement to register the sale of the shares of Conversion Stock with the SEC.
 
(f)           The Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of financial and other advisors and investment bankers to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Offerings, including the payment of fees to brokers for assisting Persons in completing and/or submitting Order Forms. The Holding Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that all fees, expenses, retainers and similar items are reasonable.
 
4.            TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK.
 
(a)           An Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the Primary Parties to provide an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as required by applicable regulations. The Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties shall thoroughly review and analyze the methodology and fairness of the independent appraisal. The valuation will be made by a written report to the Primary Parties, contain the factors upon which the valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner and the FDIC. The valuation shall contain an Estimated Price Range reflecting the anticipated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion. The maximum and minimum aggregate Purchase Price shall not be more than 15.0% above or 15.0% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Estimated Price Range.
 
(b)           The total number of shares (and the range thereof) of Conversion Stock that will be sold in connection with the Conversion will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering; provided, however, that the Boards of Directors may elect to increase or decrease the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Offerings in the event of a demand for the Holding Company Common Stock or changes in market and financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner. If deemed appropriate, the Commissioner may condition its approval by requiring a resolicitation of subscribers. In particular, if the Estimated Price Range is increased to reflect changes in market and financial conditions after the close of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Offering, the total number of shares of Conversion Stock offered may be increased by up to 15.0%, so long as the aggregate Purchase Price is not more than 15.0% above the maximum of the Estimated Price Range.
 
(c)           All shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings shall be sold at a uniform price per share, which when multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock shall be equivalent to the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion in accordance with the valuation furnished by the Independent Appraiser. At the close of the Subscription Offering, the Independent Appraiser shall present a valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion. The aggregate Purchase Price of the Conversion Stock shall be adjusted to reflect any required changes in the Estimated Price Range. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Aggregate Purchase Price is more than 15.0% above the maximum of the Estimated Price Range, the Bank shall obtain an amendment to the Commissioner’s approval. If deemed appropriate, the Commissioner may condition their approval or non-objection by requiring a resolicitation of subscribers. The adjusted price per share for each share of Conversion Stock when multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock shall be equivalent to the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion in accordance with the valuation furnished by the Independent Appraiser.
 
 
8

 
 
5.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY).
 
(a)           Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, as first priority and without payment, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $400,000 of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Offerings, or (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of the shares of Conversion Stock that will be issued in the Offerings by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.
 
(b)           In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock by Eligible Account Holders pursuant to paragraph 5(a), the Conversion Stock available for purchase will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his/her total allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such Eligible Account Holder. Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares of Conversion Stock have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
(c)           Subscription Rights held by Eligible Account Holders who are also Directors or Officers of the Primary Parties or such Directors’ or Officers’ Associates will be subordinated to the Subscription Rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent such Subscription Rights are attributable to increased deposits during the one-year period preceding the Eligibility Record Date.
 
6.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY).
 
(a)           Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall receive without payment, as a second priority after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock offered for sale in the Offerings, including any shares of Conversion Stock to be issued as a result of an increase in the Conversion Stock valuation range approved by the Commissioner. If, after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, a sufficient number of shares of Conversion Stock are not available to fill the subscriptions by such Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the subscriptions shall be filled to the maximum extent possible. If all of the shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Subscription Offering are purchased by Eligible Account Holders, then the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares in the open market following consummation of the Conversion or may purchase authorized but unissued shares directly from the Holding Company . If authorized, the ESOP may purchase up to 8.0% of the Conversion Stock to be issued and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 2.0% of the Conversion Stock to be issued. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan; provided, however, that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.
 
 
9

 
 
7.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY).
 
(a)           Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if any, shall receive without payment, as a third priority after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) $400,000 of the of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Offerings, or (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of the shares of Conversion Stock that will be issued in the Offerings by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.
 
(b)           In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock by the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders pursuant to paragraph 7(a), the shares of Conversion Stock available for purchase will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied until all available shares of Conversion Stock have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
(c)           If a person is an Eligible Account Holder and a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, the Eligible Account Holder’s allocation shall be included in determining the number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be allocated to such person as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.
 
8.
COMMUNITY OFFERING, SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING, PUBLIC OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS.
 
 
A.
Community Offering .
 
(i)           Conversion Stock which remains unsubscribed for after the exercise of Subscription Rights pursuant to Sections 5 through 7 hereof may be offered for sale to the general public through a Community Offering.  The Community Offering will be conducted in a manner that will promote a widespread distribution of the Conversion Stock.  The Community Offering may commence simultaneously with, during or after the Subscription Offering, as the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank so determine, provided, however, that it must be completed not more than 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner. The Community Offering may involve the use of a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced in the sale of savings institution securities.
 
 
10

 
 
(ii)           In making the Community Offering, preference will be given first to natural persons residing in the Bank’s Local Community, then to natural persons residing elsewhere in the State of Connecticut, and then to the public at large. Persons shall have the right to purchase up to the maximum of $400,000 of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, subject to the maximum purchase limitations specified in Section 9 hereof; provided, however, orders accepted in the Community Offering shall be filled up to a maximum of 2.0% of the total Conversion Stock, and thereafter, remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled. The Holding Company and the Bank may accept or reject subscriptions for shares of Conversion Stock in the Community Offering in whole or in part.
 
B.           Syndicated Community Offering.
 
If any Conversion Stock remains unsubscribed for after the close of the Subscription Offering and Community Offering, the Holding Company may use the services of a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to sell such unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock on a best efforts basis.  The Syndicated Community Offering will be conducted in a manner that will promote the widespread distribution of the Conversion Stock. The syndicate of registered broker-dealers may be managed by one of the syndicate members who will act as agent of the Holding Company to assist the Holding Company in the sale of the Conversion Stock. Neither the syndicate manager nor any other syndicate member shall have any obligation to take or purchase any of the shares of Conversion Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Syndicated Community Offering, if held, is expected to be held during or promptly after the Subscription Offering, as may be determined at any time by the Boards of Directors, provided that it must be completed not more than 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner. Persons shall have the right to purchase up to the maximum of 5.0% of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings in the Syndicated Community Offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations specified in Section 9 hereof; provided, however, orders accepted in the Syndicated Offering shall be filled up to a maximum of 2.0% of the total Conversion Stock, and thereafter, remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled. The Holding Company may accept or reject subscriptions for shares of Conversion Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering in whole or in part.
 
C.           Public Offering.
 
If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock cannot be effected or is not deemed to be advisable, and shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering, these shares may be sold to Underwriters for resale to the general public in a Public Offering.  Any such Public Offering shall be conducted in accordance with applicable law and regulations. It is expected that the Public Offering would commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering.
 
 
11

 
 
If for any reason a Public Offering of unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock cannot be effected and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering, Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and Bank will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares of Conversion Stock. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Commissioner and to compliance with applicable securities laws.
 
D.           Timing of Offerings.
 
In addition to any other restrictions set forth in this Plan or required by applicable law, the Offerings shall be completed within twenty-four (24) months from the date this Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank.
 
9.
LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK.
 
The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of Conversion Stock in the Offerings:
 
(a)           Other than the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, the limitations to which are set forth below, the maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be subscribed for in the Offerings by any Person or Participant is 40,000 and the maximum number of shares that may be subscribed by any Person together with an Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert in the Offerings is 100,000.
 
(b)           A minimum of 25 shares of Conversion Stock must be purchased by each Person in the Offerings to the extent such shares are available; provided; however, that such minimum number will be reduced so that the aggregate Purchase Price of such minimum shares will not exceed $500.00.
 
(c)           In addition to the other restrictions and limitations set forth herein, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased by Directors, Officers, employees and their Associates, when combined with the Exchange Shares received by such Persons, shall not exceed 25.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings, including any shares of Conversion Stock which may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Purchase Price to reflect changes in market, financial and economic conditions after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Offering.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding the limitations set forth above and except in the case of Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in the aggregate, the limitations to which are set forth below, the maximum aggregate amount of Conversion Stock which any Person, together with any Associate or Persons Acting in Concert, may, directly or indirectly, subscribe for or purchase in the Offerings, shall not exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be outstanding upon consummation of the Conversion, including any shares of Conversion Stock which may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Purchase Price to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or financial conditions after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Offering.
 
 
12

 
 
(e)           The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased in the Conversion by the ESOP shall not exceed 8.0% and all Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, in each instance, including any shares which may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Price Range to reflect a demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Offerings.
 
(f)           Depending upon the demand for our share and market and financial conditions and subject to any required regulatory approvals, the Boards of Directors, without further approval of the Corporators, unless such further approval is required by the Commissioner, may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in this Plan to a percentage that does not exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings, except as otherwise provided below. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased, the Holding Company must resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount and may, in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Conversion Stock in the event that the purchase limitations are so increased will be granted by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion. Upon request, the Commissioner may approve the purchase limitation to be increased to a percentage that does not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings.
 
(g)           The Holding Company and the Bank shall have the right to take such action as they may, in their discretion based on the relevant facts and circumstances, deem necessary or appropriate to monitor and enforce the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Plan and the Order Form, including the  right to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscriptions or order, delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Conversion Stock which they believe may violate, or is designed to evade or circumvent such limitations and restrictions.  In the event the number of shares of Conversion Stock otherwise allocable to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted hereunder, the number of shares of Conversion Stock allocated to such Person and such Person’s Associates shall be reduced to the lowest applicable limitation to that Person and so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.
 
(h)           For purposes of this Section 9, (i) Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company; (ii) the Holding Company shall not aggregate the Conversion Shares attributed to a Person in a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan  with shares of Conversion Stock purchased directly by, or otherwise attributable, to such Person; and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan; and (iv) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of, or Persons Acting in Concert with, any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank.
 
 
13

 
 
10.
TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING; MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDER FORMS.
 
(a)           Promptly after the Commissioner and the SEC have declared effective the Prospectus and all other required regulatory approvals have been obtained, the Holding Company shall cause the Prospectus, together with the Order Forms, to be distributed to all Participants at their last known address appearing in the records of the Bank, for the purpose of enabling them to exercise their respective Subscription Rights. The Prospectus shall describe the Conversion and the Offerings and will contain all information necessary to enable the recipients of the Prospectus and Order Forms to make informed investment decisions regarding the purchase of Conversion Stock and as required by the Commissioner and applicable laws and regulations
 
(b)           The Order Forms will contain or will be accompanied by, among other things, the following:
 
 (i)           An explanation of the rights and privileges granted under this Plan to each class of Persons granted Subscription Rights pursuant to Sections 5 to 7, inclusive, of this Plan with respect to the purchase of shares of Conversion Stock, including the maximum and minimum number of shares that may be purchased;
 
 (ii)          A specified time period in which Order Forms must be received by the Bank for purposes of exercising the Subscription Rights, which must be at least 20 days and not more than 45 days after the distribution of the Prospectus and Order Forms, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner;
 
 (iii)         A statement that the aggregate Purchase Price at which the Conversion Stock will ultimately be purchased in the Offerings has not been determined as of the date of mailing of the Prospectus and Order Form, but that such price will be within the range of prices which will be stated in the Prospectus and Order Form;
 
 (iv)         The amount which must be returned with the Order Form to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock.  Such amount will be equal to the Purchase Price multiplied by the number of Conversion Shares subscribed for in accordance with the terms of this Plan;
 
 (v)          Instructions concerning how to indicate on such Order Form the extent to which a Person elects to exercise Subscription Rights under this Plan, the name or names in which the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for are to be registered, the address to which certificates representing such shares are to be sent and the alternative methods of payment for Conversion Stock which will be permitted;
 
 (vi)         Specifically designated blank spaces for indicating the number of shares of Conversion Stock which each Person wishes to purchase and for dating and signing the Order Form;
 
 (vii)       An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received, prior to signing the Order Form, the Prospectus;
 
 (viii)      A statement that the Subscription Rights provided for in this Plan are nontransferable, will be void after the specified time referred to in paragraph 10(b)(ii) above and may be exercised only by delivery of the Order Form, properly completed and executed, to the Bank, together with the full required payment (in the manner specified in Section 11 of this Plan) for the number of Shares subscribed for prior to such specified time;
 
 
14

 
 
 (ix)         Provision for certification to be executed by the recipient of the Order Form to the effect that, as to any shares of Conversion Stock which the Person elects to purchase, such recipient is purchasing such shares for the Person’s account only and has no present agreement or understanding regarding any subsequent sale or transfer of such shares;
 
 (x)          A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Bank; and
 
 (xi)         An explanation of the manner of required payment and a statement that payment may be made by withdrawal from a certificate of deposit without penalty.
 
11.           PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK.
 
(a)           Full payment for all shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for must be received by the Primary Parties, together with properly completed and executed Order Forms therefore.
 
(b)           A Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan that subscribes for Conversion Stock may pay for such shares of Conversion Stock upon consummation of the Offerings, provided that there is in force from the time of the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan’s subscription until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Plan, a loan commitment pursuant to which the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will be loaned funds for the payment of the shares for which it subscribed.
 
(c)           If it is determined that the aggregate Purchase Price should be greater than the amount stated in the Order Forms, upon compliance with such requirements as may be imposed by the Commissioner and any other regulatory authorities, each Person who subscribed for shares of Conversion Stock will be permitted to withdraw their subscription and have their payment for shares returned to them in whole or in part, with interest, or to make payment to the Primary Parties of the additional amount necessary to pay for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by such Person at the Purchase Price in the manner and within the time prescribed by the Primary Parties.
 
(d)           If the aggregate Purchase Price is outside the range of prices established by the Independent Appraiser and as set forth in the Prospectus, the Bank will apply for an amendment to the Commissioner's approval of this Plan and comply with such requirements as the Commissioner may then establish.
 
(e)           Payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered for purchase by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, and persons in the Community Offerings will be permitted to be made in any of the following manners:
 
(i)           By cash, check, bank draft or money order, provided that checks will only be accepted subject to collection.  Cash should not be mailed; or
 
 
15

 
 
(ii)           By appropriate authorization of withdrawal from the subscriber s Deposit Account at the Bank.  The Order Forms will contain appropriate means by which authorization of such withdrawals may be made. For purposes of determining the withdrawable balance of such Deposit Accounts, such withdrawals will be deemed to have been made upon receipt of appropriate authorization therefore, but interest at the rates applicable to the Deposit Accounts from which the withdrawals have been deemed to have been made will be paid by the Bank on the amounts deemed to have been withdrawn until the date on which the Offering is consummated, at which date the authorized withdrawal will actually be made.  Such withdrawals may be made upon receipt of Order Forms authorizing such withdrawals, but interest will be paid by the Bank on the amounts withdrawn as if such amounts had remained in the accounts from which they were withdrawn until the date upon which the sales of Conversion Stock pursuant to exercise of Subscription Rights are actually consummated.  Interest will be paid by the Bank at not less than the rate per annum being paid by the Bank on its passbook accounts at the time the Subscription Offering commences on payments for Conversion Stock received in the Subscription Offering in cash or by check, bank draft, money order or negotiable order of withdrawal from the date payment is received until consummation or termination of the Offerings.  The Bank shall be entitled to invest all amounts paid for subscriptions in the Subscription Offering for its own account until completion or termination of the Offering.
 
(f)           Wire transfers as payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered for purchase will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment.
 
(g)          Payments for the purchase of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering will be permitted through authorization of withdrawals from certificate accounts at the Bank without early withdrawal penalties.  If the remaining balances of the certificate accounts after such withdrawals are less than the minimum qualifying balances under applicable regulations, the certificates evidencing the accounts will be canceled upon consummation of the Offerings, and the remaining balances will thereafter earn interest at the rate provided for in the certificates in the event of cancellation.
 
(h)          The Bank shall not knowingly loan funds or otherwise extend credit to any Participant or other Person to purchase Conversion Stock.
 
(i)           Each share of Conversion Stock shall be non-assessable upon payment in full of the aggregate Purchase Price owing.
 
12.
EXPIRATION OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS; UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORMS; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT.
 
(a)           All Subscription Rights provided for in this Plan will expire on a specified date described in the Prospectus and Order Form which shall be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days following the date on which Order Forms are first mailed to the Participants, provided that the Primary Parties shall have the power to extend such expiration date upon receiving approval by the Commissioner.
 
(b)           In those cases in which the Primary Parties are unable to locate particular persons granted Subscription Rights under this Plan, and cases in which Order Forms: (i) are returned as undeliverable by the United States Post Office; (ii) are not received back by the Primary Parties or are received by the Primary Parties after the expiration date specified thereon; (iii) are defectively filled out or executed; or (iv) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), the Subscription Rights of the Person to whom such Subscription Rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon. Furthermore, in the event that Order Forms (i) are not delivered and are returned to the Primary Parties by the United States Postal Service, or the Bank is unable to locate the addressee, or (ii) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the Subscription Rights of the Person to which such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the Order Form within the time period specified thereon.
 
 
16

 
 
(c)           The Primary Parties shall have the right, in their discretion based on the applicable facts and circumstances and without liability to any subscriber or other Person, to reject or reduce any Order Form, including, but not limited to, any Order Form (i) that is improperly completed or executed; (ii) that is not timely received; (iii) that is submitted by facsimile or is photocopied; (iv) that is not accompanied by the proper payment (or authorization of withdrawal for payment) or, in the case of institutional investors, not accompanied by an irrevocable order together with a legally binding commitment to pay the full amount of the purchase price prior to 48 hours before the completion of the Offerings; or (v) that is submitted by a Person whose representations are believed by the Primary Parties to be false or who the Primary Parties otherwise believe, either alone or Acting In Concert with others, is violating, evading or circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Primary Parties may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any Order Form or may require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion Stock by such date as they may specify.  The interpretation of the Primary Parties of the terms and conditions of the Order Forms shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons.
 
13.
PARTICIPANTS IN NONQUALIFIED JURISDICTIONS OR FOREIGN COUNTRIES.
 
The Primary Parties will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all jurisdictions of the United States in which Participants entitled to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to this Plan reside; provided, however, that no such Participant will be offered any Subscription Rights or sold any Conversion Stock under this Plan who resides in a foreign country or who resides in a jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which all of the following apply: (a) there are few Participants eligible to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock under the Plan who reside in such jurisdiction, (b) the granting of Subscription Rights or the offer or sale of Conversion Stock to such Participants would require the Primary Parties or their employees, under the laws of such jurisdiction, to register as a broker, dealer or agent or to register or otherwise qualify the Conversion Stock for sale in such jurisdiction, and (c) such registration, qualification or filing in the judgment of the Primary Parties would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise. No payments will be made in lieu of the granting of Subscription Rights to such Persons.
 
14.           VOTING RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS.
 
Following the Conversion, voting rights with respect to the Bank will be held and exercised exclusively by the Holding Company, as the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank. Voting rights with respect to the Holding Company will be held and exercised exclusively by the holders of the Holding Company Common Stock.
 
15.           LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT.
 
(a)           Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.   The Liquidation Account will be maintained in an amount equal to the net worth of the Mutual Holding Company in the statement of financial condition included in the final Prospectus.  The function of the Liquidation Account is to establish a priority in the event of liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company and, except as provided for in this Section 15, shall not affect the Bank’s or Holding Company’s net worth. The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the Eligible Depositors and Supplemental Eligible Depositors who continue to maintain a Deposit Account at the Bank.
 
 
17

 
 
(b)           In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such an event) within ten (10) years of the Conversion, following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Holding Company and the Bank (including Depositors) and the Holding Company, as applicable, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if any, shall be entitled to receive from the Liquidation Account a liquidation distribution in the amount of the then-current adjusted sub-account balances for Deposit Accounts then held by such Depositor. Such distribution shall be made before any liquidation distribution is to be made to any holders of capital stock of the Holding Company. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions in which the Holding Company or the Bank is not the surviving institution, will be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose, and, in any such transaction, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.
 
 (c)          In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) within ten (10) years of the Conversion, following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including Depositors), as applicable, at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of the liquidation to fund the distribution due with respect to the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then-current adjusted subaccount balance   for Deposit Accounts then held by such Depositor.  Such distribution shall be made before any liquidation distribution is to be made to any holders of capital stock of the Holding Company.
 
(d)           In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Depositor and Supplemental Eligible Depositor shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same terms, conditions and rights as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).
 
(e)           The initial balance of a sub-account in the Liquidation Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be an amount determined by multiplying the amount in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of Qualifying Deposits in such Qualifying Deposit Account on the Eligibility Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as appropriate, and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders or all Supplemental Account Holders, as appropriate, on the corresponding record date. For Qualifying Deposit Accounts in existence at both record dates, separate sub-accounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Qualifying Deposit Accounts on such record dates.
 
 
18

 
 
(f)           The initial balance of each sub-account in the Liquidation Account shall never be increased, but will be subject to downward adjustment as follows: If the balance in the Deposit Account to which a sub-account balance relates, at the close of business on any annual fiscal year closing date of the Bank subsequent to the corresponding record date, is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in such Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual fiscal year closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, then the sub-account balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such sub-account balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such Deposit Account balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the sub-account balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any increase in the balance of the related Deposit Account. If any Deposit Account is closed, its related sub-account balance shall be reduced to zero upon such closing.

 (g)           The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

(h)           The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

(i)           For the two-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not, without prior approval required by its banking regulators, (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated.  Upon the written request of the Connecticut Department of Banking at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of the Eligible Depositors and Supplemental Eligible Depositors will be solely and exclusively established in such liquidation account at the Bank.  In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall become the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. The Liquidation Account shall be maintained for ten (10) years after the completion of the Conversion.
 
 
19

 

16.           TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.

The Conversion will have no affect on the Deposit Accounts at the Bank, except to the extent individual Depositors choose to have funds withdrawn in connection with a subscription of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

17.
REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION FOR REGISTRATION, MARKET MAKING AND STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING.

Following the Conversion, the Holding Company shall: (i) promptly register its shares of Holding Company Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not deregister its shares for at least 3 years; (ii) encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and to maintain a market for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock; (iii) use its best efforts to list the shares of Holding Company Common Stock on a national or regional securities exchange or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system; and (iv) file all reports that the Commissioner or other regulatory authorities may require.

18.
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF CONVERSION STOCK BY OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

(a)           Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank who purchase shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering are restricted from selling such shares for a period of one year after the effective date of the Conversion, except in the event of the death of such Officer or Director, unless such sale is otherwise approved by the Commissioner.

(b)           With respect to all shares of Conversion Stock subject to restriction on subsequent disposition pursuant to Section 18(a) hereof, each of the following provisions shall apply: (i) each certificate representing such shares of Conversion Stock shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of such restriction; (ii) instructions will be given to the transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificates representing such shares of Conversion Stock, or any change of record ownership thereof in violation of such restriction on transfer; and (iii) any shares of the Conversion Stock issued in respect of a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise in respect of ownership of outstanding shares of Conversion Stock subject to restrictions on transfer hereunder will be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the Conversion Stock in respect of which such shares are issued.

19.
RESTRICTION ON ACQUISITIONS OF CONVERSION STOCK.

(a)           For a period of 7 years following completion of the Conversion, no Person, acting singly or with an Associate or one or more Persons Acting In Concert, shall directly or indirectly, offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of an equity security of the Holding Company without the prior written approval of the Commissioner. The provisions of this Section 19 shall not apply to (i) any offer to acquire with a view toward public resale made solely and exclusively to the Holding Company, or underwriters or a selling group acting on behalf of the Holding Company; (ii) any offer to acquire up to 1.0% of any class of shares of the Holding Company, provided the Commissioner does not object in writing; (iii) an offer to acquire or an acquisition by a corporation whose ownership is or will be substantially the same as the Holding Company’s ownership, provided the offer or acquisition is made more than 1 year after the Conversion; or (iv) the acquisition by one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that the Plans do not beneficially own more than 25.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock in the aggregate.
 
 
20

 

(b)           Where any Person directly or indirectly, acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of any equity security of the Holding Company within such 7 year period without the prior approval of the Commissioner, the Conversion Stock beneficially owned by such Person in excess of such 10.0% limit shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any Person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote.

(c)           For a period of 3 years following completion of the Conversion, Directors and Officers of the Holding Company and the Bank and their Associates may only purchase shares of Conversion Stock from a registered broker-dealer under the applicable securities laws, except that such Officers, Directors and their Associates may (i) engage in a negotiated transaction involving more than 1.0% of issued and outstanding Conversion Stock and (ii) purchase Conversion Stock through any of the Holding Company’s Stock Benefit Plans.

20.
STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS.

(a)           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion.

(b)           Subsequent to the Conversion, the Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans and management or employee stock plans, provided, however, that any such plan implemented during the 1 year following consummation of the Conversion: (i) is disclosed in the Prospectus; (ii) is subject to a separate majority vote by the shareholders of the Holding Company at least 6 months after consummation of the Conversion; (iii) in the case of a stock option plan, does not grant stock options in excess of 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion; (iv) in the case of management stock benefit plan, does not hold, in the aggregate, more than 3.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion, which may be increased to 4.0% with the approval of the Commissioner, subject to certain exceptions set forth in applicable regulations; (v) in the case of any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan and management stock benefit plan, does not hold, in the aggregate, more than 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion; (vi) does not permit an individual to receive more than 25.0% of the shares under the plan; (vii) does not permit Directors of the Holding Company or the Bank who are not employees to receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually or 30.0% of the shares of any one or more benefit plan in the aggregate; (viii) complies with Connecticut statutes and regulations; (ix) does not grant stock options at less than the market price of such options at the time of grant; (x) is not funded by stock issued at the time of the Conversion; (xi) does not begin to vest earlier than one year after the shareholders of the Holding Company approve such plan or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year; (xii) permits accelerated vesting only for disability or death or in the event of a change of control; and (xiii) provides that Officers or Directors shall exercise or forfeit their options if the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized under applicable federal law, is subject to an enforcement action by the Commissioner or receives a capital directive from the Commissioner.

21.           DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK.

(a)           The Holding Company may not repurchase shares of Conversion Stock for a period of 1 year after the Conversion, provided that the Holding Company may seek approval from the Commissioner to make (i) repurchases in the open market of up to 5.0% of the Holding Company’s outstanding stock in extraordinary circumstances; (ii) repurchases of qualifying shares of a director or pursuant to an offer made to all shareholders; (iii) repurchases to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by the shareholders in accordance with the Holding Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; and (iv) repurchases to fund Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.  Such request for approval shall provide the purpose of the repurchases, an explanation of any extraordinary circumstances necessitating the repurchases and any additional information required by the Commissioner. The Holding Company shall aggregate purchases of shares by the Foundation with its repurchases.
 
 
21

 

(b)           The Holding Company may declare or pay a dividend on the Holding Company Common Stock after the completion of the Conversion (i) if the Holding Company does not return any capital, other than ordinary dividends, to purchasers during the term of the business plan submitted with the Conversion; (ii) the dividend will not reduce the Bank’s regulatory capital below the amount required for the Liquidation Account pursuant to Connecticut regulations; and (iii) it complies with applicable law.

22.           EFFECTIVE DATE.

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the last of the following actions occurs: (i) the filing of the Plan of Merger or a Certificate of Merger with the Connecticut Secretary of State with respect to the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the filing of the Plan of Merger or Certificate of Merger with the Maryland Secretary of State with respect to the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger; and (ii) the closing of the issuance of the shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering. The filing of the Plans of Merger or a Certificate of Merger relating to the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger or the closings of the issuance of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering shall not occur until all requisite regulatory and Corporator approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired and sufficient subscriptions and orders for the Conversion Stock have been received.  It is intended that the closing of the Mutual Holding Company Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and the sales of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering shall occur consecutively and substantially simultaneously.

23.           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS.

As part of the Conversion, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will be adopted to reflect the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from mutual to stock form.  Copies of the proposed Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws are attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 , respectively, and made part of the Plan.  By approving the Plan, the Corporators of the Mutual Holding Company will be approving the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company. Prior to completion of the Conversion, the proposed Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may be amended in accordance with the provisions and limitations for amending the Plan under Section 25 herein. The effective date of the adoption of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company shall be the date of filing of the Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Maryland.

24.           ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION.

As part of the Conversion, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank intend to establish a charitable foundation that will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to donate to the Foundation from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, 4.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offerings.  The establishment and funding of the Foundation is intended to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the local community to share in the Bank’s long-term growth and profitability.
 
 
22

 

The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes and causes in the communities served by Farmington Bank.  The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5.0% of the average fair value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. To serve the purposes for which it was founded and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Common Stock contributed to it by the Holding Company.

The Board of Directors of the Foundation initially will be comprised of individuals who are Officers and/or Directors and/or Corporators of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank and at least one member of the local community.  The Board of Directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. The donations of Holding Company Common Stock to the Foundation will include a condition that the amount of Common Stock that may be sold by the Foundation in any one year shall not exceed 5.0% of the average market value of the assets held by the Foundation, except where the Foundation’s Directors determine that the failure to sell a greater amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.

25.           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

This Plan may be substantively amended by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank in their sole discretion at any time with the concurrence of the Commissioner and, if necessary, the FRB and FDIC, or as a result of comments from regulatory authorities.  This Plan may be terminated by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and Bank at any time.

26.           INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN.

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner and other regulatory authorities.
 
 
23

 
 
 
 
Exhibit A-1
 
 
24

 

Exhibit A-2
 
 
25

Exhibit 3.1
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
          The undersigned, John J. Patrick, Jr., an individual over the age of 18, whose address is One Farm Glen Road, Farmington, Connecticut 06032, acting as sole incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation:
 
           ARTICLE 1.              Name.    The name of the corporation is First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).
 
           ARTICLE 2.              Principal Office.    The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
 
           ARTICLE 3.              Purpose.    The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
 
          ARTICLE 4.              Resident Agent.    The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

          ARTICLE 5.  Capital Stock
 
                A.   Authorized Stock.    The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is thirty-two million (32,000,000) shares, consisting of:
 
                        1.   Two million (2,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and
 
                        2.   Thirty million (30,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).
 
The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($320,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus, subject to applicable law and regulations.  The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles of Incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.  For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
 
 
 

 
 
B.   Common Stock.    Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, the holders thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, distribution of the Liquidation Account established for certain depositors of Farmington Bank pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization dated January 25, 2011, as amended (the “Plan of Conversion”), and payment or provision for payment of any amounts owed to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having preference over the Common Stock on distributions on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
                C.   Preferred Stock.    The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
 
                 D.   Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.
 
        1.   Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, for a period of seven (7) years after the Corporation becomes the beneficial owner of 100% of Farmington Bank’s voting stock, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of voting stock, such that such person would be the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock (the “Limit”). The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) any offer with a view toward public resale made exclusively to the Corporation by underwriters or a selling group acting on its behalf, or (ii) any tax-qualified employee benefit plan or arrangement established by the Corporation and any trustee of such a plan or arrangement.
 
        2.   Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding voting stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of the Limit, be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by any record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of voting stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all voting stock owned by such person would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series beneficially owned by such person and owned of record by such record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of voting stock beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.
 
         3.   The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.
 
(a)           An “affiliate” of a specified person shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)         “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on January 27, 2011; provided, however, that a person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any voting stock:
 
 
(i)
which such person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
 
 
 (ii)
which such person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction which is described in clauses (i) or (ii) of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
 
 
    (iii)
which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any voting stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any voting stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of voting stock of a person, the outstanding voting stock shall include shares deemed owned by such person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other voting stock which may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding voting stock shall include only voting stock then outstanding and shall not include any voting stock which may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
 
 
 

 
 
(c)           A “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.
 
4.           The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of voting stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) whether a person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section.
 
5.           The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own voting stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record voting stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) (a “Holder in Excess”) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
 
6.           Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
 
7.           In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.
 
E.       Majority Vote. Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring the authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
 
F.      Quorum.   Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this Section D, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in the Articles of Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 6.    Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.
 
A.   Preemptive Rights.   No holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, except such as may be established by the Board of Directors.
 
B.   Appraisal Rights.    Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
 
ARTICLE 7.      Directors.   The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
 
A.   Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
B.   Number, Class and Terms of Directors; Cumulative Voting .  The Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than six (6) nor more than twelve (12) members. The number of directors of the Corporation constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be seven (7) and shall thereafter be fixed from time to time at such number as the Board of Directors may by resolution determine in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided, however,  that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) now or hereafter in force. The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the directors in each class to hold office until their successors, if any, are elected and qualified. Each member of the Board of Directors in Class I shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2012, each member of the Board of Directors in the Class II shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2013 and each member of the Board of Directors in Class III shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2014. At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the successors, if any, to the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of the successors, if any, to such class of directors.
 
 
 

 
 
The class and name and address of each initial director of the Corporation are set forth below:
 
Name
 
Next Date of Election
   
David Drew
2014
   
Kevin S. Ray
2013
   
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
2012
   
John J. Carson
2013
   
John J. Patrick, Jr., Chairman
2012
   
Ronald A. Bucchi
2013
   
Michael A. Ziebka
2014
 
          Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
 
C.   Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
D.   Removal.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
 
E.   Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.   Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE 8.        Bylaws.    The   Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 9.        Evaluation of Certain Offers.    The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction which would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market, or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock, other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the party making the proposal; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any inference concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
 
For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
 
ARTICLE 10.      Certain Business Combinations.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 above, the provisions of Sections 3-602 and 3-603 of the MGCL as in effect on January 25, 2011 (or any succeeding, substantially similar statutory provisions) regarding the prohibition of a business combination with an Interested Shareholder (as defined therein) shall apply to the Corporation and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ARTICLE 11.      Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange or Transfer of Shares.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 and Article 10 above, and except as otherwise provided in the MGCL, a consolidation, merger, share exchange or transfer of shares shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (after giving effect to the provisions of Section D of Article 5).
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 12.   Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers
 
A.   Indemnification.    The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
B.   Procedure.    If a claim under Section A of this Article 12 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 12 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
 
C.   Non-Exclusivity.    The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
 
D.   Insurance.   The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
 
 
 

 
 
E. Miscellaneous.    The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 12 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 12 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
 
Any repeal or modification of this Article 12 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 12 is in force.
 
ARTICLE 13 .    Limitation of Liability.    An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
 
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
ARTICLE 14.    Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.    The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
 
The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
 
No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
 
 

 
 
The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 14, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11, Article 12 and Article 13.
 
ARTICLE 15.   Liquidation Account.    Under regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Farmington Bank, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.
 
 
 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 25th day of January, 2011
 
  John J. Patrick, Jr. 
 
Consent of Resident Agent
 
THE UNDERSIGNED hereby consents to act as resident agent in Maryland for the entity named in the attached instrument.
 
The Corporation Trust Incorporated
 
By:     
Name:   
Its:   
 

Exhibit 3.2
 
BYLAWS
 
OF
 
FIRST C ONN ECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
January 27, 2011

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS .
         
     
Page
ARTICLE I -STOCKHOLDERS
     
         
Section 1.
Annual Meeting.
   
1
Section 2.
Special Meetings.
   
1
Section 3.
Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.
   
1
Section 4.
Quorum.
   
2
Section 5.
Organization and Conduct of Business.
   
2
Section 6.
Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.
   
2
Section 7.
Proxies and Voting.
   
4
Section 8.
Control Share Acquisition Act.
   
5
Section 9.
No Cumulative Voting.
   
5
         
ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS
     
         
Section 1.
Powers of Directors.
   
6
Section 2.
Number and Election.
   
6
Section 3.
Classification.
   
6
Section 4.
Term of Office.
   
6
Section 5.
Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.
   
6
Section 6.
Regular Meetings.
   
7
Section 7.
Special Meetings.
   
7
Section 8.
Quorum.
   
7
Section 9.
Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.
   
7
Section 10.
Conduct of Business; Action Without Meeting.
   
7
Section 11.
Qualifications.
   
7
Section 12.
Executive and Non-Management Sessions.
   
8
Section 13.
Waiver of Notice.
   
8
Section 14.
Voting.
   
8
Section 15.
Removal of Directors.
   
8
Section 16.
Resignation and Retirement.
   
8
Section 17.
Committees.
   
8
Section 18.
Executive Committee.
   
9
Section 19.
Audit Committee.
   
9
Section 20.
Compensation Committee.
   
10
Section 21.
Governance and Nominating Committee.
   
10
Section 22.
Other Committees.
   
10
Section 23.
Compensation.
   
10

 
 

 

     
Page
         
ARTICLE III - OFFICERS
     
         
Section 1.
Officers.
   
10
Section 2.
General Authority and Duties.
   
11
Section 3.
Appointment and Term of Office.
   
11
Section 4.
Chairman of the Board of Directors.
   
11
Section 5.
President.
   
11
Section 6.
Corporate Secretary.
   
11
Section 7.
Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer.
   
11
Section 8.
Other Officers.
   
12
         
ARTICLE IV - LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
     
         
Section 1.
Limitation of Liability.
   
12
Section 2.
Indemnification.
   
12
Section 3.
Non-exclusivity.
   
12
         
ARTICLE V - STOCK
     
         
Section 1.
Certificates.
   
12
Section 2.
Transfer.
   
12
Section 3.
Lost Certificates.
   
13
Section 4.
Endorsement of Stock Certificates.
   
13
Section 5.
Stock Ledger.
   
13
         
ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS
     
         
Section 1.
Facsimile Signatures.
   
13
Section 2.
Books and Records.
   
13
Section 3.
Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.
   
13
Section 4.
Fiscal Year.
   
14
Section 5.
Time Periods.
   
14
Section 6.
Contracts and Agreements.
   
14
         
ARTICLE VII – AMENDMENTS
     

 
 

 
 
BYLAWS
OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I – STOCKHOLDERS

1.            Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.  Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Corporation”) existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

2.            Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairman, President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”).  Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Corporate Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.  Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Corporate Secretary.  The Corporate Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
 
3.            Notice of Meetings; Adjournment .  Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Corporate Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting.  Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions.  If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
 
 
 

 
 
A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 
As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.
 
4.            Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation), shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

5.            Organization and Conduct of Business .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his or her absence the Lead Director or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the Board of Directors, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

6.            Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors .
 
(a)          At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a).  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
 
 
2

 
 
A stockholder’s notice to the Corporate Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
 
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a).  The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
 
At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.
 
(b)           Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b).  Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
 
 
3

 
 
A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.  No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b).  The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
(c)           For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation.  The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
 
 
4

 
 
7.            Proxies and Voting .  A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

Unless the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast.

8.            Control Share Acquisition Act.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

9.            No Cumulative Voting .  Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder. No holder of such shares shall be entitled to cumulative voting for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the election of directors.
 
 
5

 
 
ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS

1.            Powers of Directors . The Corporation’s operations shall be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is empowered to authorize the Corporation to be engaged in any activity that may be exercised or performed by the Corporation under laws of the State of Maryland, the Articles of Incorporation and these Bylaws. The Board of Directors shall be empowered to make rules and regulations essential to the performance of its duties of caring for and overseeing the property and affairs of the Corporation, to elect or appoint such officers and committees as it may deem necessary for the business of the Corporation and to prescribe their duties, to fix (or delegate to committee or executives to fix) the compensation of the directors, officers and employees of the Corporation, to declare dividends, to prescribe the rate, method of computation and time of payment of such dividends and to take or to prescribe the taking of such other action as may be necessary to the performance of its duties. The Board of Directors shall have a Lead Director who shall be an independent director in accordance with applicable stock listing rules. The powers and responsibilities of the Lead Director shall be established and modified from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

2.            Number and Election . The Board of Directors shall consist of at least six (6) directors but no more than twelve (12) directors, with the precise number of directors to be fixed, changed, and reestablished from time to time as only the Board of Directors may by resolution determine, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting or at any special meeting called for the election of directors, and it shall not be a qualification of office that the directors be stockholders of the Corporation.  Each director shall hold office for the term for which he or she is elected and until his or her successor, if any, has been elected and qualified except that a Director shall cease to be in office upon his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, or court order decreeing that he or she is no longer a Director in office.

3.            Classification .  The Board of Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes as nearly equal in number as reasonably practicable, with the directors in each class to hold office until their successors, if any, are elected and qualified. When the number of directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of directors shall be apportioned; provided that no change in the number of directors shall affect the term of any Director then in office.

4.            Term of Office .  At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the directors whose terms expire at the meeting (or their successor nominees or nominees for new directorships) shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of the stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of the successors, if any, to such class of directors (except to the extent re-classification pursuant to Section 3 requires a shorter term).

5.            Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
 
6

 
 
6.            Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

7.            Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), by the Chairman of the Board or by the Lead Director, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they, or he or she, shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each Director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.  Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

8.            Quorum .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

9.            Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10.            Conduct of Business; Action Without Meeting .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman or, in his or her absence, the Lead Director, shall preside.  Business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Articles of Incorporation or as required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

11.            Qualifications .  The Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, may from time to time adopt policies or rules as to the qualifications of directors.
 
 
7

 
 
12.            Executive and Non-Management Sessions .  The independent directors on the Board of Directors shall meet from time to time in executive sessions in connection with regularly scheduled Board of Directors meetings. Such executive sessions shall occur at least twice each calendar year in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rules. The term “independent directors” shall have the meaning prescribed to it in the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Non-management members of the Board of Directors may also meet from time to time in non-management sessions. Executive and non-management sessions shall be called in such manner by such person(s) as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

13.            Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given with respect to any meeting of the directors, a written waiver of notice signed by the Director(s) so entitled, whether before or after the time stated therein, and filed with the Corporate Secretary, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. In addition, if any Director is present at any meeting of the directors, he or she shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting unless he or she protests the lack of notice at the commencement of the meeting.

14.            Voting .  At meetings of the Board of Directors, each director shall have one vote on each matter presented at that meeting, subject to rules regarding the votes of independent directors.

15.            Removal of Directors .  By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, a director may only be removed, for cause only, by two-thirds of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

16.            Resignation and Retirement .  Any Director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the main office of the Corporation addressed to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary. Unless the resigning Director otherwise specifies in the notice of resignation, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary.  Directors shall automatically be deemed to have retired upon attaining the age of seventy-two (72) without the need for any additional action by the Corporation or affected Director.

17.            Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of three (3) or more directors elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take the place of any absent member or members at a meeting of such committee.

Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise specified in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, the majority of the total number of members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of the majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting of which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each such committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.
 
 
8

 
 
18.            Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors, consisting of at least the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President, to constitute an Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, if any, shall meet at such times as it shall determine, and meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors or the President of the Corporation. The President of the Corporation shall serve as the Chair of the Executive Committee, if any, and shall preside over all meetings of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, if formed, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation to the extent not exercised by, or reserved by law to, the full Board of Directors. The Executive Committee may formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The designation of the Executive Committee and the delegation of authority to it shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors or any member of it of any responsibility imposed by law. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to increase or decrease the number of members of any Executive Committee, to fill vacancies on it, to remove any member of it, and to change its functions or terminate its existence.

Meetings of the Executive Committee, if any, regular or special, may be held either inside or outside the United States. Regular meetings of the Executive Committee, of which no notice shall be necessary, shall be held on such days and at such places as shall be determined by the Executive Committee. Special meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held at the call of any member of the Executive Committee upon two (2) days prior notice to all of the other members of the Executive Committee. Attendance of any member of the Executive Committee at any meeting of the Executive Committee shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting. The Executive Committee shall keep minutes of its acts and proceedings which shall be submitted to the full Board of Directors at the next succeeding meeting of the Board of Directors for approval; but failure to submit or to receive approval of such minutes shall not invalidate any action taken upon an authorization contained in them. A majority of the Executive Committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. The acts of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Executive Committee.

19.            Audit Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute an Audit Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to such transition rules as may apply. At least one (1) member shall be a financial expert in accordance with applicable federal securities law and any applicable stock listing rules, or disclosure of the lack of a financial expert of the Audit Committee must be made in accordance with applicable securities disclosure rules.  The Audit Committee shall, annually, cause an audit to be made of the financial statements of the Corporation by certified public accountants selected by the Audit Committee in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law and federal securities laws.  The results of such audits shall be reviewed by the Audit Committee, and if deemed acceptable by the Audit Committee, shall be recommended for acceptance by the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee may perform such other functions as are customarily discharged by audit committees of similar institutions.
 
 
9

 
 
20.            Compensation Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute a Compensation Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to transition rules as may apply.  The Compensation Committee shall determine executive compensation and perform such other functions as are customarily discharged by compensation committees of similar institutions.

21.            Governance and Nominating Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute a Governance and Nominating Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to such transition rules as may apply.  The principal function of the Governance and Nominating Committee shall be to consider and recommend to the full Board of Directors nominees for directors of the Corporation. The Governance and Nominating Committee shall also be responsible for reporting and recommending from time to time to the Board of Directors matters relative to corporate governance. In lieu of this Committee, these functions can be served by the directors who are independent meeting as a group.

22.            Other Committees .  The Board of Directors may by resolution establish other committees as it may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of business of the Corporation and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.

23.            Compensation .  Board members may receive such reasonable compensation in the form of cash, equity or a combination thereof for their services as they may determine from time to time.  Such compensation may be in the form retainers, per meeting compensation, a combination of the foregoing or otherwise as deemed appropriate and reasonable.  Such compensation may vary depending on the role played by individual directors (e.g., chairs may receive additional compensation).

ARTICLE III - OFFICERS

1.            Officers .  The officers shall consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (who may be the same person as the Chairman), Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer (if different), Corporate Secretary, one or more Vice Presidents, and such other officers or assistant officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President(s) or Senior Vice President(s).  Any two or more principal offices may be held by the same person. If the Chairman is also the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors shall also elect a Lead Director, who shall serve in accordance with such guidelines as the Board of Directors may from time to time approve.
 
 
10

 
 
2.            General Authority and Duties .  All officers and agents of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be permitted in the Maryland General Corporation Law, provided in these Bylaws or as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors not inconsistent with these Bylaws.  In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

3.            Appointment and Term of Office . The officers shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors at its annual organization meeting or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible or at such other times as the Board of Directors deems necessary.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor, if any, is chosen and qualified, or until his death, his resignation, his retirement or his removal, whichever event shall first occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each officer shall hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors and appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create any contractual rights. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, and, unless otherwise specified in it, acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.            Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be chosen from among the directors, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee, if present, and shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board of Directors and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President may be the same person.

5.            President . The President shall have active executive management of the operations of the Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee, and to the restrictions or limitations imposed by any applicable rules, regulations or contractual provisions. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and of the Board of Directors when the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present.

6.            Corporate Secretary . The Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in a secure medium the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President.

7.            Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and shall be responsible for all monetized property of the Corporation and shall, or shall cause, the deposit and/or investment of all such funds as he/she determines to be prudent and in accordance with applicable law; and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as may be assigned to him/her by the Board of Directors or the President.
 
 
11

 
 
8.            Other Officers .  Other officers, if any, shall have the powers and perform such duties incident to the respective offices that they hold and as from time to time may be prescribed by statute, these Bylaws, the Board of Directors and the President.

ARTICLE IV - LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

1.            Limitation of Liability . The liability of directors shall be limited as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

2.            Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

3.            Non-exclusivity . The foregoing rights of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any person may be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person. Any such right of indemnification shall be consistent with the laws of the State of Maryland.

ARTICLE V – STOCK

1.            Certificates . The shares of the Corporation’s stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the Maryland General Corporation Law, and shall be entered into the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued. Any registered   stockholder shall be entitled to a   physical stock certificate upon written request to the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.  In the case of certificated shares, certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and permitted by law.   Any certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

2.            Transfer . Subject to the restrictions on transfer and ownership of securities, and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, transfers of stock, if such stock is certificated, shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 3 of Article VI of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate or uncertificated shares are issued therefor. All surrendered certificates properly endorsed shall be marked cancelled with the date of cancellation and a notation of cancellation shall be made in the stockholder book. Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall cancel the uncertificated shares and issue new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares to the stockholder entitled thereto. Such transfers of stock shall be recorded on the books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures required by this Section may be made by facsimile.
 
 
12

 
 
3.            Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate therefore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require a stockholder, in such case, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction or any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

4.            Endorsement of Stock Certificates . Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, any shares of stock issued by any corporation and owned by the Corporation (including reacquired shares of stock of the Corporation) may, for sale or transfer, be endorsed in the name of the Corporation by the President or such other officer as may designated by the Corporation, and his or her signature shall be attested by the signature of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary.  Electronic and facsimile signatures are permitted to be used in the endorsement of stock certificates.

5.           Stock Ledger .   The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds.  The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection.  The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS

1.           Facsimile Signatures .  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

2.           Books and Records .   The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors.  The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
 
3.           Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records .  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
 
 
13

 
 
4.           Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.           Time Periods .  In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

6.         Contracts and Agreements .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
 
ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
 
 
14

 

The Undersigned hereby certifies that these Bylaws have been adopted by a majority or more of the Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. this 27th day of January, 2011.

 
 
/s/ Brenda O. Kowalski  
    Brenda O. Kowalski, Corporate Secretary  
 
 
15

Exhibit 5.1
 
 
(HINCKLEYALLENSNYDER LLP LOGO)
 
January 28, 2010

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by the Company of an aggregate of 15,817,150 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Shares”), of the Company and the related preparation and filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”).  In rendering the opinion set forth below, we do not express any opinion concerning the laws of any jurisdiction other than the federal law of the United States of America and the law of the State of Maryland.

We have examined and relied upon originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, and have examined such matters of law, as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of rendering the opinion set forth below.  As to matters of fact, we have examined and relied upon the representations of the Company contained in the Registration Statement and, where we have deemed appropriate, representations or certificates of officers of the Company or public officials and we have made no independent verification or investigation of the factual matters set forth therein.  We have assumed, with your consent, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, certified, or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.  In making our examination of any documents, we have assumed, with your consent, that all parties had the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder, and, as to such parties, we have also assumed, with your consent, the due authorization by all requisite action, the due execution and delivery of such documents and the validity and binding effect and enforceability thereof.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized by the requisite corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued and sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
 
 

 

In rendering the opinion set forth above, we have not passed upon and do not purport to pass upon the application of securities or “blue-sky” laws of any jurisdiction (except federal securities laws).

This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. The opinion set forth herein is rendered as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to update any facts or circumstances which may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in any laws, regulations or court decisions which may hereafter occur.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus which is part of such Registration Statement.
 
  Very Truly Yours,  
     
  /s/ Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP  
  HINCKLEY, ALLEN & SNYDER, LLP  

Exhibit 10.1
 
Farmington savings bank
phantom stock plan
 
Effective January 1, 2009
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Article 1
Definitions
1
     
Article 2
Eligibility, Participation and Awards
4
     
Article 3
Earning of Awards
6
     
Article 4
phantom stock account
6
     
article 5
Benefits
7
     
Article 6
Beneficiaries
8
     
article 7
termination and amendment
9
     
article 8
miscellaneous
9
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Savings Bank
Phantom Stock Plan
 
This Phantom Stock Plan (the “Plan” ) is adopted this 23rd day of Decemebr, 2008, by Farmington Savings Bank, a Connecticut corporation located in Farmington, Connecticut (the “Company” ) and is effective as of January 1, 2009.
 
The purpose of this Plan is to encourage the non-employee directors and participating employees, who are members of a select group of management or other identified employees, to remain employees of the Company or provide services (in the case of directors), and reward such participating employees and non-employee directors for their contributions to the continued success of the Company.  The Company will pay all benefits under this Plan from its general assets.
 
Article 1
Definitions
 
Whenever used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
 
Section 1.1     “Award” means the award of Phantom Stock, if any, that shall be the basis for any benefits under the Plan.  The Phantom Stock will be settled in cash.
 
Section 1.2     Award Document” means the written document that provides for the Participant to receive an Award and it includes any performance criteria necessary to receive the Award.
 
Section 1.3     Beneficiary ” means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Participant that is entitled to any benefits hereunder upon the Participant’s death.
 
Section 1.4     Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.
 
Section 1.5     “Benefit Date” means, for each Award, the last day of the third (3 rd ) Plan Year following the grant of such Award.  For example, the Benefit Date for an Award attributable to 2009 would be December 31, 2012.  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.3 through 5.6,awards are subject to three-year cliff vesting and, for Participants who are not Non-employee Directors, a one-year Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Benefit Date for a Participant who has attained his or her Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date is the last day of the one-year Performance Period and the Benefit Date for a Participant  who has died or become Disabled is December 31 st of the year in which the death or Disability occurs.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control, the Benefit Date is the date of the occurrence of the Change in Control.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 1.6     Board” means elected or appointed members of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
Section 1.7     “Cause” means termination of a Participant’s employment for:
 
(a)     Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;
(b)     Commission of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;
(c)     Actions inimical to the interests of the Company, including but not limited to fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Participant’s employment; or
(d)     An order for removal of the Participant by the Company’s banking regulators.
 
Section 1.8     “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(a)     the Farmington Savings Bank (“Bank”), if it converts to the stock form of organization, or the mutual First Connecticut Bancorp (“Holding Company”) parent of the Bank, if it converts to the stock form of organization, or any parent corporation of the Bank that may be formed (the “Parent”) merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, and as a result, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by “Persons” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) who were stockholders of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation or, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent that is in the form of a mutual company, less than a majority of the directors of the resulting corporation immediately after a merger or consolidation were directors of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation;
 
(b)     following any conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent to the stock form of organization, any Person (other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Parent or with respect to a conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent), becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the resulting corporation representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation’s then-outstanding securities;
 
 
2

 
 
(c)     during any period of twenty-four (24) months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (i) a director nominated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent to effect a transaction described in Sections 1.8(a), (b) or (d) hereof, (ii) a director nominated by any Person (including the Bank) who publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions (including, but not limited to, an actual or threatened proxy contest) which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control or (iii) a director nominated by any Person who is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Bank or any Parent or the Holding Company, if converted to the stock form of organization) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank’s stockholders was approved in advance by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
(d)     the stockholders or Directors of the Bank approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets; or
 
(e)     the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control has occurred.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change in Control” shall not include the issuance of shares to the general public by the Bank or any Parent of the Bank or the conversion of the Bank or the Holding Company from the mutual to the stock form of organization where the stock organization issues its own shares to the general public unless any Person other than the Holding Company becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Bank’s Parent representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s or the Bank’s Parent’s, as the case may be, then outstanding securities.
 
Section 1.9     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Section 1.10    “Disability” means a Participant’s Termination of Employment on account of either (a) the Participant has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or (b) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
 
Section 1.11    “Early Retirement Date” shall have the meaning provided in the Company’s defined benefit pension plan.
 
Section 1.12    “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009
 
Section 1.13    “Non-employee Director” means a Company Director who is not a common law employee of the Company.
 
Section 1.14    “Normal Retirement Date” shall have the meaning provided in the Company’s defined benefit pension plan.
 
 
3

 
 
Section 1.15    “Participant” means a selected employee or Non-employee Director of the Company who has been selected to participate in the Plan and who has completed any forms required by the Company for participation.
 
Section 1.16    “Performance Period” means the calendar year set forth in the Award Document.
 
Section 1.17    “Phantom Stock” means a contractual right to receive an amount in cash equal to the base book value plus appreciation of one (1) share of Phantom Stock, as determined in accordance with Section 4.2, subject to three-year cliff vesting and, for Participants who are not Non-employee Directors, a one-year Performance Period, except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.3 through 5.6.
 
Section 1.18    Phantom Stock Account ” means an entry on the records of the Company equal to the total number of shares of Phantom Stock credited to the Participant for a given Plan Year in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Plan, to be settled in cash.  The value of the Phantom Stock Account shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.19.
 
Section 1.19    “Phantom Stock Account Value means the base value plus aggregate appreciation in value of each share of Phantom Stock credited to the Participant’s Phantom Stock Account.  All Awards will be settled in cash.  The appreciation in value of each Phantom Stock share shall be equivalent to the excess, if any, of (a) the book value of one (1) share of the Company as of the December 31 st on or immediately preceding the payment of benefits under Article 5, over (b) the book value of one (1) share of the Company on the December 31 st of the Plan Year to which the Award is attributable, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.6.
 
Section 1.20    Plan Administrator ” means the committee or person as the Board shall appoint.
 
Section 1.21    “Plan Year”   means the period beginning on January 1 st and ending on December 31 st of each year.  The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on the following December 31 st .
 
Section 1.22    “Termination of Employment” means the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company.
 
Article 2
Eligibility, Participation and Awards
 
Section 2.1      Selection by CEO and Plan Administrator.   Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of Non-employee Directors, executives, and other employees of the Company, as determined by the CEO and Plan Administrator, and subject to review and approval by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board.  Each participant will be notified in writing that he or she has been selected as a Participant in the Plan.
 
 
4

 
 
Section 2.2     Enrollment Requirements .  As a condition to participation, each selected employee shall complete, execute and return to the Plan Administrator an Award Document and a Beneficiary Designation Form within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notification described in Section 2.1.  In addition, the CEO and Plan Administrator with the review and approval of the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board, shall establish from time to time such other enrollment and eligibility requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.
 
Section 2.3     Eligibility; Commencement of Participation .  Provided an employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan, that employee will be covered by the Plan and will be eligible to receive benefits at the time and in the manner provided hereunder, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
 
Section 2.4    Performance Goals. Company   performance goals will be recommended by the CEO and approved by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board and communicated to Participants by the Plan Administrator.
 
Section 2.5     Termination of Participation and/or Eligibility .  If the CEO and Plan Administrator: (a) determine that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or other selected employees, or functioning Non-employee Director; or (b) decides that the Participant should no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan, the CEO and Plan Administrator shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to terminate the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  Such termination shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Plan.  Rather, upon such termination, benefit distributions will be made in accordance with Article 5.
 
Section 2.6     Awards .  If a Participant achieves the performance criteria in his or her Award Document, as determined in the CEO and Plan Administrator’s discretion, the Company shall grant an Award to that Participant.
 
       Section 2.7     Awards for Non-Employee Directors .  The CEO and Plan Administrator shall determine all Awards to Non-Employee Directors, subject to review and approval by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board. The Board (or the committee acting on behalf of the Board), retains the discretionary authority to make Awards to Non-Employee Directors and Awards may be granted to Non-employee Directors under this Plan. All such Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and to such other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the CEO and Plan Administrator, as the case may be, deems appropriate.  Awards granted to Non-employee Directors will not be subject to performance goals.
 
None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the actions taken by the Company, the Board, or a committee acting on behalf of the Board under the Plan, or the granting of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed (a) to create any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Non-employee Director for reelection or (b) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Non-employee Director has a right to continue as a Non-employee Director for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 2.8     Vesting in Awards .  If a Participant is employed by the Company or serving as a Non-employee Director of the Company on the last day of the third (3 rd ) Plan Year following the Plan Year to which an Award is attributable, the Participant shall become vested and eligible to receive Plan benefits for such Award.  The awards are subject to three-year cliff vesting and, for Participants who are not Non-employee Directors, a one-year performance period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in any Award upon his or her death, Disability or Change in Control and, with respect to Participants other than Non-employee Directors, his or her Normal or Early Retirement Date.
 
Article 3
Earning of Awards
 
Section 3.1     Awards.   Awards, if any, are provided in the sole discretion of the CEO and Plan Administrator and are based on performance criteria that have been pre-established and communicated to Participants via the Award Document.  Awards to Non-employee Directors are not required to be based on performance criteria.  As the Plan develops and priorities change, the CEO and Plan Administrator, in their discretion, may revise performance measures and goals according to Section 2.4 hereinabove.
 
Section 3.2     Performance-Based Awards.   Threshold, target, and maximum Awards of Phantom Stock will be set by the CEO and Plan Administrator for each eligible position at competitive levels.  Awards will be calculated using a cliff vesting approach, and performance-based Awards are calculated as a proportion of threshold, target and maximum criteria levels, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board and set forth in the Award Document.
 
Article 4
Phantom Stock Account
 
Section 4.1     Establishing and Crediting .   The Company shall establish a Phantom Stock Account on its books for the Participant, and shall credit to the Phantom Stock Account the following amounts:
 
Section 4.1.1     Awards .   Any Phantom Stock Awards granted to the Participant in accordance with Article 3 hereinabove.
 
Section 4.2     Valuation .   When granted, the base value of each share of Phantom Stock shall be equal to the Company’s book value as of December 31 of the Plan Year of the Award divided by 10,000,000 shares on December 31 of such Plan Year (the “Base Value”) or  Base Year Equity Capital / 10,000,000 = Base Share Price
 
Section 4.3     Statement of Accounts .   The Company shall provide to each Participant an annual statement setting forth the Phantom Stock Account Value and the number of shares of Phantom Stock credited to the Phantom Stock Account.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 4.4      Accounting Device Only .   The Phantom Stock Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Plan.  The Phantom Stock Account is not a trust fund of any kind. The Participant is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the payment of benefits.  The benefits represent the mere Company promise to pay such benefits. The Participant’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Participant’s creditors.
 
Article 5
Benefits
 
Section 5.1     Normal Benefit .  Subject to the provisions of this Article 5, following the Benefit Date for each Award, the Company shall pay to the Participant the Phantom Stock Account Value for such Award.  Payment shall be made in a lump sum in cash between January 1 st and March 15 th immediately following the Benefit Date.
 
Section 5.2     Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding Section 5.1, if a Participant has a Termination of Employment for Cause before payment is made of any vested Phantom Stock Account Value pursuant to Sections 5.1 or 5.3, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Plan and the Participant’s Phantom Stock Account shall be immediately forfeited.
 
Section 5.3     Retirement Benefit .  Subject to Section 5.2, with respect to a Participant who has attained his or her Early or Normal Retirement Date, all Awards shall be fully vested and the Company shall pay to the Participant the Phantom Stock Account Value for each such Award following the Benefit Date for such Award.  Payment shall be made in a lump sum in cash between January 1 st and March 15 th immediately following the Benefit Date.  If any such Award is subject to the attainment of performance goals as set forth in Section 2.4, such Award shall be paid only to the extent the performance goals have been achieved as set forth in the Award Document.
 
Section 5.4     Death Benefit.   Upon the death of a Participant, all Awards made with respect to such Participant shall be fully vested and the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary, the Phantom Stock Account Value for each such Award following the Benefit Date for such Award.  Payment shall be made in a lump sum in cash between January 1 st and March 15 th immediately following the Benefit Date.  If any such Award is subject to the attainment of performance goals as set forth in Section 2.4, such Award shall be paid only to the extent the performance goals have been achieved as set forth in the Award Document.
 
Section 5.5     Disability Benefit .  Upon the Disability of a Participant, all Awards shall be fully vested and the Company shall pay to the Participant the Phantom Stock Account Value for each such Award following the Benefit Date for such Award.  Payment shall be made in a lump sum in cash between January 1 st and March 15 th immediately following the Benefit Date.  If any such Award is subject to the attainment of performance goals as set forth in Section 2.4, such Award shall be paid only to the extent the performance goals have been achieved as set forth in the Award Document.
 
 
7

 
 
Section 5.6     Change in Control .  Upon a Change in Control, all performance goals with respect to any Award shall be deemed met at target and all Awards shall be immediately fully vested.  The Company shall pay to the Participant the Phantom Stock Account Value for each such Award upon the occurrence of the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the appreciation in value of each Phantom Stock share shall be equivalent to the excess, if any, of (a) the book value of one (1) share of the Company as of the Change in Control, over (b) the book value of one (1) share of the Company on the December 31 st of the Plan Year to which the Award is attributable.
 
Section 5.7     Unforeseeable Administrative Delays in Payment .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if calculation of the Phantom Stock Account Value for any Award payable by any payment date specified in this Article 5 is not administratively practicable due to events beyond the control of the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary or estate) and for reasons that are commercially reasonable, payment will be made as soon as administratively practicable in compliance with Section 1.409A-1(b)(4)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
Article 6
Beneficiaries
 
Section 6.1     In General .  Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Plan upon the death of the Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Participant participates.
 
Section 6.2     Designation .  Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  If the Participant names someone other than the Participant’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Participant’s spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator.  The Participant’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or if the Participant names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Participant’s death.
 
Section 6.3     Acknowledgment .  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
Section 6.4     No Beneficiary Designation .  If the Participant dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate.
 
 
8

 
 
Article 7
Termination and Amendment
 
Section 7.1     Termination; Amendments .  The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of its Participants, by action of its Board.  This Plan may also be amended at any time by the Company, by action of the Board; provided, however, that no such amendment of the Plan may (a) adversely affect a Participant’s benefit under the Plan to which he or she has become entitled in accordance with the Plan as in effect on the date immediately preceding the date of such amendment, or (b) adversely affect a Participant’s right or the right of a Participant’ Beneficiary to receive a benefit in accordance with the Pan as in effect on the date immediately preceding the date of such amendment, or (c) cause any payment that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under this Plan to become subject to an income tax penalty or interest payable under Section 409A of the Code.
 
Article 8
Miscellaneous
 
Section 8.1     Binding Effect .  This Plan shall bind the Participant and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.
 
Section 8.2     No Guarantee of Employment .  This Plan is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give the Participant the right to remain an employee or director of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Participant.  It also does not require the Participant to remain an employee nor interfere with the Participant’s right to terminate employment at any time.
 
Section 8.3     Non-Transferability .  Benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
 
Section 8.4     Reorganization .  All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of, including but not limited to, merger or consolidation into or with another company, reorganization or sale of substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person.  Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.
 
Section 8.5     Tax Withholding .  The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld.  The Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities.  The Company shall satisfy all applicable tax reporting requirements.
 
 
9

 
 
Section 8.6     Applicable Law . This Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder so as not to subject any Participant or Beneficiary to the payment of any tax penalty or interest which may be imposed by Section 409A of the Code and the Company shall have no right to accelerate, delay or make any payment under this Plan except to the extent such action would not subject any Participant or Beneficiary to the payment of any tax penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that payments made under this Plan shall be exempt from compliance with Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the exception for short-term deferrals set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.  If all or a portion of any benefit payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan constitutes taxable income to such Participant or Beneficiary for any taxable year that is prior to the taxable year in which such benefit is to be paid to such Participant or Beneficiary as a result of the Plan’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the applicable benefit shall be immediately paid to such Participant or Beneficiary to the extent that such benefit is required to be included in income.  The Company shall reimburse such Participant or Beneficiary on a fully grossed-up and after-tax basis for any tax penalty or interest payable in connection with such income inclusion (so that the recipient of such reimbursement is held economically harmless) ten business days prior to the date such tax penalty or interest is due and payable by such Participant or Beneficiary to the government.
 
Section 8.7     Unfunded Arrangement .  Participants and Beneficiaries are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of vested benefits under this Plan.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors.
 
Section 8.8     Entire Agreement .  This Plan and the Participant’s Award Document constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Participant as to the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Participant by virtue of this Plan and the Award Document other than those specifically set forth therein.
 
Section 8.9     Alternative Action .  In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Plan due to regulatory or other constraints, the Company or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Plan and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative act does not subject any Participant or Beneficiary to the payment of any tax penalty or interest which may be imposed by Section 409A of the Code.
 
Section 8.10    Gender and Number .  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
 
Section 8.11    Severability .  If any part of the Plan is declared in any suit or by any governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any other part of the Plan.  Any Section or part of a Section so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 8.12    Board’s Discretion .  All decisions of the Board under the Plan, whether to act or not to act, shall be in the Board’s sole discretion.
 
In Witness Whereof , the Company signs this Plan.
 
Company :
 
Farmington Savings Bank
   
By:
/s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
Title: 
SVP Human Resources
 
 
 
11

 

Farmington Savings Bank
Phantom Stock Plan
 
Beneficiary Designation Form
 
{  }           New Designation
{  }           Change in Designation
 
I, ________________________________, designate the following as Beneficiary under the Plan:
 
   Primary:    
   ____________________________________________________________________________    _____%
     
   ____________________________________________________________________________      _____%
     
   Contingent:    
   ____________________________________________________________________________    _____%
     
   ____________________________________________________________________________   _____%
     
 
Notes:
 
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
 
To name a trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
 
To name your estate as Beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
 
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
 
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Plan Administrator prior to my death.  I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
 
Signature:     
 
Printed Name:      Date:      
                                                                                   
Received by the Plan Administrator this _______ day of ___________________, 20___
 
By:      
     
Title:     
          
 
 

 
     
Farmington Savings Bank
Phantom Stock Plan
 
Award Document For Employees
 
To receive an Award under the Plan for the year ________, the following performance objectives must be attained.
 
I.           Overall .  Equity Growth Capital or Book Value Appreciation is defined as…
 
Overall: Growth in Equity
Capital or Book Value
Appreciation
 (to be defined)
Equity Grant Size
Tier x
Threshold
x% of Base Salary
Target
x% of Base Salary
Maximum
x% of Base Salary
 
II.           Department.  [ insert department level goals, if any ]
 
III.           Individual.  [ insert individual participant goals, if any ]
 
Subject to the terms of the Plan, if the performance criteria above are attained during the applicable Plan Year, the Company agrees to grant an Award to the Participant.  The Award will vest pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 
  Farmington Savings Bank  
 
By:  
     
  As its:      
  Date:       
          
Acknowledged:
 
I have read the Plan, and agree to be bound by its terms and by the terms of the Award Document.
 
Participant          Date  
 
Farmington Savings Bank
Phantom Stock Plan
 
 
 

 
 
Farmington Savings Bank
Phantom Stock Plan
 
Award Document For Non-Employees Directors
 
Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company agrees to grant an Award of ____ shares of Phantom Stock to the Participant for the year ____.  The Award will vest pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 
  Farmington Savings Bank  
 
By:  
     
  As its:      
  Date:       
 
Acknowledged:
 
I have read the Plan, and agree to be bound by its terms and by the terms of the Award Document.
 
Participant          Date  

Exhibit 10.2
 
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES
 
FARMINGTON BANK
 
Effective January 1, 2009
 
PLAN OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION WITH
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT FOR EACH EXECUTIVE
 
 
 

 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES
 
This Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (the “Plan”) is adopted by Farmington Bank (the “Bank”) effective January 1, 2009.  The purpose of the Plan us to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain executives who have been designated by the Board of the Bank as being eligible to participate in the Plan.  It is intended that the Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and is to be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.  The Plan is intended to be a Plan of Deferred Compensation.  Each participant (now or in the future), referred to herein as an “Executive,” will enroll in the Plan by execution of a separate Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) in a form provided by the Bank.  Any reference herein to the “Company” shall refer to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , Executives are employed by the Bank; and
 
WHEREAS , the Bank recognizes the valuable services heretofore performed for it by such Executives and wishes to encourage their continued employment and to provide them with additional incentive to achieve corporate objectives; and
 
WHEREAS , the Bank desires to draft the Plan to comply with new Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”); and
 
WHEREAS , the Bank intends this Plan to be considered an unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement income for its Executives, members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Bank, for tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; and
 
WHEREAS , the Bank has adopted this Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives which controls all issues relating to Supplemental Benefits as described herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises herein contained, the Bank and Executives agree as follows:
 
SECTION I
DEFINITIONS
 
When used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
 
1.1
“Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
 
 
 

 
 
1.2
“Administrator” means the Bank and/or its Board.
 
1.3
“Annuity Benefit” means a stream of payments to an Executive payable in annual payments of the Yearly Benefit Amount for 20 years certain, commencing on the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
1.4
“Annuity Commencement Date” means, unless otherwise set forth herein, the Executive’s Benefit Age.
 
1.5
“Bank” means Farmington Bank and any successor thereto.
 
1.6
“Beneficiary” means the person or persons (and their heirs) designated as Beneficiary by Executive to whom the deceased Executive’s benefits are payable. Such beneficiary designation shall be made on the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and filed with the Plan Administrator.  If no Beneficiary is so designated, then Executive’s Spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If Executive’s Spouse is not living, then the Children of Executive will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no living Children, then the Estate of Executive will be deemed the Beneficiary.
 
1.7
“Benefit Age” means the birthday on which Executive attains age 65.
 
1.8
“Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Bank, unless specifically noted otherwise.
 
1.9
“Cause” means Executive’s:  (i) conviction of a felony; (ii) act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with   Executive’s duties or in the course of   his   employment with the Bank; (iii) intentional or grossly negligent act which causes damage to property of the Bank; (iv) willful or grossly negligent violation of any law, rule, regulation or final administrative action that causes material harm to the Bank or its assets; (v) intentional or grossly negligent breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Bank involving personal profit; (vi) willful failure to discharge, or habitual neglect of, material obligations or duties of Executive’s position; or (vii)  material violation of Section 7.13 of this Plan.  For the purpose of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the part of Executive shall be deemed “intentional” or “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive without reasonable belief that   his   action or omission was in the best interest of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated by reason of clause (vi) unless and until Executive is notified in writing by the Board of Directors of such a determination, specifying the particulars thereof in reasonably sufficient detail, and giving the Executive a reasonable opportunity (of not less than thirty (30) days), together with   his   counsel, to explain to the Board of Directors why clause (vi) has not occurred, followed by a finding by the Board of Directors (1) that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, Executive has committed an act set forth in clause (vi), (2) specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (3) determining that such violation has not been corrected, or is not capable of correction.
 
 
2

 
 
1.10
“Change in Control” means (1) a change in ownership of the Company or the Bank under paragraph (i) below, or (2) a change in effective control of the Company or the Bank under paragraph (ii) below, or (3) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or the Bank under paragraph (iii) below:
 
 
(i)
A change in the ownership of the Company or the Bank shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.
 
 
(ii)
A change in the effective control of the Company or the Bank shall occur on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company or the Bank possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or the Bank, as applicable; or (B) a majority of members of the Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this sub-section (B) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the corporation is another corporation.
 
 
(iii)
A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s or the Bank’s assets shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company or Bank, as applicable, immediately prior to such acquisition.  For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
 
For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.  Notwithstanding anything in this subsection to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either (i) upon the conversion of the Bank’s mutual holding company or any future subsidiary holding company to stock form or any similar transaction or (ii) any public stock offering by the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary holding company.
 
 
3

 
 
1.11
“Children” means Executive’s children, or the issue of any deceased Children, then living at the time payments are due the Children under this Plan. The term “Children” shall include both natural and adopted Children.
 
1.12
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.13
“Compensation” means Executive’s total Base Salary and Incentive Bonus paid during a calendar year, including amounts deferred under Section 402(g) of the Code and amounts contributed to a plan under Section 125 of the Code.
 
1.14
“Death Benefit” means, unless an Executive’s Participation Agreement provides otherwise, a Lump Sum payment equal to the amount that would have been payable as of the date of death if Executive had incurred a voluntary Separation from Service on such date, but without reduction for early retirement.  The time of payment of such benefit shall be as set forth in Section 3.3.
 
1.15
“Disability” or “Disabled” means that Executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity for a continuous period of not less than six months.  If any dispute occurs regarding the existence of the Disability hereunder, the matter shall be resolved by the determination of the Bank in its reasonable judgment, after consultation with a physician to be selected by the Bank.  Executive shall submit to reasonable medical examinations for purposes of such determination provided that any examining physician must be a United States doctor with Board Certification in the applicable areas of specialty and must have an office within a reasonable proximity to Executive’s residence.
 
1.16
“Disability Benefit” means the benefit described in Section 3.3.
 
1.17
“Effective Date” of this Plan is January 1, 2009.
 
1.18
“Estate” means the estate of Executive.
 
1.19
“Executive” means the executive officer who has been selected and approved by the Board to participate in the Plan and who has agreed to participation by completing a Participation Agreement.
 
1.20
“Final Average Compensation” means the average of Executive’s highest three (3) years of Compensation within the last five (5) years.
 
1.21
“Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation from   his   position(s) with the Company within six (6) months after the occurrence of any of the following actions by the Bank, without the prior written consent of the Executive and which is not remedied within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Bank of written notice from the Executive: (a) a diminution in Executive’s base compensation; (b) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (c) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of work to a location more than thirty-five (35) miles from Executive’s current principal place of work; or (d) a material breach by the Bank of any agreement under which Executive provides services, including this Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a party to an employment agreement or change in control agreement that provides a different definition of “Good Reason,” then for these purposes, the Good Reason definition under such other agreement shall control with respect to such Executive for purposes of this Plan and shall be deemed to be incorporated herein.
 
 
4

 
 
1.22
“Lump Sum” means payment in a single sum equal to the Present Value of the Annuity Benefit or Accrued Annuity Benefit, as applicable.
 
1.23
“Normal Benefit Date” means 45 days after the date on which Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, other than due to death or Disability.  In the event of Executive’s death, Normal Benefit Date means 45 days following the date of Executive’s death.  In the event of Executive’s Disability, Normal Benefit Date means Executive’s Benefit Age, unless Executive has elected in the initial execution of the Participation Agreement to commence the Disability Benefit upon Separation from Service, in which case Normal Benefit Date shall mean 45 days after the date on which Executive’s Separation from Service occurs.
 
1.24
“Normal Benefit Form” means a Lump Sum payment equal to the Present Value, as of the time of payment, of the Annuity Benefit.
 
1.25
“Participation Agreement” means the agreement between Executive and the Bank which sets forth the particulars of Executive’s Supplemental Benefit and/or other benefits to which Executive or Executive’s Beneficiary becomes entitled under the Plan.
 
1.26
“Plan Year” means the calendar year.
 
1.27
“Present Value” means the actuarial present value of a payment stream.  Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Present Value shall be determined using a six percent (6%) discount rate and 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Table.
 
1.28
“Prorate Fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the Executive’s years of employment from the Executive’s original date of hire and the denominator of which is set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement, provided, however, that the Prorate Fraction shall never exceed “one” (1).
 
1.29
“Separation from Service” means Executive’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as Executive’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract.  If the leave exceeds six months and Executive’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then Executive shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.  Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the employer and employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 49% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which Executive performed services for the Bank).  The determination of whether an Executive has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.
 
 
5

 
 
1.30
“Specified Employee” means, in the event the Bank or any corporate parent is or becomes publicly traded, a “Key Employee” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Executive is a Specified Employee and becomes entitled to a payment hereunder due to Separation from Service for any reason (other than death or Disability), the payments to such Executive shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service.  Whether and the extent to which a person is a Specified Employee shall be determined on the “Specified Employee Determination Date” which shall be December 31 of each calendar year and shall be applicable commencing on the following April 1, in accordance with the rules set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.
 
1.31
“Spouse” means the individual to whom Executive is legally married at the time of Executive’s death, provided, however, that the term “Spouse” shall not refer to an individual to whom Executive is legally married at the time of death if Executive and such individual have entered into a formal separation agreement (provided that such separation agreement does not provide otherwise or state that such individual is entitled to a portion of the benefit hereunder).
 
1.32
“Supplemental Benefit” means a benefit (before taking into account federal and state income taxes) payable to an Executive who satisfies the conditions to receive a benefit as described in this Plan.
 
1.33
“Treasury Regulations” means the final regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.
 
1.34
“Vesting Rate” means the rate set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement.
 
1.35
“Yearly Benefit Amount” means the annual amount contingently payable as an Annuity Benefit.  The Yearly Benefit Amount is equal to the percentage of the Executive’s Final Average Compensation set forth in the Executive’s Participation Agreement, multiplied by the Prorate Fraction, and is subject to reduction for early retirement under Section 3.2.
 
 
6

 
 
SECTION II
ESTABLISHMENT OF RABBI TRUST
 
The Bank may establish a rabbi trust into which the Bank may contribute assets which shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors in the event of the Bank’s “Insolvency” as defined in the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust, until the contributed assets are paid to Executives and their Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan. Contributions to a rabbi trust would provide the Bank with a source of funds to assist it in meeting the liabilities of this Plan.  To the extent the language in this Plan is modified by the language in the rabbi trust agreement, the rabbi trust agreement shall supersede this Plan. Contributions to the rabbi trust may be made during each Plan Year in accordance with the rabbi trust agreement. It is expected that the amount of such contribution(s), if any, would be equal to the full present value of all benefit accruals under this Plan, if any, less: (i) previous contributions made on behalf of Executive to the rabbi trust, and (ii) earnings to date on all such previous contributions. In the event of a Change in Control, the Bank shall transfer to the rabbi trust within thirty (30) days prior to such Change in Control, the present value (applying the Interest Factor applicable to a Change in Control) of an amount sufficient to fully fund the Supplemental Benefit for each Executive covered by this Plan.
 
SECTION III
BENEFITS
 
3.1
Separation from Service On or After Benefit Age .
 
 
(a)
Calculation of Supplemental Benefit .  If Executive has a Separation from Service (other than due to Cause or death) on or after the attainment of Benefit Age, Executive shall be entitled to a Supplemental Benefit determined in the manner set forth herein. The Supplemental Benefit shall be determined as an Annuity Benefit, at Normal Benefit Date, with payments equal to the Yearly Benefit Amount multiplied by the Prorate Fraction, using actual years of employment and actual Final Average Compensation and subject to Executive’s Vesting Rate.
 
 
(b)
Time and Form of Payment .  The Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on Executive’s Normal Benefit Date in a Lump Sum that is the then Present Value of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.1(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive’s Participation Agreement so permitted and Executive elected at the time of execution of the Participation Agreement (or in accordance with Section 3.7) to receive another form of benefit, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid commencing on the Normal Benefit Date in such other form, which also shall be the actuarial equivalent, using the Present Value factors, of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.1(a).
 
3.2
Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age .
 
 
(a)
Calculation of Supplemental Benefit .  If Executive has a Separation from Service (other than due to Cause, death or Disability, or following a Change in Control governed by Section 3.5) prior to the attainment of Benefit Age, Executive shall be entitled to a Supplemental Benefit, determined in the manner set forth herein.  The Supplemental Benefit shall be determined as an Annuity Benefit, at Benefit Age, with payments equal to the Yearly Benefit Amount multiplied by the Prorate Fraction, using actual years of employment and actual Final Average Compensation, subject to Executive’s Vesting Rate and, if Executive’s Normal Benefit Date is prior to age 62, reduced by 6% per year for each year (prorated with respect to partial years) prior to age 62.
 
 
7

 
 
 
(b)
Time and Form of Payment .  The Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on Executive’s Normal Benefit Date in a Lump Sum that is the then Present Value of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.2(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive’s Participation Agreement so permitted and Executive elected at the time of execution of the Participation Agreement (or in accordance with Section 3.7) to receive another form of benefit, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid commencing on the Normal Benefit Date in such other form, which also shall be the actuarial equivalent, using the Present Value factors, of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.2(a).
 
3.3
Disability .  The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment upon a determination of Disability.
 
 
(a)
Calculation of Supplemental Benefit .  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Executive becomes Disabled prior to Separation from Service and Benefit Age, Executive shall be entitled to a Supplemental Benefit, determined in the manner set forth herein.  The Supplemental Benefit shall be determined as an Annuity Benefit, at Benefit Age, with payments equal to the Yearly Benefit Amount calculated as if:  (i) Executive had completed the years of employment between Disability and Benefit Age, and (ii) Executive’s Final Average Compensation had increased three percent (3%) per year for each calendar year until Executive’s Benefit Age.
 
 
(b)
Time and Form of Payment .  The Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on Executive’s Normal Benefit Date (but shall not be reduced for early retirement even if Normal Benefit Date is before age 62), in a Lump Sum that is the then Present Value of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.3(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive’s Participation Agreement so permitted and Executive elected at the time of execution of the Participation Agreement (or in accordance with Section 3.7) to receive another form of benefit, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid commencing on the Normal Benefit Date in such other form, which also shall be the actuarial equivalent, using the Present Value factors, of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.3(a).
 
3.4            Death Benefit .
 
 
(a)
If Executive dies prior to Separation from Service, Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Lump Sum payment equal to the Lump Sum that would have been payable to Executive under Section 3.1 or 3.2 if Executive had incurred a Separation from Service on the date of death, but without reduction for early retirement.  Such death benefit shall be payable on the Normal Benefit Date.
 
 
8

 
 
 
(b)
If an Executive dies following Separation from Service with a vested Supplemental Benefit, but prior to commencement of benefit payments, Executive’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit that would have been paid to Executive under the applicable subsection of this Section III (i.e., Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 or 3.5), which shall be paid in a Lump Sum on the Normal Benefit Date.
 
3.5            Benefit Payable Following a Change in Control .
 
 
(a)
Calculation of Supplemental Benefit .   If a Change in Control occurs and, within a two (2) year period thereafter, Executive has an involuntarily Separation from Service without Cause or a Separation from Service for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to a Supplemental Benefit, determined in the manner set forth herein. The Supplemental Benefit shall be determined as an Annuity Benefit, at Benefit Age, with payments equal to the Yearly Benefit Amount calculated as if:  (i) Executive had completed the years of employment between Separation from Service and Benefit Age, and (ii) Executive’s Final Average Compensation had increased three percent (3%) per year for each calendar year until Executive’s Benefit Age.
 
 
(b)
Time and Form of Payment .  The Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on Executive’s Normal Benefit Date (but shall not be reduced for early retirement even if Executive’s Normal Benefit Date is before age 62),   in a Lump Sum that is the then Present Value of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.5(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive elected in the initial execution of the Participation Agreement (or in accordance with Section 3.7)   to receive another form of benefit, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid commencing on the Normal Benefit Date in such other form, which also shall be the actuarial equivalent, using the Present Value factors, of the Annuity Benefit described in Section 3.5(a).
 
 
(c)
Change in Control After Payments Commence .  If a Change in Control occurs after benefit payments to Executive have commenced under this Plan in a form other than a Lump Sum, and Executive had so elected in the initial execution of the Participation Agreement, the Present Value of the remaining payments shall be determined and paid to Executive in a Lump Sum 45 days after the date on which the Change in Control occurs.
 
3.6            Vesting; Termination for Cause .  If Executive has a Separation from Service (other than a separation for Good Reason, an involuntary separation without Cause or a separation due to death or Disability) before the Executive has a vested Annuity Benefit, then no Supplemental Benefit shall be payable hereunder. If Executive is terminated for Cause, all benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited by Executive and Executive’s participation in this Plan shall become null and void.
 
 
9

 
 
3.7            Change in Form or Timing of Benefit .  In the event the Executive desires to change the form or time of payment of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit, and such alternate form or time is permitted by the applicable subsection of this Section III, the Executive shall be permitted to make one such change in election, provided the following conditions are satisfied:
 
 
(a)
any change in the form or timing must be elected at least 12 months before the benefit would otherwise be paid or commence, and
 
 
(b)
any change (in form or timing) results in a five (5) year delay in the commencement of payment.  Accordingly, notwithstanding the time of payment set forth in the applicable section of this Plan, payment shall be made on the fifth anniversary of such date, but shall be calculated using the Normal Benefit Date.
 
3.8            Section 280G .  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section III, if the Supplemental Benefit provided hereunder, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to or for the benefit of an Executive that are contingent on a Change in Control, would cause an Executive to have an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G, the Supplemental Benefit and/or other payments shall be reduced to avoid this result.  In the event that such a reduction is necessary, then the amount of severance payable under Executive’s employment agreement or change of control agreement, if any, shall first be reduced, and the Supplemental Benefit payable hereunder shall next be reduced.
 
SECTION IV
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
 
Executive shall make an initial designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries upon execution of his Participation Agreement and shall have the right to change such designation, at any subsequent time, by submitting to the Administrator, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A, a written designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries. Any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Participation Agreement shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.
 
SECTION V
EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO ASSETS:
ALIENABILITY AND ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITION
 
At no time shall Executive be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in or to any specific investment or asset of the Bank. The rights of Executive, any Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through Executive under this Plan, shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. Executive, the Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through Executive, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments so specified under this Plan. Neither Executive nor any Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by Executive or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.
 
 
10

 
 
SECTION VI
ACT PROVISIONS
 
6.1
Named Fiduciary and Administrator .  The Bank shall be the Named Fiduciary and Administrator of this Plan. As Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan as established herein. The Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
6.2
Claims Procedure and Arbitration .  In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to Executive (or to his Beneficiary in the case of Executive’s death) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator within sixty (60) days from the date payments are refused. The Administrator shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, they shall provide in writing, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim, their specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan or the Participation Agreement upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such writing by the Administrator shall further indicate the additional steps which must be undertaken by claimants if an additional review of the claim denial is desired.
 
If claimants desire a second review, they shall notify the Administrator in writing within thirty (30) days of the first claim denial. Claimants may review this Plan, the Participation Agreement or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues and comments, in writing, they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Administrator shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of this Plan or the Participation Agreement upon which the decision is based.
 
If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan and the Participation Agreement or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, it shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
 
 
11

 
 
SECTION VII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
7.1
No Effect on Employment Rights .  Nothing contained herein will confer upon Executive the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with Executive without regard to the existence of the Plan.
 
7.2
Governing Law .  The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the state of Connecticut, to the extent such laws are not preempted by the Act or the Code and applicable regulations published thereunder.
 
7.3
Severability and Interpretation of Provisions .  In the event that any of the provisions of this Plan or portion hereof are held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, or in the event that any provision is found to violate Code Section 409A and would subject Executive to additional taxes and interest on the amounts deferred hereunder, or in the event that any legislation adopted by any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Bank would be retroactively applied to invalidate this Plan or any provision hereof or cause the benefits hereunder to be taxable, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in the provisions held invalid or inoperative, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.
 
7.4
Incapacity of Recipient .  In the event Executive is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Executive is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate.
 
7.5
Limitations on Liability .   Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as an employee or agent of the Bank, or as a member of the Board of the Bank shall be personally liable to Executive or any other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan.
 
7.6
Gender .  Whenever in this Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.
 
7.7
Effect on Other Corporate Benefit Plans .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall affect the right of Executive to participate in or be covered by any qualified or nonqualified pension, profit sharing, group, bonus or other supplemental compensation or fringe benefit agreement constituting a part of the Bank’s existing or future compensation structure.
 
7.8
Inurement .  This Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns, and Executive, his successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and Beneficiaries.
 
 
12

 
 
7.9
Acceleration of Payments .  Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department.  Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal Government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of Executive to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between Executive and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.
 
7.10
Headings .  Headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Plan.
 
7.11
12 U.S.C. § 1828(k ).  Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Plan or otherwise are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
7.12
Payment of Employment and Code Section 409A Taxes .  Any distribution under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of any taxes required to be withheld from such distribution.  This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay employment-related taxes as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j) or to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.  In the latter case, such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
7.13
Non-Competition, Confidentiality and Information/Cooperation
 
 
(a)
Non-Competition .  The benefits provided to Executives under this Plan are specifically conditioned on each Executive’s covenant that, during and for a period of one (1) year following the Executive’s Separation from Service with the Bank (or if Executive is a party to a separate employment agreement or change in control agreement that contains a non-compete provision, then for such period as set forth in such other agreement in lieu of the period set forth herein), that such Executive will not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:
 
 
13

 
 
 
i.
solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business which operates an insured depository institution that competes with the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank, that is: (i) headquartered within fifteen (15) miles of a Bank branch office or any proposed Bank branch office for which the Bank has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (“Restricted Territory”), determined on the earlier of the date of occurrence of the solicitation or the effective date of termination of employment, or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed to directly solicit business or have other direct solicitation responsibilities or solicitation duties within the Restricted Territory;
 
 
ii.
become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or   trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company or any other business which operates an insured depository institution that competes with the business of the Bank or any affiliate of the Bank, that is: (i) headquartered within the Restricted Territory, determined on the earlier of the date of occurrence of the event or the effective date of termination of employment, or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed to directly solicit business or have other direct solicitation responsibilities or solicitation duties within the Restricted Territory; or
 
 
iii.
solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.
 
 
(b)
Confidentiality .  Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank.  Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank.
 
 
14

 
 
 
(c)
Information/Disclosure .  During his employment and for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank, Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive shall be paid or reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the rendering of such assistance to the Bank.  Such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the calendar year in which Executive incurs such expense.
 
 
(d)
Effect of violation .   In the event that the Executive violates any of the provisions of this Section, all Supplemental Benefits payable to Executive shall cease and any Supplemental Benefits previously paid shall be reimbursed to the Bank within thirty (30) days of the Bank’s notification to Executive that this provision has been violated.
 
 
15

 
 
SECTION VIII
AMENDMENT/TERMINATION
 
8.1
Amendment or Modification .  This Plan may be amended or modified at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment may serve to reduce the vested Accrued Annuity Benefit of any Executive, and provided further, that no amendment or modification shall be valid if it violates Code Section 409A, as in effect at the time of such amendment or modification.
 
8.2
Termination of Plan .  Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination of the Plan, the Bank shall pay out to Executive his benefit as if Executive had terminated employment as of the effective date of the complete termination.  Such payment shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:
 
 
(a)
The Board may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan (e.g., the accrued Annuity Benefit) are included in Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
 
 
(b)
The Board may terminate the Plan by Board action taken within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that Executive and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.  Following the termination of the Plan, the amount payable to Executive shall be the amount to which Executive is entitled upon a Change in Control, as set forth in Executive’s Participation Agreement.
 
SECTION IX
EXECUTION
 
9.1
This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Plan.
 
9.2
This Plan shall be executed in duplicate, each copy of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but both copies shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
[signature page follows]
 
 
16

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Plan to be executed on this  30th day of December , 2009.
 
ATTEST:   FARMINGTON BANK  
         
/s/ Brenda O. Kowalski
 
By:
/s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
 
Secretary         
    Title:
SVP Human Resources
 
 
 
17
 

Exhibit 10.3
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
Section 1
Purpose
 
1
       
Section 2
Definitions
 
1
       
Section 3
Administration
 
5
       
Section 4
Deferrals
 
5
       
Section 5
Time and Form of Payment
 
6
       
Section 6
Cancellation of Deferral Election; Distribution Upon Unforeseeable Emergency
 
9
       
Section 7
Change in Control
 
10
       
Section 8
Nontransferability of Rights Under the Plan
 
10
       
Section 9
Successor Employer
 
10
       
Section 10
Unfunded Plan
 
11
       
Section 11 Governing Law  
11
       
Section 12
Withholding
 
11
       
Section 13
Amendment, Suspension, or Termination
 
11
       
Section 14
Claims for Benefits
 
12
 
 
i

 
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
 
Section 1.    Purpose
 
1.1          Farmington Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and First Connecticut Bancorp (the “Holding Company”) establish this Farmington Savings Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees (the “Plan”) to assist the Bank in attracting, retaining, and motivating individuals of high caliber and experience to act as Directors and key management employees of the Bank by providing them with an opportunity to defer their compensation.  With respect to the participation in the Plan by key management employees, the Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA that is maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
 
Section 2.    Definitions
 
    The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:
 
2.1           “Bank” shall mean Farmington Savings Bank, a mutual savings bank, its successors and any other affiliated company as shall be designated by the Board to participate in the Plan.
 
2.2           “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with such procedures as may be specified by the Committee, that are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
 
2.3           “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
2.4           “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
 
(a)
the Bank, if it converts to the stock form of organization, or the mutual Holding Company parent of the Bank, if it converts to the stock form of organization, or any parent corporation of the Bank that may be formed (the “Parent”) merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, and as a result, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by “Persons” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) who were stockholders of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation or, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent that is in the form of a mutual company, less than a majority of the directors of the resulting corporation immediately after a merger or consolidation were directors of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation;
 
 
1

 
 
 
(b)
following any conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent to the stock form of organization, any Person (other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Parent or with respect to a conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent), becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the resulting corporation representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation’s then-outstanding securities;
 
 
(c)
during any period of twenty-four (24) months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (i) a director nominated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent to effect a transaction described in Sections 2.3(a), (b) or (d) hereof, (ii) a director nominated by any Person (including the Bank) who publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions (including, but not limited to, an actual or threatened proxy contest) which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control or (iii) a director nominated by any Person who is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Bank or any Parent or the Holding Company, if converted to the stock form of organization) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank’s stockholders was approved in advance by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
 
(d)
the stockholders or Directors of the Bank approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets; or
 
 
(e)
the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control has occurred.
 
 
2

 
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change in Control” shall not include the issuance of shares to the general public by the Bank or any Parent of the Bank or the conversion of the Bank or the Holding Company from the mutual to the stock form of organization where the stock organization issues its own shares to the general public unless any Person other than the Holding Company becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Bank’s Parent representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s or the Bank’s Parent’s, as the case may be, then outstanding securities.
 
2.5           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
 
2.6           “Committee” shall mean the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Committee appointed by the Board.
 
2.7           “Compensation” with respect to any Plan Year shall mean, for purposes of a Deferral by a Director, such Director’s total fees for such Plan Year earned for acting as a Director of the Bank, excluding bonuses, fringe benefits, the taxable value of fringe benefits, and any other form of special or extra pay, and for purposes of a Deferral by an Employee, such Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year within the meaning provided in the qualified retirement plan maintained by the Bank that includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code, but including any bonuses includible in such Employee’s W-2 earnings for such Plan Year and without the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such Plan Year.  Compensation payable after December 31st of any Plan Year for services performed during the final payroll period of the immediately preceding Plan Year shall be treated as Compensation for services performed in the Plan Year in which it is paid.  The preceding sentence shall not apply to any Compensation paid for services performed during any period other than such final payroll period, such as the payment of an annual bonus.
 
2.8           “Deferral” shall mean the amount credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year to reflect Compensation otherwise payable to a Participant during such Plan Year which such Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 4 hereof.
 
2.9           “Deferral Account” shall mean the separate account maintained for a Participant on the books of the Bank to reflect Deferrals, adjusted for earnings thereon.
 
2.10         “Disability or Disabled” shall mean either that (a) the Participant has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or (b) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank.
 
2.11         “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2007 with respect to this amendment and restatement of the Plan.
 
2.12         “Employee” shall mean a person in the employ of the Bank whom the Committee has identified as being part of a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
 
2.13         “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
 
3

 
 
2.14         “Holding Company” shall mean First Connecticut Bancorp.
 
2.15         “Participant” shall mean: (a) any Director of the Bank who is acting as such on December 31st of the year preceding the Plan Year of Deferral (unless the Plan Year of Deferral is the Director’s initial year of election to the Board) and who elects to make Deferrals for the Plan Year; or (b) any Employee designated by the Committee for participation in this Plan who is employed on December 31st of the year preceding the Plan Year of Deferral (unless the Plan Year of Deferral is the Employee’s initial year of employment) and who elects to make Deferrals for the Plan Year.
 
2.16         “Plan” shall mean the Farmington Savings Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees.
 
2.17         “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Committee.
 
2.18         “Plan Interest Rate” shall mean a rate of interest, set annually in December to be effective for the subsequent calendar year, equal to the five-year Bank Certificate of Deposit yield for such month of December plus four percent (4%), subject to a minimum rate of eight percent (8%) and a maximum rate of twelve percent (12%), to be credited on a monthly basis during such subsequent calendar year.
 
2.19         “Plan Year” shall mean each calendar year.
 
2.20         “Potential Change in Control” shall mean:  (a) the Bank, the Holding Company or any parent corporation of the Bank has entered into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (b) any Person, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (including the Bank or any parent corporation of the Bank) has publicly announced an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; or (c) the Board has adopted a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.
 
2.21         “Regulations” shall mean proposed and final Treasury Regulations, as the same may be amended from time to time.
 
2.22         “Separation from Service” shall mean, with respect to a Director, termination of service as a Director of the Bank and, with respect to an Employee, termination of employment with the Bank and any affiliate of the Bank.  Whether a Participant has had a Separation of Service shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances and with reference to Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
2.23         “Specified Employee” shall mean an Employee who satisfies the requirements for being designated a “key employee” under Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code at any time during a Plan Year, in which case such Employee shall be considered a Specified Employee for the twelve (12)-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month immediately following the end of such Plan Year.
 
 
4

 
 
2.24          “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of a Participant resulting from: (a) an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or dependent as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B); (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  Whether a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances and with reference to Regulations Section 409A-3(i)(3).
 
Section 3.    Administration
 
3.1           The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable.  Any decision by the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their Beneficiaries or successors).  The foregoing notwithstanding, the Board may exercise any power or perform any function of the Committee, in which case any applicable reference to the “Committee” herein shall be deemed to refer to the Board.
 
3.2           The Committee shall act by vote or written consent of a majority of its members.  Members of the Committee who are either eligible to become Participants or who are Participants may vote on or participate in any matter affecting the administration of the Plan, provided , however , that no member of the Committee may vote on or participate in any matter directly relating to the benefits of such member.
 
3.3           The Committee, or its designee, shall (a) notify Directors and Employees about their eligibility to participate in the Plan; (b) formulate and recommend to the Board such changes in the Plan as may facilitate the administration of the Plan; (c) value Deferral Accounts, and maintain Deferral Accounts and records of Deferrals and earnings thereon, payment of Deferral Account balances, and Beneficiary designations; (d) prepare communications to Participants and Beneficiaries; (e) prepare reports and data required by the Bank concerning the Plan; (f) obtain necessary consents and approvals; and (g) take any other actions as are otherwise necessary or appropriate for effective implementation and administration of the Plan.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 4.    Deferrals
 
4.1          A Participant may voluntarily elect to defer his or her Compensation in the following manner:
 
 
(a)
In order to make a voluntary Deferral election pursuant to the Plan, a Director must complete and deliver to the Committee a written election, on such forms as shall be provided to the Director by the Committee, not later than 30 days after the date on which he or she commences service as a Director of the Bank. An Employee must complete and deliver to the Committee a written election, on such forms as shall be provided to the Employee by the Committee, not later than 30 days after the date on which he or she commences employment with the Bank. For Deferrals to occur in subsequent years, such Director or Employee must complete and deliver to the Committee a written election not later than December 31st of the year preceding the subsequent year (or such earlier deadline as may be specified by the Committee, provided that such deadline shall be established so as to ensure effective tax deferral by the Participant and to conform to all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A).  Such an election shall only be effective with respect to Compensation earned after the date of the election.  Such election shall remain effective for all future years of service unless the Participant makes a new valid election in a subsequent year by the applicable deadline for such election.
 
4.2          A Participant may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Compensation for any Plan Year in accordance with the procedure specified in Section 4.1. A Deferral election shall designate the portion of the Participant’s Compensation that is to be deferred and shall further designate the time and manner of payment of such Deferral in accordance with Section 5, below.   Elections to make Deferrals for a Plan Year, the amount of such Deferrals for such Plan Year and the time and form of payment of such Deferrals shall be irrevocable except as otherwise provided in Sections 5 and 6, below.
 
4.3          A Participant’s Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account as of each date on which his or her Compensation would otherwise have been paid.  A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited monthly until such Deferral Account is paid out in full to such Participant or such Participant’s Beneficiary with the amount of notional interest earned on the Deferral Account assuming that such interest is earned at the Plan Interest Rate. A Participant shall at all times be fully vested in his or her Deferral Account.
 
Section 5.    Ti me and Form of Payment
 
    5.1          A Participant’s Deferral election shall specify the time and form of payment of the Compensation subject to the Deferral election (and the earnings thereon) according to one of the following methods:
 
 
(a)
Payment in a single lump sum at the earliest of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s Disability or a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election;
 
 
(b)
Payment in a single lump sum on a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election;
 
 
(c)
Payment in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years as specified in the Participant’s Deferral election, the first installment to be paid as of the earliest of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s Disability or a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election; or
 
 
6

 
 
 
(d)
Payment in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years as specified in the Participant’s Deferral election, the first installment to be paid on a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.
 
    Payment as provided hereinabove upon a Participant’s Disability or Separation from Service shall be made or begin on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after such event.
 
   5.2          The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a Participant’s death prior to the commencement of payment of such Participant’s Deferral Account, payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after the Participant’s death unless otherwise specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.   If a Participant dies after installment payments have commenced as provided in Sections 5.1(c) or (d) and before all such payments have been made, the remaining installments shall be accelerated and paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after the Participant’s death unless otherwise specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.
 
   5.3          A Participant may change an election to delay the time and/or change the form of payment of Compensation governed by a prior Deferral election by filing a subsequent written election with the Committee, provided , however , that (a) no such delay or change shall be effective until twelve (12) months after the date such election is filed with the Committee; (b) except in the event of payment upon death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, such election must be filed with the Committee not fewer than twelve (12) months prior to the date payment was otherwise scheduled to be made in the case of a change to a lump sum distribution or twelve (12) months prior to the date installment payments were scheduled to begin in the case of a change to an installment distribution; and (c) except in the event of payment upon death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, the new distribution date or form of payment may not be effective sooner than the fifth anniversary of the date payment was otherwise scheduled to be made in the case of a change to a lump sum distribution or the fifth anniversary of the date installment payments were scheduled to begin in the case of a change to an installment distribution.  With respect to a change in a prior Deferral election of an installment form of payment, such five-year delay shall apply not only to the first such installment payment but to all subsequent installment payments.   An installment form of distribution shall be treated as an entitlement to a single payment in accordance with the provisions of  Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).  The foregoing notwithstanding, a Participant may change a prior Deferral election as to the time and/or form of payment of all or a portion of such Participant’s Deferral Account by filing one or more written elections with the Committee on or before December 31, 2007 (or such later date as may be specified in Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance interpreting Section 409A of the Code) provided that any such election shall be made in writing on such form as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require and, provided further, that (a) with respect to an election made on or after January 1, 2006 and on or before December 31, 2006, the election may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2006 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2006 that would not otherwise be payable in 2006; and (b) with respect to an election made on or after January 1, 2007 and on or before December 31, 2007, the election may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007.
 
 
7

 
 
    5.4         The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a payment to a Participant may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the following circumstances:
 
(a)         if the Bank’s deduction with respect to such payment otherwise would be limited or eliminated by the application of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case payment shall be made upon the earlier of:  (i) the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by the application of Section 162(m) of the Code; or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant has a Separation from Service;
 
(b)         if the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law in which case payment shall be made at the earliest date on which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation;
 
(c)         if there is a bona fide dispute as to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s entitlement to payment as provided in Regulations Section 1.409A-3(g);
 
(d)         if calculation of the amount of the payment is not administratively practicable due to events beyond the control of the Participant, provided that payment is made during the first calendar year in which payment is administratively practicable;
 
(e)         if the funds of the Bank are not sufficient to make the payment on the date specified under the Plan without jeopardizing the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern, provided that payment is made during the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect; or
 
(f)         upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in accordance with the Regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
 
    5.5         Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of any conversion of the Bank or any parent corporation of the Bank to the stock form of organization and if such stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, payment to any Specified Employee upon Separation from Service shall not be made before the date that is six (6) months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of such Specified Employee).  In the event such Specified Employee has elected payment of his or her Deferral Account in the form of installments as provided in Section 5.1(c) or (d) above, installment payments to which such Specified Employee would otherwise be entitled during the first six (6) months following his or her Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first installment payment date of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.  The six (6)-month delay in payment described herein shall not apply, however, to any payment made under the circumstances described in Sections 5.6(a) or (b).
 
 
8

 
 
    5.6         The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a payment to or on behalf of a Participant shall be accelerated under each of the following circumstances:
 
(a)         if payment is required to be made to an individual other than the Participant to fulfill a domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code;
 
(b)         if payment is necessary to satisfy requirements established pursuant to a written determination by the Office of Government Ethics that:  (i) divestiture of the financial interest or termination of the financial arrangement is reasonably necessary to comply with any Federal conflict of interest statute, regulation, rule or executive order (including Section 208 of Title 18, United States Code), or is requested by a congressional committee as a condition of confirmation; and (ii) specifies the financial interest to be divested or terminated;
 
(c)         if the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder in an amount equal to that required to be included in income as a result of such failure; and
 
(d)         at the Committee’s discretion, if the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Account is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code provided that such payment shall constitute the entirety of the Participant’s interest in the Plan and all similar arrangements that would constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) and provided that the Committee’s decision to make such distribution shall be evidenced in writing no later than the date of such payment.
 
Section 6.    Cancellation of Deferral Election; Distribution Upon Unforeseeable Emergency
 
6.1         The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may apply to the Committee in writing to cancel his or her Deferral election and to obtain a distribution of all or such portion of the Participant’s Deferral Account as is reasonably necessary to satisfy such Unforeseeable Emergency (which may include amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).  Upon the Committee’s determination that such an Unforeseeable Emergency exists, the Participant’s Deferral election shall be cancelled and the distribution requested by the Participant shall be made provided that such Unforeseeable Emergency may not be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan or any other retirement plan maintained by the Bank.  Following any such distribution, the Participant may not make a subsequent Deferral election except in accordance with the provisions governing Deferral elections set forth in Section 4.1, above.
 
 
9

 
 
6.2         The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Participant’s Deferral election under this Plan shall terminate if necessary for the Participant to obtain a hardship distribution under a qualified retirement plan that includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code as required by Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3).  Following any such termination of a Participant’s Deferral election, the Participant may not make a subsequent Deferral election except in accordance with the provisions governing Deferral elections set forth in Section 4.1, above.
 
Section 7.    Change in Control
 
    7.1         In the event of a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, not later than 15 days thereafter, have established one or more rabbi trusts and shall deposit therein cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the Plan.  Such rabbi trust(s) shall be irrevocable and shall provide that the Bank may not, directly or indirectly use or recover any assets of the trust(s) until such time as all obligations which potentially could arise under this Plan have been settled and paid in full, subject only to the claims of creditors of the Bank in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Bank; provided, however, that if no Change in Control has occurred within one year after such Potential Change in Control, such rabbi trust shall at the end of such one-year period become revocable and may thereafter be revoked by the Bank.
 
Section 8.    Nontransferability of Rights Under the Plan
 
8.1         Deferral Accounts shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary except as provided in Section 5.6(a).  Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void.
 
Section 9.    Successor Employer
 
    9.1         The Bank and the Holding Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank or the Holding Company to expressly assume and agree to perform under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank and the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.   As used in this Plan, “Bank” and “Holding Company” shall mean the Bank and the Holding Company, respectively, as hereinbefore defined, and any successor to its or their business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Plan by operation of law, or otherwise and, in the case of an acquisition of the Bank or the Holding Company in which the corporate existence of the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, continues, the ultimate parent company following such acquisition. Subject to the foregoing, the Bank and the Holding Company may transfer and assign this Plan and the Bank’s and the Holding Company’s rights and obligations hereunder.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 10.    Unfunded Plan
 
10.1       The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind.  The Bank’s obligations hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future for tax purposes and, if applicable, for purposes of Title I of ERISA.  A Participant’s right to receive his or her Deferral Account balance shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank.  Deferral Account balances shall be paid from the general funds of the Bank, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such Deferral Account balances except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1, above.
 
Section 11.    Governing Law
 
    11.1        The Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, to the extent not preempted by federal law.  Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder and the Bank and the Holding Company shall have no right to accelerate or make any payment under this Plan except to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code.  The Bank and the Holding Company shall have no obligation, however, to reimburse a Participant for any tax penalty or interest payable or provide a gross-up payment in connection with any tax liability of the Participant under Section 409A of the Code except that this provision shall not apply in the event of the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s negligence or willful disregard in interpreting the application of  Section 409A of the Code to the Plan which negligence or willful disregard causes a Participant to become subject to a tax penalty or interest payable under Section 409A of the Code.
 
Section 12.    Withholding
 
12.1       The Bank shall deduct from all amounts paid under this Plan any taxes required to be withheld by any Federal, state, or local government tax statutes.  The Participants and their Beneficiaries, distributees, and personal representatives will be responsible for the payment of any and all Federal, foreign, state, local, or other income or other taxes imposed on amounts paid under this Plan.
 
Section 13.    Amendment, Suspension, or Termination
 
13.1       This Plan may be amended or suspended by action of the Board; provided , however , that any such amendment or suspension shall not adversely affect the rights of  Participants or Beneficiaries to receive Deferrals credited to their Deferral Accounts prior to such action and notional interest on such Deferral Accounts at the Plan Interest Rate (which may not be decreased from that in effect on the Effective Date) until such Deferral Accounts are paid in full to such Participants or such Participants’ Beneficiaries in accordance with the time and form of payment elections made by or applicable to such Participants pursuant to Section 5, nor shall any such amendment or suspension cause any payment that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under this Plan to become subject to an income tax penalty under Section 409A of the Code.
 
 
11

 
 
                   13.2        This Plan may be terminated and lump sum distributions made to Participants (or their Beneficiaries) of their Deferral Accounts hereunder only in the event of a dissolution of the Bank taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1(A), provided that Participants’ Deferral Account balances are included in such Participants’ gross incomes in the later of:  (i) the calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs; or (ii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
 
Section 14.    Claims for Benefits
 
                   14.1        Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator. Written or electronic notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 90 days after the claim is filed (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim and if notice of such extension and circumstances is provided to the claimant within the initial 90-day period). In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided.  In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including, if the claimant is an Employee, a statement that the claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
                   14.2        Any Participant or former Participant or authorized representative or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to request a review of the denied claim. The claimant may submit a written request for review to the Plan Administrator no later than 60 days after the date on which such denial is received by such claimant.  The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim to the Plan Administrator.  The claim for review shall be given a full and fair review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted that relates to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written or electronic notice of the decision on review within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim and if notice of such extension and circumstances is provided to the claimant within the initial 60-day period).  Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that if the claimant is an Employee, the claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA and that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.  A document is relevant to the claim for benefits if it was relied upon in making the determination, was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the determination or demonstrates that benefit determinations are made in accordance with the Plan and that Plan provisions have been applied consistently with respect to similarly situated claimants.
 
 
12

 
 
                   14.3        No Employee, former Employee or Beneficiary of an Employee shall institute any action or proceeding in any state or federal court of law or equity, or before any administrative tribunal or arbitrator, for a claim for benefits under the Plan until such claimant has first exhausted the procedures set forth in Sections 14.1 and 14.2.
 
 
13

Exhibit 10.4
 
First Amendment to the
Farmington Savings Bank
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan
For Directors and Key Employees
 
The Farmington Savings Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the “Plan”), is amended effective January 1, 2010 as follows:
 
1.  The name of the Plan is changed to Farmington Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.
 
2.  Section 1.1 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“1.1           Farmington Bank (the “Bank”) and First Connecticut Bancorp (the “Holding Company”) establish this Farmington Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “Plan”) to assist the Bank in attracting, retaining, and motivating individuals of high caliber and experience to act as Directors of the Bank by providing them with an opportunity to defer their fees.  Prior to January 1, 2010, key management Employees of the Bank were eligible to participate in the Plan.  Although such key management Employees may not make Deferrals under the Plan on and after January 1, 2010, Deferral Accounts shall continue to be maintained under the Plan on their behalf until all amounts credited to such Deferral Accounts have been paid to such key management Employees as provided in Section 5 of the Plan.  The exclusion of key management Employees from making Deferrals under the Plan as of January 1, 2010 shall not alter the time or form of payment of their Deferral Accounts.  The rights to benefits, if any, of any former Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment before January 1, 2010, together with the amount of such benefits, shall continue to be governed by the provisions of the Plan in effect as of the date of such retirement or termination of employment.”
 
3.   Section 2.7 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“2.7           “Compensation” with respect to any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2010 shall mean such Director’s total fees for such Plan Year earned for acting as a Director of the Bank.”
 
4.  Section 2.15 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“2.15           “Participant” shall mean any non-Employee Director of the Bank who is acting as such on December 31st of the year preceding the Plan Year of Deferral (unless the Plan Year of Deferral is the Director’s initial year of election to the Board) and who elects to make Deferrals for the Plan Year. Prior to January 1, 2010, key management Employees of the Bank and Employee Directors were eligible to participate in the Plan.  Although such key management Employees and Employee Directors shall not be eligible to defer Compensation under the Plan on and after January 1, 2010, such key management Employees and Employee Directors who were Participants in the Plan before January 1, 2010 shall continue to be Participants in the Plan for so long as a Deferral Account shall be maintained under the Plan on their behalf.”
 
 
 

 
 
5.  Section 2.16 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“2.16 “Plan” shall mean the Farmington Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.”
 
6.  Section 2.18 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“2.18. “Plan Interest Rate” shall mean effective January 1, 2010, with respect to any Participant who has not retired or otherwise terminated employment before January 1, 2010, eight percent (8%), to be credited on a monthly basis.”
 
7.   Section 3.3(a) of the Plan is amended by deleting the words “and Employees” therefrom.
 
8.   Section 4.1(a) of the Plan is amended by deleting the second sentence thereof and deleting the words “or Employee” from the third sentence thereof.
 
9.   Section 13.1 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
 
“13.1  This Plan may be amended or suspended by action of the Board; provided , however , that any such amendment or suspension shall not adversely affect the rights of  Participants or Beneficiaries to receive Deferrals and notional interest credited to their Deferral Accounts prior to such action nor shall any such amendment or suspension cause any payment that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under this Plan to become subject to an income tax penalty under Section 409A of the Code.”
 
The authorized officers of Farmington Bank and First Connecticut Bancorp have caused this instrument of amendment to be executed this  31st day of December, 2009.
 
  Farmington Bank
     
  By
/s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.
     
  Its
Chairman, President and CEO
     
  First Connecticut Bancorp
     
  By
/s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.
     
  Its
Chairman, President and CEO
 
 
-2-

Exhibit 10.5
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR SELECT EMPLOYEES
 
effective January 1, 2007
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
Section 1
Purpose
1
Section 2
Definitions
1
Section 3
Administration
5
Section 4
Deferrals
5
Section 5
Time and Form of Payment
6
Section 6
Cancellation of Deferral Election; Distribution Upon Unforeseeable Emergency
9
Section 7
Change in Control
10
Section 8
Nontransferability of Rights Under the Plan
10
Section 9
Successor Employer
10
Section 10
Unfunded Plan
10
Section 11  
Governing Law
11
Section 12
Withholding
11
Section 13  
Amendment, Suspension, or Termination
11
Section 14  
Claims for Benefits 12
 
 
 

 
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR SELECT EMPLOYEES
 
 
Section 1. Purpose
 
1.1           Farmington Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and First Connecticut Bancorp (the “Holding Company”) establish this Farmington Savings Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Select Employees (the “Plan”) to assist the Bank in attracting, retaining, and motivating individuals of high caliber and experience to act as key management employees of the Bank by providing them with an opportunity to defer their compensation.  The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA that is maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
 
Section 2. Definitions
 
The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:
 
2.1           “Bank” shall mean Farmington Savings Bank, a mutual savings bank, its successors and any other affiliated company as shall be designated by the Board to participate in the Plan.
 
2.2           “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with such procedures as may be specified by the Committee, that are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
 
2.3           “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
2.4           “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
 
(a)
the Bank, if it converts to the stock form of organization, or the mutual Holding Company parent of the Bank, if it converts to the stock form of organization, or any parent corporation of the Bank that may be formed (the “Parent”) merges into or consolidates with another corporation, or merges another corporation into the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, and as a result, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by “Persons” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) who were stockholders of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation or, with respect to the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent that is in the form of a mutual company, less than a majority of the directors of the resulting corporation immediately after a merger or consolidation were directors of the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent, as the case may be, immediately before the merger or consolidation;
 
 
 

 
 
 
(b)
following any conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent to the stock form of organization, any Person (other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Parent or with respect to a conversion of the Bank, the Holding Company or any Parent), becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the resulting corporation representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation’s then-outstanding securities;
 
 
(c)
during any period of twenty-four (24) months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (i) a director nominated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank, the Holding Company or the Parent to effect a transaction described in Sections 2.3(a), (b) or (d) hereof, (ii) a director nominated by any Person (including the Bank) who publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions (including, but not limited to, an actual or threatened proxy contest) which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control or (iii) a director nominated by any Person who is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the Bank or any Parent or the Holding Company, if converted to the stock form of organization) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Bank’s stockholders was approved in advance by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
 
(d)
the stockholders or Directors of the Bank approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Bank or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets; or
 
 
(e)
the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control has occurred.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change in Control” shall not include the issuance of shares to the general public by the Bank or any Parent of the Bank or the conversion of the Bank or the Holding Company from the mutual to the stock form of organization where the stock organization issues its own shares to the general public unless any Person other than the Holding Company becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Bank’s Parent representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s or the Bank’s Parent’s, as the case may be, then outstanding securities.
 
 
-2-

 
 
2.5           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
 
2.6           “Committee” shall mean the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Committee appointed by the Board.
 
2.7           “Compensation” with respect to any Plan Year shall mean an Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year within the meaning provided in the qualified retirement plan maintained by the Bank that includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code, but including any bonuses includible in such Employee’s W-2 earnings for such Plan Year and without the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such Plan Year.  Compensation payable after December 31st of any Plan Year for services performed during the final payroll period of the immediately preceding Plan Year shall be treated as Compensation for services performed in the Plan Year in which it is paid.  The preceding sentence shall not apply to any Compensation paid for services performed during any period other than such final payroll period, such as the payment of an annual bonus.
 
2.8           “Deferral” shall mean the amount credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year to reflect Compensation otherwise payable to a Participant during such Plan Year which such Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 4 hereof.
 
2.9           “Deferral Account” shall mean the separate account maintained for a Participant on the books of the Bank to reflect Deferrals, adjusted for earnings thereon.
 
2.10           “Disability or Disabled” shall mean either that (a) the Participant has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or (b) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank.
 
2.11            “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2007.
 
2.12            “Employee” shall mean a person in the employ of the Bank who is a Vice President or more senior officer of the Bank.
 
2.13           “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
2.14            “Holding Company” shall mean First Connecticut Bancorp.
 
2.15            “Participant” shall mean any Employee who is employed on December 31st of the year preceding the Plan Year of Deferral (unless the Plan Year of Deferral is the Employee’s initial year of employment) and who elects to make Deferrals for the Plan Year.
 
 
-3-

 
 
2.16           “Plan” shall mean the Farmington Savings Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Select Employees.
 
2.17           “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Committee.
 
2.18           “Plan Interest Rate” shall mean a rate of interest, set annually in December to be effective for the subsequent calendar year, equal to the five-year Bank Certificate of Deposit yield for such month of December, to be credited on a monthly basis during such subsequent calendar year.
 
2.19           “Plan Year” shall mean each calendar year.
 
2.20           “Potential Change in Control” shall mean:  (a) the Bank, the Holding Company or any parent corporation of the Bank has entered into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (b) any Person, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (including the Bank or any parent corporation of the Bank) has publicly announced an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; or (c) the Board has adopted a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.
 
2.21           “Regulations” shall mean proposed and final Treasury Regulations, as the same may be amended from time to time.
 
2.22           “Separation from Service” shall mean termination of employment with the Bank and any affiliate of the Bank.  Whether a Participant has had a Separation of Service shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances and with reference to Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
2.23           “Specified Employee” shall mean an Employee who satisfies the requirements for being designated a “key employee” under Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code at any time during a Plan Year, in which case such Employee shall be considered a Specified Employee for the twelve (12)-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month immediately following the end of such Plan Year.
 
2.24           “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of a Participant resulting from: (a) an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or dependent as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B); (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  Whether a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be determined by the Committee on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances and with reference to Regulations Section 409A-3(g)(3).
 
 
-4-

 
 
Section 3. Administration
 
3.1           The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable.  Any decision by the Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and their Beneficiaries or successors).  The foregoing notwithstanding, the Board may exercise any power or perform any function of the Committee, in which case any applicable reference to the “Committee” herein shall be deemed to refer to the Board.
 
3.2           The Committee shall act by vote or written consent of a majority of its members.  Members of the Committee who are either eligible to become Participants or who are Participants may vote on or participate in any matter affecting the administration of the Plan, provided , however , that no member of the Committee may vote on or participate in any matter directly relating to the benefits of such member.
 
3.3           The Committee, or its designee, shall (a) notify Directors and Employees about their eligibility to participate in the Plan; (b) formulate and recommend to the Board such changes in the Plan as may facilitate the administration of the Plan; (c) value Deferral Accounts, and maintain Deferral Accounts and records of Deferrals and earnings thereon, payment of Deferral Account balances, and Beneficiary designations; (d) prepare communications to Participants and Beneficiaries; (e) prepare reports and data required by the Bank concerning the Plan; (f) obtain necessary consents and approvals; and (g) take any other actions as are otherwise necessary or appropriate for effective implementation and administration of the Plan.
 
Section 4. Deferrals
 
4.1           A Participant may voluntarily elect to defer his or her Compensation in the following manner:
 
 
(a)
In order to make a voluntary Deferral election pursuant to the Plan, an Employee must complete and deliver to the Committee a written election, on such forms as shall be provided to the Employee by the Committee, not later than 30 days after the date on which he or she commences employment with the Bank. For Deferrals to occur in subsequent years, such Employee must complete and deliver to the Committee a written election not later than December 31st of the year preceding the subsequent year (or such earlier deadline as may be specified by the Committee, provided that such deadline shall be established so as to ensure effective tax deferral by the Participant and to conform to all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A).  Such an election shall only be effective with respect to Compensation earned after the date of the election.  Such election shall remain effective for all future years of service unless the Participant makes a new valid election in a subsequent year by the applicable deadline for such election.
 
 
-5-

 
 
4.2           A Participant may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Compensation for any Plan Year in accordance with the procedure specified in Section 4.1. A Deferral election shall designate the portion of the Participant’s Compensation that is to be deferred and shall further designate the time and manner of payment of such Deferral in accordance with Section 5, below.   Elections to make Deferrals for a Plan Year, the amount of such Deferrals for such Plan Year and the time and form of payment of such Deferrals shall be irrevocable except as otherwise provided in Sections 5 and 6, below.
 
4.3           A Participant’s Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account as of each date on which his or her Compensation would otherwise have been paid.  A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited monthly until such Deferral Account is paid out in full to such Participant or such Participant’s Beneficiary with the amount of notional interest earned on the Deferral Account assuming that such interest is earned at the Plan Interest Rate. A Participant shall at all times be fully vested in his or her Deferral Account.
 
Section 5. Ti me and Form of Payment
 
    5.1           A Participant’s Deferral election shall specify the time and form of payment of the Compensation subject to the Deferral election (and the earnings thereon) according to one of the following methods:
 
 
(a)
Payment in a single lump sum at the earliest of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s Disability or a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election;
 
 
(b)
Payment in a single lump sum on a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election;
 
 
(c)
Payment in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years as specified in the Participant’s Deferral election, the first installment to be paid as of the earliest of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s Disability or a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election; or
 
 
(d)
Payment in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years as specified in the Participant’s Deferral election, the first installment to be paid on a date specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.
 
Payment as provided hereinabove upon a Participant’s Disability or Separation from Service shall be made or begin on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after such event.
 
 
-6-

 
 
    5.2           The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a Participant’s death prior to the commencement of payment of such Participant’s Deferral Account, payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after the Participant’s death unless otherwise specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.   If a Participant dies after installment payments have commenced as provided in Sections 5.1(c) or (d) and before all such payments have been made, the remaining installments shall be accelerated and paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum on such date as the Committee may determine which is not later than 90 days after the Participant’s death unless otherwise specified in the Participant’s Deferral election.
 
    5.3           A Participant may change an election to delay the time and/or change the form of payment of Compensation governed by a prior Deferral election by filing a subsequent written election with the Committee, provided , however , that (a) no such delay or change shall be effective until twelve (12) months after the date such election is filed with the Committee; (b) except in the event of payment upon death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, such election must be filed with the Committee not fewer than twelve (12) months prior to the date payment was otherwise scheduled to be made in the case of a change to a lump sum distribution or twelve (12) months prior to the date installment payments were scheduled to begin in the case of a change to an installment distribution; and (c) except in the event of payment upon death, Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency, the new distribution date or form of payment may not be effective sooner than the fifth anniversary of the date payment was otherwise scheduled to be made in the case of a change to a lump sum distribution or the fifth anniversary of the date installment payments were scheduled to begin in the case of a change to an installment distribution.  With respect to a change in a prior Deferral election of  an installment form of payment, such five-year delay shall apply not only to the first such installment payment but to all subsequent installment payments.   An installment form of distribution shall be treated as an entitlement to a single payment in accordance with the provisions of  Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). The foregoing notwithstanding, a Participant may change a prior Deferral election as to the time and/or form of payment of all or a portion of such Participant’s Deferral Account by filing one or more written elections with the Committee on or before December 31, 2007 (or such later date as may be specified in Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance interpreting Section 409A of the Code) provided that any such election shall be made in writing on such form as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require and, provided further, that the election may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007.
 
    5.4           The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a payment to a Participant may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the following circumstances:
 
(a)         if the Bank’s deduction with respect to such payment otherwise would be limited or eliminated by the application of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case payment shall be made upon the earlier of:  (i) the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by the application of Section 162(m) of the Code; or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant has a Separation from Service;
 
 
-7-

 
 
(b)         if the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law in which case payment shall be made at the earliest date on which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation;
 
(c)         if there is a bona fide dispute as to a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s entitlement to payment as provided in Regulations Section 1.409A-3(g);
 
(d)         if calculation of the amount of the payment is not administratively practicable due to events beyond the control of the Participant, provided that payment is made during the first calendar year in which payment is administratively practicable;
 
(e)         if the funds of the Bank are not sufficient to make the payment on the date specified under the Plan without jeopardizing the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern, provided that payment is made during the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect; or
 
(f)         upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in accordance with the Regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
 
    5.5           Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of any conversion of the Bank or any parent corporation of the Bank to the stock form of organization and if such stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, payment to any Specified Employee upon Separation from Service shall not be made before the date that is six (6) months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of such Specified Employee).  In the event such Specified Employee has elected payment of his or her Deferral Account in the form of installments as provided in Section 5.1(c) or (d) above, installment payments to which such Specified Employee would otherwise be entitled during the first six (6) months following his or her Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first installment payment date of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.  The six (6)-month delay in payment described herein shall not apply, however, to any payment made under the circumstances described in Sections 5.6(a) or (b).
 
    5.6           The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a payment to or on behalf of a Participant shall be accelerated under each of the following circumstances:
 
(a)         if payment is required to be made to an individual other than the Participant to fulfill a domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code;
 
(b)         if payment is necessary to satisfy requirements established pursuant to a written determination by the Office of Government Ethics that:  (i) divestiture of the financial interest or termination of the financial arrangement is reasonably necessary to comply with any Federal conflict of interest statute, regulation, rule or executive order (including Section 208 of Title 18, United States Code), or is requested by a congressional committee as a condition of confirmation; and (ii) specifies the financial interest to be divested or terminated;
 
 
-8-

 
 
(c)         if the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder in an amount equal to that required to be included in income as a result of such failure; and
 
(d)         at the Committee’s discretion, if the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Account is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code provided that such payment shall constitute the entirety of the Participant’s interest in the Plan and all similar arrangements that would constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) and provided that the Committee’s decision to make such distribution shall be evidenced in writing no later than the date of such payment.
 
Section 6. Cancellation of Deferral Election; Distribution Upon Unforeseeable Emergency
 
6.1           The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may apply to the Committee in writing to cancel his or her Deferral election and to obtain a distribution of all or such portion of the Participant’s Deferral Account as is reasonably necessary to satisfy such Unforeseeable Emergency (which may include amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).  Upon the Committee’s determination that such an Unforeseeable Emergency exists, the Participant’s Deferral election shall be cancelled and the distribution requested by the Participant shall be made provided that such Unforeseeable Emergency may not be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan or any other retirement plan maintained by the Bank.  Following any such distribution, the Participant may not make a subsequent Deferral election except in accordance with the provisions governing Deferral elections set forth in Section 4.1, above.
 
6.2           The provisions of Sections 4 and 5 to the contrary notwithstanding, a Participant’s Deferral election under this Plan shall terminate if necessary for the Participant to obtain a hardship distribution under a qualified retirement plan that includes a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code as required by Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3).  Following any such termination of a Participant’s Deferral election, the Participant may not make a subsequent Deferral election except in accordance with the provisions governing Deferral elections set forth in Section 4.1, above.
 
 
-9-

 
 
Section 7. Change in Control
 
    7.1           In the event of a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, not later than 15 days thereafter, have established one or more rabbi trusts and shall deposit therein cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the Plan.  Such rabbi trust(s) shall be irrevocable and shall provide that the Bank may not, directly or indirectly use or recover any assets of the trust(s) until such time as all obligations which potentially could arise under this Plan have been settled and paid in full, subject only to the claims of creditors of the Bank in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Bank; provided, however, that if no Change in Control has occurred within one year after such Potential Change in Control, such rabbi trust shall at the end of such one-year period become revocable and may thereafter be revoked by the Bank.
 
Section 8. Nontransferability of Rights Under the Plan
 
8.1           Deferral Accounts shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary except as provided in Section 5.6(a).  Any such attempted assignment or transfer shall be void.
 
Section 9. Successor Employer
 
    9.1           The Bank and the Holding Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank or the Holding Company to expressly assume and agree to perform under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank and the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.   As used in this Plan, “Bank” and “Holding Company” shall mean the Bank and the Holding Company, respectively, as hereinbefore defined, and any successor to its or their business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Plan by operation of law, or otherwise and, in the case of an acquisition of the Bank or the Holding Company in which the corporate existence of the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, continues, the ultimate parent company following such acquisition. Subject to the foregoing, the Bank and the Holding Company may transfer and assign this Plan and the Bank’s and the Holding Company’s rights and obligations hereunder.
 
Section 10. Unfunded Plan
 
10.1           The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind.  The Bank’s obligations hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future for tax purposes and, if applicable, for purposes of Title I of ERISA.  A Participant’s right to receive his or her Deferral Account balance shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank.  Deferral Account balances shall be paid from the general funds of the Bank, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such Deferral Account balances except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1, above.
 
 
-10-

 
 
Section 11. Governing Law
 
    11.1           The Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, to the extent not preempted by federal law. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder and the Bank and the Holding Company shall have no right to accelerate or make any payment under this Plan except to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code.  The Bank and the Holding Company shall have no obligation, however, to reimburse a Participant for any tax penalty or interest payable or provide a gross-up payment in connection with any tax liability of the Participant under Section 409A of the Code except that this provision shall not apply in the event of the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s negligence or willful disregard in interpreting the application of  Section 409A of the Code to the Plan which negligence or willful disregard causes a Participant to become subject to a tax penalty or interest payable under Section 409A of the Code.
 
Section 12. Withholding
 
12.1           The Bank shall deduct from all amounts paid under this Plan any taxes required to be withheld by any Federal, state, or local government tax statutes.  The Participants and their Beneficiaries, distributees, and personal representatives will be responsible for the payment of any and all Federal, foreign, state, local, or other income or other taxes imposed on amounts paid under this Plan.
 
Section 13. Amendment, Suspension, or Termination
 
13.1           This Plan may be amended or suspended by action of the Board; provided , however , that any such amendment or suspension shall not adversely affect the rights of  Participants or Beneficiaries to receive Deferrals and earnings thereon credited to their Deferral Accounts prior to such action and notional interest on such Deferral Accounts at the Plan Interest Rate (which may not be decreased from that in effect on the Effective Date) until such Deferral Accounts are paid in full to such Participants or such Participants’ Beneficiaries in accordance with the time and form of payment elections made by or applicable to such Participants pursuant to Section 5, nor shall any such amendment or suspension cause any payment that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under this Plan to become subject to an income tax penalty under Section 409A of the Code.
 
13.2           This Plan may be terminated and lump sum distributions made to Participants (or their Beneficiaries) of their Deferral Accounts hereunder only in the event of a dissolution of the Bank taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1(A), provided that Participants’ Deferral Account balances are included in such Participants’ gross incomes in the later of :  (i) the calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs; or (ii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
 
 
-11-

 
 
Section 14. Claims for Benefits
 
                   14.1  Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator. Written or electronic notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 90 days after the claim is filed (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim and if notice of such extension and circumstances is provided to the claimant within the initial 90-day period). In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided.  In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including, if the claimant is an Employee, a statement that the claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
                   14.2  Any Participant or former Participant or authorized representative or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to request a review of the denied claim. The claimant may submit a written request for review to the Plan Administrator no later than 60 days after the date on which such denial is received by such claimant.  The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim to the Plan Administrator.  The claim for review shall be given a full and fair review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted that relates to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written or electronic notice of the decision on review within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim and if notice of such extension and circumstances is provided to the claimant within the initial 60-day period).  Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that if the claimant is an Employee, the claimant has a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA and that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.  A document is relevant to the claim for benefits if it was relied upon in making the determination, was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the determination or demonstrates that benefit determinations are made in accordance with the Plan and that Plan provisions have been applied consistently with respect to similarly situated claimants.
 
                   14.3 No Employee, former Employee or Beneficiary of an Employee shall institute any action or proceeding in any state or federal court of law or equity, or before any administrative tribunal or arbitrator, for a claim for benefits under the Plan until such claimant has first exhausted the procedures set forth in Sections 14.1 and 14.2.
 
 
-12-

Exhibit 10.6
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement
 
This Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Farmington Bank, with its principal administrative office at 32 Main St., Farmington, CT (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”) and John J. Patrick, Jr. (“Executive”).
 
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and implied, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by each party, and in accordance with Section 3.4 of the Employment Agreement between the Bank and the Executive dated January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”), the Bank and the Executive agree as follows:
 
 
1.
In accordance with, and only to the extent required under, Section 3.4 of the Employment Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Executive a tax-adjusted bonus (as described in paragraph 2, below) to reimburse the Executive for the premiums paid by the Executive to maintain individual policies of life insurance and disability insurance in the amounts set forth in Section 3.4 of the Employment Agreement (the “Supplemental Insurance”) for each calendar year of his employment under the Employment Agreement and, to the extent required under Section 5.2 (if applicable), following his termination of employment.
 
 
2.
In order to receive payment, the Executive shall submit to the Bank, no later than 30 days after the last day of the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred by the Executive, documentation of his payment of any premiums described in paragraph 1.
 
 
3.
The tax-adjusted bonus payable to the Executive hereunder shall be equal to the total amount of premiums that have been paid and timely documented by the Executive under paragraphs 1 and 2 above, increased by forty percent (40%).  The tax-adjusted bonus shall be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred by the Executive.
 
 
4.
Any insurance policy acquired or maintained by the Executive with respect to which premiums may be reimbursed under this Agreement shall be owned by the Executive (or his designee) free and clear of any interest of the Bank.
 
 
5.
The Executive recognizes that the compensation to be paid under this Agreement is subject compensation from employment and the Bank shall withhold required income taxes, FICA and FUTA taxes and the like from each such payment.
 
 
6.
To the extent that this Agreement creates an employee benefit plan under the Employee Income Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Bank shall be the plan administrator and the following shall apply:

 
 

 
 
(a)           In the event that the Executive or his legal representative (hereinafter, the “Claimant”) asserts a right to a benefit under this Agreement which has not been received, in whole or part, the Claimant must file with the Bank a claim for such benefit on forms provided by the Bank.  The Bank shall render its decision on the claim within 90-days after receipt of the claim.  If special circumstances apply, the 90-day period may be extended by additional 90-days, provided written notice of the extension is given to the Claimant during the 90-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and date by which the Bank expects to render its decision on the claim.  If the Bank wholly or partially denies the claim, the Bank shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of this Section 7.  Such notice shall set forth:
 
(i)           the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;
 
(ii)           specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(iii)           a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
 
(iv)           a description of the Agreement’s claims procedures, and the time limitations applicable to such procedures; and
 
(v)           a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended if the claim denial is appealed to the Bank pursuant to Section 6(b) and the Bank fully or partially denies the claim pursuant to Section 6(c).
 
(b)           A Claimant whose application for benefits is denied in whole or in part may request a full and fair review of the decision denying the claim by filing, in accordance with such procedures as the Bank may reasonably establish, a written appeal which sets forth the documents, records and other information relating to the claim within 60 days after receipt of the notice of the denial by the Bank.  In connection with such appeal and upon request by the Claimant, a Claimant may review (or receive free copies of) all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefit, all in accordance with such procedures as the Bank may reasonably establish.  If a Claimant fails to file an appeal within such 60-day period, he or she shall have no further right to appeal, but such failure shall not prevent the Claimant from bringing a civil action for the purpose of determining or enforcing the claim.
 
(c)           A decision by the Bank on the appeal shall include a review by the Bank that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim determination.  The Bank shall render its decision on the appeal no later than 60 days after the receipt by the Bank of the appeal.  If special circumstances apply, the 60-day period may be extended by an additional 60 days, provided written notice of the extension is given to the Claimant during the initial 60-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision on the claim on appeal.  If the Bank wholly or partly denies the claim on appeal, the Bank shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of this Paragraph.  Such notice shall set forth:
 
 
 

 
 
(i)           the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;
 
(ii)           specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(iii)           a statement of the Claimant’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and
 
(iv)           a Statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
 
(d)           The claims review procedure set forth in this Section 6 shall not apply to any claim which the Executive or any beneficiary may have pursuant to any policy of life insurance issued by a life insurance Bank.  This procedure relaters solely to payments  under this Agreement.
 
 
7.
The benefits provided by this Agreement constitute a mere promise by the Bank to make payments in the future and the rights of the Executive hereunder shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create a trust of any kind or to render the Bank a fiduciary with respect to the Executive.  The Bank shall not be required to maintain any fund or segregate any amount or in any other way currently fund the future payment of any benefit provided under the Agreement, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to give the Executive or any other person any right to any specific assets of the Bank or of any other person.
 
 
8.
This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the state of Connecticut, except to the extent preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
 
9.
This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the Bank and the Executive.  No course of action hereunder shall be deemed to create an amendment of this Agreement.
 
 
10.
Neither the Executive nor any beneficiary shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise convey the right to receive any payments hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank shall effect a reorganization, consolidate with or merge into any other entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other entity where the Bank shall not be the surviving entity or effectively control the surviving entity, the Bank shall require such entity to assume and carry out all of the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
 
11.
This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their respective beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
 
 
12.
It is the intent of the parties that this Agreement and all payments made hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.  All reimbursements under this Agreement shall be paid no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses to be reimbursed were incurred.  No such reimbursement or expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
 
  FARMINGTON BANK  
       
 
By:
 /s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
 
  Name:  Lee D. Nordstrom  
  Title:  SVP Human Resources  
     
  EXECUTIVE:  
 
/s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
  John J. Patrick, Jr.  
 
 

Exhibit 10.7
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement
 
This Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Farmington Bank, with its principal administrative office at 32 Main St., Farmington, CT (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”) and Greg A. White (“Executive”).
 
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and implied, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by each party, the Bank and the Executive agree as follows:
 
 
1.
The Bank shall reimburse Executive, through an annual tax-adjusted bonus as described herein, for the cost of an individual supplemental life insurance policy to be purchased and owned by Executive during the period of his employment with the Bank, beginning on the effective date of this Agreement.  The individual supplemental life insurance policy shall provide:  (a) pre-retirement, one million dollars ($1,000,000) of term coverage and (b) post-retirement, two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) cash value.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may, in its discretion, provide the levels of insurance required under this Section through the Bank’s group insurance policy, in which case the Bank shall not be obligated to reimburse executive for individual coverage under this Agreement
 
 
2.
In order to receive payment, the Executive shall submit to the Bank, no later than 30 days after the last day of the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred by the Executive, documentation of his payment of any premiums described in paragraph 1.
 
 
3.
The tax-adjusted bonus payable to the Executive hereunder shall be equal to the total amount of premiums that have been paid and timely documented by the Executive under paragraphs 1 and 2 above, increased by forty percent (40%).  The tax-adjusted bonus shall be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred by the Executive.
 
 
4.
Any insurance policy acquired or maintained by the Executive with respect to which premiums may be reimbursed under this Agreement shall be owned by the Executive (or his designee) free and clear of any interest of the Bank.
 
 
5.
The Executive recognizes that the compensation to be paid under this Agreement is subject compensation from employment and the Bank shall withhold required income taxes, FICA and FUTA taxes and the like from each such payment.
 
 
6.
To the extent that this Agreement creates an employee benefit plan under the Employee Income Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Bank shall be the plan administrator and the following shall apply:
 
 
 

 
 
(a)           In the event that the Executive or his legal representative (hereinafter, the “Claimant”) asserts a right to a benefit under this Agreement which has not been received, in whole or part, the Claimant must file with the Bank a claim for such benefit on forms provided by the Bank.  The Bank shall render its decision on the claim within 90-days after receipt of the claim.  If special circumstances apply, the 90-day period may be extended by additional 90-days, provided written notice of the extension is given to the Claimant during the 90-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and date by which the Bank expects to render its decision on the claim.  If the Bank wholly or partially denies the claim, the Bank shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of this Section 7.  Such notice shall set forth:
 
(i)           the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;
 
(ii)           specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(iii)           a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
 
(iv)           a description of the Agreement’s claims procedures, and the time limitations applicable to such procedures; and
 
(v)            a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended if the claim denial is appealed to the Bank pursuant to Section 6(b) and the Bank fully or partially denies the claim pursuant to Section 6(c).
 
(b)            A Claimant whose application for benefits is denied in whole or in part may request a full and fair review of the decision denying the claim by filing, in accordance with such procedures as the Bank may reasonably establish, a written appeal which sets forth the documents, records and other information relating to the claim within 60 days after receipt of the notice of the denial by the Bank.  In connection with such appeal and upon request by the Claimant, a Claimant may review (or receive free copies of) all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefit, all in accordance with such procedures as the Bank may reasonably establish.  If a Claimant fails to file an appeal within such 60-day period, he or she shall have no further right to appeal, but such failure shall not prevent the Claimant from bringing a civil action for the purpose of determining or enforcing the claim.
 
 
2

 
 
(c)            A decision by the Bank on the appeal shall include a review by the Bank that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim determination.  The Bank shall render its decision on the appeal no later than 60 days after the receipt by the Bank of the appeal.  If special circumstances apply, the 60-day period may be extended by an additional 60 days, provided written notice of the extension is given to the Claimant during the initial 60-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Bank expects to render its decision on the claim on appeal.  If the Bank wholly or partly denies the claim on appeal, the Bank shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of this Paragraph.  Such notice shall set forth:
 
(i)            the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;
 
(ii)            specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(iii)            a statement of the Claimant’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and
 
(iv)            a Statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
 
(d)            The claims review procedure set forth in this Section 6 shall not apply to any claim which the Executive or any beneficiary may have pursuant to any policy of life insurance issued by a life insurance Bank.  This procedure relaters solely to payments  under this Agreement.
 
 
7.
The benefits provided by this Agreement constitute a mere promise by the Bank to make payments in the future and the rights of the Executive hereunder shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create a trust of any kind or to render the Bank a fiduciary with respect to the Executive.  The Bank shall not be required to maintain any fund or segregate any amount or in any other way currently fund the future payment of any benefit provided under the Agreement, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to give the Executive or any other person any right to any specific assets of the Bank or of any other person.
 
 
8.
This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the state of Connecticut, except to the extent preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
 
9.
The Bank reserves the right to amend or terminate this Agreement, and the benefits provided hereunder, at any time upon notice to the Executive.
 
 
3

 
 
 
10.
Neither the Executive nor any beneficiary shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise convey the right to receive any payments hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank shall effect a reorganization, consolidate with or merge into any other entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other entity where the Bank shall not be the surviving entity or effectively control the surviving entity, the Bank shall require such entity to assume and carry out all of the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
11.
This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their respective beneficiaries, heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
 
 
12.
It is the intent of the parties that this Agreement and all payments made hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.  All reimbursements under this Agreement shall be paid no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses to be reimbursed were incurred.  No such reimbursement or expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
 
  FARMINGTON BANK
     
 
By:
 /s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
  Name: 
Lee D. Nordstrom
  Title: 
SVP Human Resources
     
  EXECUTIVE:
     
 
/s/ Gregory A. White
  Greg A. White
 
 
4
 

Exhibit 10.9
 
 
(FARMINGTON LOGO)
 
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
 
 


 
 
Performance-Based
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
 
INTRODUCTION
 
Farmington Bank (the “Company”) is willing to provide annual cash incentive award opportunities for all employees, through the use of a Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).  The annual incentive awards will provide a payment based upon attainment of specified goals and objectives.  The objective is to align the interests of these employees with the interests of the Company in obtaining superior financial results.
 
I.              OBJECTIVE & PURPOSE
 
The Company believes in pay for performance, and desires to implement a performance-based culture.  The Company is committed to rewarding employees for the achievement of annual performance goals.  This Plan is designed to reward and retain high performers, and to drive the overall success of the Company.  The Plan is also designed to reward employees for their part in achieving and exceeding both department and individual performance criteria.  It is prospective in design with the utilization of a defined payout formula that is based upon the achievement of a combination of pre-determined Company and department/individual performance criteria.
 
II.             PARTICIPATION/ELIGIBLITY
 
All regular employees (excluding temporary and casual labor employees) of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.  The CEO shall provide the Compensation and Human Resource Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) with a summary of the annual incentive award tiers, the incentive award opportunities for each tier, the weighting of Company versus department/individual performance goals, and a summary of possible payouts.   Each plan participant shall be notified of eligibility for participation in the Plan.
 
Additional eligibility requirements are the following:
 
 
ü
New employees must be employed by September 30 th in a given calendar year (the “Plan Year”) to be eligible for an award related to performance in that Plan Year.
 
 
ü
Employees hired after September 30 th must wait until the next Plan Year to be eligible for an award.
 
 
ü
Employees hired before September 30 th who work a partial year will receive pro-rated awards based on months worked.  A full month will be credited for any partial month worked.
 
 
ü
Plan participants must receive a minimum performance rating of “satisfactory” or better for the Plan Year to be eligible for any payout.
 
 

Page 2

 
 
 
ü
A Plan participant must be an active employee as of the award payout date to receive an award.
 
 
ü
Notwithstanding the above, eligible employees whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company for any reason other than “Cause” or who terminate employment due to disability (as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan), death or retirement (as defined in the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan) will receive a pro-rated award for the Plan Year based on months worked, even if they are not employed as of the award payout date. Such pro rata award will be determined at the same time as awards for continuing participants are determined (i.e., normally at the end of the Plan Year in accordance with Section IX) and payment will be made on the award payout date.  For purposes of this Plan, “Cause” means (a) willful malfeasance or willful misconduct by the eligible employee in connection with his or her employment; (b) continuing failure to perform such duties as are requested by any employee to whom the eligible employee reports, directly or indirectly or by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”); (c) failure by the eligible employee to observe material policies of the Company; or (d) the commission by the eligible employee of (i) any felony or (ii) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude.
 
III.
PLAN YEAR/PERFORMANCE PERIOD
 
The Plan operates on a calendar year basis (January 1 st to December 31 st ) and Plan payouts will be made in a lump sum between January 1 st and March 15 th after the Plan Year end, unless previously deferred under the Company’s Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan in accordance with the terms of such Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan.  This same Plan Year is the performance-period for determining the amount of incentive awards to be paid following Plan Year end.
 
IV.           PLAN DESIGN
 
The Plan design incorporates a tiered approach with annual incentive awards that are linked to the achievement of pre-defined performance goals.  The incentive ranges (as a percent of Salary) are designed to provide market competitive payouts for the achievement of minimum, target and maximum performance goals.  The table below provides the basic Plan design to be used each year.  For purposes of this Plan and the table below, “Salary” means an eligible employee’s’ annual base salary for the Plan Year for which the award may be earned. If an eligible employee works on a part-time basis, Salary means the annual wages payable to such employee for his or her regularly scheduled hours during the Plan Year for which the award may be earned, excluding over-time or other additional compensation and prior to reductions for contributions to benefit plans or other withholdings.  In the event of a change in Salary mid-year, the eligible employee’s Salary in effect as of the end of the Plan Year for which the award may be earned shall be used to determine the eligible employee’s award opportunity for such Plan Year. The basic Plan design shall be approved by the Board on an annual basis.
 
 

Page 3

 
 
Tier
Incentive Ranges
Percent of Salary
Award Objectives
Weighting of Award
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Bank
Individual/
Department
I
20.00%
40.00%
80.00%
85%
15%
II
12.50%
25.00%
50.00%
65%
35%
III-A
10.00%
20.00%
40.00%
25%
75%
III-B
10.00%
20.00%
30.00%
50%
50%
IV-A
7.50%
15.00%
30.00%
25%
75%
IV-B
7.50%
15.00%
22.50%
50%
50%
V-A
6.25%
12.50%
25.00%
25%
75%
V-B
6.25%
12.50%
18.75%
40%
60%
VI
5.00%
10.00%
15.00%
35%
65%
VII
3.75%
7.50%
11.25%
25%
75%
VIII
2.50%
5.00%
7.50%
25%
75%
 
V.            AWARD OPPORTUNITIES
 
Minimum, target, and maximum award opportunity levels, expressed as a percent of Salary, have been set for each eligible employee.  The actual payouts will be calculated using a ratable approach, where payouts are calculated as a proportion of minimum, target and maximum performance levels.  An example calculation is provided in Section VII.
 
 
A.
Minimum Performance:   The minimum level of performance needed to begin to be eligible to receive an incentive award. (Rule of Thumb – achieved 90% of the time)
 
 
B.
Target Performance:   The budgeted, or expected, level of performance based upon both historical data and management’s best judgment of expected performance during the performance period.   (Rule of Thumb – achieved 50% to 60% of the time)
 
 
C.
Maximum Performance:   The level of performance which based upon historical performance and management’s judgment would be exceptional or significantly beyond the expected. (Rule of Thumb – achieved 10% to 20% of the time)
 
VI.           PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
 
The Plan will provide annual incentive awards to Plan participants based on overall Company and Department and/or Individual performance objectives.   The performance objectives are determined by using the Company’s performance history, peer data, market data, and management’s judgment of what reasonable levels can be reached, based on previous experience. Once the targeted performance is established, the minimum and maximum payout levels are also determined.  The specific performance criteria for each Plan participant will be determined by management and communicated via a goal setting worksheet.  These worksheets will clearly define the performance objectives at minimum, target, and maximum levels and will define the potential award opportunity for the Plan participants.
 
 

Page 4

 
 
 
A.
Company Performance The overall Company performance will be based on the Company’s overall success as measured by criteria determined by the Board and CEO. The percentage of payout for overall Company performance will be allocated based on the specific weighting of the Company goal based on the participant’s tier, and the actual performance compared to the pre-determined minimum, target, and maximum performance levels.
 
 
B.
Department or Individual Performance Plan participants below Tier I of the Plan will also have a portion of their annual incentive award based on a combination of department and/or individual performance criteria.  The number of performance criteria included, the specific type of performance criteria to use, and the weighting of each criterion for the overall incentive award will vary based on the tier and Plan participant.
 
VII.         AWARD CALCULATION (Example)
 
 
The actual award payouts will be calculated using a ratable approach, where award payouts are calculated as a proportion of minimum, target and maximum award opportunities.  If actual performance falls between a performance level, the payout will also fall between the pre-defined performance level on a pro-rated basis.
 
An example of how a payout amount is determined is provided in the example below.
 
 
ü
Plan participant = Executive with a Salary of $100,000
 
 
ü
Award Opportunity = 20% of Salary at target and 40% of Salary at maximum
 
 
ü
Performance Objectives = 50% based on Company performance and 50% based on Department or Individual performance
 
 

Page 5

 
 
Company Goal/s
Goal Weight (Total 100%)
Criteria (example)
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Actual Performance
Bonus Calculation
Actual Payment
50%
100%
Net Income
X Value
Y Value
Z Value
Y Value (Target)
Salary x Target Performance % x Company Goal % x Goal Weight %
$100,000 x 20% x
50% x 100% =
$10,000
Dept. /
Indiv.
Goal/s
Dept./ Indiv.
Goal Weight (Total 100%)
Criteria
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Actual Performance
Bonus Calculation
Actual Payment
50%
50%
Fee Income
X
Y
Z
Y (Target)
Salary x Target Performance % x Dept./Ind. Goal % x Goal Weight %
$100,000 x 20% x
50% x 50% =
$5,000
20%
Deposit Growth
A
B
C
C (Maximum)
Salary x Max Performance % x Dept./Ind. Goal % x Goal Weight %
$100,000 x 40% x
50% x 20% =
$4,000
5%
Loan Growth
Q
R
S
Q (Minimum)
Salary x Minimum Performance % x Dept./Ind. Goal % x Goal Weight %
$100,000 x 10% x
50% x 5% = $250
25%
Other
L
M
N
M/N (Between Target & Max)
Salary x Between Targ. & Max Performance & x Dept./Ind. Goal % x Goal Weight %
$100,000 x 30% x
50% x 25% =
$3,750
TOTAL PAYOUT
$23,000 (23%)
 
VIII.        EARNING OF ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS
 
Incentive awards will be earned during each Plan Year/Performance Period.  If the Company does not meet minimum performance levels, there will be no payouts for the Company performance objectives and no award related to the department or individual performance objectives.
 
 
A.
Plan Gate:   In order for the Annual Incentive Plan to be “activated”, the Company must achieve a minimum performance level.  This performance level is not related to the Company minimum, target, or maximum performance goals.  It is instead a minimum level of performance for which any incentive awards will be paid out.  If this minimum level of performance is not met, the Plan will not be “turned on” for that given year and no payouts will be made.
 
 

Page 6

 
 
IX.          PAYMENT OF AWARDS
 
After all performance results are available at year-end, the awards will be calculated for each Plan participant and approved by the CEO. The Board of Directors shall approve awards to the CEO and to Executive Reports recommended by the CEO and to all other Plan participants on an aggregate basis as recommended by the CEO.  The CEO and the Board shall have full discretionary authority to determine and adjust such awards as provided in Section X.A. below.  Awards are then paid out as a special payment, less the necessary withholdings.
 
The following procedures will apply to the payment of awards:
 
 
ü
Payments will be made between January 1 st and March 15 th following the Plan Year for which the award was earned unless previously deferred under the Company’s Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan in accordance with the terms of such Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
 
ü
Except as otherwise provided in Section XI below, a Plan participant must be an employee at the time of the award payout in order to receive a payout.
 
 
ü
The result of the performance criteria is calculated as a percent of the participant’s Salary, as defined in Section IV, for the year with respect to which the award is payable.
 
X.            PLAN ADMINISTRATION
 
Administration of the Plan is the joint responsibility of the Board of Directors, the CEO and the Human Resources department of the Company.
 
A.          Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
The Board has the responsibility to approve, amend, or terminate the Plan as necessary. The actions of the Board shall be final and binding on all parties.  The Board shall also review the operating rules of the Plan from time to time and revise these rules if necessary.  The Board also has the sole ability to decide if an extraordinary occurrence totally outside of management’s influence, be it a windfall or a shortfall, has occurred during the current Plan Year, and whether the figures should be adjusted to neutralize the effects of such events.  After approval by the Board, management shall, as soon as practical, inform each of the Plan participants under the Plan of their potential award under the operating rules adopted for the Plan Year.
 
B.          Responsibilities of the CEO
 
The CEO of the Company administers the program directly and provides liaison to the Board, including the following specific responsibilities:
 
 
ü
Provide recommendations for the award opportunity amounts at target and maximum for tiers II and below.  The CEO will review the objectives and evaluations, adjust guideline awards for performance and recommend final awards to the Board.  Awards for Plan participants other than Executive Reports will be presented to the Board in aggregate.
 
 

Page 7

 
 
 
ü
Provide other appropriate recommendations that may become necessary during the life of the Plan.  This could include such items as changes to Plan provisions.
 
 
C.
Responsibilities of Human Resources
 
The Human Resources department of the Company will act as the Plan Administrator with regard to responsibilities for tracking the performance criteria during the course of the Plan Year. Human Resources will also have the responsibility of determining the amount of the payouts following year end.  Additional responsibilities may be assigned to Human Resources by the Board or CEO.  All necessary reporting to outside auditors for inclusion in annual reporting will be carried out by the CEO or designee.
 
XI.          TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
To encourage employees to remain employed by the Company, a participant must be an active employee of the Bank on the award payout date to receive an award except as provided below.
 
Involuntary Termination, Disability, Death or Retirement
 
Plan participants whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause as defined in Section II above or who terminate employment due to disability (as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan), death or retirement (as defined in the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan) will receive a pro-rated award for the Plan Year in which they terminate employment based on months worked during such Plan Year, even if they are not employed as of the award payout date. Credit for a full month will be earned for any partial month worked.  Such pro rata award will be determined at the same time as awards for continuing participants are determined (i.e., normally at the end of the Plan Year in accordance with Section IX) and payment will be made on the award payout date for the Plan Year in which the participant terminated.
 
XII.         AMENDMENTS AND PLAN TERMINATION
 
The Company has developed the Plan on the basis of existing business, market and  economic conditions, current services, and staff assignments. The Company may add to, amend, modify or discontinue any of the terms or conditions of the Plan at any time with approval from the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, at its sole discretion, terminate, change or amend any of the Plan as it deems appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change or amendment may be made or approved that would cause an award to become subject to a tax penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
 
 

Page 8

 

XIII.        PLAN FUNDING
 
The Plan is an unfunded obligation of the Bank. Obligations are accrued based on Bank performance results for a given year.  Achieving higher levels of performance will increase the Plan payouts to participants.  Similarly, achieving less than target performance will reduce the Plan payouts.  If the Company does not achieve its minimum performance goal (“the Gate” – See Section VIII ), awards will not be paid.
 
XIV.       MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
A.
No Guarantee of Employment.   This Plan is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give the Plan participant the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Plan participant.
 
 
B.
Non-Transferability. Awards under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
 
C.
 Successors and Assigns.   The Plan shall be binding on and enure to the benefit of all successors and assigns of the Company and a Plan participant, including without limitation, the estate of such participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the participant’s creditors.
 
 
D.
Reorganization. If the Company shall merge into or consolidate with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person shall succeed to, assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Plan.  Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.
 
 
E.
Tax Withholding.   The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Plan.
 
 

Page 9

 
 
 
F.
Applicable Law.   The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder so as not to subject an employee to the payment of any tax penalty or interest which may be imposed by Section 409A of the Code and the Company shall have no right to accelerate or make any payment under this Plan except to the extent such action would not subject an employee to the payment of any tax penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that payments made under this Plan, which have not been deferred in accordance with the Company’s Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be exempt from compliance with Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the exemption for short-term deferrals set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.  No awards under this Plan may be deferred except in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan. If all or a portion of the payments provided under this Plan constitute taxable income to an employee for any taxable year that is prior to the taxable year in which such payments are to be paid to such employee as a result of the Plan’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the applicable payment shall be paid immediately to the employee to the extent such payment is required to be included in the employee’s income.
 
 

Page 10
 

Exhibit 10.10
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I, John J. Patrick, Jr., and Farmington Bank hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (“Plan”) established as of January 1, 2009, by Farmington Bank, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

I understand that I must execute this Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan.  The provisions of the Plan, including definitions, are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Participation Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

The following provisions relate to a determination of my Supplemental Benefit under the Plan.

Final Average Compensation Percentage :  Fifty Percent (50%)

Prorate Fraction :  The denominator to be used in the definition of Prorate Fraction is sixteen (16).

Vesting Rate :  The Vesting Rate shall be 10% for each year of service since original date of hire, with a Vesting Rate of 100% upon completion of ten years of service.  The Vesting Rate shall be 100% (regardless of years of service) upon an involuntary termination without Cause or termination due to death, Disability, Change-in-Control or Good Reason, all as defined in the Plan.

Separation from Service on or After Benefit Age .  If I retire on or after attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.1 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum .  Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:

x            Annual Payments for   3  Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)



Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age .  If I have a vested accrued Annuity Benefit at the time of my voluntary or involuntary Separation from Service (without Cause, as defined in the Plan,  and other than due to my death or Disability) prior to attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.2 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum.   Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:


x            Annual Payments for  2 Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)


 
 
 

 

Termination for Cause .  I understand that if I have a termination for Cause, or violate the non-competition provisions of Section 7.13 of the Plan, my entire benefit under this Plan shall be forfeited.

Death Benefit .  In the event of my death prior to Separation from Service, my Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Death Benefit, payable in an immediate Lump Sum, equal to the Present Value of the Accrued Annuity Benefit as of the date of death, without any pre-retirement reductions.

Following a Change in Control

(a)            Change in Control Occurs Before Separation from Service .  I understand that if there is a Change in Control I will be entitled to my Supplemental Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.  If my Separation from Service occurs within two years following a Change in Control, then notwithstanding my applicable election for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in a Lump Sum.  If my Separation from Service occurs two or more years following a Change in Control, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the applicable election above for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age.

(b)            Change in Control Occurs After Separation from Service .  In the event a Change in Control that is also a Section 409A Change in Control occurs following my Separation from Service, while I am receiving my Supplemental Benefit in the form of an annuity or installment payments, the Present Value of my remaining payments shall be paid in the form of an immediate lump sum instead of my applicable election if I have checked the box below.

x            I elect to have the Present Value of my remaining payments paid in a Lump Sum.
 
 
2

 

Disability While Employed .  I understand that in the event of my Disability prior to my Benefit Age (65), I will be entitled to the Disability Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Plan.  My Disability Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum unless I elect another form of benefit.  I elect to receive my Disability Benefit in the following form:

x            Annual Payments for  2  Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

My Disability Benefit shall be payable:
 
x             Upon my Separation from Service

q             Upon the attainment of my Benefit Age (65)

This Participation Agreement shall become effective upon execution (below) by both Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.

Dated this   31st  day of  December , 2009.
 
FARMINGTON BANK    JOHN J. PATRICK, JR.  
       
/s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
 
/s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
(Bank’s duly authorized Officer)      
 
 
3

 
 
Exhibit A
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES
 
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
 
Executive, under the terms of the Farmington Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives effective January 1, 2009, hereby designates the following Beneficiary to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under such Plan, following his death:
 
PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:
 

 
In the event the Primary Beneficiary set forth above has predeceased me, I designate the following as my Secondary Beneficiary.
 
SECONDARY  BENEFICIARY:
 

 
This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect. Such Beneficiary Designation is revocable.
 
DATE: ______________________  ____, 2009.
 
       
(WITNESS)   JOHN J. PATRICK, JR.  
 

Exhibit 10.11
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I, Michael T. Schweighoffer, and Farmington Bank hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (“Plan”) established as of January 1, 2009, by Farmington Bank, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

I understand that I must execute this Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan.  The provisions of the Plan, including definitions, are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Participation Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

The following provisions relate to a determination of my Supplemental Benefit under the Plan.

Final Average Compensation Percentage : Forty Percent (40%)

Prorate Fraction :  The denominator to be used in the definition of Prorate Fraction is  eighteen (18).
 
Vesting Rate :  The Vesting Rate shall be 10% for each year of service since original date of hire, with a Vesting Rate of 100% upon completion of ten years of service.  The Vesting Rate shall be 100% (regardless of years of service) upon an involuntary termination without Cause or termination due to death, Disability, Change-in-Control or Good Reason, all as defined in the Plan.

Separation from Service on or After Benefit Age .  If I retire on or after attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.1 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum .  Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:

x            Annual Payments for   2  Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)



Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age .  If I have a vested accrued Annuity Benefit at the time of my voluntary or involuntary Separation from Service (without Cause, as defined in the Plan,  and other than due to my death or Disability) prior to attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.2 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum.   Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:

q            Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)


 
 
 

 

Termination for Cause .  I understand that if I have a termination for Cause, or violate the non-competition provisions of Section 7.13 of the Plan, my entire benefit under this Plan shall be forfeited.

Death Benefit .  In the event of my death prior to Separation from Service, my Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Death Benefit, payable in an immediate Lump Sum, equal to the Present Value of the Accrued Annuity Benefit as of the date of death, without any pre-retirement reductions.

Following a Change in Control

(a)            Change in Control Occurs Before Separation from Service .  I understand that if there is a Change in Control I will be entitled to my Supplemental Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.  If my Separation from Service occurs within two years following a Change in Control, then notwithstanding my applicable election for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in a Lump Sum.  If my Separation from Service occurs two or more years following a Change in Control, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the applicable election above for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age.

(b)            Change in Control Occurs After Separation from Service .  In the event a Change in Control that is also a Section 409A Change in Control occurs following my Separation from Service, while I am receiving my Supplemental Benefit in the form of an annuity or installment payments, the Present Value of my remaining payments shall be paid in the form of an immediate lump sum instead of my applicable election if I have checked the box below.

x            I elect to have the Present Value of my remaining payments paid in a Lump Sum.
 
 
2

 
 
Disability While Employed .  I understand that in the event of my Disability prior to my Benefit Age (65), I will be entitled to the Disability Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Plan.  My Disability Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum unless I elect another form of benefit.  I elect to receive my Disability Benefit in the following form:

q            Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

My Disability Benefit shall be payable:
 
x             Upon my Separation from Service
 
q             Upon the attainment of my Benefit Age (65)

This Participation Agreement shall become effective upon execution (below) by both Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.
 
Dated this   31st  day of   December , 2009.
 
FARMINGTON BANK   MICHAEL T. SCHWEIGHOFFER  
       
/s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
 
/s/ Michael T. Schweighoffer
 
(Bank’s duly authorized Officer)      
 
 
3

 
 
Exhibit A
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

Executive, under the terms of the Farmington Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives effective January 1, 2009, hereby designates the following Beneficiary to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under such Plan, following his death:

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:


 
In the event the Primary Beneficiary set forth above has predeceased me, I designate the following as my Secondary Beneficiary.
 
SECONDARY  BENEFICIARY:



This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect. Such Beneficiary Designation is revocable.
 
DATE: ______________________  ____, 2009.
 
       
(WITNESS)   MICHAEL T. SCHWEIGHOFFER  
 

Exhibit 10.12
 
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I, Gregory A. White, and Farmington Bank hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (“Plan”) established as of January 1, 2009, by Farmington Bank, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

I understand that I must execute this Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan.  The provisions of the Plan, including definitions, are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Participation Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

The following provisions relate to a determination of my Supplemental Benefit under the Plan.

Final Average Compensation Percentage : Forty Percent (40%)

Prorate Fraction :  The denominator to be used in the definition of Prorate Fraction is sixteen (21).

Vesting Rate :  The Vesting Rate shall be 10% for each year of service since original date of hire, with a Vesting Rate of 100% upon completion of ten years of service.  The Vesting Rate shall be 100% (regardless of years of service) upon an involuntary termination without Cause or termination due to death, Disability, Change-in-Control or Good Reason, all as defined in the Plan.

Separation from Service on or After Benefit Age .  If I retire on or after attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.1 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum .  Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:

x            Annual Payments for   2  Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)



Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age .  If I have a vested accrued Annuity Benefit at the time of my voluntary or involuntary Separation from Service (without Cause, as defined in the Plan,  and other than due to my death or Disability) prior to attainment of my Benefit Age (65), I shall be entitled to the Supplemental Benefit, calculated in accordance with Section 3.2 and all relevant provisions of the Plan.   Unless I elect otherwise below, my Supplemental Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum.   Alternatively, if I elect below, I will receive my Supplemental Benefit in the form checked in the applicable box below:


q            Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)


 
 
 

 

Termination for Cause .  I understand that if I have a termination for Cause, or violate the non-competition provisions of Section 7.13 of the Plan, my entire benefit under this Plan shall be forfeited.

Death Benefit .  In the event of my death prior to Separation from Service, my Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Death Benefit, payable in an immediate Lump Sum, equal to the Present Value of the Accrued Annuity Benefit as of the date of death, without any pre-retirement reductions.

Following a Change in Control

(a)            Change in Control Occurs Before Separation from Service .  I understand that if there is a Change in Control I will be entitled to my Supplemental Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.  If my Separation from Service occurs within two years following a Change in Control, then notwithstanding my applicable election for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in a Lump Sum.  If my Separation from Service occurs two or more years following a Change in Control, my Supplemental Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the applicable election above for Separation from Service before Benefit Age or after Benefit Age.

(b)            Change in Control Occurs After Separation from Service .  In the event a Change in Control that is also a Section 409A Change in Control occurs following my Separation from Service, while I am receiving my Supplemental Benefit in the form of an annuity or installment payments, the Present Value of my remaining payments shall be paid in the form of an immediate lump sum instead of my applicable election if I have checked the box below.

x            I elect to have the Present Value of my remaining payments paid in a Lump Sum.
 
 
2

 

Disability While Employed .  I understand that in the event of my Disability prior to my Benefit Age (65), I will be entitled to the Disability Benefit calculated as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Plan.  My Disability Benefit will be paid in a Lump Sum unless I elect another form of benefit.  I elect to receive my Disability Benefit in the following form:

q            Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

q            ____% in a Lump Sum and
____% in Annual Payments for _____ Years Certain (not to exceed twenty years)

My Disability Benefit shall be payable:
 
x             Upon my Separation from Service
 
q             Upon the attainment of my Benefit Age (65)
 
This Participation Agreement shall become effective upon execution (below) by both Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.

Dated this  31st  day of  December , 2009.
 
FARMINGTON BANK   GREGORY A. WHITE  
       
/s/ Lee D. Nordstrom
 
/s/ Gregory A. White
 
(Bank’s duly authorized Officer)      
 
 
3

 

Exhibit A
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SENIOR EXECUTIVES

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

Executive, under the terms of the Farmington Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives effective January 1, 2009, hereby designates the following Beneficiary to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under such Plan, following his death:

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:



In the event the Primary Beneficiary set forth above has predeceased me, I designate the following as my Secondary Beneficiary.
 
SECONDARY  BENEFICIARY:



This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect. Such Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

DATE: ______________________  ____, 2009.
 
       
(WITNESS)   GREGORY A. WHITE  

Exhibit 21.1
 
Subsidiaries

Farmington Bank
Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc.
Village Investments, Inc.
Village Corp., Limited
28 Main Street Corp.
Village Management Corp.
Village Square Holdings, Inc.
 

Exhibit 23.2
 
 

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated April 27, 2010, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the matters discussed in Note 21 as to which the date is January 27, 2011, relating to the financial statements   of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts”   in such Registration Statement.
 

 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
 
Hartford, Connecticut
January 27, 2011

Exhibit 23.3
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
   
  January 26, 2011
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion of a Mutual Holding Company to a Capital Stock Holding Company to the Banking Commissioner of the Connecticut Department of Banking, and any amendments thereto, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates, our statement concerning subscription rights, and our statement concerning liquidation rights in such filings including the prospectus of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
 
 
Sincerely,
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
 /s/   RP Financial, LC.
 
   
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22201
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
 

Exhibit 99.1
 
RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988  
 
October 6, 2010
 
Mr. Gregory A. White
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
Farmington Bank
32 Main Street
Farmington, Connecticut 06032
 
Dear Mr. White:
 
This letter sets forth the agreement between Farmington Bank, Farmington, Connecticut (the “Bank”) and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) for independent appraisal services in connection with the “Minority Stock Issuance” by a newly-chartered mid-tier stock holding company formed in conjunction with the Minority Stock Issuance. On a post-offering basis, the Bank will operate in the mutual holding company structure. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.
 
Description of Conversion Appraisal Services
 
Prior to preparing the valuation report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other documents and records, to gain insight into the Bank s operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which impact the pro forma value of the Bank.
 
RP Financial will prepare a written detailed valuation report of the Bank that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. In this regard, the applicable regulatory guidelines are those set forth in the Office of Thrift Supervision s (“OTS”) October 21, 1994 “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization,” which have been endorsed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and various state banking agencies.
 
The appraisal report will include an in-depth analysis of the Bank s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Bank s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will describe the Bank s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to publicly-traded savings institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.
 
 
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Direct: (703) 647-6546
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Arlington, VA 22201
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
 
 
 

 
 
Mr. Gregory A. White
October 6, 2010
Page 2
 
We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, conversion expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution. The appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma market value that will establish the range of value, and reflect the Minority Stock Issuance size and offering price per share determined by the Bank s Board of Directors. The appraisal report may be periodically updated prior to the commencement of the Minority Stock Issuance and the appraisal is required to be updated just prior to the closing of the Minority Stock Issuance.
 
RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates.
 
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
 
The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $80,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report, plus reimbursable expenses, and $10,000 for preparation and delivery of each required updated appraisal report, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
 
 
$10,000 upon execution of the letter of agreement engaging RP Financial s appraisal services;
     
 
$70,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and
     
 
$10,000 upon completion of each valuation update that may be required.
 
The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, computer and data services. RP Financial will agree to limit reimbursable expenses in connection with this appraisal engagement, subject to written authorization from the Bank to exceed such level.
 
In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed Minority Stock Issuance prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financial s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.

 
 

 
 
Mr. Gregory A. White
October 6, 2010
Page 3
 
If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal or financial projections.
 
Representations and Warranties
 
The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:
 
1.           The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation.   Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include:   annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and  material  agreements,  debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance are not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall upon request promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.
 
2.           The Bank hereby represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Bank s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
 
3.           (a)  The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial ”) , from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Bank s respective officers, Directors, employees or agents which action or omission is willful or negligent.  The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Any time devoted by employees of RP Financial to situations for which indemnification is provided hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

 
 

 


Mr. Gregory A. White
October 6, 2010
Page 4
 
(b)     RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder.   In the event the Bank elects, within ten business days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a final judgment (including all appeals therefrom) of a court of competent jurisdiction.  If the Bank does not so elect, RP Financial shall be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of the notice of the claim.
 
(c)     The Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank:   (1) a written statement of RP Financial s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; and (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification. The Bank may assume the defense of any claim (as to which notice is given in accordance with 3(b)) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to RP Financial, and after notice from the Bank to RP Financial of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Bank will not be liable to RP Financial for any legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred  by  RP  Financial  (other than  reasonable  costs  of investigation and assistance in discovery and document production matters). Notwithstanding the foregoing,  RP Financial shall have the right to employ their own counsel in any action or proceeding if RP Financial shall have concluded that a conflict of interest exists between the Bank and  RP  Financial which would  materially impact the effective  representation  of RP Financial.  In the event that RP Financial concludes that a conflict of interest exists, RP Financial shall have the right to select counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Bank which will represent RP Financial in any such action or proceeding and the Bank shall reimburse RP Financial for the reasonable legal fees and expenses of such counsel and other expenses reasonably incurred by RP Financial.   In no event shall the Bank be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, separate from its own counsel, for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same allegations or circumstances.   The Bank will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision in respect of any compromise or settlement of any action or proceeding made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
(d)     In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
 
It is understood that, in connection with RP Financial s above-mentioned engagement, RP Financial may also be engaged to act for the Bank in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original engagement may be incorporated by reference in one or more separate agreements. The provisions of Paragraph 3 herein shall apply to the original engagement, any such additional engagement, any modification of the original engagement or such additional engagement and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or termination of RP Financial s engagement(s). This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

 
 

 

Mr. Gregory A. White
October 6, 2010
Page 5
 
The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.
 
*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
 
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.
 
 
Sincerely,
 
  /s/ William E. Pommerening
  William E. Pommerening
  Chief Executive Officer and
   Managing Director
 
 Agreed To and Accepted By:    /s/ Gregory A. White    
  Gregory A. White     
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer  
 
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:    Farmington Bank  
  Farmington, Connecticut  
 
Date Executed:          10/6/10  
 

Exhibit 99.2
 
GRAPHIC
 
September 30, 2010

Gregory A. White
Chief Financial Officer
Farmington Bank
32 Main Street
P.O. Box Eight
Farmington, CT 06032

Dear Greg:
 
Based upon our recent discussions, FinPro, Inc. (“FinPro”) is pleased to submit this proposal to assist Farmington Bank (“the Bank”) and First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) in compiling a Strategic Business Plan in conjunction with the Company’s possible stock offering utilizing September 30, 2010 financials.
 
 
1.  Scope of Project
 
 
The Plan will be specifically designed to build and measure value for a five-year time horizon.  As part of the Plan compilation, the following major tasks will be included:
 
·  
assess the regulatory, social, political and economic environment;
·  
analyze the existing Bank markets from a demographic and competitive standpoint;
·  
document the internal situation assessment;
·  
analyze the current ALM position;
·  
analyze the CRA position;
·  
compile a historical trend analysis;
·  
perform detailed peer performance and comparable analysis;
·  
assess the Bank from a capital markets perspective including comparison to national, regional, and similar size organizations;
·  
identify and document strengths and weaknesses;
·  
document the objectives and goals;
·  
document strategies;
·  
map the Bank’s general ledger to FinPro’s planning model at a bank and consolidated level;
·  
compile five year projections of performance;
·  
perform multiple stress tests on the plan; and
·  
prepare assessment of strategic alternatives to enhance value.
 
As part of this process, FinPro will conduct modeling and planning sessions with the Company’s management in order to establish the situation assessment of the Company and analyze different plan scenarios.  FinPro will also conduct a planning session with the Company’s Board to discuss the recommended plan scenario and its alternatives.
 
20 Church Street ● P.O. Box 323 ● Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 ● Tel:  908.604.9336 ● Fax: 908.604.5951
finpro@finpronj.com ● www.finpronj.com
 
 
 

 
 
2.  Requirements of the Bank
 
 
To accomplish the tasks set forth in this proposal, the following information and work effort is requested of the Bank:
 
 
·  
provide FinPro with all financial and other information, whether or not publicly available, necessary to familiarize FinPro with the business and operations of the Bank.
 
·  
allow FinPro the opportunity, from time to time, to discuss the operation of the Bank business with bank personnel.
 
·  
promptly advise FinPro of any material or contemplated material transactions which may have an effect on the day-to-day operations of the Bank.
 
·  
have system download capability.
 
·  
promptly review all work products of FinPro and provide necessary sign-offs on each work product so that FinPro can move on to the next phase.
 
·  
provide FinPro with office space, when FinPro is on-site, to perform its daily tasks.  The office space requirements consist of a table with at least two chairs along with access to electrical outlets for FinPro’s computers and a high speed internet connection.
 
3.  Term of the Agreement and Staffing
 
 
It is anticipated that it will take approximately six to eight weeks of elapsed time to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal.  During this time, FinPro may be on-site at the Bank’s facilities on a regular basis, during normal business hours.  Any future work that would require extra expense to the Bank will be proposed on separately from this engagement prior to any work being performed.
 
 
 

 
 
4.  Fees and Expenses
 
 
Fees:
 
 
FinPro’s fees have been discounted due to FinPro’s relationship with the Bank.  FinPro’s fees to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal will be reduced from a normal fee of $65,000 to $55,000.
 
 
FinPro fees to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal will be as follows:
 
 
Strategic Business Plan
$55,000
 
FinPro’s fee for this engagement is $55,000 (plus all out-of-pocket and pass-through expenses as outlined below).  This fee shall be payable as follows:
 
 
·  
$15,000 retainer payable at signing of this agreement;
 
·  
$15,000 payable at the end of modeling sessions with management; and
 
·  
Remainder of the strategic business plan and all final expenses payable upon final business plan delivery.
 
Expenses:
 
 
In addition to any fees that may be payable to FinPro hereunder, the Bank hereby agrees to promptly (but not less than quarterly) reimburse FinPro for the following:
 
 
1.  
Out-of-Pocket - all of FinPro’s reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with FinPro’s engagement.  It is FinPro policy to itemize expenses for each project so that the client can review, by line item, each expense.
 
2.  
Data Cost - there is a pass through cost for competitor financial/regulatory data which is equal to $1,000.
 
FinPro has included with this proposal an executed confidentiality agreement with the Bank.  The Bank acknowledges that all opinions, valuations and advice (written or oral) given by FinPro to the Bank in connection with FinPro’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Bank (and its directors, management, and attorneys) in connection with the matters contemplated hereby and the Bank agrees that no such opinion, valuation, or advice shall be used for any other purpose, except with respect to the opinion and valuation which may be used for the proper corporate purposes of the client, or reproduced, or disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to FinPro be made by the Bank (or such persons), without the prior written consent of FinPro, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
 
 

 
 
This proposal will expire 30 days from this date unless accepted by you in accordance with the terms below. Any changes to this proposal will require FinPro, Inc. approval.
 
 
Please sign and return one of the original copies of this agreement along with the retainer to indicate acceptance of the agreement.  We hope that we might be selected to work with the Bank on this endeavor and are excited about building a relationship with the Bank.
 

By,
/s/ Scott Martorana
 
/s/ Gregory A. White
Scott Martorana
 
Gregory A. White
Managing Director
 
Chief Financial Officer
FinPro, Inc.
 
Farmington Bank
9/30/2010
 
10/5/10
Date
 
Date
 

Exhibit 99.3
 
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
 
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
Farmington, Connecticut
 
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
FARMINGTON BANK
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Dated As Of:
December 14, 2010
     
 
Prepared By:
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia  22201
     
 
 
 

 
 
RP ®   FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
   
  December 14, 2010
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.
 
This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and applicable interpretations thereof.  Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Connecticut Department of Banking (“CDOB”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.
 
Description of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
 
On January 25, 2011, the respective Board of Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company, (the “MHC”) and Farmington Bank adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation with the name of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (“First Connecticut” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as First Connecticut or the Company.
 
First Connecticut will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions.  To the extent  that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription  offering,  the  shares  may  be  offered  for  sale  o members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering.  A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of Farmington Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

   
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite1100 
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22201
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
December 14, 2010
Page 2
 
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company.  In the future, First Connecticut may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
 
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”).  The Foundation will be funded with First Connecticut common stock contributed by the Company in an amount equal to 4.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.  The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which Farmington Bank operates.
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 
RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form.  The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1.  For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction.  We believe that we are independent of the Company, Farmington Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by Farmington Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.
 
Valuation Methodology
 
In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of First Connecticut, Farmington Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, FDCI, CDOB and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company that has included a review of audited financial information for the past five years through the year ended December 31, 2009 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through September 30, 2010.  We have also conducted due diligence related discussions with First Connecticut’s management; PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, First Connecticut’s independent auditor; Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, First Connecticut’s conversion counsel; and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., First Connecticut’s financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering.  All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions.  In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable.  While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
December 14, 2010
Page 3
 
We have investigated the competitive environment within which First Connecticut operates and have assessed the Company’s relative strengths and weaknesses.  We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on First Connecticut and the industry as a whole to the extent we were aware of such matters.  We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Company’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of First Connecticut.  We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Company currently operates.  We have compared First Connecticut’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies.  We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues.
 
The Appraisal is based on First Connecticut’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Company and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete.  We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Company, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of First Connecticut.  The valuation considers First Connecticut only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Company’s liquidation value.
 
Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies.  Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone.  It is our understanding that First Connecticut intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control of the Company as a converted institution.  To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
December 14, 2010
Page 4
 
The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
 
Valuation Conclusion
 
It is our opinion that, as of December 14, 2010, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation,  equaled $119,600,000 at the midpoint, equal to 11,960,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.  Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $101,660,000 and a maximum value of $137,540,000.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 10,166,000 at the minimum and 13,754,000 at the maximum.  In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $158,171,000 without a resolicitation.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 15,817,100.  Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows:  $97,750,000 at the minimum, $115,000,000 at the midpoint, $132,250,000 at the maximum and $152,087,500 at the supermaximum.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows:  9,775,000 at the minimum, 11,500,000 at the midpoint, 13,225,000 at the maximum and 15,208,750 at the supermaximum.
 
Limiting Factors and Considerations
 
The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock.  Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof.  The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of First Connecticut immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.
 
The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines was based on the financial condition and operations of First Connecticut as of September 30, 2010, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
December 14, 2010
Page 5
 
RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.  RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.
 
The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines.  These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of First Connecticut, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues.  These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to:  various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates.  Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made.  The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.
 
 
Respectfully submitted,
   
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
 
/s/ William E. Pommerening
 
William E. Pommerening
 
Chief Executive Officer and
 
  Managing Director
   
 
/s/ Gregory E. Dunn
 
Gregory E. Dunn
 
Director
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  i
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
Farmington, Connecticut
             
 
DESCRIPTION
     
PAGE
NUMBER
       
CHAPTER ONE
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
     
       
Introduction
   
I.1
Plan of Conversion
   
I.1
Strategic Overview
   
I.3
Balance Sheet Trends
   
I.6
Income and Expense Trends
   
I.10
Interest Rate Risk Management
   
I.14
Lending Activities and Strategy
   
I.15
Asset Quality
   
I.19
Funding Composition and Strategy
   
I.20
Subsidiary Activities
   
I.21
Legal Proceedings
   
I.21
         
CHAPTER TWO
MARKET AREA
     
       
Introduction
   
II.1
National Economic Factors
   
II.2
Market Area Demographics
   
II.6
Local Economy
   
II.8
Unemployment Trends
   
II.10
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition
   
II.11
         
CHAPTER THREE
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
     
       
Peer Group Selection Process
   
III.1
Financial Condition
   
III.6
Income and Expense Components
   
III.9
Loan Composition
   
III.12
Interest Rate Risk
   
III.14
Credit Risk
   
III.16
Summary
   
III.18
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  ii
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
Farmington, Connecticut
(continued)
                   
  DESCRIPTION  
 
 
PAGE
NUMBER
             
CHAPTER FOUR
VALUATION ANALYSIS
     
             
 
Introduction
   
IV.1
 
Appraisal Guidelines
   
IV.1
 
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
   
IV.1
 
Valuation Analysis
   
IV.2
 
1.
Financial Condition
   
IV.3
 
2.
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
   
IV.4
 
3.
Asset Growth
   
IV.7
 
4.
Primary Market Area
   
IV.7
 
5.
Dividends
   
IV.9
 
6.
Liquidity of the Shares
   
IV.9
 
7.
Marketing of the Issue
   
IV.10
   
A.
The Public Market
   
IV.10
   
B.
The New Issue Market
   
IV.16
   
C.
The Acquisition Market
   
IV.18
 
8.
Management
   
IV.20
 
9.
Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
   
IV.20
 
Summary of Adjustments
   
IV.20
 
Valuation Approaches
   
IV.21
 
1.
Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)
   
IV.23
 
2.
Price-to-Book (“P/B”)
   
IV.25
 
3.
Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)
   
IV.25
 
Comparison to Recent Offerings
   
IV.26
 
Valuation Conclusion
   
IV.27
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
LIST OF TABLES
  iii
 
LIST OF TABLES
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
Farmington, Connecticut
               
TABLE
NUMBER
   
DESCRIPTION
   
PAGE
           
1.1
 
Historical Balance Sheet Data
   
I.7
1.2
 
Historical Income Statements
   
I.11
           
2.1
 
Summary Demographic Data
   
II.7
2.2
 
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
   
II.8
2.3
 
Market Area Largest Employers
   
II.9
2.4
 
Market Area Unemployment Trends
   
II.10
2.5
 
Deposit Summary
   
II.11
2.6
 
Market Area Deposit Competitors
   
II.12
           
3.1
 
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
   
III.3
3.2
 
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
   
III.7
3.3
 
Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
   
III.10
3.4
 
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
   
III.13
3.5
 
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
   
III.15
3.6
 
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
   
III.17
           
4.1
 
Market Area Unemployment Rates
   
IV.8
4.2
 
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
   
IV.17
4.3
 
Market Pricing Comparatives
   
IV.19
4.4
 
Public Market Pricing
   
IV.24
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.1
 
I.  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
In March 2006, Farmington Bank reorganized into the single-tier mutual holding company structure.  As part of the reorganization, Farmington Bank formed First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”).  The MHC is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board and its principal activity is owning the outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank.  Farmington Bank became a Connecticut-chartered capital stock savings bank and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC.  Farmington Bank, chartered in 1851, is a full service community bank headquartered in Farmington, Connecticut.  Farmington Bank serves central Connecticut through 15 full service branch offices and four limited service offices, including the main office, all of which are located in Hartford County.  A map of Farmington Bank’s branch offices is provided in Exhibit I-1.  Farmington Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
 
Plan of Conversion
 
On January 25, 2011, the Board of Directors of the MHC adopted the plan of conversion, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank, will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation with the name of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (“First Connecticut” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as First Connecticut or the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.2
 
First Connecticut will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Deposit Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and Supplemental Eligible Deposit Account Holders, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering.  A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of Farmington Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.
 
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, funding a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company.  In the future, First Connecticut may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
 
The plan of conversion provides for the contribution of First Connecticut common stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”), a charitable foundation established by the Bank.  The First Connecticut common stock contribution will be in an amount equal to 4.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.  The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which the Bank operates and to enable those communities to share in the growth and profitability of First Connecticut.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.3
 
Strategic Overview
 
First Connecticut is a full service community bank, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of its local customer base.  Historically, First Connecticut’s operating strategy has been fairly reflective of a traditional thrift operating strategy, in which 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and retail deposits have constituted the principal components of the Company’s assets and liabilities, respectively.  More recently, under the direction of new President and Chief Executive Officer who was hired in March 2008, the Company has pursued implementation of a full service community bank strategy.  The Company has pursued a strategy of strengthening its community bank franchise through expanding its branch network, growing a diversified loan portfolio, increasing deposits and building non-interest revenue sources.  Lending diversification by First Connecticut has emphasized growth of commercial real estate and commercial business loans, pursuant to which the Company seeks to establish a full service banking relationship with its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products.  Growth of the commercial business loan portfolio has also been facilitated by funding purchases of timeshare units located throughout the U.S.  Implementation of these strategies has facilitated balance sheet growth sustained largely by loan growth and funded primarily by deposits.  Loan growth strategies have been achieved without comprising credit quality; although, the Company has experienced some deterioration in credit quality during recent years, as the recession and significant turmoil in the financial markets have had an impact on the Company’s lending markets.
 
Investments serve as a supplement to the Company’s lending activities, with the concentration of investments comprising assets declining in recent years as the Company has emphasized loan growth and more recently increasing funds held in cash and cash equivalents for purposes of strengthening the Company’s liquidity and management of interest rate risk in the current low interest rate environment.  During the year ended 2008, the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges of $5.2 million on investments maintained in trust preferred debt securities and marketable equity securities.  The Company’s current investment holdings consist mostly of U.S. Treasuries and U.S. Government agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities, while investments in trust preferred debt securities and marketable equity securities comprise a small portion of the investment portfolio.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.4
 
Deposits have consistently served as the primary interest-bearing funding source for the Company and deposits have been the primary funding source to fund recent asset growth.  The deposit base is concentrated in core deposit accounts consisting of transaction and savings account deposits, with growth of core deposits serving as the basis of the Company’s deposit growth in recent years.  Core deposits held by the Company include a mix of retail, commercial and public funds.  First Connecticut does not maintain any brokered certificate of deposits (“CDs”).  The Company utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk.  FHLB advances constitute the primary source of borrowings utilized by the Company, with other borrowings held by the Company consisting of repurchase agreements and repurchase liabilities which are a short-term customer sweep account product.
 
First Connecticut’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels.  Overall, the Company’s operating strategy has provided for a relatively strong net interest margin, which has been supported by a relatively low cost of funds realized from maintaining a relatively high concentration of deposits in core deposits.  Loan growth funded by core deposits has facilitated an increase in the Company’s net interest rate spread during recent years.  Operating expense ratios have also trended higher over the past few years, which has been attributable to such factors as the infrastructure that has been put into place to facilitate recent growth strategies that has emphasized loan growth funded by core deposits and expansion of the branch network.  While loan growth funded by core deposits has served to increase net interest income and revenues derived from non-interest sources, there are also higher operating costs associated with generating and servicing loans and core deposits as compared to investments and borrowings.
 
The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to continue to focus on operating and growing a profitable institution.  Accordingly, First Connecticut will continue to be an independent full service community bank, with a commitment to meeting the retail and commercial banking needs of individuals and businesses in Hartford County and markets nearby to Hartford County.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.5
 
The Company’s Board of Directors has elected to complete a public stock offering to sustain recent growth strategies.  The Company’s assets increased from $1.1 billion at year end 2008 to $1.5 billion at September 30, 2010, which leveraged the equity-to-assets from 8.28% at year end 2008 to 6.47% at September 30, 2010.  The capital realized from the minority stock offering will increase the Company’s operating flexibility and allow for continued growth of the balance sheet.  The additional funds realized from the stock offering will provide an alternative funding source to deposits and borrowings in meeting the Company’s future funding needs, which may facilitate a reduction in First Connecticut’s funding costs.  Additionally, First Connecticut’s higher equity-to-assets ratio will also better position the Company to continue to pursue expansion opportunities.  Such expansion would most likely occur through the establishment or acquisition of additional banking offices or customer facilities that would increase market penetration in the markets currently served by the Company or to gain a market presence into nearby complementary markets.  The Company will also be bettered position to pursue growth through acquisition of other financial service providers following the stock offering, given its strengthened capital position.  At this time, the Company has no specific plans for expansion other than through establishing additional branches.  The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.
 
 
o
First Connecticut.   First Connecticut is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds.  At present, funds at the mid-tier holding company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into short-term investment grade securities.  Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Company, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special cash dividends.
 
 
o
Farmington Bank.   Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into Farmington Bank.  Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Company are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth and a reduction in public fund deposits.
 
Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with First Connecticut’s operations.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.6
 
Balance Sheet Trends
 
Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five and three-quarter years.  From year end 2005 through September 30, 2010, First Connecticut’s assets increased at a 12.6% annual rate.  Asset growth was largely sustained by loan growth, which was primarily funded by deposit growth and, to a lesser extent, increased utilization of borrowings.  At September 30, 2010, the Company had $1.5 billion in assets, $1.2 billion in deposits and total equity of $97.9 million, equal to 6.47% of total assets.  The Company’s audited financial statements are incorporated by reference as Exhibit I-2.  A summary of First Connecticut’s key operating ratios for the past five and three quarter years is presented in Exhibit I-3.
 
First Connecticut’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 17.5% annual rate from year end 2005 through September 30, 2010, with the loan portfolio exhibiting positive growth throughout the period.  The Company’s stronger loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate served to increase the loans-to-assets ratio from 61.4% at year end 2005 to 75.3% at September 30, 2010.  While residential mortgage loans represent the largest concentration in the Company’s loan portfolio, First Connecticut’s emphasis on growing commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans is evidenced by recent trends in its loan portfolio composition.  Trends in the Company’s loan portfolio composition over the past five and three-quarter years show that the concentration of residential loans comprising total loans decreased from 45.4% of total loans at year end 2005 to 40.7% of total loans at September 30, 2010.  Comparatively, from year end 2005 through September 30, 2010, commercial real estate loans increased from 25.3% to 28.1% of total loans and commercial business loans increased from 15.1% to 18.3% of total loans.  Home equity lending has also been a source of lending growth for the Company, with home equity loans and lines of credit increasing from 4.3% of total loans at year end 2005 to 7.2% of total loans at September 30, 2010.  The Company has deemphasized construction and land lending during the economic downturn and, as a result, construction and land loans decreased from 7.2% of total loans at year end 2005 to 4.3% of total loans at September 30, 2010.  Consumer lending, other than home loans and lines of credit, has been a minor area of lending diversification for the Company.  Consumer loans equaled 1.4% of total loans at September 30, 2010, versus 2.7% of total loans at year end 2005.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.7
 
Table 1.1
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Balance Sheet Data
                                                                               
                                                                           
12/31/05-
 
                                                                           
09/30/10
 
   
At Year Ended December 31,
   
At September 30,
   
Annual.
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
Growth Rate
 
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Pct
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                           
Total Amount of:
                                                                                         
Assets
  $ 860,390       100.00 %   $ 894,019       100.00 %   $ 950,302       100.00 %   $ 1,094,387       100.00 %   $ 1,255,186       100.00 %   $ 1,512,412       100.00 %     12.61 %
Cash and cash equivalents
    46,224       5.37 %     64,146       7.18 %     65,960       6.94 %     31,732       2.90 %     28,299       2.25 %     135,574       8.96 %     25.42 %
Investment securities
    251,509       29.23 %     189,260       21.17 %     171,052       18.00 %     181,115       16.55 %     124,360       9.91 %     151,091       9.99 %     -10.17 %
Loans receivable, net
    528,565       61.43 %     599,810       67.09 %     671,305       70.64 %     831,911       76.02 %     1,039,995       82.86 %     1,138,861       75.30 %     17.54 %
FHLB stock
    2,435       0.28 %     2,435       0.27 %     2,298       0.24 %     7,420       0.68 %     7,449       0.59 %     7,449       0.49 %     26.54 %
Bank-owned life insurance
    5,657       0.66 %     12,444       1.39 %     12,957       1.36 %     13,478       1.23 %     13,983       1.11 %     19,475       1.29 %     29.73 %
Deposits
  $ 717,134       83.35 %   $ 758,397       84.83 %   $ 803,158       84.52 %   $ 804,085       73.47 %   $ 993,886       79.18 %   $ 1,231,026       81.39 %     12.05 %
Borrowings
    49,091       5.71 %     34,477       3.86 %     36,384       3.83 %     172,182       15.73 %     133,086       10.60 %     149,760       9.90 %     26.47 %
                                                                                                         
Equity
  $ 73,177       8.51 %   $ 82,121       9.19 %   $ 89,315       9.40 %   $ 90,663       8.28 %   $ 93,673       7.46 %   $ 97,902       6.47 %     6.32 %
                                                                                                         
Full Service Banking Offices Open
    11               11               12               12               12               14                  
 
(1)
Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
   
Sources:  First Connecticut s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.8
 
The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting First Connecticut’s overall credit and interest rate risk objectives.  It is anticipated that proceeds retained at the holding company level will primarily be invested into investments with short-term maturities.  Over the past five and three-quarter years, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) ranged from a high of 34.9% of assets at year end 2005 to a low of 12.8% of assets at year end 2009.  Cash and investments equaled 19.4% of assets at September 30, 2010.  The downward trend in the level of cash and investments maintained by the Company from year end 2005 through year end 2009 reflects the redeployment of most of the cash flow realized from maturing or the sale of investments into loan growth.  The increase in cash and investments from year end 2009 to September 30, 2010 was mostly related to an increase in cash and cash equivalents, as the Company’s deposit growth during the nine month period was well above funding needed for loan growth.  U.S. Government and agency obligations totaling $85.1 million comprised the most significant component of the Company’s investment portfolio at September 30, 2010.  Other investments held by the Company at September 30, 2010 consisted of mortgage-backed securities ($53.5 million), corporate debt securities ($1.6 million), marketable equity securities ($5.7 million), trust preferred equity securities ($1.8 million), trust preferred debt securities ($67,000), a trust preferred security ($3.0 million) and municipal debt securities ($260,000).  The Company also held $135.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and $7.4 million of FHLB stock at September 30, 2010.  Investment securities maintained as available for sale and held to maturity equaled $147.8 million and $3.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, investment securities maintained as available for sale reflected a net unrealized gain of $2.9 million.  Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment securities portfolio.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.9
 
The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of certain officers of the Company.  The purpose of the investment is to provide funding for the benefit plans of the covered individuals.  The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds.  As of September 30, 2010, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $19.5 million.
 
Over the past five and three-quarter years, First Connecticut’s funding needs have been largely addressed through deposits and internal cash flows, with supplemental funding provided by borrowings and retained earnings.  From year end 2005 through September 30, 2010, the Company’s deposits increased at an annual rate of 12.1%.  Positive deposit growth was sustained throughout the period covered in Table 1.1, with the most significant growth occurring in 2009 and the first nine months of 2010.  Deposits as a percent of assets ranged from a low of 73.5% at year end 2008 to a high of 84.8% at year end 2006 and equaled 81.4% of assets at September 30, 2010.  Historically, CDs have accounted for the largest concentration of the Company’s deposit composition; however, due to strong growth of core deposits in recent years, core deposits currently comprise the largest concentration of the Company’s deposits.  Core deposits accounted for 66.0% of the Company’s total deposits at September 30, 2010, versus 42.5% of total deposits at year end 2007.  NOW account deposits have provided the largest source of core deposit growth for the Company.
 
Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk.  First Connecticut’s utilization of borrowings as a percent of assets ranged from a low of 3.8% at year end 2007 to a high of 15.7% at year end 2008.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company maintained $149.8 million of borrowings equal to 9.9% of assets.  Borrowings held by the Company consist primarily of FHLB advances with terms out to five years and, to a lesser extent, the Company’s utilization of borrowings includes repurchase agreements and repurchase liabilities.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.10
 
Since year end 2005, retention of earnings and the adjustment for accumulated other comprehensive income translated into an annualized equity growth rate of 6.3% for the Company.  Capital growth did not match the Company’s asset growth rate since year end 2005, which served to leverage First Connecticut’s equity-to-assets ratio from 8.5% at year end 2005 to 6.5% at September 30, 2010.  All of the Company’s capital is tangible capital, and Farmington Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at September 30, 2010.  The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities.  At the same time, as the result of the significant increase that will be realized in the Company’s pro forma capital position, First Connecticut’s ROE can be expected to initially come under pressure pending leverage of the capital base to facilitate earnings growth.
 
Income and Expense Trends
 
Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five years and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  The Company reported positive earnings over the past five and three-quarter years, ranging from a low of 0.07% of average assets during 2009 to a high of 0.92% of average assets during 2005.  For the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, the Company reported net income of $6.2 million for a return on average assets of 0.45%.  In recent years, the Company’s earnings have been negatively impacted by increases in loan loss provisions established, as well as OTTI charges taken on investment securities.  Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s earnings, while non-interest operating income has been somewhat of a limited but growing source of earnings for the Company.  With the exception of the OTTI charges recorded in 2008, non-operating gains and losses have generally not been a significant factor in the Company’s earnings.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.11
 
Table 1.2
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Income Statements
                                                                         
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
   
For the 12 months
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
Ended 09/30/10
 
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
                                                                                     
Interest income
  $ 40,819       5.08 %   $ 46,896       5.41 %   $ 51,417       5.57 %   $ 55,718       5.45 %   $ 57,975       4.57 %   $ 61,406       4.51 %
Interest expense
    (11,481 )     -1.43 %     (18,139 )     -2.09 %     (23,325 )     -2.53 %     (22,605 )     -2.21 %     (17,408 )     -1.37 %     (12,120 )     -0.89 %
Net interest income
  $ 29,338       3.65 %   $ 28,757       3.32 %   $ 28,092       3.04 %   $ 33,113       3.24 %   $ 40,567       3.19 %   $ 49,286       3.61 %
Provision for loan losses
    (456 )     -0.06 %     474       0.05 %     706       0.08 %     (2,117 )     -0.21 %     (7,896 )     -0.62 %     (5,319 )     -0.39 %
Net interest income after provisions
  $ 28,882       3.60 %   $ 29,231       3.37 %   $ 28,798       3.12 %   $ 30,996       3.03 %   $ 32,671       2.58 %   $ 43,967       3.23 %
                                                                                                 
Other operating income
  $ 2,291       0.29 %   $ 2,800       0.32 %   $ 3,698       0.40 %   $ 3,822       0.37 %   $ 3,709       0.29 %   $ 4,098       0.30 %
Operating expense
    (20,402 )     -2.54 %     (21,560 )     -2.49 %     (24,248 )     -2.63 %     (27,877 )     -2.72 %     (35,242 )     -2.78 %     (40,770 )     -2.99 %
Net operating income
  $ 10,771       1.34 %   $ 10,471       1.21 %   $ 8,248       0.89 %   $ 6,941       0.68 %   $ 1,138       0.09 %   $ 7,295       0.54 %
                                                                                                 
Non-Operating Income
                                                                                               
Gain(loss) on sale of investments
  $ 134       0.02 %   ($ 904 )     -0.10 %     (1,034 )     -0.11 %   ($ 30 )     0.00 %     -       0.00 %     965       0.07 %
Gain on real estate investment
    350       0.04 %     263       0.03 %     175       0.02 %     701       0.07 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %
Gain(loss) on loans sold
    -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -               123       0.01 %     86       0.01 %     408       0.03 %
Impairment on investements
    -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     -       0.00 %     (5,176 )     -0.51 %     (160 )     -0.01 %     -       0.00 %
Net non-operating income
  $ 484       0.06 %   ($ 641 )     -0.07 %   ($ 859 )     -0.09 %   ($ 4,382 )     -0.43 %   ($ 74 )     -0.01 %   $ 1,373       0.10 %
                                                                                                 
Net income before tax
  $ 11,255       1.40 %   $ 9,830       1.13 %   $ 7,389       0.80 %   $ 2,559       0.25 %   $ 1,064       0.08 %   $ 8,668       0.64 %
Income tax provision
    (3,869 )     -0.48 %     (2,900 )     -0.33 %     (2,249 )     -0.24 %     (613 )     -0.06 %     (175 )     -0.01 %     (2,516 )     -0.18 %
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,386       0.92 %   $ 6,930       0.80 %   $ 5,140       0.56 %   $ 1,946       0.19 %   $ 889       0.07 %   $ 6,152       0.45 %
                                                                                                 
Adjusted Earnings
                                                                                               
Net income
  $ 7,386       0.92 %   $ 6,930       0.80 %   $ 5,140       0.56 %   $ 1,946       0.19 %   $ 889       0.07 %   $ 6,152       0.45 %
Add(Deduct):  Net gain/(loss) on sale
    (484 )     -0.06 %     641       0.07 %     859       0.09 %     4,382       0.43 %     74       0.01 %     (1,373 )     -0.10 %
Tax effect (2)
    160       0.02 %     (214 )     -0.02 %     (283 )     -0.03 %     (1,446 )     -0.14 %     (24 )     0.00 %     453       0.03 %
Adjusted earnings
  $ 7,062       0.88 %   $ 7,357       0.85 %   $ 5,716       0.62 %   $ 4,882       0.48 %   $ 939       0.07 %   $ 5,232       0.38 %
                                                                                                 
Expense Coverage Ratio (3)
    1.44               1.33               1.16               1.19               1.15               1.21          
Efficiency Ratio (4)
    64.5 %             68.3 %             76.3 %             75.5 %             79.7 %             76.5 %        
 
(1)
Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(2)
Assumes a 33.0% effective tax rate.
(3)
Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.
(4)
Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus other income (excluding net gains).
   
Sources:   First Connecticut s prospectus, audited & unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.12
 
Over the past five and three-quarter years, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio ranged from a low of 3.04% during 2007 to a high of 3.65% during 2005.  For the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio equaled 3.61%.  The recent increase in the Company’s net interest income ratio was due to a more significant decrease in the interest expense ratio relative to the interest income ratio, which was supported by loan growth that was primarily funded by lower costing core deposits.  Partially offset the decrease in funding costs were lower yields earned on interest-earning assets, particularly as the Company’s balance of cash and cash equivalents increased significantly during the nine months ended September 30, 2010.  Overall, the Company’s interest rate spread increased from 2.72% during 2007 to 3.75% during the nine month ended September 30, 2010.  The Company’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past five and three-quarter fiscal years are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-5.
 
Non-interest operating income has been a growing source of income for the Company, which has been supported by growth of core deposits that provide the largest source of fee income for the Company.  As a percent of average assets non-interest operating income has been fairly stable, ranging from a low of 0.29% during 2005 and 2009 to a high of 0.40% during 2007.  For the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, non-interest operating income equaled 0.30% of average assets.  In addition to customer service fees, BOLI income and brokerage fee income are the other major contributors to the Company’s non-interest operating income.
 
Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 2.49% of average assets during 2006 to a high of 2.99% of average assets during the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  The increase in the Company’s operating expense ratio since 2006 reflects infrastructure that was put into place to facilitate implementation of recent growth strategies, pursuant to which the Company has evolved into a full service community bank.  Expansion of the Company’s branch network has also put upward pressure on the Company’s operating expense ratio in recent years, as four branch offices have been opened since the beginning of 2007.  Upward pressure will be placed on the Company’s operating expense ratio following the stock offering, due to expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock benefit plans.  At the same, the increase in capital realized from the stock offering will increase the Company’s capacity to leverage operating expenses through continuation of recent growth strategies.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.13
 
Overall, the general trends in the Company’s net interest income and operating expense ratios since 2005 reflect a decrease in core earnings, as indicated by the Company’s expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses).  First Connecticut’s expense coverage ratio equaled 1.44 times during 2005, versus a comparable ratio of 1.21 times during the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  The decrease in the expense coverage ratio was primarily attributable to an increase in the operating expense ratio and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in the net interest income ratio.  Similarly, First Connecticut’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) of 64.5% during 2005 was more favorable than the 76.5% efficiency ratio recorded for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.
 
Loan loss provisions have had a more significant impact on the Company’s earnings in recent years, which have been attributable to such factors as deterioration in credit quality, loan growth including growth of higher risk types of loans and the impact of the economic slowdown on real estate market conditions in the Company’s lending markets.  Over the past five and three-quarter years, loan loss provisions established by the Company ranged from a recovery of 0.05% of average assets during 2006 to a high of 0.62% of average assets during 2009.  For the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, the Company reported loan loss provisions of $5.3 million equal to 0.39% of average assets.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $18.2 million equal to 1.60% of net loans receivable and 87.41% of non-accruing loans.  Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the past five and three-quarter years.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.14
 
Non-operating income has had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five and three-quarter years, ranging from a non-operating loss equal to 0.43% of average assets during 2008 to non-operating gains equal to 0.10% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  The non-operating loss recorded in 2008 was mostly related to OTTI charges on the investment portfolio, which was partially offset by gains on a real estate investment and loans sold.  The OTTI charges for 2008 totaled $5.2 million and included a $2.9 million charge for two trust preferred debt securities, a $2.0 million charge for Freddie Mac preferred stock and $321,000 of charges for seven common stocks.  Non-operating gains for twelve months ended September 30, 2010 included a $965,000 gain on sale of investments and a $408,000 gain on loans sold.  Loan sale gains, which have had a relatively modest impact on the Company’s earnings, reflect the sale of conforming 1-4 family loan originations to the secondary market for purposes of interest rate risk management and, therefore, represent an ongoing activity for the Company.  Comparatively, the other components of the Company’s non-operating income are viewed as non-recurring income items.  However, gains realized through secondary market activities are subject to a certain degree of volatility as well, given the dependence of such gains on the interest rate environment and the strength of the regional housing market.
 
The Company’s effective tax rate ranged from a low of 16.45% during 2009 to a high of 34.38% during 2005.  For the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, the Company’s effective tax rate equaled 29.03%.  As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s marginal effective tax rate approximates 33.0%.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management
 
The Company’s current asset/liability sensitivity is approximately neutral.    As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity analysis indicated that income at risk decreased 6.3% and increased 1.1% based on a 400 basis point average increase interest rates or a 100 basis average decrease in interest rates, respectively (see Exhibit I-7).
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.15
 
The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities.  The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling conforming 1-4 family loan originations to the secondary market, maintaining investment securities as available for sale, maintaining an investment portfolio with varied maturities, building up its liquidity position in the prevailing low interest rate environment, diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consists primarily of shorter term fixed rate loans, floating rate loans or balloon loans and utilization of interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk associated with a portion of long term commercial loans extended as fixed rate loans to the borrower.  As of December 31, 2009, of the Company’s total loans due after December 31, 2010, adjustable rate loans comprised 58.2% of those loans (see Exhibit I-8).  On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through utilizing FHLB borrowings with terms of up to five years and emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive core deposits.
 
The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.
 
Lending Activities and Strategy
 
The Company’s lending activities have traditionally emphasized 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and such loans continue to comprise the largest component of the Company’s loan portfolio.  Beyond 1-4 family loans, lending diversification by the Company has emphasized commercial real estate loans followed by commercial business loans and construction and land loans.  Consumer loans constitute a minor area of lending diversification for the Company.  Going forward, the Company’s lending strategy is to pursue further diversification of the loan portfolio, whereby growth of commercial real estate and commercial business loans will be emphasized as the primary areas of lending diversification.  It is anticipated that growth of the 1- 4 family portfolio will be slowed somewhat by the sale of conforming fixed rate loan originations into the secondary market.  Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of First Connecticut’s loan portfolio composition over the past five and three-quarter years and Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of September 30, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.16
 
First Connecticut offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans.  Loans are underwritten to secondary market guidelines, as the Company’s current philosophy is sell all fixed rate conforming loans into the secondary market.  First Connecticut typically retains the servicing on loans that are sold.  ARM loans offered by the Company include loans with initial repricing terms of one, three, five seven or nine years.  After the initial repricing period, ARM loans convert to a one-year ARM loan for the balance of the mortgage term and are indexed to the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury Bill Index.  Fixed rate loans are offered for terms of up to 30 years.  A portion of the Company’s 1-4 family adjustable rate loan volume is generated through loan purchases, which are secured by residences in the state of Connecticut.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s outstanding balance of 1-4 family loans equaled $469.6 million or 40.7% of total loans outstanding.
 
The Company’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, which totaled $82.8 million at September 30, 2010.  Home equity loans and lines of credit are offered up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 90.0% inclusive of other liens on the property.  Home equity loans are offered as fixed rate loans with terms of up to 15 years.  Home equity lines of credit are offered for terms of up to ten years and are floating rate loans indexed to the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal .
 
Construction loans originated by the Company consist of loans to finance the construction of 1-4 family residences, as well as commercial real estate properties.  The Company also offers land development loans for development of commercial real estate projects and to residential subdivision developers for the purpose of land acquisition, the development of infrastructure and the construction of homes.  Construction loans for the construction of a personal residence are interest only loans during the construction period and are extended up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 80.0% and require payment of interest only during the construction period which is generally up to 12 months.  Commercial real estate construction loans and land development loans are extended up to a LTV ratio of 75.0% for terms of up two years.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s largest construction/land loan was a commitment for $6.1 million, of which $512,000 was outstanding at September 30, 2010.  The loan is a 49% participation interest with a large regional bank and is a commercial construction loan secured by an office building in Amherst, New York.  The loan was current and performing according to its terms at September 30, 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, First Connecticut’s outstanding balance of construction/land loans equaled $49.7 million or 4.3% of total loans outstanding.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.17
 
The balance of the mortgage loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, which are substantially collateralized by properties in the state of Connecticut.  First Connecticut originates commercial real estate and multi-family loans up to a maximum LTV ratio of 75.0% and requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.2 times.  Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are offered as fixed rate or adjustable rate loans with amortization terms of up to 25 years.  Fixed rate loans typically have a balloon provision of five or ten years.  Properties securing the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolio include office buildings, industrial and warehouse facilities, retail facilities and apartment buildings.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s largest commercial real estate/multi-family loan on one property had an outstanding balance of $13.0 million and was secured by a training facility located in Hartford, Connecticut.  The loan was performing in accordance with its terms at September 30, 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial real estate and multi-family loans totaled $324.9 million equal to 28.1% of total loans outstanding.
 
The Company’s diversification into non-mortgage types of lending consists primarily of commercial business loans and, to a less extent consumer loans.  Commercial business loans are offered as term loans and lines of credit.  A large portion of the commercial business loan portfolio consists of resort loans to developers of timeshare properties to fund receivables for timeshare units.  Commercial business loans offered by the Company’s also include loans secured by business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, as well as working capital lines credit to finance the short-term business needs of businesses.  Timeshare loans generally have a one-to-two year advance period to the developer of the timeshare property, who provides the financing to the consumers purchasing the timeshare units.  Loans extended to the developer are indexed to the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal .  Loan rates provided by the developer to the consumers purchasing time units are at higher interest rates than the interest rate on the Company’s loan to the developer.  Loan terms to the consumers purchasing the timeshare units generally require a down payment of at least 10% and repayment terms of up to ten years.  Loan repayments submitted by the consumer go directly to the Company until the loan advanced to the developer is fully repaid.  As of September 30, 2010, timeshare loans accounted for $100.6 million of the commercial business loan portfolio.  The Company has substantially curtailed its timeshare lending activities and, thus, timeshare loans will become a smaller component of the commercial business loan portfolio in future periods.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.18
 
Comparatively, the Company is emphasizing growth of other types of commercial business loans comprised of loans extended to middle market companies and small businesses primarily located in Connecticut.  Industry sectors comprising the commercial business loan portfolio include manufacturers, distributors, service businesses, financial services, healthcare providers, not-for-profits and professional service companies.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s largest commercial business loan commitment was $13.9 million with $9.3 million advanced as of September 30, 2010.  The Company’s largest commercial business loan is a timeshare loan and was performing according to its terms at September 30, 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, First Connecticut’s total outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $211.5 million or 18.3% of total loans outstanding.
 
Except for home equity loans and line credit, consumer lending has been a relatively minor area of lending diversification for the Company.   The consumer loan portfolio, exclusive of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, consists of various types of installment loans primarily for new and used autos, loans secured by deposits and unsecured personal loans.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company’s outstanding balance of consumer loans equaled $16.4 million or 1.4% of total loans outstanding.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.19
 
Asset Quality
 
Historically, the Company’s credit quality measures implied limited credit risk exposure, as highlighted by the favorably low ratios maintained for non-performing loans and non-performing assets during the years ended 2005 through 2008.  However, more recently, the Company has experienced some credit quality deterioration.  The Company’s lending markets have been negatively impacted by the recession, as evidenced by higher unemployment rates, falling home prices, rising inventories of unsold homes and increased foreclosures.  During the past five and three-quarter years, the Company’s balance of non-performing assets ranged from a low of 0.07% of assets at year end 2007 to a high of 1.38% of assets at year end 2010.  Credit quality deterioration has been most evident in the Company’s portfolio of 1-4 family loans.  As shown in Exhibit I-11, non-performing assets at September 30, 2010, consisted of $20.8 million of non-accruing loans and $128,000 of other real estate owned.  Non-accruing 1-4 family loans and commercial business loans totaling $8.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively, accounted for the two largest segments of the non-accruing loan balance at September 30, 2010.  A significant portion of non-accruing 1-4 family loans held by the Company were purchased loans secured by residences in Fairfield County, Connecticut, which, due to its proximity to New York City, was particularly hard hit by the financial crisis and resulting shakeout in the investment banking industry.  Timeshare loans accounted for $4.9 million of the balance of non-accruing commercial business loans at September 30, 2010.
 
To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, First Connecticut has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines.  Classified assets are reviewed quarterly by senior management and the Board.  Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets.  To address deterioration in credit quality and the downturn in local economic and real estate market conditions, the Company significantly increased the amount of loan loss provisions established during the past two and three-quarter years.  Loan loss provisions established during 2008, 2009 and the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 equaled $2.1 million, $7.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively.  As of September 30, 2010, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $18.2 million equal to 1.60% of net loans receivable and 87.41% of non-accruing loans.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.20
 
Funding Composition and Strategy
 
Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at September 30, 2010 deposits accounted for 89.2% of First Connecticut’s interest-bearing funding composition.  Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three and three-quarter years.  Core deposits, consisting of transaction and savings account deposits, comprised $812.8 million or 66.0% of total deposits at September 30, 2010, with recent trends showing the concentration of core deposits increasing over the past three and three-quarter years.  Comparatively, core deposits comprised $341.7 million or 42.5% of total deposits at year end 2007.  The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits since year end 2007 was primarily realized through growth of NOW and money market deposit accounts, which includes public fund deposits.  NOW and money market account deposits comprised 47.4% and 19.9%  of the Company’s core deposits, respectively, at September 30, 2010.
 
The balance of the Company’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled $418.2 million or 34.0% of total deposits at September 30, 2010 compared to $461.5 million or 57.5% of total deposits at year end 2007.  First Connecticut’s current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less).  As of September 30, 2010, $338.3 million or 80.9% of the Company’s CDs were scheduled to mature in one year or less.  Exhibit I-13 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Company’s CDs as of September 30, 2010.  As of September 30, 2010, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $165.5 million or 39.6% of total CDs.  The Company did not hold any brokered CDs at September 30, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
I.21
 
Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk.  The Company maintained $149.8 million of borrowings at September 30, 2010, which consisted of $68.0 million of FHLB advances, $21.0 million of repurchase agreements and $60.8 million of repurchase liabilities that consist of short-term customer sweep account deposits.  FHLB advances held by the Company have laddered maturity dates out to five years.
 
Subsidiary Activities
 
Farmington Bank maintains the following active subsidiaries:
 
Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc.:  Operates as Farmington Bank’s “passive investment company (“PIC”) which exempts it from Connecticut income tax under current law.
 
Village Investments, Inc.:  Offers brokerage and investment advisory services through a contract with Infinex Financial Services, a registered broker-dealer.
 
Village Corp., Limited:  Established to hold certain commercial real estate acquired through foreclosure.
 
Village Square Holdings, Inc.  Holds certain commercial real estate of Farmington Bank previously used as Farmington Bank’s operations center prior to Farmington Bank’s relocation to its current headquarters.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
First Connecticut is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Company’s management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.1
 
II. MARKET AREA
 
Introduction
 
Organized in 1851, Farmington Bank serves the Hartford County market through the executive office in Farmington, Connecticut, 15 full service branch offices and four limited service offices.  Hartford County is located in central Connecticut, approximately two hours from both New York City and Boston.  Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Company’s office properties.
 
The primary market area served by the Company can be described as both urban and suburban. The population of Hartford County is approximately 885,000 and the broader metropolitan area has a fairly diversified economy, with services, finance/insurance/real estate and wholesale/retail trade constituting the primary sectors of employment.  The competitive environment includes a large number of thrifts, commercial banks, credit unions and other financial services companies, some of which have a national presence.
 
Future growth opportunities for the Company depend on the future growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment.  These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company and the relative economic health of the Company’s market area.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.2
 
National Economic Factors
 
The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon national economic factors and trends.  In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, positive trends in the economic recovery continued in the second quarter of 2010 as manufacturing activity and retail sales were up in April.  The April employment report showed employers added 290,000 jobs, which was more than expected.  At the same time, the April unemployment rate increased to 9.9%.  Single-family housing starts surged in April, as builders stepped up production ahead of the April 30 deadline for sales qualifying for a federal tax credit.  Likewise, sales of existing and new homes showed healthy increases in April, which was also believed in a large part related to home buyers seeking to take advantage of the federal tax credit that was due to expire at the end April.  Orders for durable goods rose 2.9% in April, while consumer spending remained flat in April.  Manufacturing in the U.S. grew at a brisk pace in May and the service sector continued to expand in May as well.  However, the employment report for May was weaker than expected, as almost all of the new jobs added in May were due to census hiring.  The unemployment rate for May fell to 9.7%.  Housing data for May also suggested that the economic recovery was losing steam, as sales of new and existing homes declined in May following the expiration of a special tax credits for home buyers.  Retail sales and durable-goods orders also dropped in May.
 
Economic data for June 2010 generally showed more signs that the recovery was losing momentum.  Manufacturing activity and service sector growth moderated from May to June, while June employment data reflected job losses for the first time in 2010 as payrolls dropped after the government let 225,000 census workers go.  The June 2010 unemployment rate edged down to 9.5%, due to a net reduction in job seekers.  Wholesale and retail sales declined in June, which translated into a rise in inventories at both the wholesale and retail level.  With the expiration of tax credits for home buyers and weak job growth, the housing market stumbled in June.  Sales of existing homes fell in June, while new home sales rose in June but remained anemic.  Housing starts were down in June, as the inventory of unsold homes rose.  The composite index of leading economic indicators also slipped in June from May.  Durable goods orders declined in June and second quarter GDP growth slowed to an annual rate of 1.7%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.3
 
Economic data at the start of third quarter 2010 continued to show a mixed picture for the economy.  Growth in manufacturing activity slowed in July, while service sector activity expanded in July.  Employment data for July showed a loss of 131,000 jobs, while the unemployment rate held steady at 9.5%.  Retail sales and wholesale production were up slightly in July and the index of leading indicators also showed a modest increase in July.  Housing starts were up in July, but single-family housing starts were down in July.  Sales of existing homes plunged to 15-year lows in July and new home sales were down sharply in July as well.  A weak reading for July durable goods order further underscored that the economy was losing momentum.  In contrast to general trends pointing towards a slowing economy, manufacturing activity accelerated in August.  At the same time, U.S. job losses continued to mount in August and the national unemployment rate for August edged up to 9.6%.  Despite modest improvement in the August housing numbers, the data continued to indicate that the housing market continued to face a long recovery.  Increases in business spending and durable-goods orders (excluding transportation) were among the bright spots coming out of the August data.
 
Manufacturing activity expanded in September 2010 for a 14 th straight month, but at a slower rate than the previous month.  Comparatively, the service sector expanded at a faster rate in September, allaying fears that the economy would slip back into a recession.  The September employment report showed job losses of 95,000, while the unemployment rate held steady at 9.6%.  New and existing home sales increased in September, but the overall level of sales remained very weak.  Retail sales rose for a third straight month in September, but industrial output for September was down slightly.  The index of leading economic indicators rose slightly in September, suggesting the economy would keep growing but slowly.  Third quarter GDP grew at a 2.5% annual rate (subsequently revised to 2.6%), which was slightly better than the 1.7% GDP growth rate posted during the second quarter.
 
The U.S. economy added 151,000 jobs in October as private-sector hiring picked up, but the unemployment rate remained at 9.6%.  Manufacturing for October was at its highest level since May and retail sales for October were up for a fourth straight month in October.  The index of leading economic indicators rose in October, but the housing sector continued to struggle as existing and new home sales fell in October amid weak demand and concerns about the foreclosure process.  Orders for durable goods unexpectedly plunged 3.3% in October, which was the largest drop in 21 months.  Manufacturing activity expanded for a 16 th straight month in November, but the growth remained too weak to bring down high unemployment.  November employment data showed 39,000 jobs were added to the U.S. economy, which was fewer than expected, and the November unemployment rate jumped to 9.8%.  On the positive side, retail sales and industrial production rose in November, while housing starts increased modestly in November and retailers reported robust sales for November.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.4
 
In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, signs of the economic recovery gaining traction pushed Treasury yields higher at the start of the second quarter of 2010 with the 10-year Treasury note yield increasing to 4.0% in early-April.  Treasury yields eased lower in mid-April and then were relatively stable for the balance of April, as the consumer price index for March indicated that inflation remained muted and the Federal Reserve concluded its late-April meeting with keeping its target interest rate near zero.  Investors fled to the safety of U.S. Treasury debt in early-May amid worries about possible ripple effects form Greece’s credit crisis, with the yield on the 10-year Treasury note moving below 3.5% during the first week of May.  April’s producer price index reflecting a low level of inflation at the wholesale level and concerns about the U.S. economy on news that mortgage delinquencies hit a record in the first quarter furthered the decline in long-term Treasury yields in mid-May.  The downward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued into late-May, as investors moved to the safety of Treasury bonds amid worries about the health of the global economy and growing tensions between North and South Korea.  After declining in early-June on the weak employment report for May, Treasury yields eased higher into mid-June as investors moved back into stocks.  Long-term Treasury yields trended lower in the second half of June, as concerns mounted that the economy might be in for a slowdown.  The Federal Reserve concluded its June meeting with a subdued assessment of the economy and affirmed that short-term rates interest rates would remain near zero for an “extended period”.  Yields on the 10-year Treasury note moved below 3.0% at the end of June, as investors gravitated toward U.S. debt amid growing concerns about the global economic outlook.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.5
 
Signs of a slowing economy and tame inflation readings provided for a relatively stable interest rate environment through most of July 2010, while mortgage rates dropped to historic lows.  A weak employment report for July continued to support a downward trend in Treasury yields in early-August.  Treasury yields dropped to 16-month lows heading into mid-August, as investors bought Treasurys in a flight to safety amid worries over slowing growth.  More signs of slower growth continued a slight downward trend in long-term Treasury yields into late-August.  Strong reports for manufacturing and service sector activity in August contributed to long-term Treasury yields edging higher during the first half of September.  The Federal Reserve concluded its September with no change in its target rate and signaled they were moving towards taking new steps to bolster the economy.  The Federal’s statement along with housing data for August indicating a long recovery for the housing market depressed long-term Treasury yields in the second half of September.
 
Treasury yields declined further at the start of fourth quarter of 2010, reflecting growing expectations that the Federal Reserve would start buying more U.S. debt following a disappointing jobs report that showed private employers cut jobs in September.  The yield on the 10-year Treasury note dipped below 2.40% in early-October and then edged higher in mid-October following a weak sale of 30-year Treasury bonds.  Interest rates stabilized during the second half of October, amid signs that the economy would continue to grow slowly and inflation would remain low.  The Federal Reserve’s announcement that it would purchase $600 billion of Treasury bonds to spur the economy pushed long-term Treasury yields lower in early-November, which was followed by an upturn in Treasury yields in mid-November.  Stronger than expected retail sales for October and profit taking were noted factors contributing to the decline in Treasury prices.  Treasury yields eased lower in late-November amid a flight to safe based on worries about Ireland’s debt problems and North Korea’s attack of a South Korean island.  An apparent agreement by Congress to extend the Bush-era tax cuts pushed the ten year Treasury yield back above 3.0%.  While inflation readings for November remained low, Treasury yields spiked higher in mid-December on signs of stronger economic growth.  As of December 14, 2010, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.30% and 3.49%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.37% and 3.56%.  Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.6
 
Based on the consensus outlook of 51 economists surveyed by National Association for Business Economics between October 21 and November 4, 2010, the pace of the U.S. economic recovery will remain steady but slow.  The economists expect GDP growth of 2.7% for 2010 followed by slightly slower growth of 2.6% in 2011.  The unemployment rate is forecasted to remain elevated at 9.5% or higher through early-2011 and then ease only slightly to 9.2% by the end of 2011.  The outlook for housing also remained relatively weak, based on expected housing starts of 720,000 for 2010.  The economists said they expect the federal funds rate to remain near zero until late next year and the 10-year Treasury note is expected to yield 3.25% by the end of 2011.
 
Market Area Demographics
 
Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the Hartford County market area served by First Connecticut.  Demographic data for Harford County, as well as for Connecticut and the U.S. is provided in Table 2.1.
 
Hartford County has experienced relatively slow demographic growth during the 2000 to 2010 period, a characteristic typical of mature, densely populated markets located throughout the Northeast Corridor.  Population and household growth rates for Hartford County have been and are projected to remain well below the comparable U.S. measures, while approximating the comparable Connecticut growth rates.
 
In terms of per capita income, the state of Connecticut is the wealthiest state in the country.  The most affluent markets in Connecticut are in southwestern Connecticut nearby to New York City, particularly with respect to Fairfield County.  While Hartford County’s income measures for median household income and per capita income were below the comparable Connecticut measures, they were well above the comparable U.S. measures.  Over the past decade, per capita and median household income for Hartford County increased at slightly slower rates compared to the Connecticut and the U.S. growth rates.  Comparatively, over the next five years, Hartford County’s projected growth rates for per capita and median household income match the projected growth rates for Connecticut and exceed the projected U.S. growth rates.  The relative affluence of state of Connecticut, including Hartford County, is also evidenced by a comparison of household income distribution measures, as Connecticut and Hartford County   maintain lower percentages of households with incomes of less than $25,000 and higher percentages of households with incomes over $100,000 relative to the U.S.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.7
 
Table 2.1
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Summary Demographic Data
 
    Year    
Annual Growth Rate
 
   
2000
   
2010
   
2015
    2000-2010     2010-2015  
Population (000)
                                 
United States
    281,422       311,213       323,209       1.0 %     0.8 %
Connecticut
    3,406       3,536       3,569       0.4 %     0.2 %
Hartford County
    857       885       894       0.3 %     0.2 %
                                         
Households (000)
                                       
United States
    105,480       116,761       121,360       1.0 %     0.8 %
Connecticut
    1,302       1,353       1,366       0.4 %     0.2 %
Hartford County
    335       345       348       0.3 %     0.2 %
                                         
Median Household Income ($)
                                 
United States
    42,164       54,442       61,189       2.6 %     2.4 %
Connecticut
    53,915       70,340       80,697       2.7 %     2.8 %
Hartford County
    50,777       64,279       73,953       2.4 %     2.8 %
                                         
Per Capita Income ($)
                                       
United States
    21,587       26,739       30,241       2.2 %     2.5 %
Connecticut
    28,766       36,065       41,464       2.3 %     2.8 %
Hartford County
    26,047       32,159       36,863       2.1 %     2.8 %
                                         
   
Less Than
$25,000
   
$25,000 to
49,999
   
$50,000 to
$99,999
   
$100,000+
       
2010 HH Income Dist. (%)
                                       
United States
    20.8     24.7 %     35.7     18.8        
Connecticut
     14.9 %     18.0     38.4     28.8        
Hartford County
     16.7     20.6     39.6     23.2        
 
Source: SNL Financial.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.8
 
Local Economy
 
Hartford County has a fairly diverse economy, with financial services companies maintaining a notable presence in the region.  Hartford County maintains an employment base of approximately 650,000, with employment in services (36.6% of workforce), finance/Insurance/Real Estate (15.5% of the work force), and wholesale/retail trade (13.2%) constitute the basis of the local economy in Hartford County.  Comparatively, for the state of Connecticut, employment in services (38.4% of the workforce), wholesale/retail trade (13.5%) and finance/insurance/real estate (13.2% of the workforce) constitute the largest concentrations of employment.  Table 2.2 shows employment by sector for Hartford County, as well as for the state of Connecticut.
 
Table 2.2
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
(Percent of Labor Force)
 
Employment Sector
 
Connecticut
   
Hartford County
 
   
(% of Total Employment)
 
                 
Services
    38.4 %     36.6 %
Government
    11.9 %     11.7 %
Wholesale/Retail Trade
    13.5 %     13.2 %
Construction
    5.6 %     4.7 %
Finance/Insurance/Real Esate
    13.2 %     15.5 %
Manufacturing
    8.6 %     9.5 %
Transportation/Utility
    2.7 %     3.1 %
Arts/Entertainment/Rec.
    2.1 %     1.7 %
Agriculture
    2.2 %     0.3 %
Other
    1.8 %     3.7 %
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
                 
Source: REIS DataSource 2008
         
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.9
 
The Company’s market area is known as “the insurance capital of the world” as it is home to many of the nation’s leading insurance agencies such as the Hartford, Travelers and Aetna.  The healthcare industry also is a significant source of employment for the local economy, as evidenced by the number of healthcare providers in the region such as Hartford Hospital, John Dempsey Hospital and St. Francis Hospital.   Table 2.3 lists the largest employers in Hartford County.
 
Table 2.3
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Largest Employers
 
Company
 
Industry
 
Employees
 
           
Aetna
 
Insurance
    6,000  
Hartford Hospital
 
Healthcare
    6,000  
Hartford Financial Group
 
Insurance
    5,000  
Travelers Insurance
 
Insurance
    4,000  
St. Francis Hospital
 
Healthcare
    3,000  
City of Hartford
 
Government
    3,000  
             
Source: Americas Career InfoNet
   
 
The national recession and slow recovery have impacted real estate market conditions in the Company’s regional lending market.  Consistent with national trends, the Hartford County residential real estate market has experienced a decline in housing prices reflecting weak demand for home purchases and rising inventories of unsold homes on the market.  Single-family home sales in Hartford County were down by 32.5% in the third quarter of 2010 compared to the year ago quarter, with single-family home sales totaling 1,314 in the third quarter of 2010.  Comparatively, while sales prices of single–family homes remained below pre-recession prices during the third quarter, the median sales price for single-family homes sold in Hartford County increased by 4.3% from $232,000 in the third quarter of 2009 to $242,000 in the third quarter of 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.10
 
The Hartford commercial real estate market has been impacted by the current state of the economy as well, but signs of stability have been emerging within certain sectors of the commercial market.  In the third quarter of 2010, the Hartford MSA absorbed just over 100,000 square feet of office space but year-to-date absorption in the market is still negative. The vacancy rate for office space in the Hartford MSA was 21.2% during the third quarter of 2010 compared to 20.1% during the prior quarter, while the third quarter lease rates for Hartford MSA office space averaged $18.97 per square foot compared to $19.04 per square foot in the second quarter of 2010.
 
The industrial market in the Hartford MSA continues to struggle due to a lack of new tenant activity. The industrial market experienced 192,000 square feet of negative absorption during the third quarter of 2010. The industrial market vacancy rate was 17.4% during the third quarter of 2010 compared to 16.8% during the second quarter of 2010, while the third quarter lease rates for Hartford MSA industrial space averaged $4.94 per square foot or  $0.04 below the average rate for the year.
 
Unemployment Trends
 
Comparative unemployment rates for Hartford County, as well as for the U.S. and Connecticut, are shown in Table 2.4.  Hartford County’s October 2010 unemployment rate of 9.0% was slightly higher than the comparable Connecticut unemployment rate of 9.0% and lower than the national unemployment rate of 9.6%,  The October 2010 unemployment rate for Hartford County was higher compared to a year ago, which was consistent with the national and state unemployment rate trends.
 
Table 2.4
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Unemployment Trends
 
   
October 2009
   
October 2010
 
Region
 
Unemployment
   
Unemployment
 
             
United States
   
10.2
%
   
9.6
%
Connecticut
   
8.3
     
8.5
 
Hartford County
   
8.8
     
9.0
 
                 
Source: SNL Financial
               
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.11
 
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition
 
Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2005 through June 30, 2010 for Hartford County, as well as for the state of Connecticut.  Consistent with the state of Connecticut, commercial banks maintained a much larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in Hartford County.  The larger deposit market share maintained by commercial banks was supported by their larger branch presence.  Bank and thrift deposits in Hartford County increased at a 5.3% annual rate from June 30, 2005 through June 30, 2010, which was slightly above the comparative 4.3% deposit growth rate posted by all Connecticut banks and thrifts.  During the period covered in Table 2.5, commercial banks experienced a slight increase in deposit market share in Connecticut, while savings institutions gained deposit market share in Hartford County.
 
Table 2.5
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Deposit Summary
 
    As of June 30,        
    2005     2010    
Deposit
 
         
Market
   
No. of
         
Market
   
No. of
   
Growth Rate
 
   
Deposits
   
Share
   
Branches
    Deposits     Share     Branches     2005-2010   
    (Dollars In Thousands)    
(%)
 
Deposit Summary
                                           
                                             
State of Connecticut
  $ 76,936,000       100.0 %     1,197     $ 95,706,000       100.0 %     1,296       4.5 %
Commercial Banks
    44,120,000       57.3 %     598       59,554,000       90.7 %     692       6.2 %
Savings Institutions
    32,816,000       42.7 %     599       36,152,000       9.3 %     604       2.0 %
                                                         
Hartford County
  $ 23,998,452       100.0 %     271     $ 31,048,049       100.0 %     285       5.3 %
Commercial Banks
    17,487,073       72.9 %     142       22,392,925       72.1 %     160       5.1 %
Savings Institutions
    6,511,379       27.1 %     129       8,655,124       27.9 %     125       5.9 %
Farmington Bank
    690,003       2.9 %     14       1,086,795       3.5 %     17       9.5 %
                                                         
Source: FDIC.
                                                       
 
The Company’s $1.1 billion of deposits at June 30, 2010 represented a 3.5% market share of Hartford County’s thrift and bank deposits.  First Connecticut’s deposits increased at a 9.5% annual rate from June 30, 2005 through June 30, 2009, which provided for an increase in the Company’s deposit market share from 2.9% at June 30, 2005 to 3.5% at June 30, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA
 
II.12
 
As implied by the Company’s market share of deposits, competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is significant.  Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by First Connecticut.  Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally-based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks.  From a competitive standpoint, First Connecticut has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches.  There are a total of 25 banking institutions operating in Hartford County, with First Connecticut holding the eighth largest market share of deposits.  Table 2.6 lists the Company’s largest competitors in Hartford County, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.
 
Table 2.6
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Deposit Competitors
 
Location
 
Name
     
     
Hartford County
 
Bank of America (44.4%)
   
Webster Bank (12.5%)
   
Toronto-Dominion Bank (8.0%)
   
Prudential Bank (5.3%)
   
Peoples United (4.9%)
   
First Connecticut (3.5%) - Rank of 8
     
Source:  FDIC
   
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.1
 
III.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
This chapter presents an analysis of First Connecticut’s operations versus a group of comparable companies (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions.  The primary basis of the pro forma market valuation of the Company is provided by these public companies.  Factors affecting the Company’s pro forma market value such as financial condition, credit risk, interest rate risk, and recent operating results can be readily assessed in relation to the Peer Group.  Current market pricing of the Peer Group, subject to appropriate adjustments to account for differences between the Company and the Peer Group, will then be used as a basis for the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued common stock.
 
Peer Group Selection Process
 
The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines.  Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions.  Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value.  We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history.  A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.2
 
Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics.  There are approximately 144 publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics.  To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences.  Since First Connecticut will be a full public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.  From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of First Connecticut.  In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:
 
 
o
Screen #1  New England institutions with assets between $750 million and $2.750 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.5% and positive core earnings.   Four companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all four were included in the Peer Group:  Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, United Financial Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts and Westfield Financial, Inc. of Massachusetts.  Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded New England thrifts.
 
 
o
Screen #2  Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $750 million and $2.750 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.5% and positive core earnings.   Six companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and all six were included in the Peer Group:  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Beacon Federal Bancorp, Inc. of New York, Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey, ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Ocean Shore Holding Co. of New Jersey and OceanFirst Financial Corp. of New Jersey.  Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-Atlantic thrifts.
 
Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies.  While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and First Connecticut, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments.  The following sections present a comparison of First Connecticut’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.3
 
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
December 14, 2010
                                                       
               
Operating
   
Total
         
Fiscal
   
Conv.
   
Stock
   
Market
 
Ticker
 
Financial Institution
 
Exchange
 
Primary Market
 
Stategy(1)
   
Assets(2)
   
Offices
   
Year
   
Date
   
Price
   
Value
 
                                              ($)     ($Mil)  
                                                       
BRKL
 
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Brookline, MA
 
Thrift
    $ 2,660       18     12-31     07/02     $ 10.59     $ 625  
DNBK
 
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Danvers, MA
 
Thrift
    $ 2,631       26     12-31     01/08     $ 15.99     $ 336  
OCFC
 
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Toms River, NJ
 
Thrift
    $ 2,225       23     12-31     07/96     $ 13.05     $ 246  
UBNK
 
United Financial Bancorp of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
W. Springfield, MA
 
Thrift
    $ 1,545       24     12-31     12/07     $ 14.95     $ 242  
ABBC
 
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
 
NASDAQ
 
Jenkintown, PA
 
Thrift
    $ 1,258       12     12-31     06/07     $ 11.97     $ 241  
WFD
 
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
 
NASDAQ
 
Westfield, MA
 
Thrift
    $ 1,253       11     12-31     01/07     $ 8.80     $ 249  
ESSA
 
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
 
NASDAQ
 
Stroudsburg, PA
 
Thrift
    $ 1,072       14     09-30     04/07     $ 13.04     $ 176  
BFED
 
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
 
NASDAQ
 
East Syracuse NY
 
Thrift
    $ 1,059       8     12-31     10/07     $ 11.31     $ 73  
CBNJ
 
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Cape May Ct Hs, NJ
 
Thrift
    $ 1,054       18     12-31     02/08     $ 8.33     $ 111  
CSHC
 
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
 
NASDAQ
 
Ocean City, NJ
 
Thrift
    $ 838       10     12-31     12/09     $ 11.40     $ 83  
 
NOTES:
(1)
Operating strategies are:  Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified and Ret.=Retail Banking.
  (2)
Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma).
     
Source:   SNL Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.4
 
In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to First Connecticut’s characteristics is detailed below.
 
o
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania.  Selected due to comparable asset size, relatively low non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets, comparable concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.
 
o
Beacon Federal Bancorp, Inc. of New York.  Selected due to similar interest-earning asset composition, comparable return on average assets, comparable concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising assets and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts.  Selected due to comparable size of branch network, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar net interest margin, relatively low non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of New Jersey.  Selected due to comparable size of branch network, similar interest-earning asset composition, comparable return on average assets, similar net interest margin, comparable level of operating expenses as a percent of average assets, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings, comparable concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising assets and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.
 
o
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts.  Selected due to similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest margin, relatively low non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets, comparable level of operating expenses as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania.  Selected due to comparable size of branch network, comparable return on average assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of New Jersey.  Selected due to similar interest-earning asset composition, relatively low non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of New Jersey.  Selected due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar net interest margin, comparable impact of loan loss provisions on earnings and lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.5
 
o
United Financial Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts.  Selected due to comparable asset size, similar interest-earning asset composition, comparable return on average assets, similar net interest margin, comparable level of operating expenses as a percent of average assets, comparable concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans comprising assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
o
Westfield Financial, Inc. of Massachusetts.  Selected due to comparable asset size, relatively low non-interest operating income as a percent of average assets, lending diversification emphasis on commercial real estate loans and relatively favorable credit quality measures.
 
In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher level of tangible equity than the industry average (13.4% of assets versus 10.9% for all public companies), generated higher core earnings as a percent of average assets (0.55% core ROAA versus a net loss of 0.17% for all public companies), and earned a higher core ROE (4.38% core ROE versus negative 0.68% for all public companies).  Overall, the Peer Group’s average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were higher than the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.
 
   
All
       
   
Publicly-Traded
   
Peer Group
 
             
Financial Characteristics (Averages)
           
Assets ($Mil)
  $ 2,804     $ 1,560  
Market capitalization ($Mil)
  $ 325     $ 238  
Tangible equity/assets (%)
    10.90 %     13.40 %
Core return on average assets (%)
    (0.17 )     0.55  
Core return on average equity (%)
    (0.68 )     4.38  
                 
Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1)
               
Core price/earnings (x)
    17.38 x     18.92 x
Price/tangible book (%)
    82.08 %     107.63 %
Price/assets (%)
    8.66       14.58  
                 
(1)  Based on market prices as of December 14, 2010.                
 
 
Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to First Connecticut in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies.  However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to First Connecticut, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.6
 
Financial Condition
 
Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for First Connecticut Federal and the Peer Group, as of September 30, 2010 or the most recent date publicly available.  The Company’s equity ratio of 6.5% of assets was well below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 14.0%.  However, the Company’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Company with an equity-to-assets ratio that will be similar to the Peer Group’s ratio.  Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 6.5% and 13.4%, respectively.  The increase in First Connecticut’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs.  At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity.  Both First Connecticut’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements.
 
The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both First Connecticut and the Peer Group.  The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 75.5% was higher than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 68.4%.  Comparatively, the Company’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 19.5% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 26.3%.  Overall, First Connecticut’s interest-earning assets amounted to 95.0% of assets, which approximated the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.7%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.7
 
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of September 30, 2010
                                                               
     
Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets
 
     
Cash &
   
MBS &
                     
Borrowed
   
Subd.
   
Net
   
Goodwill
   
Tng Net
 
     
Equivalents
   
Invest
   
BOLI
   
Loans
   
Deposits
   
Funds
   
Debt
   
Worth
   
& Intang
   
Worth
 
                                                               
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                       
September 30, 2010
    9.0 %     10.5 %     1.3 %     75.5 %     81.4 %     9.9 %     0.0 %     6.5 %     0.0 %     6.5 %
                                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                                               
Averages
    6.2 %     20.3 %     1.4 %     67.1 %     73.3 %     13.4 %     0.5 %     11.7 %     0.8 %     10.9 %
Medians
    5.0 %     19.2 %     1.4 %     68.7 %     73.9 %     12.5 %     0.0 %     10.7 %     0.2 %     9.8 %
                                                                                   
State of CT
                                                                               
Averages
    4.8 %     25.1 %     1.2 %     60.4 %     69.8 %     11.7 %     0.4 %     16.9 %     4.8 %     12.1 %
Medians
    4.8 %     25.1 %     1.2 %     60.4 %     69.8 %     11.7 %     0.4 %     16.9 %     4.8 %     12.1 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
Averages
    3.4 %     22.9 %     1.8 %     68.4 %     67.5 %     17.1 %     0.5 %     14.0 %     0.6 %     13.4 %
Medians
    2.5 %     20.0 %     1.8 %     71.5 %     71.5 %     14.8 %     0.0 %     13.5 %     0.0 %     12.8 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    5.6 %     30.2 %     3.4 %     56.8 %     71.7 %     10.2 %     0.0 %     16.9 %     0.0 %     16.9 %
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    1.2 %     18.8 %     1.0 %     76.0 %     65.8 %     23.5 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     0.0 %     10.2 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    2.6 %     13.0 %     0.0 %     81.1 %     66.2 %     14.2 %     0.0 %     18.7 %     1.7 %     17.0 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    2.6 %     15.8 %     2.7 %     72.3 %     71.3 %     15.4 %     0.0 %     12.7 %     2.2 %     10.5 %
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    2.5 %     25.8 %     1.3 %     65.7 %     77.5 %     9.3 %     1.1 %     11.2 %     1.3 %     9.9 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    1.0 %     26.7 %     1.5 %     68.2 %     50.4 %     32.7 %     0.0 %     16.0 %     0.0 %     16.0 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    11.7 %     3.8 %     1.8 %     79.9 %     72.0 %     13.1 %     1.8 %     11.8 %     0.0 %     11.8 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    1.3 %     19.3 %     1.8 %     75.0 %     73.0 %     15.8 %     1.2 %     9.0 %     0.0 %     9.0 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    3.5 %     20.6 %     1.9 %     70.7 %     71.8 %     12.5 %     0.5 %     14.4 %     0.6 %     13.8 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    2.0 %     54.8 %     3.2 %     38.2 %     55.3 %     24.3 %     0.0 %     19.1 %     0.0 %     19.1 %
 
     
Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates
   
Regulatory Capital
 
           
MBS, Cash &
 
 
         
Borrows.
   
Net
   
Tng Net
                   
     
Assets
   
Investments
   
Loans
   
Deposits
   
& Subdebt
   
Worth
   
Worth
   
Tangible
   
Core
   
Reg.Cap.
 
                                                               
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                           
September 30, 2010
    27.32 %     111.59 %     13.11 %     31.81 %     16.70 %     6.01 %     6.01 %     6.57 %     6.57 %     10.20 %
                                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                                               
Averages
    5.53 %     12.79 %     2.61 %     9.09 %     -14.63 %     2.31 %     2.44 %     10.88 %     10.85 %     18.37 %
Medians
    1.81 %     7.26 %     -0.96 %     6.04 %     -11.75 %     2.30 %     2.05 %     9.51 %     9.51 %     16.40 %
                                                                                   
State of CT
                                                                               
Averages
    3.52 %     4.84 %     0.91 %     5.13 %     12.07 %     6.48 %     5.13 %     10.10 %     10.10 %     15.27 %
Medians
    3.52 %     4.84 %     0.91 %     5.13 %     12.07 %     6.48 %     5.13 %     10.10 %     10.10 %     15.27 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
Averages
    9.78 %     11.18 %     6.07 %     17.79 %     -7.32 %     9.77 %     8.15 %     15.27 %     15.27 %     20.37 %
Medians
    2.68 %     8.86 %     1.55 %     14.21 %     -6.19 %     4.79 %     4.93 %     14.50 %     14.50 %     17.72 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    2.49 %     20.46 %     -6.93 %     10.36 %     -26.94 %     -3.91 %     -3.91 %     13.49 %     13.49 %     22.98 %
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    -1.00 %     -2.44 %     -1.14 %     2.36 %     -12.14 %     7.73 %     7.73 %     9.14 %     9.14 %     12.97 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.81 %     -0.95 %     0.90 %     15.15 %     -36.43 %     1.66 %     2.13 %     15.70 %     15.70 %     19.34 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    -1.22 %     5.14 %     -3.53 %     -1.48 %     -6.45 %     7.00 %     8.76 %     9.81 %     9.81 %     13.57 %
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    38.99 %     28.42 %     40.38 %     48.44 %     -1.80 %     29.78 %     15.13 %     14.95 %     14.95 %     15.83 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    2.87 %     10.34 %     -0.37 %     32.18 %     -20.18 %     -7.48 %     -7.48 %     31.35 %     31.35 %     32.60 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    12.86 %  
NM
      2.19 %     13.27 %     -5.92 %     47.35 %     47.35 %     10.25 %     10.25 %     19.67 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    18.81 %  
NM
      2.62 %     19.56 %     14.31 %     20.01 %     20.01 %     14.04 %     14.04 %     14.93 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    23.84 %     21.07 %     24.15 %     32.05 %     11.60 %     2.59 %     -1.26 %     15.24 %     15.24 %     16.09 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    -0.66 %     7.38 %     2.48 %     5.98 %     10.77 %     -6.98 %     -6.98 %     18.71 %     18.71 %     35.74 %
 
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.8
 
First Connecticut’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition.  The Company’s deposits equaled 81.4% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 67.5%.  Comparatively, the Peer Group maintained a higher level of borrowings than the Company, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 17.6% and 9.9% for the Peer Group and First Connecticut, respectively.  Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 91.3% and 85.1%, respectively.  Following the increase in capital provided by the net proceeds of the stock offering, the Company’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio.
 
A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio.  Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on respective ratios of 104.1% and 111.3%.  The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to increase the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio, as the interest free capital realized in First Connecticut’s stock offering will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and net proceeds realized from the stock offering are expected to be mostly deployed into interest-earning assets.
 
The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items.  First Connecticut’s growth rates are annualized growth rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2010  and the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on annual growth rates for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 or the most recent twelve month period available.  First Connecticut’s asset growth rate of 27.3% exceeded the Peer Group’s asset growth rate of 9.8%.  The Peer Group’s asset growth was in part supported by acquisition related growth, as Danvers Bancorp and United Financial both completed acquisitions during the twelve month period.  Asset growth for First Connecticut consisted of a combination of cash and investments and loans, with the significantly higher growth rate indicated for cash and investments attributable to the comparatively lower balance of cash and investments maintained relative to loans.  Asset growth for the Peer Group was also sustained by a combination of loans and cash and investments, with a higher growth rate indicated for cash and investments.  The Company’s growth rates for cash and investments and loans exceeded the comparable Peer Group growth rates.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.9
 
First Connecticut’s asset growth was funded primarily by deposit growth of 31.8%, which exceeded the Peer Group’s deposit growth rate of 17.8%.  Borrowings increased at an annualized rate of 16.7% for the Company, versus a 7.3% decrease in borrowings for the Peer Group.  The Company’s tangible capital growth rate equaled 6.0%, which was below the Peer Group’s tangible capital growth rate of 8.2%.  The Peer Group’s higher capital growth rate was in part attributable to the increase in Ocean Shore Holding’s capital realized from completing a second-step conversion offering in December 2009.  The increase in capital realized from the infusion of net conversion proceeds will likely depress the Company’s capital growth rate initially following the stock offering.  Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also potentially slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.
 
Income and Expense Components
 
Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group, based on earnings for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies.  First Connecticut and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.45% and 0.57%, respectively.  A higher level of net interest income represented the primary earnings advantage for the Company, while the Peer Group maintained earnings advantages with respect to a higher level of non-interest operating income and a lower level of operating expenses.
 
The Company’s stronger net interest income ratio was realized through maintenance of a lower interest expense ratio, which was partially offset by the Peer Group’s slightly higher interest income ratio.  The Peer Group’s higher interest income ratio was realized through earning a higher yield on interest-earning assets (4.97% versus 4.86% for the Company).  The Company’s lower interest expense ratio was supported by maintenance of a lower cost of funds (1.12% versus 1.88% for the Peer Group), which was partially offset by the Peer Group’s maintenance of a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.  Overall, First Connecticut and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.61% and 3.11%, respectively.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.10
 
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended September 30, 2010
                                                               
           
Net Interest Income
         
Other Income
       
                             
Loss
   
NII
                     
Total
 
     
Net
                     
Provis.
   
After
   
Loan
   
R.E.
   
Other
   
Other
 
     
Income
   
Income
   
Expense
   
NII
   
on IEA
   
Provis.
   
Fees
   
Oper.
   
Income
   
Income
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                           
September 30, 2010
    0.45 %     4.51 %     0.89 %     3.61 %     0.39 %     3.23 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.30 %     0.30 %
                                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                                               
Averages
    0.00 %     4.67 %     1.62 %     3.06 %     0.88 %     2.17 %     0.02 %     -0.08 %     0.82 %     0.76 %
Medians
    0.35 %     4.71 %     1.59 %     3.07 %     0.52 %     2.44 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     0.58 %     0.54 %
                                                                                   
State of CT
                                                                               
Averages
    0.33 %     4.07 %     1.30 %     2.77 %     0.25 %     2.53 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.01 %     1.01 %
Medians
    0.33 %     4.07 %     1.30 %     2.78 %     0.25 %     2.53 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.02 %     1.01 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
Averages
    0.57 %     4.70 %     1.59 %     3.11 %     0.39 %     2.72 %     0.01 %     -0.03 %     0.46 %     0.44 %
Medians
    0.52 %     4.81 %     1.45 %     3.19 %     0.30 %     2.86 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.49 %     0.48 %
                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.30 %     4.19 %     1.54 %     2.65 %     0.56 %     2.09 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.20 %     0.20 %
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    0.46 %     5.15 %     2.25 %     2.90 %     0.67 %     2.24 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    1.02 %     4.98 %     1.44 %     3.55 %     0.19 %     3.35 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.05 %     0.05 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    0.41 %     4.80 %     1.45 %     3.34 %     0.51 %     2.84 %     0.00 %     -0.07 %     0.59 %     0.52 %
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.67 %     4.82 %     1.41 %     3.41 %     0.21 %     3.20 %     0.01 %     -0.04 %     0.49 %     0.45 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.43 %     4.67 %     2.02 %     2.65 %     0.21 %     2.44 %     0.05 %     -0.11 %     0.67 %     0.60 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    0.68 %     4.84 %     1.80 %     3.04 %     0.15 %     2.89 %     0.00 %     0.01 %     0.42 %     0.42 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    0.86 %     4.74 %     1.18 %     3.56 %     0.39 %     3.18 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.56 %     0.58 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    0.58 %     4.89 %     1.42 %     3.47 %     0.20 %     3.27 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.75 %     0.75 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    0.29 %     3.93 %     1.41 %     2.52 %     0.82 %     1.69 %     0.00 %     -0.03 %     0.34 %     0.31 %
 
     
G&A/Other Exp.
   
Non-Op. Items
   
Yields, Costs, and Spreads
             
                                               
MEMO:
   
MEMO:
 
     
G&A
   
Goodwill
   
Net
   
Extrao.
   
Yield
   
Cost
   
Yld-Cost
   
Assets/
   
Effective
 
     
Expense
   
Amort.
   
Gains
   
Items
   
On Assets
   
Of Funds
   
Spread
   
FTE Emp.
   
Tax Rate
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                     
September 30, 2010
    2.99 %     0.00 %     0.10 %     0.00 %     4.86 %     1.12 %     3.74 %   $ 5,817       29.03 %
                                                                           
All Public Companies
                                                                       
Averages
    2.81 %     0.07 %     0.05 %     0.00 %     5.00 %     1.86 %     3.14 %   $ 6,079       31.12 %
Medians
    2.75 %     0.00 %     0.03 %     0.00 %     4.98 %     1.84 %     3.20 %   $ 4,889       31.63 %
                                                                           
State of CT
                                                                       
Averages
    2.83 %     0.07 %     -0.12 %     0.00 %     4.49 %     1.53 %     2.97 %   $ 4,908       23.18 %
Medians
    2.83 %     0.07 %     -0.12 %     0.00 %     4.49 %     1.53 %     2.97 %   $ 4,908       23.18 %
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    2.32 %     0.02 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     4.97 %     1.88 %     3.09 %   $ 7,148       27.86 %
Medians
    2.34 %     0.00 %     0.03 %     0.00 %     5.10 %     1.80 %     3.19 %   $ 7,072       29.62 %
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    1.96 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     4.51 %     1.88 %     2.63 %   $ 8,169       11.40 %
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    1.89 %     0.00 %     -0.12 %     0.00 %     5.36 %     2.50 %     2.86 %   $ 7,902       36.40 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    1.71 %     0.05 %     0.07 %     0.00 %     5.15 %     1.79 %     3.36 %   $ 11,321       40.34 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    2.74 %     0.04 %     -0.31 %     0.00 %     5.27 %     1.66 %     3.61 %   $ 5,245    
NM
 
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    2.86 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.00 %     5.11 %     1.61 %     3.51 %   $ 7,072       15.47 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    2.59 %     0.00 %     0.15 %     0.00 %     4.87 %     2.46 %     2.40 %  
NM
      29.01 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    2.21 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     5.08 %     2.07 %     3.01 %   $ 5,780       38.66 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    2.47 %     0.00 %     0.11 %     0.00 %     4.97 %     1.31 %     3.66 %   $ 5,663       35.56 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    2.77 %     0.01 %     -0.17 %     0.00 %     5.16 %     1.69 %     3.48 %   $ 5,722       29.62 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    1.98 %     0.00 %     0.32 %     0.00 %     4.20 %     1.81 %     2.39 %   $ 7,460       14.27 %
 
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.11
 
In another key area of core earnings strength, the Peer Group maintained a lower level of operating expenses than the Company.  For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 2.99% and 2.34%, respectively.  Consistent with the Peer Group’s lower operating expense ratio, the Peer Group maintained a comparatively lower number of employees relative to its asset size.  Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $5.8 million for the Company, versus a comparable measure of $7.1 million for the Peer Group.  In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s higher operating expense ratio could in part be attributed to maintaining a higher concentration of interest-earning assets in loans and a higher concentration of interest-bearing liabilities in deposits, given the higher costs associated with generating and servicing loans and deposits as compared to cash and investments and borrowings.  On a post-offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of stock benefit plans and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group’s operating expenses.  At the same time, First Connecticut’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s leverage capacity following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.
 
When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities.  In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings were slightly lower than the Peer Group’s.  Expense coverage ratios posted by First Connecticut and the Peer Group equaled 1.21x and 1.33x, respectively.
 
Non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Peer Group’s earnings, as non-interest operating income equaled 0.30% and 0.44% of First Connecticut’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively.  Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, First Connecticut’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 76.5% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 65.4%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.12
 
Loan loss provisions had an equal impact on First Connecticut’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, as loan loss provisions established by the Company and the Peer Group both equaled 0.39% of average assets, respectively.  The similar impact of loan loss provisions on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s respective earnings were indicative of their relatively comparable credit quality measures (see Table 3.6).
 
Net gains and losses realized from the sale of assets and other non-operating items equaled a net gain of 0.10% of average assets for the Company, versus a net gain equal to 0.01% of average assets for the Peer Group.  The net gain recorded by the Company was primarily attributable to gains on the sale of investment securities and, to a lesser extent, gains on loans sold to the secondary market.  To the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor for an institution.  However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income.  Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.
 
Taxes had a slightly larger impact on the Company’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 29.03% and 27.86%, respectively.  As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 33.0%.
 
Loan Composition
 
Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities and CMOs).  The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a lower concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities than maintained by the Peer Group (34.6% of assets versus 51.5% for the Peer Group).  The Company’s lower ratio was primarily attributable to maintaining a lower concentration of mortgage-backed securities, while the Company also maintained a slightly lower concentration of 1-4 family loans than the Peer Group.  Loans serviced for others equaled 2.2% and 8.9% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively, thereby indicating a more significant influence of loan servicing operations on the Peer Group’s earnings.  The Company and the Peer Group companies generally maintained modest balances of servicing intangibles.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.13
 
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of September 30, 2010
 
     
Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets
                   
            1-4    
Constr.
   
5+Unit
   
Comm.
         
RWA/
   
Serviced
   
Servicing
 
Institution
 
MBS
   
Family
   
& Land
   
Comm RE
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Assets
   
For Others
   
Assets
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
    ($000)     ($000)  
                                                               
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
    3.54 %     31.05 %     3.28 %     21.48 %     13.98 %     6.56 %     71.82 %   $ 33,840     $ 131  
                                                                           
All Public Companies
                                                                       
  Averages
    11.79 %     34.34 %     4.43 %     22.14 %     4.54 %     2.18 %     64.33 %   $ 677,423     $ 5,271  
  Medians
    10.29 %     34.15 %     3.56 %     21.17 %     3.41 %     0.54 %     64.05 %   $ 41,800     $ 134  
                                                                           
State of CT
                                                                       
  Averages
    17.34 %     30.35 %     3.08 %     14.70 %     12.17 %     0.66 %     63.10 %   $ 156,105     $ 98  
  Medians
    17.34 %     30.35 %     3.08 %     14.70 %     12.17 %     0.66 %     63.10 %   $ 156,105     $ 98  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
  Averages
    15.72 %     35.76 %     2.86 %     19.09 %     6.83 %     3.97 %     65.79 %   $ 138,309     $ 785  
  Medians
    16.06 %     33.70 %     2.29 %     16.27 %     6.59 %     0.16 %     66.08 %   $ 40,540     $ 226  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    18.17 %     35.42 %     9.16 %     11.15 %     1.42 %     0.02 %     60.64 %   $ 3,860     $ 29  
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    16.69 %     34.60 %     2.43 %     15.34 %     8.41 %     16.44 %     76.81 %   $ 139,160     $ 828  
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    4.38 %     13.41 %     0.58 %     35.09 %     12.13 %     21.09 %     83.84 %   $ 33,680     $ 134  
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    5.32 %     30.65 %     2.15 %     35.47 %     5.07 %     0.10 %     78.51 %   $ 3,830     $ 8  
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    10.82 %     15.98 %     4.39 %     23.96 %     15.64 %     0.13 %     71.53 %   $ 120,600     $ 390  
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    18.26 %     60.46 %     1.01 %     4.93 %     2.29 %     0.18 %     46.16 %   $ 47,400     $ 318  
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    1.43 %     70.65 %     2.10 %     6.84 %     0.65 %     0.08 %     52.13 %   $ 3,390     $ 22  
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    15.43 %     53.50 %     2.44 %     16.19 %     3.45 %     0.03 %     58.73 %   $ 933,650     $ 5,661  
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    17.73 %     32.80 %     3.49 %     25.55 %     8.10 %     1.38 %     75.93 %   $ 87,880     $ 456  
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    48.94 %     10.19 %     0.81 %     16.34 %     11.11 %     0.24 %     53.58 %   $ 9,640     $ 0  
 
Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe  are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.14
 
Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group companies on average.  Commercial real estate/multi-family loans represented the most significant area of lending diversification for the Company (21.5% of assets), followed by commercial business loans (14.0% of assets).  The Peer Group’s lending diversification also consisted primarily of commercial real estate/multi-family loans (19.1% of assets), followed by commercial business loans (6.8% of assets).  Other areas of lending diversification for the Company consisted of consumer loans (6.6% of assets) and construction/land loans (3.3% of assets), while the balance of the Peer Group’s loan portfolio composition consisted of consumer loans (4.0% of assets) and construction/land loans (2.9% of assets).  The Company’s higher concentration of assets in loans and greater diversification into higher risk types of loans translated into a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio for the Company (71.82% versus 65.79% for the Peer Group).
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group.  In terms of balance sheet composition, First Connecticut’s interest rate risk characteristics were generally considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s.  Most notably, First Connecticut’s lower tangible capital position and lower IEA/IBL ratio indicate a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin.  Those disadvantages were partially negated by the Company’s slightly lower level of non-interest earning assets.  On a pro forma basis, the infusion of net offering proceeds should serve to diminish the Company’s disadvantages relative to the Peer Group’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.15
 
Table 3.5
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of September 30, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                         
     
Balance Sheet Measures
                                     
                 
Non-Earn.
   
Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income
 
     
Equity/
   
IEA/
   
Assets/
                                     
Institution
 
Assets
   
IBL
   
Assets
   
9/30/2010
   
6/30/2010
   
3/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
   
9/30/2009
   
6/30/2009
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)
       
                                                         
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
    6.5 %     104.1 %     5.0 %     -94       40       -26       25       59       -34  
                                                                           
All Public Companies
    10.8 %     107.5 %     6.5 %     1       1       4       6       8       3  
State of CT
    12.1 %     111.0 %     9.8 %     0       7       -1       2       9       -6  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
  Averages
    13.4 %     111.5 %     5.3 %     -2       -2       -1       10       5       6  
  Medians
    12.8 %     110.7 %     4.8 %     -1       -2       -4       5       6       7  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    16.9 %     113.1 %     7.4 %     8       -4       -4       21       -10       2  
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    10.2 %     107.4 %     4.0 %     9       -1       4       14       5       7  
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    17.0 %     120.4 %     3.2 %     7       6       8       14       -2       40  
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    10.5 %     104.6 %     9.2 %     3       19       -13       6       6       6  
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    9.9 %     107.0 %     5.9 %     -17       4       -14       44       12       7  
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    16.0 %     115.4 %     4.1 %     3       -24       -5       0       -2       9  
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    11.8 %     109.7 %     4.6 %     -16       -2       -4       -2       12       8  
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    9.0 %     106.4 %     4.3 %     -4       -2       12       -6       15       11  
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    13.8 %     111.7 %     5.2 %     -7       -6       29       4       13       -19  
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    19.1 %     119.3 %     5.0 %     -8       -13       -18       4       -1       -12  
 
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
 
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe  are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.16
 
To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for First Connecticut and the Peer Group.  In general, there was a greater degree of volatility reflected in the quarterly changes in the Company’s net interest income ratios, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5.  However, the stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, since interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of the Company’s assets.
 
Credit Risk
 
Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Company’s credit risk exposure was considered to be fairly comparable to the Peer Group’s credit risk exposure.  As shown in Table 3.6, the Company’s non-performing assets/assets and non-performing loans/loans ratios equaled 1.38% and 1.83%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 1.55% and 1.85% for the Peer Group.  The Company’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 87.41% and 97.75%, respectively.  Loss reserves maintained as percent of net loans receivable equaled 1.60% for the Company, versus 1.23% for the Peer Group.  Net loan charge-offs were a more significant for the Peer Group, as net loan charge-offs recorded by the Company and the Peer Group equaled 0.19% and 0.63% of net loans receivable, respectively.  As noted in the Loan Composition discussion, First Connecticut’s higher concentration of loans and greater diversification into higher risk types of loans translated into a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.17
 
Table 3.6
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of September 30, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                   
           
NPAs &
                     
Rsrves/
             
     
REO/
   
90+Del/
   
NPLs/
   
Rsrves/
   
Rsrves/
   
NPAs &
   
Net Loan
   
NLCs/
 
Institution
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
NPLs
   
90+Del
   
Chargoffs
   
Loans
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
                                                     
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
    0.01 %     1.38 %     1.83 %     1.60 %     87.41 %     86.88 %   $ 2,195       0.19 %
                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                               
  Averages
    0.55 %     3.85 %     4.42 %     1.75 %     63.33 %     53.10 %   $ 1,482       0.72 %
  Medians
    0.24 %     2.38 %     3.05 %     1.43 %     45.29 %     38.33 %   $ 532       0.38 %
                                                                   
State of CT
                                                               
  Averages
    0.30 %     1.92 %     2.71 %     1.07 %     42.54 %     35.37 %   $ 271       0.42 %
  Medians
    0.30 %     1.92 %     2.71 %     1.07 %     42.54 %     35.37 %   $ 271       0.21 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
  Averages
    0.25 %     1.55 %     1.85 %     1.23 %     97.75 %     88.02 %   $ 1,099       0.63 %
  Medians
    0.08 %     1.01 %     1.33 %     1.06 %     77.77 %     73.41 %   $ 581       0.18 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    1.59 %     2.61 %     1.75 %     0.65 %     37.12 %     14.27 %   $ 2,472       1.37 %
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    0.08 %     0.96 %     1.29 %     2.37 %     121.72 %     126.68 %   $ 443       0.21 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.03 %     0.62 %     0.57 %     1.39 %     242.12 %     182.89 %   $ 826       0.15 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
    0.40 %     5.25 %     6.24 %     1.63 %     26.10 %     22.80 %   $ 1,985       1.01 %
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.03 %     0.73 %     1.05 %     0.95 %     89.87 %     85.98 %   $ 634       0.15 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.19 %     1.18 %     2.02 %     1.01 %     50.02 %     59.33 %   $ 100       0.05 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
    0.01 %     0.48 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     100.71 %     98.27 %   $ 267       0.16 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    0.10 %     2.25 %     2.83 %     1.10 %     38.96 %     37.21 %   $ 153       0.04 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    0.08 %     1.06 %     1.37 %     0.90 %     65.66 %     60.84 %   $ 527       0.19 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    0.02 %     0.34 %     0.82 %     1.68 %     205.23 %     191.92 %   $ 3,587       2.93 %
 
Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe  are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
III.18
 
Summary
 
Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company.  Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint.  Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.
 
 
 

 

RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.1
 
IV.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.
 
Appraisal Guidelines
 
The OTS written appraisal guidelines specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution.  The FDIC, state banking agencies and other federal regulatory agencies have endorsed the OTS appraisal guidelines as the appropriate guidelines involving mutual-to-stock conversions. Pursuant to this methodology:  (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences.  In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
 
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
 
The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines.  Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques.  Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings.  It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.2
 
The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock.  Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will:  (1) review changes in First Connecticut’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor First Connecticut’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally.  If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any.  RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
 
The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts.  Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including First Connecticut’s value, or First Connecticut’s value alone.  To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
 
Valuation Analysis
 
A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III.  The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation.  Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform.  We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.3
 
1.            Financial Condition
 
The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness.  The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:
 
 
Overall A/L Composition .  Loans funded by retail deposits were the primary components of both First Connecticut’s and the Peer Group’s balance sheets.  The Company’s interest-earning asset composition exhibited a higher concentration of loans and a greater degree of diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans.  Overall, the Company’s asset composition provided for a lower yield earned on interest-earning assets and a slightly higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio than maintained by the Peer Group.  First Connecticut’s funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a lower level of borrowings than the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a lower cost of funds for the Company.  Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a similar level of interest-earning assets and a higher level interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company.  After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.
 
 
Credit Quality.   The Company’s ratios for non-performing assets and non-performing loans were similar to the comparable Peer Group ratios.  First Connecticut’s loss reserves as a percent loans and non-performing loans were slightly higher and lower relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios.  Net loan charge-offs were a more significant factor for the Peer Group.  As noted above, the Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was slightly higher than the Peer Group’s ratio.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.4
 
 
Balance Sheet Liquidity .  The Company operated with a lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (19.5% of assets versus 26.3% for the Peer Group).  Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into investments.  The Company’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be slightly greater than Peer Group, based on the lower level of borrowings funding the Company’s assets.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.
 
 
Funding Liabilities .  The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a lower cost of funds for the Company.  Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Company compared to the Peer Group’s ratio, which was attributable to First Connecticut’s lower capital position.  Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position should provide First Connecticut with a comparable level of interest-bearing liabilities as maintained by the Peer Group.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.
 
 
Capital .  The Peer Group operates with a higher equity-to-assets ratio than the Company.  However, following the stock offering, First Connecticut’s pro forma capital position will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio.  The increase in the Company’s pro forma capital position will result in greater leverage potential and reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities utilized to fund assets.  At the same time, the Company’s more significant capital surplus will likely result in a lower ROE.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.
 
On balance, First Connecticut’s balance sheet strength was considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.
 
2.            Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
 
Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings.  The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.5
 
 
Reported Earnings .  The Company’s reported earnings were lower than the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (0.45% of average assets versus 0.57% for the Peer Group).  The Company’s earnings reflected earnings advantages with respect to net interest income and net gains, which were offset by the earnings advantages maintained by the Peer Group with respect to non-interest operating income and operating expenses.  Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by higher operating expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company and the implementation of stock benefit plans.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Company’s reported earnings were a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
Core Earnings .  Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings were derived largely from recurring sources, including net interest income, operating expenses, and non-interest operating income.  In these measures, the Company operated with a higher net interest income ratio, a higher operating expense ratio and a lower level of non-interest operating income.  The Company’s higher ratios for net interest income and operating expenses translated into an expense coverage ratio that was slightly lower than the Peer Group’s ratio (1.21x versus 1.33x for the Peer Group).  Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio of 76.5% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 65.4%, as the Company higher net interest income ratio was more than offset by the Peer Group’s higher ratio for non-interest operating income and lower ratio for operating expenses.  Loss provisions had an equal impact on the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings.  Likewise, effective tax rates for the Company and the Peer Group were also similar.  Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Company should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans and operating as a publicly-traded company, indicate that the Company’s core earnings were not quite as strong as the Peer Group’s core earnings.  Therefore, core earnings were a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
Interest Rate Risk .  Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a higher degree of volatility was associated with the Company’s net interest margin.  Other measures of interest rate risk, such as capital and IEA/IBL ratios, were more favorable for the Peer Group, thereby indicating a lower dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income.  On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that are more comparable to the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets.  Accordingly, on balance, this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.6
 
 
Credit Risk .  Loan loss provisions were an equal factor in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, amounting to 0.39% of average assets for both the Company and the Peer Group.  In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, the Company maintained a higher concentration of assets in loans and lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was more significant for the Company, which translated into a higher risk weighed assets-to-assets ratio for the Company.  Credit quality measures for non-performing assets and loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans and loans were fairly similar for the Company and the Peer Group.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that earnings credit risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
Earnings Growth Potential .  Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential.  First, the Company maintained a more favorable interest rate spread than the Peer Group, which would tend to support a stronger net interest margin going forward for the Company.  Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Company with comparable growth potential through leverage as currently maintained by the Peer Group.  Lastly, the Peer Group’s more favorable efficiency ratio, which was supported by maintenance of a lower operating expense ratio and a higher ratio of non-interest operating income, implies greater earnings growth potential and sustainability of earnings during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates.  Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
Return on Equity .  Currently, the Company’s ROE is above the Peer Group’s ROE, which is facilitated by the Company’s lower capital position.  As the result of the significant increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s ROE.  Accordingly, this was a neutral factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
On balance, First Connecticut’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be fairly comparable to the Peer Group’s and, thus, no adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.7
 
3.            Asset Growth
 
First Connecticut’s asset growth rate exceeded the Peer Group’s growth rate during the period covered in our comparative analysis (27.3% versus 9.8% for the Peer Group).  The Company’s growth rates for loans and cash and investments exceeded the comparable Peer Group growth rates.  The Peer Group’s growth was supported by acquisition related growth, while the Company’s growth consisted entirely of organic growth.  On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating comparable leverage capacity for the Company.  On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was warranted for asset growth.
 
4.            Primary Market Area
 
The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served.  First Connecticut’s primary market area is Hartford County, where all of the Company’s office locations are maintained.  Hartford County is a mix of suburban and urban markets, which has experienced modest population growth over the past decade.  Hartford County’s per capital income is less than Connecticut’s per capita income, but above the U.S. per capita income.  The relatively large population base in Hartford County has also fostered a highly competitive banking environment, in which the Company competes against other community banks as well as institutions with a regional or national presence.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.8
 
The Peer Group companies generally operate in suburban and urban markets as well, which all had smaller populations compared to Hartford County.  The markets served by the Peer Group companies reflected a wide range of population growth rates, but the median population growth rate for the Peer Group’s markets matched Hartford County’s population growth rate over the past decade.  The Peer Group’s markets had slightly lower per capita income compared to Hartford County, but the Peer Group’s median per capita income as a percent of their state’s per capita income was in line with Hartford County’s per capita income as a percent of Connecticut’s per capita income.  The average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were above the Company’s market share of deposits in Hartford County.  Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be less than faced by First Connecticut in Hartford County, while the growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be similar to First Connecticut’s market area.  Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-4.  As shown in Table 4.1, October 2010 unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were on average comparable to Hartford County’s unemployment rate of 9.0%.  On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.
 
Table 4.1
Market Area Unemployment Rates
First Connecticut and the Peer Group Companies(1)
 
       
October 2010
 
   
County
 
Unemployment
 
             
First Connecticut Bancorp - CT
 
Hartford
    9.0 %
             
Peer Group Average
        8.8 %
             
Abington Bancorp, Inc. – PA
 
Montgomery
    7.2 %
Beacon Federal Bancorp – NY
 
Onondaga
    7.3  
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. – MA
 
Norfolk
    6.8  
Cape Bancorp, Inc. – NJ
 
Cape May
    10.4  
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. - MA
 
Essex
    8.0  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. – PA
 
Monroe
    9.7  
Ocean Shore Holding Co. – NJ
 
Cape May
    10.4  
OceanFirst Financial Corp. – NJ
 
Ocean
    9.3  
United Financial Bancorp - MA
 
Hampden
    9.4  
Westfield Financial Inc. – MA
 
Hampden
    9.4  
             
(1)  Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.            
             
Source:  U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.            
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.9
 
5.            Dividends
 
At this time the Company has not established a dividend policy.  Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.
 
Nine out of the ten of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.00% to 3.68%.  The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 2.02% as of December 14, 2010.  As of December 14, 2010, approximately 61% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 1.77%.  The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
 
While the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization.  On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.
 
6.            Liquidity of the Shares
 
The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets.  All ten of the Peer Group companies trade on the NASDAQ.    Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock.  The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $72.9 million to $625.5 million as of December 14, 2010, with average and median market values of $238.3 million and $241.5 million, respectively.  The shares issued and outstanding for the Peer Group companies ranged from 6.4 million to 59.1 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 20.4 million and 17.5 million, respectively.  The Company’s stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be within the ranges of market values and shares outstanding indicated for the Peer Group companies, but will be less than Peer Group’s averages and medians indicated for market value and shares outstanding.  Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will be quoted on the NASDAQ following the stock offering.  Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s public stock will have a comparable trading market as the majority of the Peer Group companies and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.10
 
7.            Marketing of the Issue
 
We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as First Connecticut:  (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history;  and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Connecticut.  All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.
 
A.            The Public Market
 
The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations.  Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts.  In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general.  Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks.  Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.11
 
In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters.  More signs of the economy gaining strength sustained the positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of the second quarter of 2010.  The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed above 11000 heading into mid-April, based on growing optimism about corporate earnings and a recovering economy.  Fraud charges against Goldman Sachs halted a six day rally in the market in mid-April, as financial stocks led a one day sell-off in the broader market.  The broader stock market generally sustained a positive trend during the second half of April, with encouraging first quarter earnings reports and favorable economic data supporting the gains.  Financial stocks pulled the broader stock market lower at the end of April on news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs.  The sell-off in the stock market sharpened during the first week of May, largely on the basis of heightened concerns about possible ripple effects stemming from Greece’s credit crisis.  Stocks surged after European Union leaders agreed to a massive bailout to prevent Greece’s financial troubles from spreading throughout the region, but then reversed course heading into the second half of May on continued worries about the fallout from Europe’s credit crisis and an unexpected increase in U.S. jobless claims.  China’s promise not to unload its European debt sparked a one-day rally in late-May, which was followed by a lower close for the DJIA on the last trading day of May as a downgrade of Spain’s credit rekindled investors’ fears about Europe’s economy.  Overall, it was the worst May for the DJIA since 1940.  Volatility in the broader stock market continued to prevail in early-June.  A rebound in energy shares provided for the third biggest daily gain in the DJIA for 2010, which was followed by a one day decline of over 300 points in the DJIA as weaker than expected employment numbers for May sent the DJIA to a close below 10000.  The DJIA rallied back over 10000 in mid-June, as stocks were boosted by upbeat comments from the European Central Bank, a rebound in energy stocks, tame inflation data and some regained confidence in the global economic recovery.  Weak housing data for May and persistent worries about the global economy pulled stocks lower in late-June. The DJIA closed out the second quarter of 2010 at a new low for the year, reflecting a decline of 10% for the second quarter.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.12
 
A disappointing employment report for June 2010 extended the selling during the first week of July.  Following seven consecutive days of closing lower, the DJIA posted a gain as bargain hunters entered the market.  Some strong earnings reports at the start of second quarter earnings season and upbeat data on jobs supported a seven day winning streak in the broader stock market and pushed the DJIA through the 10000 mark going into mid-July.  Renewed concerns about the economy snapped the seven day winning streak in the DJIA, although losses in the broader stock market were pared on news that Goldman Sachs reached a settlement with the SEC.  Stocks slumped heading into the second half of July, as Bank of America and Citigroup reported disappointing second quarter earnings and an early-July consumer confidence report showed that consumers were becoming more pessimistic.  Favorable second quarter earnings supported a rally in the broader stock market in late-July, with the DJIA moving back into positive territory for the year.  Overall, the DJIA was up 7.1% for the month of July, which was its strongest performance in a year.
 
Better-than-expected economic data helped to sustain the stock market rally at the beginning of August 2010, but stocks eased lower following the disappointing employment report for July.  Stocks skidded lower heading into mid-August, as investors dumped stocks amid worries over slowing economic growth.  The downturn in the broader stock market accelerated in the second half of August, as a number of economic reports for July showed the economy was losing momentum which more than overshadowed a pick-up in merger activity.  The DJIA had its worst August in nearly a decade, with the DJIA showing a loss of over 4% for the month.  Stocks rebounded in the first half of September, as a favorable report on manufacturing activity in August and a better-than-expected employment report for August supported gains in the broader stock market.  News of more takeovers, robust economic growth in China and passage of new global regulations for how much capital banks must maintain extended the rally into the third week of September, as the DJIA moved to a one month high.  Despite a favorable report for August retail sales, worries about the European economy snapped a four day winning streak in the DJIA in mid-September.  The DJIA closed higher for the third week in row heading into the second half of September, as stocks edged higher on positive earnings news coming out of the technology sector and merger activity.  The positive trend in stock market continued for a fourth consecutive week in late-September, as investors viewed a rise in August business spending as a sign the recovery was on firmer ground.  Stocks closed out the third quarter trading slightly lower on profit taking, but overall the DJIA showed a gain of 10.4% for the quarter and, thereby, reversing losses suffered in the second quarter.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.13
 
Stocks leapt to a five-month high at the start of the fourth quarter of 2010, as investors responded to signals that the Federal Reserve was poised to step in to prop up the U.S. economy.  September employment data, which showed a loss of jobs and no change in the unemployment rate, translated into a mixed trading market ahead of third quarter earnings season kicking into high gear.  Stocks traded unevenly in the second half of October, as investors responded to generally favorable third quarter earnings reports and concerns that the foreclosure crisis could spread into the overall economy.  The DJIA surged to a two-year high in early-November, as investors were encouraged by the Federal Reserve’s plan to support the economy and better-than-expected job growth reflected in the October employment report.  Stocks reversed course heading into mid-November, amid concerns over Europe’s debt problems, the potential impact of the Federal Reserve’s stimulus plan and slower growth in China.  A favorable report on jobless claims hitting a two year low helped stocks to rebound heading into late-November, which was followed by a downturn as investors remained concern about the debt crisis in Europe.  Stocks rebounded in early-December, based on news reports that U.S. consumers felt more upbeat about the economic outlook, U.S. exports in October surged to their highest level in more than two years and retail sales increased in November.  Stocks also benefitted from a pickup in merger activity heading into mid-December.  On December 14, 2010, the DJIA closed at 11476.54, an increase of 9.8% from one year ago and an increase of 10.1% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2627.72, an increase of 19.4% from one year ago and an increase of 15.8% year-to-date.  The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1241.59 on December 14, 2010, an increase of 12.1% from one year ago and an increase of 11.3% year-to-date.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.14
 
The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat uneven in recent quarters, but in general has underperformed the broader stock market.  An improving outlook for financial stocks in general, along with positive reports for housing, employment and retail sales, boosted thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter of 2010.  A nominal increase in March consumer prices and a strong first quarter earnings report from JP Morgan Chase & Co. supported a broad rally in bank and thrift stocks heading into mid-April, which was followed by a pullback on news that the SEC charged Goldman Sachs with fraud.  Thrift stocks generally underperformed the broader stock market during the second half of April, as financial stocks in general were hurt by uncertainty about the progress of financial reform legislation, Greece’s debt crisis and news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs.  Thrift stocks retreated along the broader stock market in the first week of May, based on fears that the growing debt crisis in Europe could hurt the economic recovery.  Likewise, thrift stocks surged higher along with the broader stock market after European Union officials announced a massive bailout plan to avert a public-debt crisis and then retreated heading into the second half of May on lingering concerns about the euro.  News of rising mortgage delinquencies in the first quarter of 2010, an expected slowdown in new home construction and uncertainty over financial reform legislation further contributed to lower trading prices for thrift stocks.  Thrift stocks participated in the one-day broader market rally in late-May and then declined along with the broader stock market at the close of May.  Some positive economic reports provided a boost to thrift stocks at the start of June, which was followed a sharp decline in the sector on the disappointing employment report for May.  Gains in the broader stock market provided a boost to thrift stocks as well heading in mid-June.  Weaker-than-expected housing data for May and uncertainty surrounding the final stages of the financial reform legislation pressured thrift stocks lower in late-June.
 
Thrift stocks declined along with the broader stock market at the start of the third quarter of 2010, as home sales in May declined sharply following the expiration of a special tax credit for home buyers.  A report showing that home loan delinquencies increased in May further depressed thrift stocks, while the broader market moved higher on more attractive valuations.  Financial stocks helped to lead the stock market higher through mid-July, as State Street projected a second quarter profit well above analysts’ forecasts which fueled a more optimistic outlook for second quarter earnings reports for the financial sector in general.  Thrift stocks retreated along with the financial sector in general in mid-July, as investors reacted to disappointing retail sales data for June and weaker than expected second quarter earnings results for Bank of America and Citigroup which reflected an unexpected drop in their revenues.  Some favorable second quarter earnings reports, which included improving credit quality measures for some institutions, helped to lift the thrift sector in late-July and at the beginning of August.  Thrift stocks pulled back along with the broader market on weak employment data for July, which raised fresh concerns about the strength of the economy and the risk of deflation.  The sell-off in thrift stocks became more pronounced in the second half of August, with signs of slower growth impacting most sectors of the stock market.  Thrift stocks were particularly hard hit by the dismal housing data for July, which showed sharp declines in both existing and new home sales.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.15
 
August employment data coming in a little more favorable than expected boosted the thrift sector in early-September, which was followed by a narrow trading range into mid-September.  Financial stocks in general posted gains in mid-September after global regulators gave banks eight years to meet tighter capital requirements, but then slipped lower going into the second half of September on mixed economic data.  The thrift sector traded in a narrow range during the second half of September, with financial stocks in general underperforming the broader stock market during the third quarter.  The divergence in the performance of financial stocks from the broader stock market was attributed to factors such as the uncertain impact of financial reform legislation would have on the earnings of financial institutions and ongoing problems resulting from the collapse of the U.S. housing market.
 
The weak employment report for September 2010 and growing concerns about the fallout of alleged foreclosure abuses weighed on bank and thrift stocks during the first half of October, as financial stocks continued to underperform the broader stock market.  Some better-than-expected earnings reports provided a slight boost to bank and thrift stocks heading into the second half of October, which was followed by a downturn in late-October on lackluster economic data.  Financial stocks led the market higher in early-November, which was supported by the Federal Reserve’s announcement that it would purchase $600 billion of Treasury bonds over the next eight months to stimulate the economy.  Profit taking and weakness in the broader stock market pulled thrift stocks lower heading into mid-November.  Ongoing concerns about debt problems in Ireland, weak housing data for home sales in October and a widening insider trading investigation by the U.S. government pressured financial stocks lower heading into late-November.  Favorable reports for retail sales and pending home sales helped thrift stocks move higher along with the broader stock market in early-December.  Expectations of a pick-up in merger activity in the financial sector contributed to gains in the thrift sector as well during the second week of December.  A report showing a rise in consumer confidence in early-December also provided a modest boost to thrift stocks heading into mid-December.  On December 14, 2010, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 562.9, a decrease of 0.3% from one year ago and a decrease of 4.1% year-to-date.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.16
 
B.            The New Issue Market
 
In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value.  The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically:  (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials.  The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value.  Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
 
As shown in Table 4.2, four standard conversions and three second-step conversions were completed during the past three months.  The standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for purposes of our analysis.  The stocks of two of the standard conversions trade through the OTC Bulletin Board and the other two trade on NASDAQ.  The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the four recent standard conversion offerings equaled 53.9%.  On average, the four standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 13.1% after the first week of trading. As of December 14, 2010, the four recent standard conversion offerings reflected a 10.5% increase in price on average.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 
Valuation Analysis
IV.17
 
Table 4.2
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
 
Institutional Information
 
Pre-Conversion Data
   
Offering Information
   
Contribution to
   
Insider Purchases
       
         
Financial Info.
   
Asset Quality
                           
Charitable Found.
   
% Off Incl. Fdn.
             
                                                                     
Benefit Plans
         
Initial
 
 
Conver.
           
Equity/
   
NPAs/
   
Res.
   
Gross
   
%
   
% of
   
Exp./
         
% of
         
Recog.
   
Stk
   
Mgmt.&
   
Dividend
 
Institution
 
Date
  Ticker
 
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Cov.
   
Proc.
   
Offered
   
Mid.
   
Proc.
   
Form
   
Offering
   
ESOP
   
Plans
   
Option
   
Dirs.
   
Yield
 
         
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($Mil.)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
         
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)(2)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                                 
Standard Conversions
                                                                                           
                                                                                                 
SP Bancorp, Inc. - TX*(5)
11/1/10
 
SPBC-NASDAQ
  $ 222       7.79 %     2.87 %     31 %   $ 17.3       100 %     115 %     9.1 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     10.1 %     0.00 %
Standard Financial Corp. - PA*
10/7/10
 
STND-NASDAQ
  $ 396       11.23 %     0.62 %     278 %   $ 33.6       100 %     112 %     4.3 %     C/S     $ 200K/3.5 %     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     4.8 %     0.00 %
Madison Bancorp, Inc. - MD
10/7/10
 
MDSN-OTCBB
  $ 151       6.15 %     0.58 %     76 %   $ 6.1       100 %     87 %     12.0 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      7.0 %     3.0 %     10.0 %     10.0 %     0.00 %
Century Next Fin. Corp. - LA*
10/1/10
 
CTUY-OTCBB
  $ 91       9.70 %     0.35 %     57 %   $ 10.6       100 %     132 %     7.1 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     18.8 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Standard Conversions:     $ 215       8.72 %     1.11 %     111 %   $ 16.9       100 %     112 %     8.1 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      7.8 %     3.8 %     10.0 %     10.9 %     0.00 %
  Medians - Standard Conversions:     $ 186       8.75 %     0.60 %     67 %   $ 13.9       100 %     114 %     8.1 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     10.1 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                               
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                               
Heritage Financial Grp, Inc. - GA
11/30/10
 
HBOS-NASDAQ
  $ 662       9.42 %     1.59 %     80 %   $ 65.9       76 %     92 %     5.7 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      5.0 %     2.5 %     6.8 %     0.2 %     0.00 %
Kaiser Fed. Fin. Grp., Inc. - CA*(5)
11/191/10
 
KFFG-NASDAQ
  $ 867       10.92 %     3.79 %     42 %   $ 63.8       67 %     85 %     6.9 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      6.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     0.2 %     0.00 %
FedFirst Financial Corp., - PA*
9/21/10
 
FFCO-NASDAQ
  $ 356       12.37 %     0.78 %     157 %   $ 17.2       58 %     85 %     10.6 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      0.0 %     3.4 %     8.5 %     2.0 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Second Step Conversions:     $ 628       10.90 %     2.05 %     92.84 %   $ 49.0       67 %     87 %     7.7 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      3.7 %     3.3 %     8.4 %     0.8 %     0.00 %
  Medians - Second Step Conversions:     $ 662       10.92 %     1.59 %     80.00 %   $ 63.8       67 %     85 %     6.9 %  
N.A.
   
N.A.
      5.0 %     3.4 %     8.5 %     0.2 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                               
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                       
            NONE
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                          
  Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - All Conversions:     $ 392       9.65 %     1.51 %     102.97 %   $ 30.6       86 %     101 %     8.0 %  
NA
   
NA
      6.0 %     3.6 %     9.3 %     6.6 %     0.00 %
  Medians - All Conversions:     $ 356       9.70 %     0.78 %     76.09 %   $ 17.3       100 %     92 %     7.1 %  
NA
   
NA
      7.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     4.8 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                               
 
Institutional Information
 
Pro Forma Data
         
Post-IPO Pricing Trends
 
         
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Financial Charac.
         
Closing Price:
 
                                                   
First
         
After
         
After
                   
 
Conver.
           
Core
         
Core
         
Core
   
IPO
   
Trading
   
%
   
First
   
%
   
First
   
%
   
Thru
   
%
 
Institution
 
Date
  Ticker
 
 
P/TB
      P/E       P/A    
ROA
   
TE/A
   
ROE
   
Price
   
Day
   
Change
   
Week(4)
   
Change
   
Month(5)
   
Change
   
12/14/10
   
Change
 
         
(%)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                                     
Standard Conversions
                                                                                               
                                                                                                     
SP Bancorp, Inc. - TX*(5)
11/1/10
 
SPBC-NASDAQ
    55.9 %  
NM
      7.3 %     -0.1 %     13.1 %     -0.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 9.40       -6.0 %   $ 9.34       -6.6 %   $ 9.20       -8.0 %   $ 8.98       -10.2 %
Standard Financial Corp. - PA*
10/7/10
 
STND-NASDAQ
    55.2 %     12.1 x     8.2 %     0.7 %     15.2 %     4.6 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.90       19.0 %   $ 11.89       18.9 %   $ 12.95       29.5 %   $ 13.51       35.1 %
Madison Bancorp, Inc. - MD
10/7/10
 
MDSN-OTCBB
    43.4 %  
NM
      3.9 %     -0.3 %     9.0 %     -3.6 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %
Century Next Fin. Corp. - LA*
10/1/10
 
CTUY-OTCBB
    61.0 %     26.1 x     10.7 %     0.4 %     17.5 %     2.3 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 11.50       15.0 %   $ 11.00       10.0 %   $ 11.20       12.0 %
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Standard Conversions:       53.9 %     19.1 x     7.5 %     0.2 %     13.7 %     0.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.58       15.8 %   $ 11.31       13.08 %   $ 11.41       14.13 %   $ 11.05       10.48 %
  Medians - Standard Conversions:       55.5 %     19.1 x     7.8 %     0.2 %     14.2 %     0.9 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.20       22.0 %   $ 11.70       16.95 %   $ 11.75       17.50 %   $ 10.85       8.50 %
                                                                                                                               
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                               
Heritage Financial Grp, Inc. - GA
11/30/10
 
HBOS-NASDAQ
    74.4 %     51.4       12.1 %     0.2 %     16.3 %     1.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.78       7.8 %   $ 10.78       7.8 %
Kaiser Fed. Fin. Grp., Inc. - CA*(5)
11/191/10
 
KFFG-NASDAQ
    66.6 %     27.8       10.4 %     0.4 %     15.7 %     2.3 %   $ 10.00     $ 9.99       -0.1 %   $ 9.60       -4.0 %   $ 9.96       -0.4 %   $ 9.96       -0.4 %
FedFirst Financial Corp., - PA*
9/21/10
 
FFCO-NASDAQ
    52.0 %     34.2       8.1 %     0.2 %     15.6 %     1.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.00       10.0 %   $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.20       12.0 %   $ 13.05       30.5 %
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Second Step Conversions:       64.3 %     37.8 x     10.2 %     0.3 %     15.9 %     1.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.41       4.1 %   $ 10.36       3.6 %   $ 10.65       6.5 %   $ 11.26       12.6 %
  Medians - Second Step Conversions:       66.6 %     34.2 x     10.4 %     0.2 %     15.7 %     1.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.78       7.8 %   $ 10.78       7.8 %
                                                                                                                               
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                       
            NONE
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                          
  Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                               
  Averages - All Conversions:       58.3 %     30.3 x     8.7 %     0.2 %     14.6 %     1.2 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.08       10.8 %   $ 10.90       9.0 %   $ 11.08       10.8 %   $ 11.14       11.4 %
    Medians - All Conversions:       55.9 %     27.8 x     8.2 %     0.2 %     15.6 %     1.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.00       10.0 %   $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.00       10.0 %   $ 10.78       7.8 %
                                                                                                                               
 
Note:  * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan.   NT” - Not Traded; “NA - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
 
 (1)  Non-OTS regulated thrift.
 (2)  As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
 (3)  Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
 (4)  Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
 (5)  Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
 (6)  Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
 (7)  Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
 (8)  Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
 (9)  Former credit union.
 
December 14, 2010
 
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.18
 
Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ or an Exchange, two of which were second-step offerings.  The current P/TB ratio of the fully-converted recent conversions equaled 67.38%, based on closing stock prices as of December 14, 2010.
 
C.            The Acquisition Market
 
Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on the Company’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions and banks operating in Connecticut.  As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there was one Connecticut acquisition of a thrift completed from the beginning of 2006 through year-to-date 2010, and there is currently one acquisition pending for a Connecticut thrift institution.  To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence First Connecticut’s stock.  However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in First Connecticut’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.
 
*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
 
In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks.  Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. 
VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.19
 
Table 4.3
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of December 14, 2010
                                                                           
     
Market
   
Per Share Data
                                                 
     
Capitalization
   
Core
   
Book
                                 
Dividends(4)
 
     
Price/
   
Market
   
12 Month
   
Value/
   
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Amount/
         
Payout
 
Financial Institution
 
Share(1)
   
Value
   
EPS(2)
   
Share
    P/E     P/B     P/A    
P/TB
   
P/Core
   
Share
   
Yield
   
Ratio(5)
 
     
($)
   
($Mil)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(x)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                 
All Public Companies
  $ 10.23     $ 289.45     ($ 0.10 )   $ 13.08       17.88 x     77.90 %     9.36 %     85.88 %     17.71 x   $ 0.22       1.80 %     26.95 %
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
  $ 11.21     $ 57.80     $ 0.33     $ 17.58       27.32 x     64.41 %     10.44 %     67.38 %     26.34 x   $ 0.15       1.39 %     22.22 %
                                                                                                   
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
                                                                                               
FFCO
FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA
  $ 13.18     $ 39.45     $ 0.37     $ 19.90       36.61 x     66.23 %     11.44 %     67.80 %     35.62 x   $ 0.12       0.91 %     33.33 %
HBOSD
Heritage Financial Group, Inc. of GA
  $ 10.74     $ 93.56     $ 0.19     $ 13.74    
NM
      78.17 %     13.01 %     79.91 %  
NM
    $ 0.43       4.00 %  
NM
 
KFFG
Kaiser Federal Financial Group of CA
  $ 9.85     $ 94.18     $ 0.36     $ 15.45       27.36 x     63.75 %     10.24 %     65.54 %     27.36 x   $ 0.20       2.03 %     55.56 %
SPBC
SP Bancorp, Inc. of Plano, TX
  $ 8.99     $ 15.51     ($ 0.08 )   $ 17.90    
NM
      50.22 %     6.59 %     50.22 %  
NM
    $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
STND
Standard Financial Corp. of PA
  $ 13.31     $ 46.29     $ 0.83     $ 20.91       17.99 x     63.65 %     10.92 %     73.41 %     16.04 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
 
     
Financial Characteristics(6)
 
     
Total
   
Equity/
   
Tang Eq/
   
NPAs/
   
Reported
   
Core
 
Financial Institution
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
ROA
   
ROE
 
     
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                   
All Public Companies
  $ 2,654       11.39 %     10.98 %     3.85 %     -0.07 %     0.57 %     -0.11 %     -0.19 %
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
  $ 529       12.07 %     19.56 %     1.72 %     0.23 %     1.58 %     0.31 %     3.52 %
                                                                   
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
                                                               
FFCO
FedFirst Financial Corp. of PA
  $ 345       17.30 %     16.96 %     0.76 %     0.31 %     2.33 %     0.32 %     2.39 %
HBOSD
Heritage Financial Group, Inc. of GA
  $ 719       7.35 %     7.17 %     2.49 %     -0.19 %     -2.64 %     0.23 %     3.13 %
KFFG
Kaiser Federal Financial Group of CA
  $ 920       7.41 %     45.38 %  
NA
      0.37 %     5.05 %     0.37 %     5.05 %
SPBC
SP Bancorp, Inc. of Plano, TX
  $ 235       13.10 %     13.10 %     1.91 %     0.07 %  
NM
      -0.06 %  
NM
 
STND
Standard Financial Corp. of PA
  $ 424       15.20 %     15.20 %  
NA
      0.61 %  
NM
      0.68 %  
NM
 
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4)
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7)
Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.20
 
8.            Management
 
The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations.  Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management.  The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure.  The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.
 
Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies.  Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
 
9.            Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
 
In summary, as a fully-converted, FDIC insured institution, First Connecticut will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members -- all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions.  Exhibit IV-6 reflects First Connecticut’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios.  On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.
 
Summary of Adjustments
 
Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to  the Peer Group:
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.21
 
Key Valuation Parameters :
Valuation Adjustment
   
Financial Condition
No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
No Adjustment
Asset Growth
Slight Upward
Primary Market Area
No Adjustment
Dividends
No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares
No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue
Slight Downward
Management
No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform
No Adjustment
 
Valuation Approaches
 
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted by the other federal regulatory agencies and state banking agencies, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock – price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches – all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds.  In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).
 
In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.
 
RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
 
 
P/E Approach .  The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock.  Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation.  At the same time, recognizing that the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.22
 
 
P/B Approach .  P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds.  RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches.  We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.
 
 
P/A Approach .  P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings.  Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio.  At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.
 
The Company will adopt Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares.  For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted.  However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
 
Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of December 14, 2010, the pro forma market value of First Connecticut’s conversion stock was $119,600,000 at the midpoint, equal to 11,960,000 shares at $10.00 per share.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.23
 
1.            Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) .  The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base.  In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds.  The Company’s reported earnings equaled $6.152 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  In deriving First Connecticut’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate gains on investments and loans sold, which equaled $965,000 and $408,000, respectively, for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  As shown below, on a tax effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 33.0% for earnings adjustments, the Company’s core earnings were determined to equal $5.232 million for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.  (Note:  see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).
 
   
Amount
 
    ($000)  
         
Net income
  $ 6,152  
Deduct: Gain on sale of investments(1)
    (647 )
Deduct: Gain on loans sold(1)
    (273 )
Core earnings estimate
  $ 5,232  
         
(1)  Tax effected at 33.0%.        
 
Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $119.6 million midpoint value equaled 23.01 times and 27.97 times, respectively, which provided for premiums 0.92% and 47.83% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 22.80 times and 18.92 times, respectively (see Table 4.4).  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 22.03 times and 17.00 times, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 4.45% and 64.53%, respectively.  At the top of the super range, the Company’s reported and core P/E multiples equaled 32.32 times and 39.81 times, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples, the Company’s’ P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 41.75% and 110.41%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples, the Company’s P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 46.71% and 134.18%, respectively.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.24
 
Table 4.4
Public Market Pricing
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparables
As of December 14, 2010
 
     
Market
   
Per Share Data
                                                 
     
Capitalization
   
Core
   
Book
                                 
Dividends(4)
 
     
Price/
   
Market
   
12 Month
   
Value/
   
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Amount/
 
 
   
Payout
 
     
Share(1)
   
Value
   
EPS(2)
   
Share
    P/E     P/B     P/A    
P/TB
   
P/Core
   
Share
   
Yield
   
Ratio(5)
 
     
($)
   
($Mil)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(x)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                             
Maximum, as adjusted
  $ 10.00     $ 158.17     $ 0.25     $ 14.54       32.32       68.78 %     9.62 %     68.78 %     39.81     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
Maximum
  $ 10.00     $ 137.54     $ 0.30       15.45       27.21       64.72 %     8.45 %     64.72 %     33.26     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
Midpoint
  $ 10.00     $ 119.60     $ 0.36       16.50       23.01       60.61 %     7.42 %     60.61 %     27.97     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
Minimum
  $ 10.00     $ 101.66     $ 0.43       17.92       19.05       55.80 %     6.37 %     55.80 %     23.01     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                   
All Public Companies(7)
                                                                                               
Averages
  $ 10.68     $ 324.55     $ (0.16 )   $ 14.05       17.39 x     74.02 %     8.66 %     82.08 %     17.38 x   $ 0.23       1.77 %     28.40 %
Medians
  $ 10.89     $ 58.60     $ 0.32     $ 13.45       14.86 x     75.63 %     7.38 %     77.06 %     16.04 x   $ 0.18       1.42 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                   
State Of Connecticut (No MHCs)(7)
                                                                                               
Averages
  $ 13.39     $ 4,899.13     $ 0.25     $ 14.66    
NM
      91.34 %     22.37 %     136.35 %  
NM
    $ 0.62       4.63 %     0.00 %
Medians
  $ 13.39     $ 4,899.13     $ 0.25     $ 14.66    
NM
      91.34 %     22.37 %     136.35 %  
NM
    $ 0.62       4.63 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                   
Comparable Group Averages
                                                                                               
Averages
  $ 11.94     $ 238.27     $ 0.52     $ 11.89       22.80 x     102.72 %     14.58 %     107.63 %     18.92     $ 0.24       2.02 %     41.21 %
Medians
  $ 11.69     $ 241.54     $ 0.56     $ 11.64       22.03 x     106.58 %     14.21 %     108.77 %     17.00     $ 0.24       2.06 %     43.72 %
                                                                                                   
Peer Group
                                                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 11.97     $ 241.34     $ 0.19     $ 10.56    
NM
      113.35 %     19.19 %     113.35 %  
NM
    $ 0.24       2.01 %  
NM
 
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
  $ 11.31     $ 72.87     $ 0.90     $ 16.84       14.88       67.16 %     6.88 %     67.16 %     12.57     $ 0.20       1.77 %     26.32 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 10.59     $ 625.48     $ 0.44     $ 8.39       23.02       126.22 %     23.51 %     138.98 %     24.07     $ 0.34       3.21 %     73.91 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
  $ 8.33     $ 110.91     $ 0.49     $ 10.02       25.24       83.13 %     10.52 %     100.48 %     17.00     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 15.99     $ 335.76     $ 0.69     $ 13.98       21.04       114.38 %     12.76 %     129.06 %     23.17     $ 0.16       1.00 %     21.05 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 13.04     $ 176.34     $ 0.26     $ 12.69       39.52       102.76 %     16.45 %     102.76 %  
NM
    $ 0.20       1.53 %     60.61 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
  $ 11.40     $ 83.19     $ 0.73     $ 13.61       15.62       83.76 %     9.93 %     83.76 %     15.62     $ 0.24       2.11 %     32.88 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Fin. Corp of NJ
  $ 13.05     $ 245.64     $ 0.80     $ 10.59       14.83       123.23 %     11.04 %     123.23 %     16.31     $ 0.48       3.68 %     54.55 %
UBNK
United Financial Bncrp of MA
  $ 14.95     $ 241.74     $ 0.63     $ 13.73       28.21       108.89 %     15.65 %     113.26 %     23.73     $ 0.32       2.14 %     60.38 %
WFD
Westfield Fin. Inc. of MA
  $ 8.80     $ 249.41     $ 0.04     $ 8.44    
NM
      104.27 %     19.90 %     104.27 %  
NM
    $ 0.24       2.73 %  
NM
 
 
     
Financial Characteristics(6)
       
     
Total
   
Equity/
   
Tang. Eq./
   
NPAs/
   
Reported
   
Core
   
Offering
 
     
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
Size
 
     
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($Mil)
 
                                                         
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                     
Maximum, as adjusted
  $ 1,644       13.98 %     13.98 %     1.27 %     0.28 %     2.01 %     0.23 %     1.64 %   $ 152.088  
Maximum
    1,627       13.06 %     13.06 %     1.29 %     0.30 %     2.26 %     0.24 %     1.87 %     132.250  
Midpoint
    1,612       12.24 %     12.24 %     1.30 %     0.31 %     2.53 %     0.26 %     2.10 %     115.000  
Minimum
    1,597       11.41 %     11.41 %     1.31 %     0.32 %     2.83 %     0.27 %     2.37 %     97.750  
                                                                           
All Public Companies(7)
                                                                       
Averages
  $ 2,804       11.09 %     10.74 %     3.68 %     -0.12 %     0.21 %     -0.17 %     -0.68 %        
Medians
  $ 941       10.09 %     9.28 %     2.26 %     0.31 %     2.86 %     0.27 %     2.75 %        
                                                                           
State Of Connecticut (No MHCs)(7)
                                                                       
Averages
  $ 21,898       24.49 %     17.85 %     1.74 %     0.36 %     1.45 %     0.43 %     1.73 %        
Medians
  $ 21,898       24.49 %     17.85 %     1.74 %     0.36 %     1.45 %     0.43 %     1.73 %        
                                                                           
Comparable Group Averages
                                                                       
Averages
  $ 1,560       14.00 %     13.50 %     1.67 %     0.56 %     4.37 %     0.55 %     4.38 %        
Medians
  $ 1,256       13.51 %     12.87 %     0.90 %     0.52 %     4.28 %     0.61 %     5.14 %        
                                                                           
Peer Group
                                                                       
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 1,258       16.93 %     16.93 %     2.61 %     0.31 %     1.78 %     0.31 %     1.78 %        
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
  $ 1,059       10.25 %     10.25 %  
NA
      0.46 %     4.70 %     0.54 %     5.57 %        
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 2,660       18.69 %     17.30 %     0.62 %     1.03 %     5.52 %     0.98 %     5.28 %        
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
  $ 1,054       12.65 %     10.70 %     5.25 %     0.41 %     3.41 %     0.61 %     5.06 %        
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 2,631       11.16 %     10.02 %     0.73 %     0.66 %     5.74 %     0.60 %     5.21 %        
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 1,072       16.01 %     16.01 %  
NA
      0.42 %     2.49 %     0.33 %     1.96 %        
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
  $ 838       11.85 %     11.85 %     0.48 %     0.68 %     5.76 %     0.68 %     5.76 %        
OCFC
OceanFirst Fin. Corp of NJ
  $ 2,225       8.96 %     8.96 %     2.25 %     0.79 %     8.90 %     0.71 %     8.09 %        
UBNK
United Financial Bncrp of MA
  $ 1,545       14.37 %     13.89 %     1.06 %     0.58 %     3.86 %     0.69 %     4.59 %        
WFD
Westfield Fin. Inc. of MA
  $ 1,253       19.09 %     19.09 %     0.34 %     0.30 %     1.50 %     0.09 %     0.46 %        
 
(1) 
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source:
Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV. 25
 
2.            Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value.  Based on the $119.6 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 60.61%.  In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 102.72% and 107.63%, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 40.99% on a P/B basis and a discount of 43.69% on a P/TB basis.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 106.58% and 108.77%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 43.13% and 44.28%, respectively.  At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 68.78%.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 33.04% and 36.07%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 35.47% and 36.77%, respectively.  RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, in light of the previously referenced valuation adjustments, the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which mathematically results in a ratio discounted to book value and the resulting pricing ratios indicated under the earnings approach.
 
2.            Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) .  The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases.  In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein.  At the $119.6 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 7.42% of pro forma assets.  Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 14.58%, which implies a discount of 49.11% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 14.21%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 47.78%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV. 26
 
Comparison to Recent Offerings
 
As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value.  Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals).  As discussed previously, four standard conversion offerings were completed during the past three months.  In comparison to the 53.9% average closing forma P/TB ratio of the recent standard conversions, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 60.6% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 12.43%.  At the top of the superrange, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 68.8% reflects an implied premium of 27.61% relative to the recent standard conversions average P/TB ratio at closing.  The current average P/TB ratio of the two recent standard conversions that are publicly-traded equaled 61.8%, based on closing stock prices as of December 14, 2010.  In comparison to the current average P/TB ratio of the recent publicly-traded standard conversions, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 1.94% and at the top of the superrange reflects an implied premium of 11.33%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV. 27
 
Valuation Conclusion
 
Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of December 14, 2010, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation,  equaled $119,600,000 at the midpoint, equal to 11,960,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.  Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $101,660,000 and a maximum value of $137,540,000.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 10,166,000 at the minimum and 13,754,000 at the maximum.  In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $158,171,000 without a resolicitation.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 15,817,100.  Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows:  $97,750,000 at the minimum, $115,000,000 at the midpoint, $132,250,000 at the maximum and $152,087,500 at the supermaximum.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows:  9,775,000 at the minimum, 11,500,000 at the midpoint, 13,225,000 at the maximum and 15,208,750 at the supermaximum.  The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.
 

Exhibit 99.6
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
   
  January 26, 2011
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Bank.
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Re:  Plan of Conversion  
  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”).  The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization.   Pursuant to the Plan, a new Delaware stock holding company named First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Farmington Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.
 
We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1)  Eligible Deposit Account Holders; (2)  Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans including Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); and (3)  Supplemental Eligible Deposit Account Holders.  Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and syndicated community offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
 
 
(1)
the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,
 
 
(2)
the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.
 
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
 
 
Sincerely,
   
/s/   RP Financial, LC.
 
RP Financial, LC.
 
   
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22201
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com
 

Exhibit 99.7
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
   
  January 26, 2011
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Re:  Plan of Conversion  
  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”), which is based in Farmington, Connecticut.  The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the stock form of organization.  Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will combine, by merger or otherwise, with Farmington Bank, in a transaction where the existing outstanding shares of capital stock of Farmington Bank will be extinguished.  As part of the plan, a new Delaware stock holding company named First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Farmington Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public shareholders.  The MHC will no longer exist as the result of the conversion.
 
We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in Farmington Bank’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Farmington Bank). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Farmington Bank.  We further understand that Farmington Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan.  The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Farmington Bank (or the Company and Farmington Bank).
 
In the unlikely event that either Farmington Bank (or the Company and Farmington Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2010 of the liquidation account maintained by the Company.  Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Farmington Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Farmington Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Farmington Bank has positive net worth, Farmington Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account.  The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Farmington Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Farmington Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

   
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22201
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com
 
 
 

 
 
RP Financial, LC.
Boards of Directors
January 26, 2011
Page 2
 
Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Farmington Bank (or the Company and Farmington Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Farmington Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Farmington Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the Connecticut Department of Banking, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Farmington Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Farmington Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Farmington Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above.  We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.
 
 
Sincerely,
   
 /s/   RP Financial, LC.
 
RP Financial, LC.